« Back
Generated:
Post last updated:
just a dream
kobold and post-Angband Maedhros
Permalink Mark Unread

They've left him alone in his cell.

He can't really be said to be lucid but he has very acute instincts for when there's someone and when he's alone - it's the last of his senses to depart him - and he's alone. 

And then suddenly he isn't.

Permalink Mark Unread

The spell... lands her someplace. Unexpected.

It's a room - the walls are flat, stone; it's lit too dimly to see properly, but not true-dark. Someone's behind her, she can hear them breathing; she spins to face them almost before she realizes they're there.

Permalink Mark Unread

He is lying crumbled on the ground, naked, both hands swollen around finger-bones repeatedly broken. He has short-cropped hair that's caked with blood and chunks of it are missing. He's shackled to the wall. There's some sort of vicious infection around the shackle. He's bleeding. It's hard to identify a square inch of skin that isn't bleeding.

Permalink Mark Unread

She can't see him, in the dark, but her mage-sense isn't so limited.

Usually, anyway. She's knocked out of her first attempt at the trance immediately; she has no idea what that is, but it's big and complicated and omnipresent, overwhelming enough that, encountered unexpectedly, she can't keep enough focus in the face of it. The second try, more careful, works, and she extends an invisible, silent tendril.

 

Well.

She needs to not be here. She thought she'd rather be anyplace but where she was; she was wrong.

He can come too. She's not much of a healer and two-thirds of what she knows could just as easily poison him, but it's hardly as if she could do worse than leaving him here.

She notes the location-signature - not that she intends to come back here, but if he wants to come back to this world at all, it'll come in handy. Then she approaches him, trying to find some place she can touch with reasonable confidence that it won't cause him pain... no luck. She touches his arm, the barest whisper of skin on skin, and he disappears; she follows a scant moment later.

Permalink Mark Unread

He doesn't stir when the person comes in. He doesn't stir when the person touches him. He does stir when he is moved; he curls up, slightly, notices that his leg is free, curls up even more and does not bother choking back a whimper.

Permalink Mark Unread

She barely holds back a whimper of her own in response; instead she starts humming, as soothingly as she can manage; her worry and distress come through anyway.

She'd give him a blanket, but that seems like it'd do more harm than good. She starts a fire, instead, building it for warmth, not efficiency.

Permalink Mark Unread

He doesn't even have the energy to flinch at a fire. He definitely doesn't have the energy to try to find the thoughts of whoever's just moved him. He makes a sort of self-preserving half-assessment of whether being lucid could possibly help and it couldn't so he stops.

Permalink Mark Unread

She gets the fire going. She has another look at him, with her eyes and her extra sense both; she sets a stone to warm for warm water for washing and another for hot water for soup and then gets her medical supplies - something for pain, first, just one berry, it won't help much but it probably won't poison him, either, and she can give him more once she sees whether it helps at all.

Permalink Mark Unread

He is not voluntarily going to eat anything but he won't do more than token resistance.

Permalink Mark Unread

She can tell he's not lucid; she's pretty much chalking it up to that, and she's familiar enough with the problem to have an idea of how to get around it. That and some patience should lead pretty readily to success.

Permalink Mark Unread

They forcefeed him some drug. He again half-evaluates whether he should be lucid for this; result is 'no'.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ten minutes before she can reasonably check if that's doing any good whatsoever. She sets up a basin with water and a sponge, while she waits, and starts putting together a poultice for his leg, still humming.

Permalink Mark Unread

Humming's different. Air feels different. Different can't possibly be good.

Permalink Mark Unread

She notices the uptick in stress, when she goes to check his pain level. Should she give him something for that? Hard to tell - the usual wisdom is not to bother for people who aren't awake anyway, but this is obviously an extreme case and the usual wisdom doesn't take the mage-sense into account at all. On the other hand, she only has a little bit of the stress plant and it's too late in the season to get much more - and there's a good chance she's going to need it to keep herself going, now. She'll wait.

 

Permalink Mark Unread

Stranger seems to be waiting for something. Possibly for him to wake up, so he doesn't. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Pain level: ambiguous. She'll check again later.

The warm-water stone is ready; she teleports it to the basin, waits another minute for it to heat the water, and then takes the sponge and gets started cleaning him off. She starts with his shoulders, wringing a little bit of water onto them as a warning before gently dabbing at them.

Permalink Mark Unread

That wakes him, though he tries not to make it obvious. What are they doing? Wax? Metal? The skin's just going to get infected - not that it really matters, he is fairly sure Moringotho's personally ensuring his continued life...

Permalink Mark Unread

Dab dab, dab dab. Her humming's keeping time with his breathing, now that she's close enough to see it, without her particularly noticing that she's doing so.

After a few minutes, she pauses to trance and check on him again.

Permalink Mark Unread

Conscious, exhausted, in terrible pain, terrified of her but in sort of distant abstract way.

Permalink Mark Unread

There's not very much she can do about most of that, but if he's awake she can at least introduce herself. She lets her claws click on the stone floor as she moves to sit where she can see her, with the just-rinsed sponge in her lap, then stops humming and makes a louder questioning noise.

Permalink Mark Unread

He shudders even though it hurts to do so.

Permalink Mark Unread

She winces, sympathetically, and tries again.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's trying to introduce itself. Possibilities: it's another prisoner in his cell, or a new creation of the Enemy's, or a psychological game that involves him coming to believe one of those things only to later somehow be betrayed.

Nonetheless.

Hello. What's your name?

Permalink Mark Unread

..........

Well that's, uh, straightforward.

"Kobold."

Permalink Mark Unread

Kobold, he says seriously, as if this is very important. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods, dubious about this whole exchange, and then shows him the sponge - I'm cleaning you up; I'm sorry it hurts.

Permalink Mark Unread

You could just kill me.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'd rather not. I'm not much of a healer but I don't think it's that hopeless.

Permalink Mark Unread

Not the injuries. I could help those along, it's just not worth the bother because they'll reinflict them. I think they'll stop you if you try but the best thing to do for both of us is to kill ourselves if we can.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh. We're - we're not there any more. I think that wasn't even the same world.

I don't understand how your telepathy works, I'm not sure I'm doing it right or what besides very simple things I can do with it.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Oh, this is a fake escape. Okay. Please don't bother me. I'll heal myself if you leave me alone a while.

Permalink Mark Unread

Wow getting out of there was the right call.

Okay. If you want anything, let me know; I'll have soup ready in a while.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

He wants to die, but if the fake escape'll drag on a while longer he may as well play along, insisting on dying will probably ruin their fun.

He slowly starts prodding his body to heal.

Permalink Mark Unread

And she goes and makes soup, trancing every now and then to keep an eye on him.

Permalink Mark Unread

After a few hours he is too tired to stay awake and has patched the places where he doesn't have enough skin to stand a chance against infection and he falls asleep again.

Permalink Mark Unread

The soup doesn't take that long. She brings him a bowl when it's ready, but he's obviously busy and she ends up eating it herself. She arranges the rest to stay warm, and then with nothing else to do she huddles miserably by the fire until he falls asleep, at which point she gets herself a blanket and goes to sleep as well.

Permalink Mark Unread

When he wakes up everything is unfamiliar, and he's stressed, and then he remembers it's another rescue hallucination. He sets to work on healing some more burns and gashes and broken bones.

Permalink Mark Unread

She wakes up a while after he does - for just a moment, the presence of someone else lets her think that the past six months were just a bad dream, but then she remembers, and groans. She only lies there for another moment, though, before getting up to stoke the fire and check on him.

Hungry?

Permalink Mark Unread

No thank you.

Permalink Mark Unread

All right. Let me know.

What do you eat? If you can get by on mostly meat we'll probably be fine, but if you need plants or anything I'll need to go gather it before the season turns.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

I won't eat meat. They've already done the feeding-him-other-prisoners but he doesn't have to voluntarily participate.

Permalink Mark Unread

She spends a few seconds thinking about the state of her food stocks and how much someone his size probably needs to eat - the results, based on her speculations, aren't good at all, but she's also badly overestimating how much food he needs.

Okay. It's not going to be a very comfortable winter - this is an understatement, she expects him to be near-starved and herself to be badly malnourished by spring - but I'll try to keep us alive at least. Is there anything else you can't or won't eat?

Permalink Mark Unread

There are lots of things I cannot eat. You needn't feed me out of your stores. Is it supposed to be currently winter?

Permalink Mark Unread

It's nearly winter, first snowfall will probably be this month or early next; not a good time to be setting out on your own in a strange place even if you weren't injured and it was safer here. And I consider myself responsible for you; I brought you here - I can't do as good of a job of that as I'd like, but I'm not going to just give up with someone else's wellbeing on the line.

Permalink Mark Unread

No, I mean, I don't think I'll die if I don't eat all winter. Your thoughts suggest you would. And I don't mind dying, and again you would.

Permalink Mark Unread

What.

I would. It seems implausible that you wouldn't but I guess you'd know better than I would.

I'd mind dying less than you'd think - I was expecting that spell to kill me, not put me where you were - except you'd be in trouble if that happened and that's not okay.

Permalink Mark Unread

Why were you trying to kill yourself? And why would I change that?

Permalink Mark Unread

She shudders just slightly and hugs her knees to her chest.

Kobolds aren't meant to be separated from our tribes. I can hold on if someone needs me to, but by myself... not really.

Permalink Mark Unread

How did you get separated from your tribe? And how did you end up in Angband?

Permalink Mark Unread

Sigh, huddle. When I got my teleportation magic, they misunderstood and thought I'd been hexed - had hostile magic done to me so I was dangerous to them. We exile people for that, it's the only safe thing to do, but it's still pretty awful to be on this side of.

Angband is where you were? The spell I did... I thought it was going to just teleport me away and not put me anywhere, but it put me there instead. I used a couple spells I already had to bring us back; I'm not sure I could cast there, there's something weird about it.

Permalink Mark Unread

You can teleport?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. Only to places I've been, usually, but obviously that's not the only way it can work - I checked the location-signature of where you were, I might be able to figure out how to get you to someplace else in that world from that.

Permalink Mark Unread

Don't take me back. Please. I'll do whatever you want.

Permalink Mark Unread

I know. I know. Not there. Somewhere else, and only if you want to.

Permalink Mark Unread

Don't think so.

 

 

 

I do want to learn to teleport.

Permalink Mark Unread

She considers.

I can teach you, but it'd be slow or very dangerous or both, I only know teleportation and it's a really bad kind of magic to learn with. But if you just want to be able to teleport, without being able to cast your own spells, I can do that.

Permalink Mark Unread

I want to be able to teleport.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. Each spell needs a specific destination and its own trigger - I use 'intending to teleport to the place the spell goes to' for mine, but I can do other things. Spells on people don't break; I can make a spell go dormant after a period of time or a number of uses or some other trigger, if you're not completely sure you want it set up a certain way, but it's totally possible to just have it be permanent, that's actually the easiest thing to do.

Permalink Mark Unread

I want it to be permanent.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, thought so. To here? Does intending to teleport here sound okay for the trigger?

Permalink Mark Unread

Who knows this place?

Permalink Mark Unread

Just me. In theory someone else could find it, but I have traps set up; it'd be really hard for anyone who couldn't teleport to get in, and nobody else knows how.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. 

Permalink Mark Unread

All right. She closes her eyes. I need to see the mindstate you want to use as the trigger; intend to teleport here, please.

Permalink Mark Unread

He intends to teleport here. With some hesitation, but he can always not do it if here seems worse than his other options.

Permalink Mark Unread

Got it, she reports, and then a few seconds later, done. It won't teleport you to that exact spot; you'll be able to tell if it works if you want to try it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Moving would open up most of the wounds I'm trying to close. Maybe later.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure, whenever you want.

Is there anything else I can do for you?

Permalink Mark Unread

Maybe after I sleep.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. I'm going to go out for a while, then, if you think you'll be all right.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

I will.

He's already mostly back asleep.

Permalink Mark Unread

And she teleports out and spends a few hours gathering firewood and food and medical supplies.

Permalink Mark Unread

He's still sleeping when she comes back.

Permalink Mark Unread

She puts away her new supplies. She eats. She sits and watches him for a little while. She wraps herself up in a blanket and sings to herself, quietly.

Permalink Mark Unread

Eventually he wakes up. He doesn't open his eyes. He searches for her mentally. All her public thoughts are uninformative and harmless. 

Water?

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure. She fills a little bowl and brings it over. How are your hands?

Permalink Mark Unread

Don't think they can hold things, if that's what you mean.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. I expect you don't want to be touched but it's probably unavoidable, then.

Permalink Mark Unread

If you can drip it that'd be better. I can't fight you much if you'd rather hold me down.

Permalink Mark Unread

Dripping works. I can do that by magic, actually, I think... A moment later, a trickle of water starts flowing from midair over his mouth.

Permalink Mark Unread

He only drinks a few sips, and he coughs violently. Thank you.

Permalink Mark Unread

The trickle stops. I can set it up so you can start and stop that yourself, if you'd rather. You'll need to move enough to touch something to activate the spell, though, or talk or something.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'd like that. I can talk.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. Let me see... she takes a little while to think through how the spell should work: sound trigger, pause of a second or so, a few seconds of trickling water and then it should shut off automatically, the spell itself running from a nearby spot on the floor, so that he doesn't have to speak loudly to activate it, over to the basin she's keeping full of water, where the actual teleportation will happen. Then her thoughts go private as she begins to cast the spell. Say the word you want to use?

Permalink Mark Unread

"Water?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Got it.

 

Done.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Thank you.

Permalink Mark Unread

You're welcome.

She puts the bowl away and returns to sit by him, vaguely worried about the future and not sure of what to say.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, he's not going to be helpful, he's barely conscious again.

Permalink Mark Unread

She goes out again. Hunting, this time, for something big enough that its hide will work as a blanket for him. No luck; she returns at sundown.

Permalink Mark Unread

He's conscious again. 

Hi, kobold.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hi.

Pretty sunset tonight. If you keep healing at that rate I can probably bring you up to see a few before it gets too cold, if you want.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sunset?

Permalink Mark Unread

...does she want to know how long he was in that damned place, no, no she does not.

Yeah, the time between day and night, the sky gets really pretty. It does the same thing in the morning, with different colors, but it's already too cold for that to be comfortable to watch.

Permalink Mark Unread

Like to see something pretty.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. Let me know when you feel well enough to move, then - sitting up would help but you don't need to stand or walk, I'll be teleporting you anyway. I know a couple nice places for scenery, too, if you want to go out during the day.

Permalink Mark Unread

Day?

Permalink Mark Unread

...when the sun is up? We, uh, have, days, here - the sun comes up and it's bright and gets warm, and then the sun goes down and that's night, it's dark and gets colder, and it repeats. It's usually safer during the day, since it's easier to see things and most of the dangerous animals hunt at night; nights are longer during the fall and winter and days are longer during the spring and summer.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. Angband's dark all the time. Whole world's dark all the time I think, now.

Permalink Mark Unread

Definitely a different world, then. It's going to be the darkest part of the year soon and we still get hours of sun every day.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. 

Permalink Mark Unread

As soon as you're ready, I can take you up to see it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay.

 

Maybe in a few days.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod.

 

I have some things that help with pain and stress, if you want them. I'm not sure if they're safe for your species, though, they are for mine and aren't for tigerfolk.

Permalink Mark Unread

No thank you. I don't like being drugged.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. She hugs her knees to her chest again.

 

Sorry if this is awkward. I feel like I shouldn't be leaving you alone, but I don't want to ask you to talk about anything you don't want to and I'm kind of out of practice at being around people.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm happy to talk about anything the Enemy already knows. 

Permalink Mark Unread

 

I have no idea what that means.

Permalink Mark Unread

I think you work for the Enemy. It's likelier than that teleportation magic exists and you've rescued me. So I won't tell you anything that the Enemy doesn't already know, but I'll happily tell you other things.

Permalink Mark Unread

...all right. I still don't know enough about anything to guess what that means in practice, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Fine. I'm also happy not talking.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. She looks slightly more miserable.

Permalink Mark Unread

He picks up on that, but very distantly, and the Enemy knows what he's like and can use it against him and -

sigh.

Tell me more about sunrises.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

They're never quite the same, but it's... she pulls up a memory, and sends it without realizing as she describes each stage. The very first bit is that the sky brightens, goes from black to grey to blue...

Permalink Mark Unread

 

He sighs contentedly.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh good. Oh good she needed that and it's not even slightly okay to demand it of him but she needed to know it could happen, she feels so much better now.

I'll definitely have to bring you up to see one, sometime.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's beautiful.

Permalink Mark Unread

...your magic gets more than just words, huh. It might be a good idea to explain more of that to me, it wouldn't be good for you to get my magic by accident. But...

Here's more sunrises, and sunsets, and beautiful vistas and interesting flowers and songs at night around a campfire. She can keep going for quite a while; it seems to be doing her good, too, to remember it.

Permalink Mark Unread

After a while his breathing gets steadier and he falls asleep.

Permalink Mark Unread

She sits by him for a little while after that, much calmer than she has been, and eventually she has something to eat and goes to bed.

Permalink Mark Unread

The person is still around when he wakes up. Having a person around stresses him but not being around him stresses her, and not being useful to him stresses her, so he shouldn't say anything. 

He tests whether he's healed enough skin to move. Nope. 

He should eat something, it'd help him heal, but he doesn't want to.

Permalink Mark Unread

She sleeps in, some, but she's still awake not very long after he is. Good morning, she sends, as she fixes the fire. I'm probably going to spend most of the day out - do you have any preference for what kind of fur your blanket is made from, I assume you're going to need one, I can't keep the fire going like this all winter - but I'll check back in every couple hours, is there anything you want before I go?

Permalink Mark Unread

No, thank you. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay.

She finishes off the soup and cleans the bowl, goes to check on the supplies she's keeping in another chamber of the cave, then comes back in and checks on the water basin. I need to refill this soon, but it might startle you when I do - I'm not sure how noisy it is when I teleport the water in. Should I wait?

Permalink Mark Unread

Should I expect a loud noise?

Permalink Mark Unread

Maybe. There's never been someone on this side to hear it before, so I'm not sure. We should be okay for a couple days if you need that to get to a point where flinching isn't painful or something, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

If I'm warned I will be fine.

Permalink Mark Unread

All right. I'll go do that now, then, it'll only take a few seconds to start, and she disappears.

After the promised few seconds the sound of churning water comes from the basin; it's not very loud but it is pretty sudden. After a few minutes it stops, just as abruptly as it started.

Permalink Mark Unread

He is pretty calm. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She pops back in a minute later. Sun's not up yet, I'm going to wait a while before I go out again.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay.

 

 

Things are currently - better than they'll get if he messes anything up. Not tolerable. He tries to send her appreciation.

Permalink Mark Unread

...

She sends a wordless acknowledement, and then goes still, her thoughts careful but not guarded. Something's wrong, she caught that; she doesn't know what it is, she doesn't know if it's something she can fix at all. She's still doing better than leaving him, she thinks - she flinches away from the thought, aware that he's probably watching, but it's still a reassuring touchstone. Beside the point, though; there's a long way between 'better than that' and 'actually good enough'. So, what might the problem be... basics, food, water, warmth, safety, companionship... she still doesn't quite believe that he doesn't need to eat. She'll bring that up again later. Water, warmth, sorted out as well as she can. Safety... they talked about that a little, but she can certainly go into more detail about it... if that would even help, which it probably wouldn't, if he thinks she's just lying. That might not be one she can fix; at very least probably not anytime soon.

She can ask, though. Is there anything I can do that will help you feel safer?

Permalink Mark Unread

I do not think so, no.

 

Maybe a way to teleport somewhere definitely fatal but you said you tried that and ended up in Angband. 

Permalink Mark Unread

I mean, that wasn't exactly a well thought-out suicide attempt. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Do you have ideas that are much surer and, if they fail, do not land one in Angband.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sigh. Yeah. Don't want to, it'd involve more... thinking about what I was doing, which is why that's not the impulse that grabbed me. But I have hunting spells that'd work.

Permalink Mark Unread

Can I have one.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

I know you don't believe that this is real, but I know it is.

 

But. Yes. If that's what you need.

Permalink Mark Unread

If this is real, then I am not currently a prisoner and want a way to prevent it from ever happening again.

Permalink Mark Unread

Right. I...

She takes a deep breath, lets it out, shakily, takes another.

 

Okay. What kind of trigger do you want.

Permalink Mark Unread

Desiring to activate my suicide spell.

Permalink Mark Unread

All right.

Show me.

 

 

Got it.

 

 

 

She shudders.

 

Done.

 

I'll be back. She disappears.

Permalink Mark Unread

So she doesn't see him relax substantially and almost smile.

Permalink Mark Unread

She's gone for nearly three hours. If he's paying attention, he may notice the quiet sounds of things appearing in a nearby cave.

When she does reappear, she's accompanied by a furry brown animal skin larger than she is, which she carefully wrestles over to the other side of the fire and spreads out to dry.

Permalink Mark Unread

He's paying attention. 

 

Congratulations?

Permalink Mark Unread

Don't want to talk about it.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Well, that's good, because he does not want to talk at all.

Permalink Mark Unread

She works on the fur, her thoughts focused on the work at hand, or planning for future projects, or speculating on the weather of the next few weeks and how it's likely to affect what she can gather. She thinks of him only distantly, as a factor to take into account in these things.

After a few hours, she goes down to her pantry and returns with some fruit, which she bakes. These wouldn't keep anyway, it won't hurt anything if you'd like to have some.

Permalink Mark Unread

If you want to try dissolving sugar in water for me to drink I could attempt that. I sincerely don't think I could eat, it's been too long.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sugar?

Permalink Mark Unread

Do you not have that? Uh, berry juice?

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure, I can make juice. She sets to mashing the fruit.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thank you.

 

She still seems vaguely distressed. He tries to sing something - not aloud, broken ribs, but over osanwe. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She freezes. Not tensely, she's not afraid, she's just stopped moving, almost stopped breathing, until the music swells and she lets out a quiet, awed whimper.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Should hear my brother.

Permalink Mark Unread

It takes her a few seconds after the music stops to be anything but awed, and another few to work out that she's been spoken to and should respond.

 

...brother?

Permalink Mark Unread

He was good at singing.

Permalink Mark Unread

That's not what she was asking, but okay.

Kobolds sing, but nothing like that, that was amazing.

Permalink Mark Unread

My people think we need beautiful things to stay alive. We're wrong. The Enemy can sustain us anyway. But beautiful things are nice.

Permalink Mark Unread

...ah. Food water warmth safety companionship beauty, got it.

Kobolds like beautiful things, but we do fine without them; we sing for companionship.

Permalink Mark Unread

I understand.

Permalink Mark Unread

She goes back to her mashing. I should work on some new spells soon, and I'm still not sure that's safe around your telepathy.

Permalink Mark Unread

What's unsafe?

Permalink Mark Unread

The knowledge transmits. Usually by touch, and usually only when someone's casting, but you've gotten things I wasn't intending to share a few times now and I'm not sure you wouldn't get that. And I got to skip the dangerous bit of learning to use it, because it's my Gift, but I don't think you would.

Permalink Mark Unread

I would like knowledge of how to do magic.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

I think you need to at least figure out what you want to do in the long term, first. If you're staying, learning magic might be a problem - having those spells on you might, too, but less of one - spellbearers can be dangerous, but mages always are; it'll come up if you want to go live with other people unless you keep it a very close secret, and I'm not actually sure a proper mage wouldn't be able to tell you were one anyway.

Permalink Mark Unread

I really shouldn't live with other people until I know if I'm a danger to them.

Permalink Mark Unread

Uh?

Permalink Mark Unread

People who escape Angband sometimes go mad and kill everyone nearby. I don't think I escaped Angband but if I really did you should be aware of that.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

Okay.

That's definitely a reason to wait on learning the magic - the only real defense against a hostile mage is staying far enough away from them, and 'far enough' is pretty far - but unless you have some kind of magic I don't know about I should be able to stay safe enough aside from that.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's not like he hijacks your mind and can deploy you against his enemies, more like they snap and lash out with whatever's close. 

You can't shoot a hostile mage?

Permalink Mark Unread

You can if you can find them; it's very possible to cast through walls and things, or while pretending to be asleep or something.

Permalink Mark Unread

I can read minds.

Permalink Mark Unread

That doesn't help if you're the one who's gone hostile.

Permalink Mark Unread

Like I said, it's not systematic or clever like that; it's lashing out, not becoming a servant of the Enemy. Means I can help with other hostile mages.

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods. Still a bad idea, though. If you attacked me physically, I could teleport away, you might hurt me some but it's hard to beat 'wanting to go' for quickness. If you attacked me with a spell, I'd have to be lucky to notice you were casting at all, and that's the only warning I'd get.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. I won't listen to your thoughts while you're casting.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thanks. She sends the impression of a grin.

Also, the chance of us running into a hostile mage here is pretty much nonexistent - most likely I'm the only person you're going to see at all unless you go looking for people, at least until spring and probably even then.

Permalink Mark Unread

And I'm not sure if I should, need more information. No one in this scenario has heard of the Enemy?

Permalink Mark Unread

It takes her an extra moment to process that. Right. The local species of people are kobolds, who hide from anyone outside their tribes and will panic if you find them; tigerfolk, who are generally all right but will probably be nervous about you; and elves, who are awful and dangerous.

Permalink Mark Unread

Will they torture us if they capture us.

Permalink Mark Unread

Can't promise they wouldn't try. They're not hard to stay away from, though, especially since we can teleport.

Permalink Mark Unread

I can only teleport back to here.

Permalink Mark Unread

'Here' is three hours of hiking through a trapped cave system that they have no reason to explore and the entrance isn't even slightly close to their village and is too small for them to get though, if we're not safe here we're not safe anyplace, but I can see if I can find a decent second place to give you a spell to teleport to.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thank you. Who are they terrorizing? Can't guarantee I can help you stop them but I might be able to.

Permalink Mark Unread

Were, us kobolds, a few decades ago. They've been leaving us alone since I was tiny, I don't think they're going to start that again unless something provokes them - which knowing I can teleport would, by the way - but it was pretty bad while it was going on. They give the tigerfolk some trouble, too, but nothing systematic.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. I'll take a look once I'm better.

Permalink Mark Unread

Better not to. We don't actually know why they stopped, and it's hard to guess what might provoke them, and things are mostly okay. Plus they have mages and I have no way of telling if they've hexed you.

She pops down to the pantry for a moment and returns with a dried leafy branch, which she starts using to strain the mashed fruit.

Permalink Mark Unread

What am I expected to do in this scenario, then?

Permalink Mark Unread

Nothing, since it isn't one. She shrugs.

Permalink Mark Unread

Wait for the plot hook. All right. Thank you.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm going to be doing my level best to give us a nice safe quiet winter, I hope it's not going to bother you too much if I succeed at it.

Permalink Mark Unread

I very much prefer that. Thank you.

Permalink Mark Unread

Me too.

She's satisfied with the consistency of the juice, and tries a sip. This isn't great, but it's probably the best I can do without cloth for straining - I might be able to get some but it won't be very soon.

Permalink Mark Unread

I only want a few drops anyway. But thank you.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. Same way as the water, and I'll only send a little, let me know when you're ready.

Permalink Mark Unread

All right.

Permalink Mark Unread

Drip drip. It's pear juice, with a tea-ish flavor from the leafy branch.

Permalink Mark Unread

He can't taste flavors beyond noting if something is obviously poisoned. It isn't obviously poisoned. It has sugar; he can see how his stomach reacts to that.

Permalink Mark Unread

She keeps an eye on him for a couple seconds, and then takes the remainder of the juice and the strained pulp and starts setting up another batch of soup. Will it bother you to smell me cooking with meat?

Permalink Mark Unread

You should do what you need to.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. It's no problem to set up a cookfire someplace else, though. Maybe I'll finally put together that oven I've been wanting.

Permalink Mark Unread

Good for you, he offers vaguely.

Permalink Mark Unread

...sorry. Won't bring it up again.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hmmm? I'm not offended by the topic.

Permalink Mark Unread

Didn't think you were. But when I said I wanted to give us a nice winter I meant not upsetting you, too.

Permalink Mark Unread

The thing I find upsetting is that Angband exists. Everything else is just a stem off that.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure. I can still try to do a better job of not bringing it up.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah but trying particularly hard isn't really needed.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's not a problem, except that I don't know what topics to avoid yet.

If you want to talk about it, that's different - not that I want to know, but I know that helps sometimes - but it should be your choice.

Permalink Mark Unread

I do not want to talk about it and don't expect I ever will.

Permalink Mark Unread

That's fine too. I'll keep working on not bringing it up.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

He sighs. Okay.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's for myself almost as much as it's for you, if that helps anything. Anyway, let me go see what I can find to make this edible, and she disappears down to the pantry again.

Permalink Mark Unread

He closes his eyes again.

Permalink Mark Unread

Lots of roasted pumpkin, a handful of lentils, and some spices to balance the flavor, and the soup turns out pretty good. When she's done, she leaves for most of an hour and then returns to start on the fur, working some sort of goop into the inner surface of it.

Permalink Mark Unread

He watches through her eyes so he can follow all this while keeping his own eyes closed and not moving.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's not very engaging work, but she's very methodical and patient with it, making sure every bit of the skin gets three coats of the goop.

Permalink Mark Unread

After a while he falls asleep again.

Permalink Mark Unread

She finishes gooping the fur. She goes to the surface and sits and pokes at her spellcasting capabilities for a while. She heads back in and checks on the fur and applies more goop to it where it needs a fourth coat. She goes looking for a suitable place for a new cookfire. She returns and has more soup for lunch.

Permalink Mark Unread

Eventually he wakes up. 

How long is winter, what needs are you anticipating during it, and what are the preparations in progress?

Permalink Mark Unread

It's around a hundred days long, and I'm actually pretty well prepared for my own needs - it's late enough in the season that storable food is hard to come by, so there's actually not much more I can do about that anyway. Boredom's going to be the bigger problem, if you're right about not needing to eat, but I have drawing and painting supplies and my magic to figure out, plus whatever projects come up.

Permalink Mark Unread

Right, people get bored. That is a thing about people. 

How many things about people is he missing?

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, as an example person the kobold certainly is one. If he keeps paying attention he can probably figure some more of them out.

Do you expect to need or want anything in particular over the winter?

Permalink Mark Unread

No.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay.

Foodwise, you can eat, once you're ready, it's not that big of a deal - I was only preparing for myself, but I did put up extra in case I was injured or anything, and I don't need as much of my diet to be plants as I was planning to have be.

Permalink Mark Unread

I really don't think I'll be ready to eat.

Permalink Mark Unread

All right.

I'm pretty close to having a spell done that I think you'll like.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hmm?

Permalink Mark Unread

It looks like my magic can do portals - one way, not a safety risk - that you can look through. So we won't have to go up for you to see the sky.

Permalink Mark Unread

That does sound nice. Does this world have stars?

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. At night, the sky's too bright for them during the day.

Permalink Mark Unread

The place I grew up was too bright for them.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ah. Well, I can set the spell up to go inactive at night, if you'd like.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hmm? No, I think I liked the stars.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, me too.

I can try casting it now, if you want, but I kind of expect the light will bother you, it's midday.

Permalink Mark Unread

Probably. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Tonight, then.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thank you.

Permalink Mark Unread

You're welcome.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

He hasn't tried to do anything with his head. Why should he? This'll end soon enough. But now he reluctantly starts trying to persuade it not to be in an advanced state of terror and panic. It'll get back to that soon enough.

Permalink Mark Unread

The kobold hangs around for a little while, and then goes to start working on her new cooking area. She checks back in after a few hours.

Permalink Mark Unread

What are you working on?

Permalink Mark Unread

Putting together someplace I can cook where it won't bother you.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thank you.

Permalink Mark Unread

No problem.

I intend to work on that for the rest of the day, I'll probably have it done by bedtime; your blanket will be ready for me to finish it tomorrow morning, and then when that's done I'm planning to go start looking for that second safe spot you wanted. The blanket shouldn't really wait, but the rest is mostly flexible if you need anything.

Permalink Mark Unread

I do not.

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods, I'll keep checking in, anyway.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

He sleeps.

Permalink Mark Unread

She works, quietly checking on him every so often. When the sun starts to set, she enspells a good-sized rock with the new portal spell and takes it to him.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

The sunset is pretty. He doesn't remember what delight feels like well enough to send it over osanwe, but he remembers enough to fake it. He smiles and makes his eyes glow with fascination and imbues his voice with wonder and delight and thanks her profusely.

Permalink Mark Unread

Under normal circumstances it's pretty hard to lie to her; these aren't, she buys it, she's very pleased. She sits with him for twenty minutes or so and then goes back to work.

Permalink Mark Unread

And it is nice. Delight may be too lost to feel but he doesn't stop looking at it and when it's over he reminds himself it'll happen again.

Permalink Mark Unread

And then there are stars, too. She set the spell to show a scene overlooking the forest from a hilltop, for the clearest view, and it's trees for miles and miles below and starry, intermittently cloudy skies above.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thank you.

Permalink Mark Unread

You're welcome.

She comes back after a few hours, yawning and dragging her feet, but happy. See you in the morning.

Permalink Mark Unread

He tries to read her to get more sense of what she's happy about.

Permalink Mark Unread

She's happy that he's happy. She's glad that it was so easy to arrange; it's important after trauma, she knows from personal experience, and usually much, much harder; she was expecting it to be too hard for her to pull off.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, good, that's easy, he can continue doing it.

Permalink Mark Unread

She falls asleep quickly and is awake well before sunrise.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sunrise is nice. He expresses joy, trying not to repeat too many phrases from last night.

Permalink Mark Unread

She takes a break from working on his blanket to sit and watch it with him, beaming. (The east-facing view is from a different hill, and overlooks the lake she gets their water from.) When it starts getting bright, she mentions that she can deactivate the spell if he'd like her to.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Might be easier, thank you.

Permalink Mark Unread

All right. And she does, by touching the stone at a particular spot and humming a tone.

Your blanket'll be done soon; I'd have to teleport you to get it under you but I bet you'd be more comfortable that way.

Permalink Mark Unread

I wasn't planning to maintain a very high body temperature for the winter. Won't be conscious but that's all right.

Permalink Mark Unread

She blinks. You hibernate? I guess that makes sense with what you've been saying. But I meant today; I should have it done in the next couple hours.

Permalink Mark Unread

We don't usually. Should be possible in principle.

Permalink Mark Unread

...you know people get sores if they lay in one position too long, right? Kind of nasty ones, too. Bears and things don't seem to have that problem but if you don't usually hibernate it seems like it'd be a risk.

Permalink Mark Unread

I can consciously control everything my body does. 

Permalink Mark Unread

When you're asleep?

Permalink Mark Unread

Should still be able to. I heal while sleeping.

Permalink Mark Unread

Huh. I'd feel better about it if we found a way to check that first, I don't want to find out the hard way if it works just well enough that I can't wake you up, but okay.

Permalink Mark Unread

Don't see an alternative, can't make myself eat and you don't have enough food anyway.

Permalink Mark Unread

She flinches, subtly, at that. Yeah, as options for dealing with a food shortage go it's not as bad as it could be.

Permalink Mark Unread

Is it winter in the whole world?

Permalink Mark Unread

Everywhere I've been, at least, but that's not much. I could check, I think.

Permalink Mark Unread

Your world's too different from mine to say but in mine some places plants grow all year.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. That seems possible, at least. I've never been out of this forest, but I know the world's not the same everywhere. The bigger question is whether I can get there.

Permalink Mark Unread

You got to Angband.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, I'm not saying it's unlikely, just that I don't know yet.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. I shall be fine either way.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. Do you want me to work on that today, or would you rather have that other spell as soon as possible?

Permalink Mark Unread

Sorry, which other spell?

Permalink Mark Unread

The backup teleportation location, in case it somehow becomes dangerous here. It's going to take me a while to find a suitable spot, I expect, but the sooner I start the sooner you'll have it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Perhaps the backup location can be somewhere far from here and warm, if such places exist.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hm.

I'm not sure someplace far away wouldn't be just as dangerous as here in ways I didn't know about. Going there to gather food when I can teleport right back if something startles me is one thing, planning to go there if there's a problem here doesn't sit so well.

Permalink Mark Unread

All right. I suppose if you don't expect danger to take the form of anyone specifically looking for you distance won't help avoid it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, this world's kind of generally dangerous - inter-species relations aren't great anywhere, from what I've heard, and everyplace has dangerous animals and the occasional monster. Knowing how to deal with the dangers where you live is the important bit. If you want to visit someplace warm, I have no problem with giving you a spell for that, but it's really not going to help with safety - my plan for that is to trek over to the far side of the forest from the elves' village and find a cave there that's as inaccessible as this one - maybe I can find one with an entrance halfway up a cliff or something, there's some good cliffs over there. Should throw them off pretty well if they don't know we can teleport, and even if they do it'll slow them down enough to give us time to decide what we want to do based on the situation at hand. Not, again, that I expect it to come up at all, I'm just not in the habit of doing half-jobs with safety plans.

Permalink Mark Unread

I appreciate that. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She grins.

That's several days' walk just to get to where I want to start looking, though. And figuring out whether I can cast a spell that'll put me someplace warm might be a couple days' work too, depending on how complicated it turns out to be.

Permalink Mark Unread

I think in a month I should be able to walk, if I work at it. That would require eating, though. Once I can walk properly I should be faster than you.

Permalink Mark Unread

You'd still need me along to show you where to go and get you out of any elven traps you happen to walk into without having to teleport back here, but I like the idea of you being in better shape just on general principles.

Permalink Mark Unread

If the forest is still full of elven traps it doesn't sound like the elves have stopped being a danger.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, they're still dangerous, they're just not actively going after anybody, there's a pretty huge difference. And their traps aren't dangerous to kobolds; they use magical ones almost exclusively, and properly trained kobold mages have an anti-magic spell form that they cast on everybody that lets us ignore them.

Permalink Mark Unread

What do they look like? Social organization? Do you speak their language?

Permalink Mark Unread

She sends a memory of watching a group of five of them from a bush - they're similar to Men, but their faces are proportioned differently, especially the ears. In the memory, four of them are riding giant raccoons and the leader is riding a tiger, and all of them are carrying spears and shortbows.

I don't know much about them beyond what I need to know to stay safe, we lost a lot of lore during the war - they got more than half our Speakers, and all the ones who spoke their language.

Permalink Mark Unread

I am very sorry.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

It really isn't worth the risk of provoking them.

Permalink Mark Unread

I promise that until I have the resources to do things that obviously improve things in this scenario I won't do anything at all. I hold innocent lives very dear. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Thank you.

If you're the kind of person who needs problems to solve, the tigerfolk are a much safer one all around.

Permalink Mark Unread

What's the problem with them?

Permalink Mark Unread

They don't think kobolds are people. Most of the time they leave us alone anyway, but when it is a problem it's kind of an awful one. I was working on it, just going and talking to them works pretty well, but they live in small groups and are nomadic, so that was a long-term project.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. I can try to help with that too.

Permalink Mark Unread

Only if you want to, and I'm not sure I'll be up for it even then, we'll have to see. It's pretty emotionally exhausting for me.

Permalink Mark Unread

I was fighting a war for the fate of the world. I think I'd get emotionally exhausted by not doing enough that matters on enough of a scale, eventually, but it should help in the short term while I can't do anything about that war anyway.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. If the spell to find a warm place works I can probaby guarantee I don't land in Angband and go somewhere else in your world instead, too.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes but that's what the Enemy obviously wants me to do, if this is a false rescue.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

I'm still pretty confused about what you think is going on with that, but anyway I didn't mean you should go back; I meant maybe if I go and find out what's going on there'll be some things we can do to help from here.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sometimes the Enemy lets us 'escape' from him, or be rescued. It always turns out that either our rescuer works for him and we're just somewhere else in Angband - and any suicide triggers we've been given don't work - or that we were hallucinating all along. He can induce controlled hallucinations.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

Yikes. That's kind of gratuitously awful. ...to deter people from rescuing people, I'd guess? Not that I regret getting you out of there, but.

Permalink Mark Unread

And to make sure when he does release you, as a way of hurting your loved ones, you don't even believe it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sigh.

Yeah, forget the tigerfolk, let's work on burning that place to the ground. Are there any obvious problems with the idea of me going?

Permalink Mark Unread

Going back to Angband? Yes, he might catch you and mind-control you into working for him.

Permalink Mark Unread

I mean going elsewhere in your world. It might take me a little while to work out which parts of the location-pattern are for that world in particular, but once I do, and once I figure out the other aiming method, 'not Angband' will probably be trivial.

Permalink Mark Unread

I suppose that can't hurt, they'll know you're real. You want to go to Lake Mithrim, where my family is, and offer to help them win the war using teleportation. If this is a hallucination that won't matter and if it's real they can help you. 

Permalink Mark Unread

I doubt the name will help; let me see if I can work out what kind of information I do need.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. Once I can write I can draw you a map and give you a letter for them.

Permalink Mark Unread

Dunno what that is, but a map might be useful.

Permalink Mark Unread

My people invented a correspondence between sounds and symbols, so you can put symbols on a page and then they can look at them and know the words as if you are there to say them.

Permalink Mark Unread

She blinks. Clever!

Permalink Mark Unread

I know, right? It was my father's idea. If you'd like I can teach it to you.

Permalink Mark Unread

Once we've got time for it, yeah, sounds like fun. Assuming I'm not too out of practice at talking, anyway.

Permalink Mark Unread

...I don't think one gets out of practice at talking. It's been thirty years for me.

Permalink Mark Unread

Wow.

Anyway, kobolds do, it's kind of a problem - most of us can't learn at all, usually there's supposed to be at least two Speakers to a tribe so we can stay in practice, with only one to a tribe we only get to practice at the summer meetups and it's pretty clearly not enough. Going and talking to the tigerfolk was helping, for me, but it's been a year since I've talked to anyone and I'm sure I've forgotten some words.

Permalink Mark Unread

Want to teach me your language?

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm not sure I'd be any good at teaching it - I never did get the hang of the grammar - but if you want to try sometime, sure. Might make more sense for me to learn yours, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

Can do that too. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. I don't have a good idea of when I'll be ready to go to your world at all, but if I'm here all winter there'll probably be time for both.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay.

He starts singing softly in Quenya. His voice is in pretty bad shape; to his own ears he sounds awful.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes but singing though.

As soon as she has an idea of the tune, she starts singing along in harmony.

Permalink Mark Unread

They can do that until he gets too hoarse to continue, which isn't too long.

Then - sugar water, please?

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure.

Just a tiny bit doesn't take long at all.

Permalink Mark Unread

I should probably push myself to try soup or something. I don't want to, but I bet I'd be able to walk faster.

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't mind you taking it at your own pace. Physical health isn't the only important thing here, probably not even the most important one.

Permalink Mark Unread

Psychological health's a lost cause and 'functional' might happen by the time physical health does, I'm not really sure.

Permalink Mark Unread

She makes a face - 'yeah, but'. There's gradations between 'completely back to normal' and 'just functional'. It's worth aiming for the better ones, if you can. Speaking from experience.

Permalink Mark Unread

Functional is all I really even want.

Permalink Mark Unread

Her nod is only slightly dubious. It's at least a good idea to avoid doing more damage, though, if you can help it, which I'm trying to make sure is the case.

She makes no move to hug him, sends nothing about the actual sensation of being hugged, but sends just the comfort and companionship and sense of being-in-it-together that she'd get from one.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Thanks. I'll be okay.

Permalink Mark Unread

All right. I should get back to work.

Permalink Mark Unread

He falls asleep again.

Permalink Mark Unread

She finishes the blanket, and then goes out to work on the new spell. She comes back in after a few hours.

Permalink Mark Unread

He's awake again. He doesn't acknowledge her. He's trying to get some badly broken and rehealed bones to fix themselves without him having to rebreak them.

Permalink Mark Unread

She sits and waits for a little while. If he's still busy after twenty minutes, she heads down to the pantry and comes back after an hour.

Permalink Mark Unread

He's not going to be able to fix them all this way. It's frustrating. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Anything I can help with?

Permalink Mark Unread

I think I'm going to need to rebreak most of the bones in my fingers.

Permalink Mark Unread

She winces, then considers. Mind if I have a look with my magic?

Permalink Mark Unread

Go ahead.

Permalink Mark Unread

And so she does. She's not trying to interpret his emotional state, but it's automatic enough to be pretty unavoidable regardless.

Permalink Mark Unread

Exhaustion, resignation, constant background terror, intense desire to stop existing.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sigh.

She drops the trance to respond - I can see where they're healed badly and I should be able to teleport those bits out - it's not going to be painless, but it should be a lot better than re-breaking them, and heal better, too - then picks it back up to watch his reaction.

Permalink Mark Unread

Resignation, vague amusement, confusion as he tries to figure out how that'd work. And background screaming terror and a desire to stop existing.

Permalink Mark Unread

She drops the trance entirely. Only if you want me to; it's reasonable not to.

Permalink Mark Unread

I think it's preferable unless it somehow leaves me with not enough to reconstruct from.

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't think it will. I'll start with just one bone so you can check, though - I shouldn't do them all in one sitting anyway, it's going to be fiddly and I'll need my focus.

Permalink Mark Unread

All right. Go ahead.

Permalink Mark Unread

She drops back into the trance. She starts with the fingertip bone of his left pinky; it takes her a few minutes to arrange the spell to remove exactly what she wants it to, but then the removal is instantaneous.

Permalink Mark Unread

He exhales sharply, spends a minute trying to get a feel for it. I think that's easier to fix than rebreaking it, yes.

Permalink Mark Unread

She grins, not very happily. Good. What kind of pace do you want, for the rest?

Permalink Mark Unread

It's going to take all of my concentration and also possibly most of the calcium I have access to to fix this one; why don't I let you know when it's done and then you can do another.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure.

Permalink Mark Unread

And he gets to work trying to imagine how he wants his bone to work. He is desperately drained; it's hard.

Permalink Mark Unread

She heads back up to work on her spell a little more; after another half-hour she's confident enough in it to give it a try. She lands in a jungle and spends the rest of the morning carefully observing the local wildlife from various hiding places; she ends up reasonably sure of the safety of a few new kinds of fruits and berries, and brings some of the latter back with her when she returns for lunch.

Permalink Mark Unread

She looks like she could use congratulating. He congratulates her and asks how the area was.

Permalink Mark Unread

Pretty nice. Warm, hilly, more moist than here. Some very pretty birds and flowers - she sends him memories of a few kinds of variously bright and interestingly-shaped ones. Everything's very different, I'm going to have to check all the new plants to make sure they don't do anything funny, but we should be okay.

Permalink Mark Unread

I can eat things and notice if they're poisoning me.

Permalink Mark Unread

Me too, and I'm less likely to be hurt by it.

Permalink Mark Unread

How do you do it? You don't have the same relationship with your body, is there a spell?

Permalink Mark Unread

I can notice things even if I can't do anything about them, just by paying attention - she sends a brief snippet of her awareness of her body - but the same sense I use to cast spells gives me that kind of detail about myself, too.

Permalink Mark Unread

All right. Please just don't get poisoned.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm not going to try anything I haven't seen at least three or four different kinds of animals eating, that's usually a pretty good indication that it's safe.

Permalink Mark Unread

I am curious if your world is more dangerous than mine for a healthy Elda or just for a kobold. Eventually it'd be nice to explore it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. It might just be different - kobolds are good at stealth and looking out for one another, you'll be faster and stronger and more intimidating, we'd have different things to worry about.

Permalink Mark Unread

I can also probably build myself magic armor, though it'll take a while. Or you could ask my brothers for an extra set.

Permalink Mark Unread

Might help. What would it be enspelled to do?

Permalink Mark Unread

Not be easily damaged, be very light so I can move in it easily, make arrows miss me or miss vital places if they can't be deflected. We wouldn't be able to counter your world's magic.

Permalink Mark Unread

That does sound useful.

One thing you might want to do, once you're up to it, is see if you can learn some of this world's magic from someone who can teach it safely. I can't, kobolds aren't well-liked and I'd probably be attacked just trying to go into another species' village to ask, but if we can come up with a good enough story about how you got here I don't think you'll have that problem, and they should be able to teach you how to at least see the local magic. Plus once you've learned to cast safely at all, I can teach you my form too.

Permalink Mark Unread

I would like that very much.

Permalink Mark Unread

She grins. Something to look forward to, then.

She goes and gets herself something to eat. What's next for you foodwise, do you think? Soup, you said - any particular kind?

Permalink Mark Unread

Consistency's probably more important than ingredients.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. Thin, I'm assuming, to start? I can do that with most things.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes. Thank you. 

Permalink Mark Unread

No problem. How do you feel about animal things that aren't meat? I have some honey, it's usually best to save that for later in the season but if it'll help now we can use it now, and it's not very likely but it's possible that I can find some eggs - if I can, I know how to use the shells in soup, they're good for bone healing.

Permalink Mark Unread

The problem is the Enemy's fondness for feeding me other people. Eggs seem safe enough and I could definitely use the calcium, yes.

Permalink Mark Unread

The kobold: doesn't panic. See how not panicking she is? No panic here, not at all, no sir.

I can work with that, she sends, a bit distantly.

Permalink Mark Unread

I never ate it voluntarily, he says, a bit defensive.

Permalink Mark Unread

I know. I'm not upset about you. She doesn't sound very reassuring; she's too focused on keeping herself together.

Permalink Mark Unread

Should I just not share things about Angband, because it gets worse than that.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Warning me first would be a good idea. But I expect I'll be more okay hearing about most things than I am about that.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay.

It's not as if he needs to talk about it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She's calming down, some, now.

When I said the tigerfolk aren't usually a problem... when they were, that was it. They took one of my friends, and I was there to see it... it's personal, in a way most things aren't. Doesn't take much to remind me. I'll be okay.

Permalink Mark Unread

You could just kill me and save us both a lot of trouble, he resists the urge to suggest.

I'm so sorry.

Permalink Mark Unread

She very badly wants a hug. She starts singing, instead; a funeral song, though her thoughts don't identify it as such.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

That's fine.

He doesn't join in.

Permalink Mark Unread

She's much calmer when she finishes.

Sorry about that.

Permalink Mark Unread

You don't need to apologize.

Permalink Mark Unread

Maybe. That still wasn't fair to you, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

I really would rather be trusted than accommodated, and worked with rather than worked around. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Confusion. Those aren't mutually exclusive.

Permalink Mark Unread

In practice they usually seem to be.

Permalink Mark Unread

...no? I can trust you with something and still tell you about it in a way that's not upsetting or demanding, that's just basic decency.

Permalink Mark Unread

Not with me, feels like being managed. I won't feel upset or demanded. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She thinks about it.

I'm not comfortable trying to figure out how to do that in a situation where you might not feel safe telling me to stop if I go too far the other way. But if there are specific things you want me to do or not do, I can try.

Permalink Mark Unread

I would like to know how to act so you don't feel the need to apologize for your grief or panic.

Permalink Mark Unread

She shrugs. Get well. The problem there isn't how you act or don't, it's that if I'm hurting you you can't get away from it.

Permalink Mark Unread

But that's the thing, I can, if you didn't lie about the suicide spell.

Permalink Mark Unread

She stares at him, then sighs. I didn't. That doesn't count.

Permalink Mark Unread

It does. It definitely does.

Permalink Mark Unread

Deep breath. Focus on this, don't think about that.

I get what you're saying, but I'm thinking on an entirely different scale, here. I'm not going to do anything that that'd be a reasonable response to. I want you to have options for dealing with things you don't like besides 'put up with it' and 'literally die'.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh. Well, for those there's 'get you to stop'. I don't want to get you to stop grieving or being shaken or having needs. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Well that's a fairly disturbing angle on the thing. She doesn't quite manage to stop herself from remembering what it's like to believe she isn't a person and therefore isn't allowed to do those things, but it's only for a moment; a painful full-body twitch drags her back to the present.

Okay.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thank you.

Permalink Mark Unread

She only ate about half her lunch before she got distracted by the conversation; she finds that she's not hungry, now.

Do you need anything before I head back out?

Permalink Mark Unread

I do not.

Permalink Mark Unread

All right.

Back to the jungle. Kobolds aren't prone to screaming, or crying, or other loud displays; she does spend an hour curled up under a bush whimpering, though, before she gets back to work.

She treks carefully through the jungle, stopping occasionally to see what the wildlife thinks of likely-looking food plants or check for eggs in the trees or tubers underground; there turn out to be plenty of both, and she teleports a fraction of them back to her pantry.

Two hours after she left, she doesn't want to go back. Four hours after, she still doesn't. Five hours after, she makes herself.

Permalink Mark Unread

He's sleeping, or acting as if he's sleeping.

Permalink Mark Unread

She eats; she goes and spends a while preserving more meat. At sunset, she goes to activate the portal spell.

Permalink Mark Unread

He opens his eyes and watches the sunset.

Permalink Mark Unread

She stays. It's pretty obvious that she's not comfortable being near him, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, being asked not to apologize for her distress really upset her, and the explanation upset her even more. He can definitely do 'grateful for whatever she does' but she's probably working for the Enemy, he's not inclined to be so easily cued into being uncomplicated.

He will happily ignore her though if that's what she seems to want.

Permalink Mark Unread

It is very much what she seems to want.

She does, very gradually, relax. A little. When the bulk of the sunset is over and the sky is starting to fade to black, she says, it turns out there are plenty of eggs in the warm place; let me know when you're ready for them.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thank you. I can try whenever it's convenient.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay.

 

 

That was terrifying, earlier, and if you do it again I'm not sure I'm going to be able to be okay being around you.

Permalink Mark Unread

Do what?

Permalink Mark Unread

Her thoughts are an incoherent jumble for a few moments. The... threatening to... She takes a deep breath and sends a memory, instead: "for those there's 'get you to stop'... get you to stop grieving or being shaken or having needs"

She's huddled up again with her knees pressed to her chest, eyes closed, barely breathing, trembling.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. It bothers me that my presence would get you to stop doing those things. So I really wish you wouldn't apologize to me for doing them.

Permalink Mark Unread

No response, unless trembling just slightly harder counts.

Permalink Mark Unread

If you want to leave that's fine. I'll survive if I decide I want to, you do not owe me anything.

Permalink Mark Unread

No response.

No, that's not quite true; after a moment, over osanwe, there's a wordless, careful, utterly terrified assertion of personhood, and, inextricably, of not being the kind of person who would do that.

Permalink Mark Unread

I promise you that I think you're almost certainly working for my Enemy to torture me but that I haven't ever doubted your personhood.

Permalink Mark Unread

Still wordless, still terrified: People have reactions, emotions, needs; to think that you can cause someone not to do those things is to think that they are not actually a person; to do that to a person anyway is to cause grave harm.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Do you want to discuss this when you're calmer? Or more relevantly, are you going to get calmer if we haven't discussed this? People can train themselves out of their reactions, out of noticing or acknowledging their emotional needs. People can do that accidentally. People can have expectations of others which make those others do that, accidentally. Which of those beliefs is 'to think that they are not actually a person'?

Permalink Mark Unread

It takes her a while to make any kind of sense of that. She's still not very present when she responds; it's not clear whether she's actually calmer or just dissociating too badly to be that afraid.

Causing someone not to notice or acknowledge is a thing, attempting to cause someone not to have is a different thing.

Permalink Mark Unread

Maybe it's a species thing.

Maybe it's a how-long-has-it-been-definitely-Years thing.

Permalink Mark Unread

Maybe. Can't. Don't.

Permalink Mark Unread

This entire thing started because I said I didn't want you to avoid acknowledging your emotional needs. I don't think I follow why you got from that that I did want to make you avoid having them.

Permalink Mark Unread

There's a pause, and then she sends her impression of him as someone who's confident that they can do that thing, who considers it a valid tool to use even if it's one they wouldn't choose to use in this case.

She's back to 'clearly terrified', but calming down, slowly.

Permalink Mark Unread

 I said that it's not necessary for you to stop yourself from doing things out of fear they might hurt me and I'd have no recourse. Because if they were actual problems they could be addressed at the point where they became problems, not the much earlier point where you're hiding or apologizing for or trying to suppress things on the off chance they'll hurt me.

I didn't mean 'all things you might do I can in full generality get you to stop doing, and would if they annoyed me'.

Permalink Mark Unread

She waits the several seconds it takes for her to become able to send words again.

Choosing when and where and how I express things isn't fear, it's courtesy. Normal, better than waiting for there to be problems that would take effort to solve. The situation makes it important to be more careful but that's all, it's not... personal or unusual or anything. It's a way of showing I'm taking your wellbeing seriously but I'd always do that.

The other thing I may have misunderstood but you've already pushed at my limits and that's a really bad one.

Permalink Mark Unread

So leave. I think you work for the Enemy and you are terrified of me.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

Do you actually want me to do that.

Permalink Mark Unread

I do not have any preferences, but people being unhappy in my presence and being made moreso by me is a thing I'll disprefer if I start having preferences, it'd once have distressed me a lot - course, then I would also have known how to avoid it...

Permalink Mark Unread

Fuck.

Okay.

I'm not going.

Please try to be careful not to bring that up again. I'll try not to panic if you do but I can't promise I won't.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure.

 

He is still not clear what 'that' is, but he can avoid anything even touching on interaction between the two of them and how it'd be least frustrating to him. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Thank you.

She sits there and worries silently for ten minutes or so and then goes to make herself an omelette.

Permalink Mark Unread

He'll sing and communicate delight at the sunrise, both demonstratedly safe topics of conversation.

Permalink Mark Unread

She's pretty sure he's faking. She doesn't like it. She plays along.

She makes him pumpkin-lentil broth with powdered eggshells in it.

Permalink Mark Unread

He has some. Just a little, and slowly, but he has some.

Permalink Mark Unread

That, she's genuinely pleased about. When he's done, she heads back to the jungle for a few more hours, and returns with a piece of fruit to try.

Permalink Mark Unread

Think the place you found will have food all winter?

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. None of the animals seem to be preparing for there not to be, and there wouldn't be this many eggs if there wasn't going to be food for hatchlings.

Permalink Mark Unread

Good. 

Can you do another bone?

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure. Middle one on that finger okay?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes. Thank you.

Permalink Mark Unread

This one's a little faster.

I think once I've done one or two more I'll have enough of a hang of it to give you a trigger to do the actual teleportation, I'm sure the surprise of it isn't very nice.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thank you.

He tries to mostly not let amusement at the idea of sparing him not-nice things through.

Permalink Mark Unread

Better amusement than confusion, she's not going to complain.

Anyway, I've got a new kind of fruit to try, I'll be around for a few hours if there's anything you want to talk about or anything.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Okay. I can't think of anything. I'm glad you've got a new place for food.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, that was a good idea.

I should probably start trying for your world, next, even if I don't go there yet, so I don't forget the location-signature. The way it works, a map would help, but not actually much more than a description would; most of the things I use to aim aren't the kinds of things that go on maps.

Permalink Mark Unread

So he sends mental images of Valinor, and of the coastline. I shouldn't tell you how far or in what directions or with what results my people'd scouted the other continent by the time I was captured.

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods. Sure. Which of those places should I be trying for?

Permalink Mark Unread

Don't try for Valinor, they're really defensive and scared right now. Or were last I heard. Coastline's probably safe.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. Let me see what I can do - portals will be handy for this, I won't have to go to check.

Her first try takes twenty minutes and results in a portal to a remarkably similar bit of coastline to one of the ones he showed her, but clearly on a different world, as there's an unexpected island off in the distance. The second try takes a bit more than five, and gets what appears to be the right world, except that it's day. She deactivates the spell quickly and sits back down, confused. I'm pretty sure I had it right that time...

Permalink Mark Unread

Was that Valinor? It's possible the Valar have found another way to light Valinor...

Permalink Mark Unread

Dunno. Let me look.

She goes and gets a skin from her drawing supplies and repeats the spell on it, brightening the cave again. This time, the view rotates with the skin; she swivels to look around.

...there's a sun.

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't know much about Suns; is it possible my world acquired some?

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't think so? But a world that's dark all the time seems pretty implausible to me, too, so I have no idea. Is there anything else I could look for to check?

Permalink Mark Unread

Nothing comes to mind. It may have to wait until I am well enough to write the letter to my brothers.

Permalink Mark Unread

She deactivates the spell.

It doesn't seem like a very good idea to go wandering around a strange world without knowing anything about it, which I won't if it's the wrong one. I can try to make portals to the other places you showed me, though, if I can that's probably proof enough. Do you want to watch?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes, I think so. You're sure there's no way portals can be used or noticed by anyone on the other end?

Permalink Mark Unread

They can't be used; I don't think they can be noticed, but your world's magic is obviously different, so I can't be sure.

Permalink Mark Unread

Don't do Angband, then. Everywhere else would be fine. You could try opening one to Tirion...

He sends mental images.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, I'm not messing with Angband.

She casts. It takes a couple minutes, but the result sure does look like sun-lit Tirion.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Valar must have decided to do a sun, then.

Odd premise for the game, but not one he particularly objects to.

Permalink Mark Unread

Huh.

All right - I'm going to go through for a second and grab a location-signature on the coastline, is there anything I should know before I do?

Permalink Mark Unread

Everyone there will assume you're working for their enemies. Please be careful.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm barely going to be there long enough for anyone to notice me, even out in the open; I should be fine. Unless even that might cause problems? I can wait or something if there's reason to think that'd help.

Permalink Mark Unread

No, that should be safe.

What do you want me to do if you don't come back?

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't think that's really a risk, here; I got back fine last time. But I can wait until you're well enough to move around, I'll just have to be careful not to forget your world's signature... The idea here is that I'll go, get the signature, and cast a spell on myself to bring me back there whenever I want to go; then even if I forget the signature I can use the spell to go back and get it again.

Permalink Mark Unread

All right. Good skill.

Permalink Mark Unread

She sends a reassuring hug, without the hug part, and then she goes.

Permalink Mark Unread

Coastline. It's deserted. It's rocky. There's driftwood littering the beach. There's a mountain range; she can't see very far in any direction except out across the ocean.

Permalink Mark Unread

She looks around briefly, trances to get the spot's location, and then teleports right back. All told, she's gone maybe five or six seconds.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm glad you're back safe, he says. Pretty much sincerely. He's not experiencing gladness but it really is good.

Permalink Mark Unread

She grins. She's not sure she should believe that, but it's tempting, and she's a pretty good actress regardless. Thanks. It wasn't dangerous anyway; deserted, as far as I could tell.

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't think anyone would settle on the coast, no. Hmmm. I should get my other fingers sorted, at least on this hand, and then I can write a letter.

Permalink Mark Unread

All right. No rush, I'm not sure how I'm going to find them if you've told me all you're willing to, it'll probably take a while.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Enemy knows where they are, I can tell you where their camp is. I'm just worried they'll assume you're working for him and attack you, or alternately that you are in fact working for him and if I give you a letter good enough to convince them to trust you, you'll use that to hurt them.

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods and thinks.

This is definitely not the best idea, but... the Enemy can only do hallucinations to people in Angband, right? Or something like that, not just to whoever they want to? I could make a portal, show them that you're free. I'll still have to get close enough to talk to them in the first place, though. And maybe learn enough of your language first, do they all have the telepathy?

Permalink Mark Unread

Everyone has osanwe, yes. You could get them a portal and show them I'm fine, but you'd have to get close enough to talk, and I'm guessing you'll panic if they take you prisoner, which they wouldn't do gently.

Permalink Mark Unread

Depends on exactly how they'd do it, but, yeah, not unlikely if I tried to play along. How do you think they'd react if I just teleported away and tried again, if I warned them I was going to do that?

Permalink Mark Unread

That'd probably get them curious enough to talk to you, but it's also possible they'd try to kill you.

Permalink Mark Unread

I can probably stop them from killing me if I'm careful about it, but that still ends up with us not able to talk to them, probably. And if there's something I could do to show them I'm friendly you shouldn't tell me.

Permalink Mark Unread

Exactly. There is, they're very good people. But I don't want to help you earn their trust, not in a way that will work if I'm still in Enemy custody.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod.

Maybe if I make the portal somewhere outside where they are and stay with it and wait for them to find me... it might be tricky to do that in a way that doesn't look like a trap and doesn't leave me waiting forever, but it might not be, I'd have to know more about the area.

Permalink Mark Unread

There's a lake. You could open it in the middle of the lake? Or, if you can do it from this end, you could open one that let them see me from the edge of their camp, and I could explain.

Permalink Mark Unread

...I wouldn't expect them to be able to see it in the middle of a lake, not usefully. Plus I need something stable to cast the spell on, I can't do them in midair. I can open a portal from here to there, but that still has the problem of getting them to come close enough to hear you.

Permalink Mark Unread

If you put it somewhere near their camp, I'm sure they'll notice it and come. Our host is very large, there are a lot of people who could notice it. Why wouldn't they be able to see it in the middle of the lake?

Permalink Mark Unread

...lakes are big?

Permalink Mark Unread

It's not that big. 

 

We might have better vision than you?

Permalink Mark Unread

Possible. She sends a memory of looking out across a local lake at the trees on the other side.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, yes, we do. 

He sends a memory back.

Permalink Mark Unread

Wow, yeah. Good to know. I wonder how we compare for hearing, mine's good enough to navigate by if I need to. She sends a memory of doing so.

Permalink Mark Unread

That seems closer to comparable; we have better range but it's a less dramatic difference. When the world was dark we were very reliant on hearing and on seeing heat.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod.

Okay, so making portals that let light and sound through both ways should work - heat too, for them to see, or would that look too much like a trap? Or too weird if I didn't, maybe, I can't see heat so I have no idea.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's a kind of light. If you let all kinds of light through I'd expect it to work automatically, but I don't know much about your magic.

Permalink Mark Unread

I haven't been paying very close attention to that part of it; I'll have a look next time I'm casting a portal.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thank you.

Permalink Mark Unread

No problem.

When do you think you'll be ready?

Permalink Mark Unread

How bad do I look, will it scare them?

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't know them well enough to know, but I wouldn't be surprised.

He can have a portal to look at himself through if he asks for one but she's not going to offer. Also on the list of things she's not going to bring up that she could do: cleaning the rest of the blood off, since that'd involve touching him.

Permalink Mark Unread

I might try to eat more, look less emaciated, grow my hair back.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. That'll help. Not enough, probably, but.

Permalink Mark Unread

They know where I've been. But I don't want to scare them, either. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod.

I'm trying to think if there's a way to get the rest of the blood off that's gentle enough and doesn't involve touching you. I don't think I can safely teleport it away.

Permalink Mark Unread

I can wash myself once my hand's fixed, I think, if you have cloth and warm water.

Permalink Mark Unread

No cloth, but I have a sponge. Warm water isn't a problem - I could, actually, keep the fire going like this all winter, with the new place to gather firewood in.

Permalink Mark Unread

Then I'll be able to manage it. Thank you. Can you do a portal so I can see my face? That'd also tell us whether heat is visible through your portals automatically....

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. Now?

Permalink Mark Unread

If it's convenient.

Permalink Mark Unread

She puts a portal on the skin she was using earlier and holds it up for him.

Permalink Mark Unread

I should probably take a week to recover more, yes.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod.

Anything else I should know?

Permalink Mark Unread

Hmm. I can't think of anything. They may believe or want to believe that I'm dead. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Sigh. Okay, thanks for the warning. I'm not planning on talking to them about Angband at all unless they specifically ask me to; is there anything I should avoid telling them even if they do?

Permalink Mark Unread

No. I haven't told you anything really bad, nothing they wouldn't already have guessed...

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod.

I expect I'll be more stable once I've had a chance to be around more people, by the way. That's part of why I'm trying to get this done soon.

Permalink Mark Unread

I understand. Is a week too long?

Permalink Mark Unread

No, I should be okay. Reminding herself that he's hurt in the particular way that leads to claiming not to have preferences will haul her back from basically any freakout; it's not pleasant to think about, but she can keep it in mind enough to forestall them, too, for that long.

Permalink Mark Unread

He catches most of that.

He's not claiming not to have preferences, he just actually doesn't know what'll be worst and is too tired of guessing to try anymore. He doesn't correct her.

I'll spend most of it asleep, if that helps. I'm going to try healing a bit for them.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'll be okay either way. It is nice to have company, but do what you need to.

Permalink Mark Unread

What's your ideal social environment? How many people, what's your relationship to them...

Permalink Mark Unread

That only gets a little flinch. Kobolds come in tribes of about a hundred people, who spend almost all of their time together and know each other really well - enough to get by without talking for nearly everything. Speaker's a pretty important position - we say sometimes that the chief stands for the tribe but the Speaker stands for the people in it - and I'm very used to that, we knew I was going to be one when I was nine, but I don't think I need it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. So joining the Noldor wouldn't work even if everyone were satisfied you weren't an Enemy, but we can definitely have more people around.

Permalink Mark Unread

Slightly shaky nod. Yeah. I think I can be okay without that exact thing, but I expect I'll need at least, like, ten or fifteen people that I'm reasonably close to. One is much better than zero but I don't think it'd be enough even under better conditions.

Permalink Mark Unread

Can you explain what upset you about that question?

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm not sure I'm in a good enough place to get used to a whole new culture, that's going to be really hard.

Permalink Mark Unread

I can make them get used to yours.

Permalink Mark Unread

She is momentarily horrified but shuts that down hard. Uh?

Permalink Mark Unread

It sounds like we're a lot more adaptive and excited at opportunities to learn new things and live new ways than kobolds are. And we have people in relatively good psychological health. Having some of them learn the ways of life that you're familiar with might be easier than having you learn ours.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh. Okay. That doesn't sound like the kind of thing you need to describe as 'making people do things'.

Permalink Mark Unread

I can avoid that kind of language since you have negative associations with it. I make people do things by smiling winningly and asking, I've never hurt someone for not doing something I asked and people don't obey me because they're afraid of me or anything.

Permalink Mark Unread

Manipulating people into doing things can be violence, too, if they aren't things the people would actually want to do on their own, that's something Speakers have to be careful about. But that sounds at least generally okay.

Permalink Mark Unread

I have never heard of Speakers but I agree that's something to be very very careful about. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Relieved grin. Good.

Speakers are kobolds who can talk - the most direct application of that is that we help with communication between tribes, but since we have to know everyone really well in order to do that, we also help with interpersonal problems within the tribe if they get bad enough or complicated enough, and generally keep an eye on everyone as individuals and make sure they're getting what they need, as opposed to the chief who's in charge of things that affect the tribe as a whole.

Permalink Mark Unread

That sounds kind of like what I used to do before my tribe had to go to war.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh?

Permalink Mark Unread

Against the person who made Angband.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. I'd assumed that, when you mentioned earlier that you'd been fighting a war. I meant before that, if you wanted to tell me about it.

Permalink Mark Unread

I am not sure there is much to tell. I solved interpersonal problems and made sure everyone had what they needed and if there were things getting in the way of them thriving those things got fixed.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod.

It's fun, I think, in a way that nothing else quite is.

Permalink Mark Unread

It really is. It's the most satisfying kind of work. None of it is disconnected at all from what really matters.

He at least remembers having felt that way.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mm, we have a few jobs like that - chief, healers, cooks, sometimes hunters or gathering specialists depending on what's going on - my parent was a healer and taught me all the medicinal herbs and I specialized in gathering those, and that was definitely the more important thing a few times - but Speaking is something else again, I think. It's so direct, where the rest are more removed.

She certainly hasn't forgotten what it was like. It was like this.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thank you.

Permalink Mark Unread

...hm?

Permalink Mark Unread

The Enemy took most of my memories and tampered with a lot of the rest. So it's nice getting memories of what that thing was like for you. I can't trust the emotion but it's useful to have a referent for it.

Permalink Mark Unread

That's horrifying.

If there's anything like that you'd like me to share, let me know; I don't hold much as private.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thanks. I guess I might ask as I notice things it'd be useful to have an untrustworthy shared version for.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sigh. Yeah, it's not much, but it's what I can do. I can offer nice things as I notice them, if you'd like?

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure. Thanks.

Permalink Mark Unread

She grins, and sends him the happy-to-be-of-help that goes along with it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Getting some light in here might help my brothers relax but it also might make it more obvious that I'm in bad shape.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. I can show you what it looks like with and without - I can put a portal overhead showing the sky, that probably makes the most sense - but I don't know them or your culture well enough to guess even a little about which they'd be less bothered by.

Permalink Mark Unread

The hair will bother them most but it'll probably take more than a week for me to grow it back even if I focus all my energy on that and even if I were healthy.

Permalink Mark Unread

...cultural thing, I guess. We can see how we're doing after a week and wait if we're doing okay?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes, although if you're real then they'll also benefit from your magic and should learn about it sooner rather than later.

I think I need to try eating more.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure. She goes to start some soup. Was the last batch okay?

Permalink Mark Unread

I was able to eat it and there aren't any obvious missing nutrients, yes.

Permalink Mark Unread

...can you taste things?

Permalink Mark Unread

I can tell if there are drugs in them, usually.

Permalink Mark Unread

Burn that damned place to the ground.

Well. My cooking isn't great or anything but if you'd like me to show you how it tastes to me I can do that.

Permalink Mark Unread

Seems less important to remember, honestly, though you may if you like.

Permalink Mark Unread

And I don't want to overwhelm you with too many new things at once. I'll wait.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Thanks. 

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Nothing bad is going to happen if you ask for things you want. And here is a memory of fresh-picked strawberries, complete with taste.

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't usually want things. I want information, I don't want to be tortured, I want the Enemy to die. I think those are the only things but I do know the feeling of wanting things.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, you're not going to be tortured in any case. You can ask me to show you things or tell you things; you can say yes when I offer to tell you things or show you things; I might be upset and I might tell you no but nothing worse than that will happen and even that should be pretty rare. I can't do much about the Enemy from here but we're working on that. If you find that you want other things you can tell me, and again I might be upset or say no but nothing worse than that is going to happen. Okay?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes.

 

I want to not need catering to, that's also a thing I very much want. I want to feel like in interactions I am not dependent on the goodwill of the other person, especially when I haven't earned it by doing anything and when I can't be sure you don't work for the Enemy.

Permalink Mark Unread

I mean, if you weren't here I'd probably be dead by now and now it's looking like I might at very least live to see spring, that's not nothing. And you are working on the rest; I'm kind of amazed you're conscious at all, never mind healing at that pace - I wasn't especially expecting you to survive a week, you know, I was mostly thinking that at least with me it wouldn't get worse.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Eldar are very resilient, and the Enemy had no intention of ever letting me die. Why were you thinking you'd die?

Permalink Mark Unread

...I'd gotten to the end of the things I needed to do for myself. Not things that I could do for myself, but to the point where answering 'what needs to be done' with my own projects and nobody else's hurt more than it helped. That wasn't going to stop being a problem; I might've lasted a little while longer before I started answering it with 'die' systematically rather than impulsively, but not much longer.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Huh.

Do you prefer being alive?

Permalink Mark Unread

...yes?

Permalink Mark Unread

Then I guess that's good. That you are.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. I wasn't, y'know, kidding, when I said that doing things for you is almost as much for myself. And yeah, I know that's really iffy, ethically, but of the options I don't think it's so bad - low bar, but, here we are. I'm doing the best I can.

Permalink Mark Unread

If you really don't serve the Enemy then I don't see any ethical problems. I'd rather be needed.

Permalink Mark Unread

That takes some of the wind out of her sails. She very much wants to hug him and/or be hugged and doesn't have a way to stop doing that even though she's pretty sure he'd be uncomfortable to see it.

Well, I do. But thank you.

Permalink Mark Unread

What's the problem that you see? My vulnerability?  I hurt you every few minutes, while you are literally not creative enough to really hurt me.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

I don't see any possible way that conversation could go that wouldn't end with one or the other of us regretting it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Fair enough.

Permalink Mark Unread

I do genuinely want you to be okay. Most of the worry is that someone will lose track of that or give their own needs priority over it. I'm not sure I'm immune to the problem, but I don't think I'm running into it yet at least.

Permalink Mark Unread

Being okay is not as important to me as killing the Enemy.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, I'm coming around to wanting that too. But that's not really part of the thing, there. It's more about, if there's a conflict between what I need and what you need, or what I want and what you want, what should happen? And it should be that you get what you need or want and I take care of my needs and wants elsewhere, because I'm more able to do that.

Permalink Mark Unread

...that seems reasonable as long as it's understood that I only have the three wants. Less reasonable if you're going to try to reconstruct the wants you think I should have.

Permalink Mark Unread

...I'm mostly noticing it and reacting when you seem to want things? It does seem more plausible to me that you're wanting things and not noticing it than that you only have the three, but I suppose I could be wrong about that.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm sort of trying to act like how I remember I'd act if I were normal, as best I can, which is badly. That'd probably seem like wanting things. I don't think I'm failing to notice wanting things, but I suppose that could be too. Either way, it doesn't seem useful for you to prioritize what I can be inferred to want over what you actually do want.

Permalink Mark Unread

It would really bother me to stop doing that. It's... I've been, not where you are mentally, obviously, but in a situation that was at least sort of similar, with thinking I didn't have wants. My tribe's healers put me back together, and that was part of how they did it; not at least trying to repeat the trick would feel like abandoning you.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. Are you going to be disappointed if it turns out I actually do not, though?

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm going to be upset, probably, in that case. But not at you, it's not your fault.

Permalink Mark Unread

He's evil and my brothers are going to kill him.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yup. With my help, hopefully.

Permalink Mark Unread

If you're real you'll be a great help.

Permalink Mark Unread

Good thing I'm real, then.

Happy! She's happy and amused, here's what that's like.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Thanks.

Permalink Mark Unread

First time I've been, y'know, actually pleased to be alive in a while. 'S nice.

The soup could use some attention; she goes to take care of it.

Permalink Mark Unread

He closes his eyes again.

Permalink Mark Unread

She sings a bit, while she's working with the soup and afterward. After another while, she tastes it and adjusts the spices one last time. Ready whenever you are.

Permalink Mark Unread

Soup: contains nutrients. He makes himself eat it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yup. And she sends the flavor along, too; it's pumpkin lentil again.

Permalink Mark Unread

He forgets it more or less immediately, that's not ever going to be strategically relevant.

Permalink Mark Unread

Anything else you need for now?

Permalink Mark Unread

No. Thank you for asking.

Permalink Mark Unread

No problem. I'll be around, anyway.

She takes care of some chores around the cave and then starts working on a painting of one of the birds from the jungle.

Permalink Mark Unread

He focuses on healing until he can't anymore, singing to help it along, and then falls asleep.

Permalink Mark Unread

She finishes her painting and doesn't have anything else that immediately needs to be done. She's bored and it's not excruciatingly painful! This is somewhat amazing.

She doesn't know how to make cloth. Maybe she can figure it out. How do looms go again? For that matter how does fine-enough string go? She heads to the forest to see if she can find any likely-looking materials.

Permalink Mark Unread

He sleeps through her absence.

Permalink Mark Unread

She tries a couple plants, but doesn't have any luck coming up with suitable thread for cloth. She naps; she goes and has something to eat; she considers painting again, but decides to save her materials.

 

Permalink Mark Unread

He wakes up. Sings, weakly. Works on healing.

Permalink Mark Unread

Singing!

She waits until it seems like she won't be interrupting anything, checks in with him, and then goes back to the jungle to look for a nice vantage point for watching its sunrise or sunset. She doesn't find one on this trip, but she seems to be making pretty decent progress on it; she comes back in time to turn on the spell to watch the local one.

Permalink Mark Unread

He watches it. It's sufficiently pretty. He's growing back the hair in places it was torn out at the roots. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She hangs around companionably and eventually eats and goes to bed.

Permalink Mark Unread

He tries to remember what his brothers look like.

Permalink Mark Unread

She sleeps on, oblivious.

In the morning she has eggs for breakfast and makes soup and switches the spell over to show the sunrise and sits with him for a little while.

Permalink Mark Unread

And he eats. Can you fix the rest of the hand.

Permalink Mark Unread

...yeah. I'll set them up with a trigger, it'll probably take most of the morning - do you want to trigger them all at once, or in batches, or how would you like to do it?

Permalink Mark Unread

Still one at a time, but I think I should be pushing the pace more, if this is real my brothers need to know sooner...

Permalink Mark Unread

All right. If I add individual triggers to them you can just go at your own pace, that should work okay. I still want a little more practice before I try to add triggers, but I can do that without actually finishing the spell, it just means a bit of a delay before the first real one.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. Can also explain your magic system to my brothers, I don't understand it and I think it's because I'm not able to concentrate well yet.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure. I haven't actually told you much about it, though, and it seems like yours is very different so I'd be surprised if you could guess much; I can tell you more about it in between spells if you'd like.

Permalink Mark Unread

If it's convenient.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure, no problem. Let me get started first, though.

She spends ten minutes practicing, and then takes a break.

So, I'm not really sure where to start, is there anything you'd particularly like to know about?

Permalink Mark Unread

How it is learned, what limits in terms of range and usage it has, what can be done with it...

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. My kind of magic comes in forms, which are sort of... mental objects, kind of. They act mostly like memories, but they're more solid, they don't degrade with time, and each form is used to do a specific kind of thing. I only have one form, teleportation, but there are others - kobolds have one that makes an effect that makes whatever it's cast on invisible to other magic, and one that makes very dim light, and one that detects magic; other cultures have different ones, tigerfolk have one that makes them stronger and elves have ones that make fire and water, and I'm sure there are more than that out there. My form was my Gift, but usually they're learned by touching a mage while they're in a casting state - they don't have to be actually casting a spell at the time, but they do have to have a form out and ready to use, and then if you touch them you can see whatever part they have out, and you get your own copy of it. If they're just trancing, you get the ability to do that, but no form; if they are in a casting state and you can't already trance you get that along with the form... trancing is the first step of casting; my kind of magic comes with an extra sense that replaces your regular ones that you have to use to do anything with the magic, and going into the trance activates it and leaving the trance deactivates it. When you're in the trance, everything is kind of a jumble; it's made up of normal sense things but nothing means what it usually does and it's hard to figure out what things mean what; there are things in it that mean just about everything, the hard part is finding them. You start out just being aware of yourself, your body, and it's not very hard to figure out the patterns for things like your breathing and your emotions, usually, since those are already familiar. The sense can be extended outward, too - there's a limit to how big that extension can be, and it doesn't seem like it can get any bigger than that, but it can be any shape, so if you just want a thin little rope of it it can go pretty far away, and you get that jumbled sense of what things are within that whole space and can cast on anything in it. It takes practice to make it go where you want, though - there's a sense of what the shape is, but you can't look at where you are without dropping the trance and stating over, and it's easy to get disoriented.

Permalink Mark Unread

And how can you do so many different things with teleportation? Moving, making portals, making mirrors...

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, it's my Gift. I think I could teach anyone to do simple portals that someone could walk through, but being able to make portals you can look through is probably because my personal copy of the form is an artifact, the bit I use for that is very delicate.

Permalink Mark Unread

And what's a gift?

Permalink Mark Unread

...oh, maybe that's just this world. There's a thing where every so often someone will go into a creative fugue and make something, and the thing they make will be ridiculously nice for whatever it is and have a few special properties - indestructible, even if that doesn't make sense for what it's made of, is the most obvious one - and the person who made it comes out of it with knowledge of how to make that kind of thing as if they'd spent their whole life learning how. It only ever happens to anyone once, and it doesn't happen to everyone, but it's common enough not to be unusual, usually. The thing is an artifact and the skill is their Gift. Magic's a little different - it seems like people don't get magic Gifts usually, I've never heard of someone getting one before, and I didn't have the creative fugue part, just got startled by a crystal teleporting out of nowhere and falling on me, but it's otherwise the same. That's why I'm so scattered about what I can do - I technically have all this knowledge about magic, but it's like I learned it years and years ago and never used it, I have to actually sit down and think about what I know and until I do that I don't quite really know it.

Permalink Mark Unread

That might just be this world. It's not our world, to be sure.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. Anyway, yeah, I'm kind of ridiculously good at magic in general because of that, even before you count that it's only been two seasons. Usually at two seasons people still take an hour or more for even simple spells, and sometimes it takes that long for someone to be able to reliably cast stable ones.

Permalink Mark Unread

How long is a season?

Permalink Mark Unread

About a hundred days; a quarter of a year.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. It's fine if it takes many years to get as good at magic as you are.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. Okay. I'm not sure I'll be able to share the part about making portals you can see through, though - the way it's usually transmitted isn't good enough, I think. Maybe if osanwe works that'll allow it.

Also, with how learning to cast works, nobody should be trying to learn it with just my teleportation form. But I think I'm ready to do a couple spells now, I'll explain that after.

Permalink Mark Unread

All right.

Permalink Mark Unread

The first one takes about as long as the last one she did; the second, she gives a frustrated little hiss partway through and has to start over, but she gets it the second time. When she's done, she excuses herself to get a piece of fruit to eat.

So, learning my kind of magic. In one sense it's really intuitive - you don't actually have to be taught how to trance or use a spell form, they come with a kind of instinct for the basics - but there's a catch. For the first while - I think it must be based on how many spells you cast, but I don't think anyone's ever counted and it doesn't seem to be exactly the same from one person to the next anyway - but, for the first while, all the spells you cast will be unstable, and it takes a while after that to be able to reliably get stable spells. And unstable spells are dangerous. They're not obvious at first - the pattern is that for the first day they seem normal, and then sometime on the second day they start acting strange, and then if they're not broken, sometime on the third day they break on their own, and if they break on their own the caster dies when they do. The usual form to learn with is the light form, and 'acting strange' means the color changes, or they get brighter or darker, or things like that that make it pretty obvious - things that you could do with the form, if you wanted to, just not what the caster actually did. And I've never seen an unstable teleportation spell, but I expect that one of the things that could happen is that it could teleport itself someplace where it couldn't be found, which would obviously be fatal. 

Permalink Mark Unread

That makes sense.

...do the dead here go to Mandos, do you know?

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't know what that is, so I'd guess not. We get ghosts, sometimes, if someone isn't memorialized, but they don't seem to be people as such, I don't know if that answers your question.

Permalink Mark Unread

It means if I die here I might just stop existing. He sounds absurdly hopeful.

Permalink Mark Unread

...that's kind of what I assume happens, yes. I don't know, I don't know how you even would know something like that.

Permalink Mark Unread

If I die in my home universe I go to Mandos. If I die outside it my soul might persist and wander, but maybe somehow it wouldn't.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, if you prefer that, it's an option. But not one you'll take soon, I hope.

Permalink Mark Unread

No, I need to figure out whether I can help win the war.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. If the plan is to bring my magic to your world, you can probably help by learning a safer spell form from someone else - if you do that, you can share it with me, and I can bring it to your world for people to use as practice before I teach them teleportation. Plus you'll probably be able to get other helpful forms at the same time, but even if you can't that's still useful.

Permalink Mark Unread

That is a good suggestion, thank you.

Permalink Mark Unread

She grins.

...ready for more spells, I think, and then I can explain more about how exactly my kind of spells work.

Two more spells, that's the pinky and ring finger done.

So, when I cast a spell, the first thing I do is set up what I'm casting on. It has to be an object, but it doesn't have to be an object the way we usually think of them - I could cast on, say, half your blanket and part of the floor under it, and that'd be fine, it just has to be an amount of stuff that's all touching, and I have to be able to extend my mage-sense into it all, except for people and animals - anything with a mind, you're aware of the whole individual and can cast on any part of them if you put your mage-sense on any part.

The next thing is setting up the triggers. This part doesn't really depend on having a spell form, but having a spell form makes it easier to figure out how to do triggers related to it - I have an easier time setting up triggers that have to do with location than ones that have to do with, say, sound, but I can do both. You can use anything that affects the object you're casting on as a trigger - touch and pressure are easy, light is harder, sound is harder depending on what kind of detail you're trying to do with it, temperature isn't bad, that kind of thing. For things with minds, you can use anything in their mind as a trigger, too, but depending on the kind of thing you want to use, minds can be very hard or impossible to interpret - emotions are easy, telling what emotions are about is very hard, conscious thought is impossible, 'wanting to do a thing' and 'intending to do a thing' are pretty easy to notice but telling what thing is impossible or close to it, that kind of thing. It's also pretty much impossible to tell what's normal for a particular mind without, like, checking over a period of time. It's possible to make mind-based triggers sort of vague so the person you're casting on can learn to use them - that's how the anti-magic spell is set up, since it's cast on babies; it's just always on until they learn how to do the specific intention that turns it off. It's also possible, but more complicated, to combine conditions for a particular trigger, like, I could do 'this spell deactivates when the person intends to use a magic item, unless it's been less than a year since the spell was cast', or 'this spell only activates when these two spots are pressed and someone sings this particular note at the same time' or whatever.

Then there's the effect, and this I think varies a lot from form to form. Each spell has only one effect, but you can cast more than one spell on the same object to get different effects under different conditions or multiple effects under the same conditions. For my teleportation, the possible effects are 'teleport the thing the spell is on', 'teleport anything that's touching it in a specified area', 'teleport both the thing and what it's touching in a specified area', and 'open a portal', and then if make it open a portal that gives me a bunch of choices about how exactly the portal works - I can make ones that do light but not sound or sound but not light or both or neither, or only certain kinds of light or pitches of sound, or maybe other things, and I have some choices about how the edges act. And for all of those, I have to specify where the spell goes, but there's three ways to do that - one is to just use a location signature that I know, one is to give it details about the kind of place I want the spell to go to and let it pick one place like that and always go there, and one is to give it details about the kind of place I want the spell to go to and let it pick a new one each time. And also it defaults to landing the teleported thing on the ground someplace where there's air and a little bit of room, but I can change the first two if I want to and make the 'little bit of room' one more or less careful but not actually make it teleport things into each other.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thank you. That's very useful. What other spell forms would it be useful for me to acquire?

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, I don't know which ones exist, mostly. I think just about everybody has the light one and the one that lets you see magic, though, and there are definitely combat forms - the elves' fire magic is pretty terrifying. And I bet a lot of things can be useful if you set them up the right way, like, teleportation isn't an obvious choice for magic to hunt with but in practice it works just fine.

Permalink Mark Unread

But you think it's too dangerous to ask elves for magic help?

Permalink Mark Unread

I really do. Especially since it shouldn't be hard to find a human or dwarven place for you to try asking at.

Permalink Mark Unread

Dwarven? Human?

Permalink Mark Unread

Other kinds of people, the ones that make cities. There's goblins, too, but they're also kind of dangerous and even if they aren't to you I think you'd find them upsetting. And then lots of kinds of animalpeople but most of them are nomadic so they'd be hard to find, and some other kinds of people that live underground that I don't know much about.

Permalink Mark Unread

I should definitely talk to people who make cities, we might be able to learn things from each other.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. We're definitely going to need to figure out a way of explaining how you got here that doesn't mention me, I don't want to risk making trouble for kobolds in other places either, but humans and dwarves should be pretty safe to talk to from what I've heard.

More spells?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes, please. I'm sure we can come up with something.

Permalink Mark Unread

Three more; she really is getting  the hang of this.

I wish I knew whether your magic shows up to the local magic-vision. If it does we can probably get away with just saying that the teleportation is something of yours too.

Permalink Mark Unread

I could try getting magic-vision first, if it can be acquired over osanwe and without any interaction.

Permalink Mark Unread

...that's true. You'd actually want the light form, I have no idea how the magic-vision one might go unstable, but once you have it I can walk you through what you need to do to get through the dangerous bit of learning to cast.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. Once I can walk I will give it a try.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod.

At some point we should check whether osanwe works through portals. I don't expect it to, but if it does that'll be very useful.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. Also whether magic does so my brothers can heal me.

Permalink Mark Unread

That would definitely be good. Is there a way to try it from here?

Permalink Mark Unread

Maybe? You could make a portal and then go to the other side and I could try singing through it and seeing whether the song affected you.

Permalink Mark Unread

Other way around, I think, you can hear through a portal the same way you can see through one, you have to be on the open side. But yeah, that's easily enough done.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay, then let's test that.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. I'll do two portals, we can try the osanwe at the same time.

She puts a portal in the sunset-viewing rock showing a boulder in a shady jungle, then teleports there and puts another portal in the side of the boulder, showing the cave.

Permalink Mark Unread

Can you hear me?

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

Apparently not.

Permalink Mark Unread

Healing won't do anything if she doesn't need it, so he tries a song for wind.

Permalink Mark Unread

The underbrush rustles; the kobold nods, scuffs the ground at the base of the boulder to break its portal spell, and returns.

No osanwe, I assume? But the music worked fine.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, good. Then my brother can sit by a portal and sing to me and the healing will go faster.

Permalink Mark Unread

Good.

Permalink Mark Unread

But they can't easily verify they're speaking to me.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh?

Permalink Mark Unread

With osanwe, it's impossible to intercept a message not directed at you and unless the Enemy's controlling you totally it's impossible to fake one.

Permalink Mark Unread

That's convenient.

I could let them come here, if you're okay with that.

Permalink Mark Unread

No.

 

If you work for the Enemy you could take them prisoner.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay.

Permalink Mark Unread

Also they'd want to hug me.

Permalink Mark Unread

Her breath catches a little. Yeah. I can talk to them about that, if you want?

Permalink Mark Unread

I could too. It's easier for them just not to be near me.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. I think one of us will have to have to tell them something sooner or later, though. I don't think I can convince them that I can't bring them here.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm going to tell them the whole truth right away, don't worry.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay.

Permalink Mark Unread

They'll have more information than me with which to assess whether you're working for the Enemy, if they're real.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm.

Permalink Mark Unread

And if they're not real there's no harm in explaining what I'm supposed to believe recently happened.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod.

That still leaves them probably wanting to see you in person, not through a portal, though. Which isn't an unsolvable problem - if you need me to I can just refuse to let them come and not even explain; it might cause problems later but I can handle that, probably - but it kind of is one.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm their commander. If I need to order them not to bother you about it I will.

Permalink Mark Unread

She chuckles. I hope we can manage to be a little more diplomatic about it than that. But if it comes down to it, sure, very reasonable.

Permalink Mark Unread

My brothers would actually be relieved if I were giving orders because they'd take it as a sign I wanted a lot of things I used to want.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod.

We can play it off as me needing my own space. That's not even slightly true, but if you're not going back there anyway it'll be easy to pretend.

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't really mind telling them 'I was repeatedly raped and don't react well to people in my space even if they look like you because sometimes they did look like you', we don't have to lie.

Permalink Mark Unread

Blink.

 

Okay.

They might very well mind that.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, I know. That might be a reason to lie. I think usually I'd want to not upset them.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod.

I think you being that up front about it might bother them as much as that it happened and is still affecting things. There are gentler ways of saying it, if it turns out to need to be said. Or of saying things close to that that they might guess from but they can still let themselves believe it wasn't that bad if they need to.

Permalink Mark Unread

I think they'd probably want that. I don't care. We can do it your way.

Permalink Mark Unread

I hadn't been assuming you'd be okay with them knowing. If you are... something like, you've had a lot of things happen that you didn't have control over, and you need that to not happen any more, and that means nobody should touch you unless you ask them to? That's not how you'd say it but it doesn't seem like the kind of thing you'd say, I'm imagining I'd be saying it for you.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, you keep assuming I secretly have preferences about things and so you are going to probably keep predicting me wrong. I can say, hmm, that I want to see them again when I'm well enough to be sure I'm really safe and to walk around.

Permalink Mark Unread

She stops and stares at him.

Of course I'm going to get things wrong. I've known you for days. If I'm going to get things wrong I'd rather be wrong in ways that don't risk hurting you.

Permalink Mark Unread

Assuming that I have only the goals I've told you I have will not hurt me.

Permalink Mark Unread

'Don't want to be touched' wasn't on the list, but I'm pretty sure I guessed right about that one.

Permalink Mark Unread

That's under 'don't want to be tortured'.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure. And most people would put 'don't want people to know they've been raped' under 'don't want to be tortured', too. Fewer, but it's a reasonable enough thing to assume.

Permalink Mark Unread

Really? Because people will react badly? 

Permalink Mark Unread

Because they don't want to deal with how people will react. Because that kind of thing is really private for most people. Because they want to pretend it didn't happen or just not deal with it in their day to day life and people knowing stops them from doing that. Lots of reasons. I had no way of knowing whether you would have one or not; safer to assume you did.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. I probably should, my brothers being upset will interfere with killing the Enemy.

Permalink Mark Unread

I mean, if you don't you don't, people vary a lot when it comes to that even when it's the only thing going on. I was being careful about it because if you wanted me not to know, or not to act like I knew, then once you knew I did we'd have a problem; I don't mind that you're okay with it. The question of how they'll react is a harder one, but something as ambiguous as me giving them the message I suggested is a good way to handle that; if they don't want to think about it at all they can assume I just meant regular torture, and if they do work it out it's still not obvious that I had your permission to even hint, if I do it right. They can come to whatever conclusion they're comfortable with, or at least whatever makes the most sense with what they know about you. And I can keep an eye on them and if they have trouble with it anyway I can talk to them more, or send them to you if that seems like a good idea.

Permalink Mark Unread

They're my family. They won't want to be handled through you, not when I don't trust you and they can't.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

Shrug. Okay.

Permalink Mark Unread

But the lies are a good idea. I appreciate them. You're right, not caring about the outcome shouldn't mean not thinking strategically. I need my relationships with my brothers, I need to be managing them.

Permalink Mark Unread

Managing them too closely might tip them off that something's not right too, keep in mind.

Permalink Mark Unread

Not if I do it right. I can get cues from them about what I used to be like.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. Okay. Be careful, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, I realize that. I need to be more careful. 

Permalink Mark Unread

I'll be here if you want to talk about it.

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't, but I don't not either and I suppose maybe it'll be strategically relevant and before then I'll want to have raised it with someone who can recalibrate me if I don't have any memories back.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. Yup. That too.

Permalink Mark Unread

This is the fifth faked rescueIf you're in enough pain for long enough the distinction to keep your thoughts private can slip and he can do this thing that makes your head feel like it's splitting open, to dig at thoughts he can already see. I think they got a lot out of me, things they'll use against my family. They tortured a lot of people in front of me. Sometimes they had me choose who they'd hurt, sometimes they'd ask me to torture someone and if I refused it'd be much worse. Sometimes I had a chance to kill prisoners and I took it. They tampered with my memory so I remember doing a lot of things I don't think I would do under any duress but maybe I'm just wrong about myself. I don't remember anyone's names. Except mine, because he used it all the time with me.

I can't think what else is likely to come up.

Permalink Mark Unread

The explicit torture and making you think you did things you probably didn't, I expect they'd rather not know about. The private thoughts thing I don't know enough about to say. It being the fifth fake rescue is probably safe, but the details might not be. The things about the names depend on your culture, probably - mine doesn't use them in the first place so it's hard for me to guess.

I am assuming they don't know much about Angband to start with; if there are specific things that they know usually or sometimes happen that could change their reactions to those, in either direction.

Permalink Mark Unread

They know the thing where lots of people come back and snap and kill people. I doubt they know the rest.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. Yeah, so about like that, then. The thing where they got information out of you is mostly upsetting in a very different way from the rest, too - it's dangerous but it's not all that horrifying, and I expect they'll react best to that if you tell them that as soon as you can.

Permalink Mark Unread

So as soon as we interact with them at all.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. It doesn't have to be the absolute first thing you say, though - first conversation, if it's not too awkward to work in, first day if at all possible. Making it too much of a priority makes it sound like an emergency, not just a dangerous thing, and unless that happened very recently it almost certainly isn't that.

Permalink Mark Unread

I know that. I know most rules about talking to people, I think I'd be about as good at convincing someone to do what I want as I used to be, the things I'm missing are - wanting things for them, I used to do a lot of wanting things for people. 

Permalink Mark Unread

All right, sorry about that. I don't have a very good feel for what you do and don't have trouble with, yet; I wouldn't actually have thought of that particular thing as a rule.

Permalink Mark Unread

You don't need to be sorry; I am trying to give feedback on what kind of sorting it might make most sense to explain - I will probably not think about my words hurting people, and when I notice they'll do that I won't want to change for that reason, that's the kind of mistake I'll make.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. Okay.

Can you tell me anything about how names work for Eldar?

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

I think they're really important. I know people will be upset if I don't know theirs.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. I was afraid of that. And all my ideas for trying to get around it are basically 'have me handle them' - it wouldn't be too hard to get people to introduce themselves to me, if you weren't going to be right there.

Permalink Mark Unread

You can talk to them briefly first, we just can't rely on having important things relayed through you, they'll tell you I can speak for myself. Which I can. Very well, towards any end I want, I just don't know what that's supposed to be.

Permalink Mark Unread

If the idea is that they're going to come investigate the portal, I think they're going to find that too distracting to talk to me much at first, though.

Anyway, what you do want should be fine, for that. They're going to want things, too, is what I'm trying to plan for here; they're going to want to help, they're going to want to know how they can help, they might very well want you to go there so they can help you more easily, if they don't they're probably at least going to want to hear about how you're doing on a regular basis and preferably to see it for themselves. They're going to want to know about me, if you're staying with me, to the point where they feel comfortable that I'm doing right by you. Some of those they can't have, some of those they probably shouldn't, some of them are better handled some ways than other ways, and it's hard to figure out how to approach that with this little information.

Permalink Mark Unread

And they're going to want to figure out whether I should have some sort of remote command of the camp. I don't think I should, obviously.

Permalink Mark Unread

...after thirty years I'd be very surprised if they wanted that, actually. Cultural difference?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes. By law it's mine for certain if I go back, arguably mine for as long as it's feasible for me to command it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

...huh.

I don't think I can help with that, kobolds do things too differently.

Permalink Mark Unread

If I had merely been missing for that long it'd make perfect sense, thirty years is not long compared to how long I knew those people. But since I've been tampered with I shouldn't be in charge of anyone until I'm well enough.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod.

How long do Eldar live? Because it sounds like you live a lot longer than we do.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm not sure what you mean. 

Permalink Mark Unread

You're unaging, then probably; I don't have a very good idea of how that works but elves and goblins are too. Kobolds live about a hundred and fifty years if nothing else kills us along the way, and we get progressively weaker and less able to heal for the last fifty years or so of that.

Permalink Mark Unread

That sounds unpleasant, I'm sorry. Yeah, if nothing kills us we don't die.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. It seems unlikely to come up for me, anyway. But it probably changes how we think about time, thirty years is almost my entire life so far.

Permalink Mark Unread

I've lived around two thousand, I think.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, that'd definitely change things. D'you think they're going to have trouble with the idea that I'm so temporary?

Permalink Mark Unread

They probably would if they believed you. I can't afford to take a century to recover anyway, not with a war on.

Permalink Mark Unread

Blink. Are you expecting them not to believe me because they'll be suspicious of me, or for some other reason?

Permalink Mark Unread

Because you working for the Enemy makes more sense than you being from another world and conveniently stumbling upon and rescuing me.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. Okay.

Assume for the moment I'm not; if they decide I am and want me to let them bring you there, what do you want me to do?

Permalink Mark Unread

I can't go home, if you're the Enemy that'd be some kind of elaborate trick to get information from me or make it easier to impersonate me.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. All right. Hopefully it won't come to that; I expect it'll hurt them very badly if it does.

Permalink Mark Unread

My brothers are very capable people. I think they'll be fine.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay.

Permalink Mark Unread

They want the same things as me and have more information. I trust them.

Permalink Mark Unread

All right. I mean, I know I'm not, that's the information I have to work from, I just don't want to find myself in the middle of a situation like that and not knowing what I should do. If I was I don't think your answer to that question would matter.

Permalink Mark Unread

You might pretend to respect my wishes if I'm needed to cooperate in this scenario for some reason.

Permalink Mark Unread

Shrug. I suppose.

I'm kind of thinking that there's not much point to talking about whether I am or not - I'm not going to try to convince you, that'd obviously be pointless at best.

Permalink Mark Unread

Does it bother you when I assert that you probably are?

Permalink Mark Unread

Mostly just that there doesn't seem to be a good way to respond to it. It's not an unreasonable thing for you to worry about.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm not expecting a response from you. Just explaining the constraints on me going home.

Permalink Mark Unread

All right.

If they do decide I'm safe, does that change anything I'd need to know about?

Permalink Mark Unread

They'll want to learn magic as soon as possible.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, I caught that. We should probably spend some time coming up with a plan between now and then. Anything else?

Permalink Mark Unread

They're going to be thinking how to use it to kill people, will that bother you?

Permalink Mark Unread

...maybe. Depends on the situation. If it's genuinely needed, though, no. Also, humanely.

Permalink Mark Unread

They will also prefer to do it humanely, yes.

 

They might want to spy on Angband.

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't have a problem with them doing that - assuming it turns out to be safe but it sounds like they'd check - but I probably shouldn't personally help beyond casting the spells.

Permalink Mark Unread

You think it'll upset you more than them?

Permalink Mark Unread

Not exactly? But I expect it'd make it harder for me to be around you and I'm assuming I'd still be the only one you were okay with doing that, and in general the things I'm good at I get worse at when I'm more traumatized - it wouldn't be a very good use of me.

Permalink Mark Unread

You don't need to watch.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod.

More spells?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes, please.

Permalink Mark Unread

Three more. Only the thumb left.

I wonder if I shouldn't have more than just the portal to show them, if you think they're going to be that interested in my magic - I do think they're going to be pretty distracted, but I don't mind being over-prepared.

Permalink Mark Unread

Can you do portals on two skins, that people can take with them to use as long-distance communication?

Permalink Mark Unread

Not the way you're thinking of. Except for the one kind of targeting where it picks a new random spot each time the spell activates, I can't make spells with targets that move or change.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. Maybe some items that teleport you at will, they'd be interested in those.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'll have to make something to cast on, but I can do that, sort of. I can only use someone's thoughts as a trigger if the spell is actually on them, it'd have to be something that's triggered by touch or something.

Permalink Mark Unread

That makes sense. And will aid them tremendously, if they decide they can trust it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yup. Slight grin.

I'm curious about how they're going to figure that out but I guess I shouldn't ask.

Permalink Mark Unread

They'll want oaths. They'll verify that I'm me. Then they'll probably be willing to see the teleportation demonstrated, and then I think they'll decide based on factors that, yes, I should not tell you.

Permalink Mark Unread

...oaths?

Permalink Mark Unread

Require a common language. I should be teaching you more of ours. Words we speak aloud in a certain way are binding.

Permalink Mark Unread

Huh. I'm actually not sure that'll work, for me. It's not something I've ever heard of before, we might not have it here.

Permalink Mark Unread

If you don't know about it I'd be inclined to say it does not, but you said your species doesn't speak aloud much at all.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. Speakers are lorekeepers and there did used to be a reasonable number of us, though, and all of them would have known about that if it's as dangerous as it sounds like it might be, so I don't think it could have been lost if it was known of at all. So it depends on how it works, I guess.

Permalink Mark Unread

It just works by talking aloud, it can be done by accident. Likely your species doesn't do it. I know that not all of the ones planned for Arda do.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. Yeah, likely, in that case. I might not mind trying it depending on how it'll work if it does work - it might not work for anybody here but work for me there, or something - but better to assume it won't.

Permalink Mark Unread

There are safe tries. You can say aloud, for example, "I swear that I'm next to the ocean right now," if you don't have oaths. If you have them you'd just be unable to say that.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay, that sounds safe enough. Would the language matter for a test like that?

Permalink Mark Unread

No. It does need to be spoken aloud, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm.

 

...if there's a word for 'swear' in animalperson I don't know it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hmm. I can teach you the Quenya but as a matter of principle you should never ever ever say things that might be oaths in a language you don't speak well.

Permalink Mark Unread

Uh, yeah. Oaths seem like they could be dangerous on the same level and in some of the same ways as hexes, I'm definitely going to be careful about them.

Permalink Mark Unread

Good. Not everyone is.

Permalink Mark Unread

...yeah I can imagine, if it's something just anyone can do, wow. Hexes are at least limited by the fact that only mages can cast them, there's reasons we're careful about who's allowed to learn magic.

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't really like being careful about who's allowed to learn things. I understand sometimes you'd have to be. But I really dislike it.

Permalink Mark Unread

I mean, have I explained hexes yet? They can be really awful, you get into 'pretty clearly torture' territory really fast there.

Permalink Mark Unread

You haven't. Presumably it's the use, not the knowledge?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yup. When a mage is casting on someone they have complete control over what exactly the spell does, the spellbearer only has whatever control the mage builds into the triggers, and they don't have to build in any control at all. And there's no way to break a spell on a person - deactivate, yes, if the casting mage sets up a trigger for it and you know what it is, but if they don't, that's it, this is your life now. For an example where the casting mage wasn't trying to torture anyone - back during the war with the elves, we were actually doing okay at first, we're really good at hiding when we want to be. So what they did was they managed to catch a bunch of kobolds away from their tribes, enspell them to burst into flame the next time they slept near other people, and then let them loose. We lost four tribes to that before a Speaker survived one and got to another tribe to warn them.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm so sorry.

 

Magical fire? Or are kobolds very flammable? It's strategically important or I wouldn't ask.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, if you ever notice me having a nightmare it's probably about that. I wasn't even alive then but the story leaves an impression.

That spell form makes fire, like, you could cast a spell on a rock and have the rock be on fire; I'm not sure if it can make fires that are different from regular fires like you'd get from wood or anything but the fires can be bigger than makes sense for what's making them.

Permalink Mark Unread

My brothers will definitely want that one, for making metal tools.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well. If osanwe works for getting it I can get you close enough, probably.

Permalink Mark Unread

Osanwe doesn't work through portals, though. Or are you imagining I'd stick my head through?

Permalink Mark Unread

...that might work. But I was imagining that we'd wait 'till you're well enough to be moved and I'd go sneak up on the village and come back and teleport you there.

Permalink Mark Unread

That can do too. I think it should be a few months' recovery.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. They'll be there. We might want to wait for spring, though, it might be a bit of a wait before you can catch someone actually casting a fire spell, and sitting in one place outdoors is pretty miserable in the middle of winter.

Permalink Mark Unread

Is it. Okay. I expect they'll want it quite urgently but that it can wait a month.

Permalink Mark Unread

If you expect them to be running short of wood I can help with that, set something up for them to be able to teleport to places where it is and teleport it back. My magic is pretty excellent for gathering.

Permalink Mark Unread

You need truly ridiculous quantities of charcoal to run a forge hot enough for decent metal, but that'd be very helpful all the same I expect.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'll offer, anyway, yeah.

Permalink Mark Unread

And food, I expect they'd be very grateful for food.

Permalink Mark Unread

...okay. The easiest thing to do there would be to let them teleport to the new place to gather stuff; they'll have the same problem with not knowing what's safe, but it sounds like they might be able to deal with that better than I can. I can figure out a few more safe things and bring them some, though - what kind of state do you expect them to be in, with that?

Permalink Mark Unread

They'll probably have people test things you bring for poison.

Permalink Mark Unread

Of course, I mean more, like, do you expect them to be underfed or malnourished or both, what do you expect them to need most, and for how many people? Presumably they can trust that if I bring some giant deer or something it's not an illusion, that'd be the easiest way to get a lot of food to them if that's what they need.

Permalink Mark Unread

A hundred thousand people. They'll be underfed but probably not malnourished, and if there's a Sun then who knows, they might be fine somehow.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

That's a lot of people. I'll do what I can, but I'm not going to be much help on that scale, I don't think.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sending people to the jungle is probably a good way to do it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. Not as immediately helpful as I was hoping, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. Helping is a different sort of thing in a large host of people.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yup. That'll be an adjustment, but I expect I'll do okay with it in the long run. Working with the tigerfolk was even more indirect than that.

Permalink Mark Unread

A portal that they can go through at will scales to help a whole host pretty readily.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. I'm not sure I want to do that, though, or at least not without more safety measures than I'm confident I'll be able to build in. Giving your host access to my world is one thing, taking the risk of the Enemy or their people coming here is more of a problem.

Permalink Mark Unread

You can't build it with a precaution by species? 

Permalink Mark Unread

Not unless there's some noticeable physical difference. I could probably do something that I'd have to touch with a furry part of my hand to activate it, for example.

Permalink Mark Unread

There are physical differences between Elves and orcs but the Enemy could imitate an Elf. He could imitate a furry hand, too. Hmm.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. I can do passwords; I can do passwords that change every day or something, even, but that means I have to go back and cast a new batch of spells every so often. I can add a way to permanently deactivate it and make it so it stops working if whatever I cast on is moved. But I don't think that's enough.

Permalink Mark Unread

Can the password be 'I swear that I have never served Melkor' or something?

Permalink Mark Unread

.... yes, yes it can. That might be good enough. What happens if you swear in a language you don't know at all?

Permalink Mark Unread

You're still bound to it, so most people'd never chance it. The Enemy couldn't say those words aloud in any language.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay, good.

We'd still have to worry about the other species that can't swear, if any of those are around. Do you know anything else about them?

Permalink Mark Unread

Dwarves? I don't. My brothers might.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. Hopefully it'll be nice and straightforward, but we can probably figure something out, anyway.

Permalink Mark Unread

Anyway, they might be like the Dwarves already in your world so it'd be no harm for them to go through.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm not very willing to assume that the Enemy can't get any Dwarves to make trouble in my world, even if most of them are fine. I don't know much about what they're capable of, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

I have only heard of them by story but I think they're just people.

Permalink Mark Unread

I meant the Enemy - our languages are different in how they refer to people, and switching over to your way is probably going to be awkward for me.

Permalink Mark Unread

Huh. Okay. The word you're using comes through as plural.

Permalink Mark Unread

Huh. It should be ambiguous about that and also type, which is more the point - we consider that private information.

Permalink Mark Unread

Gender? We, ah, don't. I don't think we have a word that's ambiguous about gender.

Permalink Mark Unread

...close enough, I think. I do have words like the ones you're using but I'm not sure the context in which they'd usually be used wouldn't come through if I did. And even if you wouldn't be bothered by that, I'd be.

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't care how you speak, it's fine.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. Okay. Anyway, I'm not sure what the Enemy is capable of, so I want to be careful.

Permalink Mark Unread

Understandably. I suppose it's risky to open a portal to yet a third world where we can hunt but there aren't any people.

Permalink Mark Unread

It might be tough to find one without people, but if I can I don't see a problem with it. What risk are you thinking of?

Permalink Mark Unread

I thought the manner in which you found my world was meant to be suicidal?

Permalink Mark Unread

I was trying to teleport to 'nowhere', yeah. Turns out it doesn't do that, if I try to it gives me a completely random place with the usual safeguards as far as I can tell. And now I know how to aim better than 'completely random', so it'd be just like finding the jungle except I wouldn't specify that the place had to be in this world.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, okay. In that case it could be worth a try. We'd have somewhere for people to retreat to safely.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. If I can figure out how to find worlds without people in them, anyway. I can actually specify how many people should be around the location, as part of aiming, but it's only in the local area, not in the whole world.

Permalink Mark Unread

And it might be hard to check whether a world has any people in it.

Permalink Mark Unread

...checking shouldn't be hard. It'd be an extra step but that's not a big deal. Go to a world and then try to teleport to people in that world - or make a portal, better - and if it doesn't work, there we go.

Permalink Mark Unread

And that's not dangerous if it does work?

Permalink Mark Unread

...not sure. Different worlds obviously have different magic, it seems possible that some of them could have magic or things that would make it dangerous just to be there or something. Might be worth it anyway, though, depending on what the situation is like in your world.

Permalink Mark Unread

Having a place to evacuate people to would be very valuable. But maybe teach others the magic first, just in case.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm.

Is there anything else they might be in need of?

Permalink Mark Unread

Weapons for fighting the Enemy. Magic matters there too.

Permalink Mark Unread

I can't help with the actual weapon part of that - kobolds don't have metalworking at all - but I can enspell things if they can do that part. The most obvious application is weapons that teleport whoever they hit off a cliff or something - that'll work even if they're armored, I'm pretty sure - but there's probably other things, too.

Permalink Mark Unread

That does sound astoundingly useful, if requiring of caution so we don't hit our own people. Arrowheads, maybe. Things shot through one-way portals. I expect my brothers will know their needs better than I can guess them.

Permalink Mark Unread

I can do arrows. I can definitely do portals that you can shoot things through. For hitting your own people... reaction time might be a problem, but depending on how many fighters you have I might be able to enspell them all to be able to teleport back at will.

...I can probably do spells that bring people back automatically when they're badly hurt, too. Exactly what 'badly' should mean will take some work, but... yeah, that should definitely be possible.

Permalink Mark Unread

That'd make a tremendous difference. Perhaps we shouldn't wait the week to speak to my brothers.

Permalink Mark Unread

Maybe, yeah.

Permalink Mark Unread

Lake Mithrim's between two mountain ranges, it looked like this - he sends an image.

Permalink Mark Unread

All right, let me see...

Fifteen minutes and two failed attempts later, the viewing rock holds a portal showing the lake.

Permalink Mark Unread

Lake. Sun in the sky. Pretty, if slapdash, barricades and walls and sprawling Elven city.

That looks right. Thank you. Can you do one that opens over there? People will stumble on it eventually...

Permalink Mark Unread

Not from here, but yeah. I'd kind of like to have more of a plan, first, though, in case they find it quickly or notice me before I have it cast.

Permalink Mark Unread

Right. They might attack, that's a real problem. Let's put it farther away; they might not notice for a month but you won't be in danger.

Permalink Mark Unread

Or I can just enspell myself to come back here if anything hits me hard enough to injure me. Might be alarming but I don't think we lose much that way.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, good idea, yes.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. She grins.

I'm more thinking, though, what am I going to say to them? I think I should warn them before I let them see you, I'm kind of thinking something like 'Hi, I'm from a different world and I have teleportation magic, I had an accident with it a couple days ago and ended up rescuing an Elda from Angband, they're still in pretty bad shape but we were talking about how my magic could be used to help here and we came up with an idea that was too good to wait any longer for me to come find you', or something like that.

Permalink Mark Unread

How are you planning to do that? They'll react really badly to someone showing up claiming to have information on me, they'll expect a ploy of the Enemy.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay, that's why I'm planning it out ahead of time. The part where I wouldn't actually be asking them to do anything but listen and not attack me seems like it should help, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm not sure. The Enemy can do a lot of damage with just words, and you do want them to come and look at something, right?

Permalink Mark Unread

I wouldn't ask them to go anywhere. I'm planning to look for a good rock to put a portal in and hang out there until they find me, and if they find me while I'm looking I'll just put a portal in a tree or something.

Permalink Mark Unread

That might work. And if you have something to bring you back if it doesn't, that's fine.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. I still only get one chance at a first impression, though. If it's not a disaster I can try again, but that starts looking suspicious pretty quickly, I think.

How does 'I'm from another world and I have teleportation magic that I want to share and also important news, but you should do what you need to do to figure out if I'm safe first' sound?

Permalink Mark Unread

I think they'll appreciate that a lot.

Permalink Mark Unread

All right. Sounds good to me, too. We should eat before I go; I'm not sure how long I'll be gone.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. Thank you. Be careful.

Permalink Mark Unread

She grins. I will.

 

There is soup, and then she goes, appearing in a small clearing in the woods outside the city.

Permalink Mark Unread

Their scouts spot her almost at once. Arrows are drawn on her from a lot of different directions and the King is notified.

Permalink Mark Unread

Eldar eyesight: rather better than kobolds'. She's oblivious, and it's probably pretty obvious from her behavior. She's looking for a path to follow.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hello, a voice says tensely after a while. Explain who you are.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, that was quick. Sorry if I've startled you; I'm from a different world and I have teleportation magic that I'd like to share and also some important news. I know you need to figure out if I'm safe first, though; I'll cooperate with whatever you need to do with that.

Permalink Mark Unread

Can you swear that you don't serve the Enemy?

Permalink Mark Unread

Unfortunately no; I don't think my species can swear at all, and we don't share a language.

Permalink Mark Unread

How do you propose demonstrating that you're safe to have around?

Permalink Mark Unread

...I was under the impression that you'd have some other way to check. I might not be able to, then; I don't think I know enough about the situation here to suggest anything.

Permalink Mark Unread

There's a minute's wary silence, and then a very large wofhound appears through the trees up ahead.

Permalink Mark Unread

Holy shit.

She stays very, very still, and sends an image. Yours?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, the Elves say, that's Huan. You wanted us to check whether you're safe, right?

Permalink Mark Unread

Wasn't expecting that to involve an animal big enough to consider me a snack. Go ahead.

Permalink Mark Unread

Huan pads over and stops a little short of her, sniffing the air anxiously. He does not close the rest of the distance.

Permalink Mark Unread

She stiffens when he gets close enough that she wouldn't be able to get away if he lunged, but doesn't otherwise react.

Permalink Mark Unread

So after a minute he closes the rest of the distance and sniffs her.

Permalink Mark Unread

Wow this is deeply unpleasant. She doesn't move.

Permalink Mark Unread

He is trying really hard for friendly, curious body language but she's clearly terrified all the same. He sighs and retreats, wagging his tail. He tells Tyelcormo that she is from another world and was in Angband a few weeks ago and does not seem to have met the Enemy but that she has been near Maitimo very recently.

Permalink Mark Unread

She relaxes, marginally, when he moves away.

Okay?

Permalink Mark Unread

What were you doing in Angband?

Permalink Mark Unread

I was trying a new kind of teleportation spell, and it didn't work how I was expecting it to, and it put me there rather than where I was aiming for. I didn't stay long.

Permalink Mark Unread

You saw Maitimo.

Permalink Mark Unread

I rescued an Elda; I haven't asked their name and they haven't offered it. I didn't see anyone else while I was there, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

Rescued him.

 

Where is he.

Permalink Mark Unread

My world, the cave I've been living in. They don't trust that this is real and don't want to come here in case it's a trick, but I can open a pair of portals so you can talk to them. I should warn you that they're still in very poor shape, though; it's only been a few days and they're still not well enough to move practically at all.

Permalink Mark Unread

Please do set up portals so we can talk to him.

Permalink Mark Unread

All right. I have to put the portal on something; a tree is fine, but if you'd like it elsewhere I'll put it wherever you tell me to.

Permalink Mark Unread

The wall of a building, please. We have a watch tower on your left, you can put it on the inside of that.

Permalink Mark Unread

And so she heads to the left to look for the watch tower.

Permalink Mark Unread

There it is! It's stone and very pretty. There are Elven guards, armored, who nervously stand aside for her.

Permalink Mark Unread

Pretty reasonable. She goes in and finds a good spot for the portal and casts it, warning first that it'd be dangerous to read her mind while she does so. I need to go back to my world to set up the other side, so they can see and hear you. Osanwe doesn't work through portals; would you like me to come back when I'm done with that?

Permalink Mark Unread

If we'll be able to speak to Maitimo then I think we'll just start by doing that, the voice says tersely.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure. She disappears from the tower and reappears in the cave. That went all right. They had some kind of giant wolflike creature come sniff me - image - named Huan. I didn't have a chance to ask for any other names; they still aren't sure of me and want to talk to you right away. She puts a portal in the viewing rock. Do you want that light portal? They know we're in a cave.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes, it'll be better if there's enough light they can see me. Thank you. Huan. Yes, I remember him now.

Permalink Mark Unread

Grin. Good. She casts the light portal.

I won't be able to understand what you're saying but I'd still like to watch, if you don't mind.

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't. If you're the Enemy you'd watch anyway.

Permalink Mark Unread

So she finds a spot to sit and watch, visible enough that she's clearly not hiding but also far enough away that she's clearly not intending to be part of the conversation.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hi," Maitimo says. "This is almost certainly a trick and obviously don't discuss anything sensitive. I may not even be able to verify it's me; the Enemy tampered with my memories and could probably impersonate me pretty effectively."

"All right," says a tense voice on the other end.

"If you're real, though, and not an illusion of the Enemy's. you need to learn Kobold's teleportation magic, it'll help you win the war. I'm not vouching for their trustworthiness; I don't trust them. But if the magic is real you need it."

Permalink Mark Unread

The kobold watches without comment.

Permalink Mark Unread

Maitimo's brothers ask what happened. He gives a detailed description of everything since his apparent rescue. He explains her magic at length. They're very excited about it. They discuss ten different ways this could be a trap.

Permalink Mark Unread

And she continues watching, getting a feel for their personalities.

Permalink Mark Unread

Eventually they say that they want to see Maitimo, and will designate a location sufficiently distant from the camp where he can be teleported in, verified to exist in the flesh and not in fact be somewhere in Angband, and then teleported out.

Permalink Mark Unread

She doesn't know what they're saying unless he tells her, of course.

Permalink Mark Unread

He conveys this. I'll do it. I can't see how it'd be informative to the Enemy.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. I'll need to go see the place.

Permalink Mark Unread

I think there's less risk you'll get shot at this time.

Permalink Mark Unread

Good.

Permalink Mark Unread

And maybe they'll introduce themselves.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. I should be able to ask whoever's showing me, at least, if it's one of them. Or maybe they'll want to talk to me afterward.

Did they say how long it'll take for them to be ready?

Permalink Mark Unread

Whenever we are.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. Shouldn't keep them waiting, then. Warn them I'm going to teleport back to the tower?

Permalink Mark Unread

So he tells them she's coming back through. Tyelcormo offers to walk with her to find a spot. 

One of them will go with you, he says.

Permalink Mark Unread

Good, and she grins.

She appears a little ways away from the gathered brothers. Hello again.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hello. Tyelcormo is going to walk with you to somewhere out of sight of the camp, by Maitimo's preference, and you can set up your portal there.

Permalink Mark Unread

This'll be a direct teleport, not a portal, since they can't walk yet. But yes, thank you.

Permalink Mark Unread

How long ago did you pull him out?

Permalink Mark Unread

I haven't been keeping count - somewhere between five and ten days, closer to ten?

Permalink Mark Unread

And he's been trying to heal himself?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. Focusing on their hands, mostly, they were planning to send me with a letter.

Permalink Mark Unread

Maitimo. 

Wish he'd just come home.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. Sigh. They told you why not, right?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, he's pretty sure this is the Enemy toying with him. I'm pretty sure of that too. Still wish he'd come home.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. I'm sorry.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thanks, if you're not, y'know, one of the people torturing my brother.

Permalink Mark Unread

Little flare of guilt, at that, but: I'm not. But it's okay that you don't believe it.

Permalink Mark Unread

You're not helping us out much with the not swearing to it, but I'm here, aren't I? Go ahead and bring him.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sigh.

 

We need you to back off - I don't think you need to be completely out of sight, but far enough that they have time to teleport back if they feel you're too close.

Permalink Mark Unread

I thought his issue was that he doesn't want the Enemy to be able to infer much from our interaction?

Permalink Mark Unread

She winces, just slightly. That's an issue, it's not the only one. They don't want to be touched.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay, not gonna touch him.

Permalink Mark Unread

...I'll ask if that's enough for them to feel comfortable having you here.

 

Tyelcormo - image - bought me to the spot they want us to use. They want to stay there. I told them you don't want to be touched and they said they won't; I said I'd ask if that was enough. What should I do?

Permalink Mark Unread

I'll be fine. Let's go.

Permalink Mark Unread

All right.

She casts a spell to let him teleport himself there, and follows a moment after.

Permalink Mark Unread

It looks like Maitimo, but of course that doesn't mean much.

He looks awful. He has trouble breathing for a second.

"Hi," he says. "I'm assuming you want this interaction to be as artificial as possible so that, if I were a hallucination of your brother, the Enemy wouldn't learn much from us talking. Uh, before this happened you were really good at people and would be able to tell me apart from a hallucination in a few seconds, but."

"And if I did he'd erase that memory and do it again without whatever tipped me off," Maitimo says. 

"...fair enough. So, uh, want to say and swear to everything you already said about the magic, and then I'll leave."

And he does.

Permalink Mark Unread

The kobold: still doesn't understand the language. She stands quietly, keeping a subtle eye on Tyelcormo.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Instead of going back to the place you're from, how d'you feel about some place here? We can promise not to bother you -"

"If this is a lie," Maitimo says, "it's all a hallucination and I've never left Angband. If it's not a lie, I think I'm safer in the other world, and should stay there at least until I can walk."

"If you say so."

Permalink Mark Unread

That bit, she can gather from the body language. Sorry, Tyelcormo.

Permalink Mark Unread

"What'd'you need from us?"

"Use the magic to win the war. Avoid having interactions with me in which I'm useful to the Enemy, assuming I'm still in his custody."

"Okay."

I think that's all, Maitimo says.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. You already have that one spell to take you back. Do I need to stay for anything?

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't think so. They'll let us know through the other portal when they decide what they want to do about your magic.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay.

She waits for him to go back first.

Permalink Mark Unread

He goes back.

Permalink Mark Unread

So does she.

I'm going to sleep, if you don't need me for anything. Wake me if they decide.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sleep well.

Permalink Mark Unread

...unlikely.

She curls up under her blanket, a bit closer to the fire than she usually sleeps.

Permalink Mark Unread

Which part of that was distressing? So I can plan around it in future.

Permalink Mark Unread

...reminds me of right before I was exiled, people scared of me and not trusting me and waiting to find out what they were going to do about it. Reasonable now, reasonable then, doesn't help.

Permalink Mark Unread

They're not going to hurt you.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm kind of assuming that if they decide I'm dangerous you're not going to stick around, same difference.

Permalink Mark Unread

Huh? No.

Permalink Mark Unread

She uncurls slightly and lapses out of sending words for a moment: she's confused about why he's reacting that way. Also, kind of despairing in general, flinching away from taking this as hopeful even as she's somewhat calmed by it.

Permalink Mark Unread

If you're real you're my concern, and if for some reason it was a bad idea for me to remain with you I'd arrange for you to have a dozen more people to be around, since you require that.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, but, like. How?

Permalink Mark Unread

I'd tell them to pick a dozen people who seem suited to the project and I'd have them live with you and explore the jungle with you and send back food and plants that might grow near our camp and things like that, so you'd all be helping people.

Permalink Mark Unread

...might work. She doesn't sound like she believes it.

Permalink Mark Unread

What do you expect would be the problem?

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Nothing specific. I'm not actually being reasonable about this.

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't abandon people.

He feels very sure of it. He sends that, too.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

 

Thank you.

Permalink Mark Unread

Also my brothers are working from different information than me and if they conclude you're working for the Enemy I am not sure that'd change what I think. After all, I also think they are hallucinations of the Enemy.

Permalink Mark Unread

That helps, a little.

I am really starting to hate them. The Enemy. I'm kind of surprised, I wouldn't've guessed I had it in me.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm kind of surprised it took this long, if 'he tortures people' was going to do it at all.

Permalink Mark Unread

Heh. Well, it really is out of character for me. I'm the kind of person who watches someone eat their friend, takes a year to have a breakdown over it, and goes 'well, they were starving, I guess that's forgivable' and walks into their camps to try to talk them out of doing it again. I don't really do anger, never mind hate. But now I do, I guess.

Permalink Mark Unread

If it deters you from walking into the Enemy's camp to try to talk him out of doing it again, then I think this character change is wholly for the good.

Permalink Mark Unread

Snort. No, I think I was pretty thoroughly deterred from that right at the beginning. I don't in fact have a death wish, however much it might've looked like it to my tribe.

Permalink Mark Unread

I admire what you did. It was a good approach, and you won.

Permalink Mark Unread

She's pleased; she sends that to him.

I mean, I was in a bit of a unique situation, there. Most Speakers learn the language by staking out a tigerfolk village and watching them from afar for a while; I actually lived with them for a summer when I was a kid. It's easily the single stupidest thing I've ever done and I almost died like two or three times over, but what I learned from it turned out to be pretty invaluable; nobody else knew how to approach tigerfolk safely. Probably saved my tribe, too; we were very close to a tigerfolk camp when the trouble started, and I figured out what was going on quickly enough to get the chief to move us before it got too bad.

Permalink Mark Unread

Good for you. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm.

With the tigerfolk, remembering that they're people even if they're weird and kind of dangerous works really well, and I'm good at it. Here... there are situations where thinking of someone as a person is dangerous, and it's pretty obvious that this is one of those. And hate needs that, is why it's surprising me.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Enemy really isn't. The Valar don't think like people.

Permalink Mark Unread

...Valar?

Permalink Mark Unread

The kind of thing the Enemy is. They're as old as the universe.

Permalink Mark Unread

...there's more of them? Also, uh?

That evacuation plan suddenly sounds like a much better idea.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, it might be necessary. But the other ones aren't evil. What were you imagining the Enemy was?

Permalink Mark Unread

I mean, mostly just a person with some really spectacularly powerful magic? Things in this world mostly come in 'basically a person' and 'basically an animal', even when they're, like, dragons or weird magic beasts or whatever.

Permalink Mark Unread

We also have 'basically a god'. Sadly.

Permalink Mark Unread

Lovely.

Permalink Mark Unread

Your magic will help a lot. We might be able to teleport the Enemy to a planet with no one on it, or something.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, maybe.

I think I need to know more about how Valar work, but sometime when I can focus better.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. 

 

I think that was harder on you than on me.

Permalink Mark Unread

Which, seeing them? Seems likely. I'll be okay, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes, but I didn't anticipate that. He sounds distressed.

Permalink Mark Unread

It was kind of on impulse. And I don't think you remembered Huan, Huan really did not help at all. She sends a memory of being in very close proximity of the mouth of a creature who stands taller than she does.

Permalink Mark Unread

Remember him, just not as scary. Fluffy. Just a puppy.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mm.

Part of what's going on here is that I don't actually very much mind being scared? Like, it's not my favorite thing, but I also don't do a whole lot to avoid it, when there's a reason to do whatever scary thing.

Permalink Mark Unread

You seem to be less functional afterwards.

Permalink Mark Unread

For a while, yeah. I bounce back okay, though, and I think I'm more functional overall than I would be if I tried to avoid it, not that that's the main thing I even care about with that.

Permalink Mark Unread

As long as it works for you.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm.

The thing to know with that is... I mentioned I stayed with the tigerfolk for a summer when I was a kid? That wasn't, uh, people who thought I was a person. They thought I was an animal and they didn't take it well when I acted like I wasn't. And, yeah, it was only a season, but I was only a kid, and it was the first time I'd been in a situation even a little bit like that - I was used to the group consensus around me being, y'know, safe, and I didn't really have an idea yet of how to ignore it or even notice when it wasn't. So that really messed me up, and one of the things it messed me up about was thinking I wasn't allowed to have emotions, or act on them, and another thing it messed me up about was thinking that I wasn't allowed to have goals or act on them. When I got out and got better I had to basically re-learn that, and I probably overshot a little, but I'm fine with that - I'd rather be like this than be more like that.

Permalink Mark Unread

I can imagine. You have quite ambitious goals at the moment. They span three worlds, if I recall.

Permalink Mark Unread

She chuckles. That is not even slightly my fault.

Permalink Mark Unread

When you saw me you decided to grab me and leave. And to find my world again to contact my people.

Permalink Mark Unread

That, okay, but anybody would have done that in my position.

Permalink Mark Unread

That does not seem to lessen the good it achieved or the pride you should take in it.

Permalink Mark Unread

...true. She giggles, just a little, and sits up, smoothing the blanket out underneath her.

Permalink Mark Unread

He relaxes considerably.

Permalink Mark Unread

This is the part where if she hadn't already she'd go snuggle with the comforting person. She really needs a different impulse at this juncture. She goes and sits near him, anyway.

So, how'd it go with your siblings? It seemed pretty good but I wasn't getting a whole lot of detail.

Permalink Mark Unread

We're going to be able to communicate functionally about everything important. 

Permalink Mark Unread

...okay. Sounds good.

Permalink Mark Unread

I think I love them but I need space to work that out. The Enemy tried using it to hurt us.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. Did you get any idea of what their priorities are going to be - food, weapons, whatever?

Permalink Mark Unread

The Sun's new and should let them grow things. The Enemy hasn't attacked them. They may want mobility - if you can open portals from here to other places on the continent -

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure, assuming they can either get me there or give me enough of the right kind of details.

Permalink Mark Unread

I bet we can get it by the process that found us the coastline. They have surveyors and things. They'll also want portals to the sites of their mines and quarries.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. That aiming method isn't very good if there are several places that are similar, but it's a good first thing to try at least. Portals to work sites should be straightforward.

Permalink Mark Unread

Could you find, say, 'a stone quarry' or 'an iron mine' without anything else to aim for?

Permalink Mark Unread

Maybe. I haven't seen either of those things before, I'd have to know more about what they're like.

Permalink Mark Unread

So he sends, and explains, and describes, mining and quarrying.

Permalink Mark Unread

Kobolds really do not do metalworking at all. He has to start from 'iron comes from rocks'.

I'll need to see what iron ore and the other rocks you want look like to my mage-sense, and there's a pretty good chance that that kind of spell would also get caves that are near them sometimes unless I can use 'has people around' as a factor, but I should be able to do that.

Permalink Mark Unread

If we can find ones they aren't working at yet, maybe higher-quality ones far away, that'd be even better. 

Permalink Mark Unread

That actually makes it easier. 'Open space near iron ore' should be really simple once I know what iron ore looks like.

Permalink Mark Unread

I can ask them to fetch you some to look at.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure. And if there are any kinds of rocks that are especially similar but not what you want, those too, so I make sure to get the right thing.

Permalink Mark Unread

All right. That'll be a tremendous help to them all by itself.

Permalink Mark Unread

Good.

Permalink Mark Unread

He starts fixing the rest of his hands.

Permalink Mark Unread

She putters around taking care of chores for a while and then goes to the jungle to look for a suitable place to put the Eldar's portal; it takes a couple hours for her to settle on a nice cliff face.

Permalink Mark Unread

He falls asleep again.

Permalink Mark Unread

She jerky-ifies some more meat and goes for a walk around the lake and realizes that she could be spending this time getting closer to the elves' village so they can teleport to or past it and gets a few hours' progress made on that. It's nearly sunset when she returns.

Permalink Mark Unread

He's awake and singing to himself again. All well?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yup. Any news?

Permalink Mark Unread

They can get you iron ore, and also stone of the kind they'd like to find quarries for. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Sounds good. It's not 'they trust her' and she's not taking it as that, but it seems like a step in that direction and that's definitely nice.

Permalink Mark Unread

They will go through portals to good sites for mining, if the Mithrim side of the portals is small enough that people can only squeeze through. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Portals can be pretty much whatever size - she has an upper limit but 'big enough for two carts side by side with comfortable clearance between them' isn't close to it - and making the portal small isn't a very good security measure. Passwords are a better one, if they'd like.

Permalink Mark Unread

Still requires trusting her.

Permalink Mark Unread

She's not going to insist unless they want portals offworld, even if password-protected seems strictly better than not; whatever they want to do is fine by her.

Permalink Mark Unread

They definitely want password-protected, with "I swear I have never served the Enemy" as the password. Can she alter the password? Alter size?

Permalink Mark Unread

She can set a spell up so it can be deactivated and then cast a new one that's different later, or she can cast two spells in the same spot that take different passwords and act differently. She can't alter a spell once it's been cast, but the first option does basically the same thing anyway.

Permalink Mark Unread

They would prefer it unalterable anyway.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure.

Breaking spells is a thing, they probably want to know about that. There's only a limited amount she can do about it, but it's unlikely to come up for a spell on stone anyway, and she's doing what she can to make the spells as permanent as possible.

Permalink Mark Unread

They will happily ask her hours and hours about her magic system and whether such-and-such experiment has been tried.

Permalink Mark Unread

It was approaching bedtime when she came. She can come back the next day, though.

They have some really good ideas for experiments, and also she eventually gets around to actually casting the portal spells they want. When she's done with that, she stands back, considers for a few moments, and...

It seems to me that that's proof enough that that sentence is pretty safe. I still don't think my species can swear, but: "I swear I have never served the Enemy." For whatever that's worth.

Permalink Mark Unread

It does relax them visibly. Thank you.

Permalink Mark Unread

You're welcome.

Any more spells you'd like me to cast today?

Permalink Mark Unread

Portal to an uninhabited habitable world? Or is that too challenging?

Permalink Mark Unread

'Too challenging' isn't the problem there; the fact that she can't even slightly guarantee that an unknown world is safe is the problem. Also checking that a world is uninhabited is a two-step process so even if they come up with a way to check safety it's going to take a while to find one.

Permalink Mark Unread

All right. Then they're fine in the meantime.

 

Uh. Maitimo should know that the other host seems to have crossed the Ice.

Permalink Mark Unread

...okay. Would they like to give her some details about this or are they all too busy now?

Permalink Mark Unread

That's all they've got, thanks.

Permalink Mark Unread

All right then.

 

Does 'the other host seems to have crossed the ice' make sense to you?

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Oh no.

Permalink Mark Unread

Right, okay. I'll see if I can get us a view, and then you can fill me in on what's going on?

Permalink Mark Unread

Of the Ice?

Permalink Mark Unread

Of the other host, I'm guessing I'll be able to find them if I put a portal over the city and look? Though 'group of people in a cold place' is also something I can do if you think that's more likely to work, I don't know.

Permalink Mark Unread

They can't be within fifty miles of the city, they'd have heard about it a lot sooner than that. How far would the portal be?

Permalink Mark Unread

I can do it so it's overhead?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes but how far overhead? In order for us to see people who are probably hundreds of miles away?

Permalink Mark Unread

Overhead of them. I can aim for the host if I know about their surroundings, 'a bunch of people in a cold place' is probably specific enough, right?

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, okay. Yes, if you can do that it'd find them.

Permalink Mark Unread

One of the things she did earlier was bring in another rock to put sunset viewing portals in so he wouldn't have to give up the portal to the city; that one now gets a portal showing an overhead view of the host from half a mile up.

So what's going on?

Permalink Mark Unread

They must have crossed the Ice. Lots of them would have died and they'll be really hungry. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Who are they? What happened? Would it be a bad idea for me to go invite them to hang out in the jungle for a while?

Permalink Mark Unread

It might be a really good idea. Though use the password, I don't know if the Enemy could have infiltrated them.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, of course. Okay. I'll be back soon.

 

She can't aim well enough to appear in front of the host, but she can at least avoid appearing right in the middle of them; she shows up a hundred feet or so from the nearest Elda. Hello, please don't shoot me, I'm here to help.

Permalink Mark Unread

There is some panicked discussion and then someone says warily, Hello?

Permalink Mark Unread

Hi. It's a long story, but I have teleportation magic and I know a nice warm jungle I can bring you to. The downside is that it's also unexplored - I don't know what plants are safe to eat; I don't know if there are dangerous animals - and you can't stay, it's in a different world and I don't want to introduce a new species of person there. I'll find someplace warmer here to bring you to, you don't have to come back exactly here. We don't share a language and I'm not sure swearing actually works for my species but I can swear I don't work for the Enemy; I'm going to want anyone who goes to the jungle to swear that, too. Also, I can bring you some food - not a lot, for a group this size, but some.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

We will send a few people to explore your forest.

Permalink Mark Unread

All right. The quickest way to do that is for them to come touch my hand, but I need to cast the spell first; don't read my mind while I'm doing it, it's dangerous.

All right, done. Can you hear me okay from there if I swear now?

Permalink Mark Unread

We can hear you.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I swear I have never served the Enemy."

Ready whenever you are. Whoever's going should use that wording and wait 'till they're here to say it, my hearing isn't as good as yours and I don't actually know the language.

Permalink Mark Unread

And five Elves file warily toward her, and one by one swear never to have served the Enemy. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And she teleports them to the jungle, to the base of that cliff she liked.

I should go set up a way for them to get back; is there anything else you'd like me to do?

Permalink Mark Unread

Food would be appreciated. We are marching on Angband as soon as we've recovered from the Ice.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure. I'll bring you what I have right now and I can go hunting after - meat is okay, right? I have wood for fires to cook it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thank you.

Permalink Mark Unread

You're welcome. I'll be back soon.

She pops to the base of the cliff. Hi again.

Permalink Mark Unread

They are staring around wonderingly.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hee.

She puts a spell at the base of the cliff and then tries to get their attention to explain it to them.

Permalink Mark Unread

She definitely has their attention.

Permalink Mark Unread

She explains the spell - stand and/or put things here, touch there, it'll follow the host but it'll stop working when they get someplace warm enough - and gives them a quick overview of what she knows about the jungle so far.

I'm going to go bring them some food now, do you need or want anything when I'm done with that?

Permalink Mark Unread

Who are you? How did you find us, why are you offering this?

Permalink Mark Unread

You can call me Kobold, my species doesn't really do names. I was with the other host and heard about it when they noticed you; going to help seemed like the thing to do - I don't know much about the situation, just that you were probably in trouble.

Permalink Mark Unread

They stiffen slightly when she mentions she was with the other host. 

We appreciate your aid.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm not, like, with them. Mostly. It's complicated. Is there something I should know about?

Permalink Mark Unread

They abandoned us on the Ice to slowly freeze to death, and burned the boats they could have sent back to save us, someone says after a moment's hesitation.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

Well.

I'm going to need to ask them for their side of it, but, is this something you want made right somehow, or just to be left alone now, or what?

Permalink Mark Unread

 

We would like it made right but they are in general unwilling to apologize for things and certainly won't want to give us back the things they stole from us.

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't know if I can get a sincere apology out of them but I can probably get them to return your things, if it's that straightforward.

I should go bring your host the food and then see what I can do about that.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Thanks. Really doubt you can do it, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, we'll find out.

 

Ten minutes later she's back on the ice, with a giant bear's worth of meat - ten regular bears' worth, about a third of it in jerky form and the rest raw - and several pumpkins and the rest of the pears and a bunch of other miscellaneous fruits and vegetables from her pantry, plus firewood.

Permalink Mark Unread

They set on it cautiously. Could be poisoned. Their thanks are less cautious, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

They're entirely welcome and she can sample bits of things if that'll make them feel better about the poison thing.

If there's someone in charge here she should probably talk to them.

Permalink Mark Unread

My father's the King. What do you want to talk to us about?

Permalink Mark Unread

What I should be doing for you, in a few different senses. I'll probably stop by every day at least until you have a plan that takes my magic into account, unless you'd like something different; I can't be that consistent with food deliveries, but it might still matter for me to know what your needs are with that. Also, one of the Eldar who went to the jungle mentioned your problem with the other host, and I'd like to know more about that and what if anything you'd like me to do about it - the situation between me and them is complicated, but I might be able to get them to do right by you.

Permalink Mark Unread

They left us to die on the Ice and burned the ships, and they've stolen a lot of our stuff that we'll need to rebuild in this world. I am not sure how you expect to get that achieved, but we would of course be grateful. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. By asking, mostly. They're very interested in my magic, I think they'll listen. Do you want them to do anything beyond returning your things?

Permalink Mark Unread

...nothing I expect they'd do even for magic. The ones from whom an apology would be meaningful won't give one, and the ones who'd give one would be insincere.

Permalink Mark Unread

...depending on who falls into which group that might be less absolute than you're expecting.

Permalink Mark Unread

I have known them for two thousand years and am willing to bet I know them better than you, but thank you.

Permalink Mark Unread

Fair enough. I'll see, anyway.

Does a daily check-in sound okay to you? Would it work best at a certain time?

Permalink Mark Unread

We are still unaccustomed to the lights in the sky. If it stays just the two of them once daily works fine. Thank you.

Permalink Mark Unread

All right. I'll be back tomorrow, then.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thank you. If you're working with my cousins please convey to them that we don't want a fight.

Permalink Mark Unread

Will do.

 

So that went okay, I think.

Permalink Mark Unread

How are they? Are they all right?

Permalink Mark Unread

I didn't ask about specifics, but they at least weren't too desperate to be careful of me. Sent five people to the jungle to check it out and send things back, and I'll be hunting for them on top of what I brought - I assume you saw.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thank you very much. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She grins, and sends her appreciation of him.

 

They told me a little bit about how they came to be crossing the ice - I'm not sure I have the whole story, though. Want to tell me your side of it?

Permalink Mark Unread

You don't have to be diplomatic. They told you we left them to die, and we did.

Permalink Mark Unread

That can be true without being the whole story, but okay.

I asked them what they want to make it right, and they'd like an apology and their things back.

Permalink Mark Unread

Of course. If my brothers object tell them it's an order.

Permalink Mark Unread

They might need to hear that from you, but I can tell them to come talk to you, she grins.

Is it okay for the other host to know you've been in Angband?

Permalink Mark Unread

 

...probably they should know that, yes.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. Anything I should know about telling them?

Permalink Mark Unread

Some of them will probably be glad and all of them will probably be reluctant to express sadness. Don't blame them for it. They're not heartless, they just don't know how bad Angband is and do know that I wronged them very terribly.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. Absolutely. Even if they did have some idea I wouldn't blame them for that when they're not even actually off the ice yet, things always seem to matter more when they're closer.

Permalink Mark Unread

I am worried that the two hosts will have a fight.

Permalink Mark Unread

They don't want to, they said to tell your host that.

Permalink Mark Unread

That's good. I am worried that when people hate each other and have weapons, fights happen anyway.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. We can let people know that I'm not going to be very willing to let people who can't hold their tempers learn my world's magic, if that might help.

Permalink Mark Unread

It might. But it means you'd have to delay teaching it, and it's urgently needed.

Permalink Mark Unread

...Eldar timescales, right.

I can help with transportation if they want to just not settle near you, but I don't know if they'd want that.

Permalink Mark Unread

Probably, if there's another safe place for them to settle.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. Maybe your siblings will be willing to help with that, too.

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't see how they could. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They've had scouts out.

Permalink Mark Unread

You're definitely welcome to ask them.

Permalink Mark Unread

All right. A couple more minutes to get warmed up, and then I'll go.

 

She appears in the room where they were discussing magic experiments earlier.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hello. All good?

Permalink Mark Unread

More or less. I brought them some food and offered to let them come to my world while things get figured out, they're deciding whether they want to take me up on that. And they'd like an apology and their things back, and your sibling agrees that that should happen.

Permalink Mark Unread

Tell Nelyo that's sweet of him, but he can't remotely command the camp with absolutely no information except his sentiments.

Permalink Mark Unread

She gives a small shrug. They're sure enough that that's what they want to make it an order, but somebody should probably go talk to them directly.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'll go talk with him.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thanks.

 

Tyelcomo's coming to talk to you, it sounds like there's some complication in giving the things back or something.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hey. Are you King or not?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Is that going to be necessary to see justice done here?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"'Starving our people to bail other ones out of their bad decisions' is an interesting definition of justice."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Their losses must have been horrifying."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I know that. It doesn't mean we throw away things we need to win the war."

Permalink Mark Unread

"If I thought it were remotely plausible this were real I would come home and set it right at once."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You don't have enough information to string us along remotely."

Permalink Mark Unread

"What information do I need?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"What resources we have, what constraints we're under, what shape they're in, how likely they are to attack us, what the war effort is going to require, what grows here, what we've been able to duplicate -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Give them back what we stole."

Permalink Mark Unread

"No."

Permalink Mark Unread

Darn it, she'd been starting to like that one.

Is this mostly a practical problem that I can maybe help with, or...?

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't think so. If one arises I'll tell you.

Permalink Mark Unread

All right. It's not going to be a disaster if you can't get them to do it, I don't think; the other host is expecting them not to.

Permalink Mark Unread

I know. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. Sigh.

Permalink Mark Unread

The best thing would be to find another world entirely for them, but I don't think they'll agree.

Permalink Mark Unread

Wasn't my impression, no. They plan to march on Angband as soon as they're recovered; they could do that from another world, I suppose, but.

Permalink Mark Unread

Let me think.

 

 

 

Tyelcormo leaves.

 

It's easy to see what he should do if any of this were real. But he can't do that. So -

Permalink Mark Unread

She goes to rearrange her pantry, now that it's emptier. It's easily within osanwe range if the kitchen is.

Permalink Mark Unread

I knew I just had to wait for the plot hook. But still. How unpleasant.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, so much for that nice quiet winter.

Permalink Mark Unread

Trust me, I hadn't been expecting it.

Permalink Mark Unread

I kind of had. There's a touch of amusement in her voice.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, I knew that this was a hallucination by the Enemy and he wasn't going to give me several months in which to recover physically and emotionally.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sigh.

You can just not be involved, if you don't want to be. I can keep working with the other host, I can probably do enough for them on my own.

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't think you can. I appreciate the offer, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm almost tempted to go ask them if the have any ideas. I don't get the impression that Eldar work that way, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

Work what way?

Permalink Mark Unread

If this was kobolds, each tribe's Speaker and chief would go sit together and work it out, and both sides would be able to suggest things - it all goes through the Speakers and we all work together well enough to avoid making problems worse, at least most of the time. We don't usually have problems this bad, though, but even if we did I expect Speakers' usual habit of taking other peoples' perspectives strongly into account would help a lot.

Permalink Mark Unread

We also don't usually have problems this bad, and have a similar procedure for resolving them, but the people who would be most able to work together to fix them are, well, me, and I don't want to give the Enemy that level of understanding of how we operate.

Permalink Mark Unread

Understandable.

Might be worth it for me to go, then. If I'm going to be telling them about the situation anyway.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure.

Please don't tell them that I'm fighting with my brothers over the situation, that'll make everything worse.

Permalink Mark Unread

All right. Is 'you want to give them their things back but you aren't in a position to do it yet because you're still recovering' okay?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes. And our profound apologies, not that that'll help any.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm.

Anything else? Questions for them, answers to questions they're likely to have?

Permalink Mark Unread

Not that the Enemy wouldn't benefit from.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. Need anything before I go?

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't. Thank you for giving them the food.

Permalink Mark Unread

No problem.

She appears at the outskirts of the host on the ice again, a little while later. It's me again. Is - image of Findekáno - busy?

Permalink Mark Unread

He finds her. May I speak with our people you sent to another world?

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure. We can go there, if you'd like, or I can go ask them to come back.

Permalink Mark Unread

Why don't you bring them back.

Permalink Mark Unread

All right. It might take me a little while to find them if they've gone outside osanwe range.

Permalink Mark Unread

I doubt that they would have done so; they would scarcely have had enough time.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. I am still picking up basic things like that, my world doesn't have osanwe and I've known about this world for maybe ten days. Anyway, I'll be right back. She disappears.

Hello?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes?

Permalink Mark Unread

Image of Findekáno - would like to talk to you. I can come to you if you have things you'd like to bring back, rather than hauling them here.

Permalink Mark Unread

We're here - they send their route of exploration, and an image.

Permalink Mark Unread

She goes, and notes the location, and brings them and their things back to the host.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thank you. What would be of most use to us would be a base in such a location, with a means of watching Angband and landing an army at its gates without warning. Can you do that?

Permalink Mark Unread

Probably. Finding a place to put it is the hard part, and I'm not sure that this world's magic can't see the output side of my portals - they're one-way - so they might not be safe for watching Angband, but I can at least help you get scouts there and back and do a portal big enough to send an army through.

Permalink Mark Unread

All right. Thank you. 

Permalink Mark Unread

You're welcome.

I've talked to the other host some. The situation is complicated but it looks like an apology is likely, at least. And I wonder if you wouldn't have any useful ideas about the rest, if you knew more about the situation.

Permalink Mark Unread

I would certainly like to learn more of it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod.

So, about ten days ago, I was trying a new kind of targeting for a teleportation spell, and I wasn't careful enough with it, and it landed me in Angband instead of where I meant to go - right next to an Elda, who was in bad enough shape that it was extremely obvious I didn't want to be there. I took the Elda with me when I left; they turned out to be Maitimo.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

He was captured?

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. Thirty years ago. I haven't asked for details.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

 

 

Thirty years.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Yeah.

Whatever help you need making that place stop existing, if I can do it, I will.

Permalink Mark Unread

Is he back home? 

Permalink Mark Unread

No. They're staying with me for the moment, it's not very clear whether they're going to go back at all. One of the things is... in Angband, the Enemy can give people hallucinations, and does. They already had four where they escaped, or were rescued; they think this is another one, and that if they agree to go home it'll give the Enemy information. Their siblings want them to, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

And Fëanáro?

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't know who that is.

Permalink Mark Unread

Maitimo's father, he's in charge of their people...

Permalink Mark Unread

Hasn't been mentioned or introduced to me, and Maitimo's said they'd be in charge if things were less complicated.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Is he dead?

Permalink Mark Unread

Seems likely. I can ask.

Permalink Mark Unread

He shakes his head and looks exhausted. All right. Well. If it's Maitimo in charge that's something, he's less reckless.

Permalink Mark Unread

She looks sympathetic. Yeah. Except they're not so much in charge. They aren't there; they aren't well enough to go or even write. And their siblings are still figuring out what to make of this - we just got in touch with them yesterday, and I only worked out that that wording was safe for me to maybe swear like half an hour before they spotted you; they've mostly been assuming that it was some kind of trick.

Maitimo wants to do right by you. It's very, very obvious. But they're not in a position to make that happen.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Maitimo has had lots of opportunities to do right by us. I'm very sure 'wants to, and can't make it happen' is in fact exactly where he likes to present himself.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

They aren't that good at people, any more. Angband is really fucked up.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

I can't really imagine anything that wouldn't leave Maitimo good at people.

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't know most of what happened, just some of the results. And I'm not sure you want to know the details. She shudders.

Permalink Mark Unread

I just - can't imagine someone being Maitimo at all, and not being good at people.

Permalink Mark Unread

They want to be. They're working on it. I can tell they used to be, some of the skills are still there even if the things they originally built them on aren't, and they're frustrated to have trouble doing things that used to be easy. But, yeah. For someone who spent thirty years in those conditions, I think they're doing really well, but they still spent thirty years in those conditions. It's hard to come back from that kind of thing.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah.

 

I need to know if Fëanaro's dead.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. I'll go ask. Shouldn't be long.

 

Hey. Going okay so far; they'd like to know what happened to your parent, Fëanaro.

Permalink Mark Unread

He is dead.

Permalink Mark Unread

All right. Thank you.

 

Yeah, dead.

Permalink Mark Unread

So Macalaure's regent for Maitimo, and he's sorry but can't do anything, not in charge at the moment, definitely isn't a manipulation I don't even know how anymore...

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. We're hoping you might have an idea for something we can do. I'm almost tempted to go steal the things back but that'd definitely cause problems.

Permalink Mark Unread

We weren't expecting the things back. A portal to a safe place to settle will do it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. 'Safe' isn't something I can aim for directly, but if you have scouts I can find places with whatever kind of terrain you like for them to check.

Permalink Mark Unread

Almost anywhere would be safer than here. 

 

 

 

Can I talk to Maitimo?

Permalink Mark Unread

I can ask. They might only be okay with talking to you through a portal, though, and osanwe doesn't work that way.

Permalink Mark Unread

Speaking aloud is fine. It's just that if he's pretending to be bad at things I think I can tell and if he really is he needs me.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. Okay, I'll go ask. ...I didn't catch your name?

Permalink Mark Unread

Findekáno.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thanks. Back soon.

She reappears in the cave.

Permalink Mark Unread

Everything all right?

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. No luck with ideas but maybe they'll come up with something given time.

Findekáno - image - would like to talk to you. They aren't upset, or not very, as far as I can tell.

Permalink Mark Unread

Of course he does. I really can't. The Enemy really likes looking like him.

Permalink Mark Unread

...all right. I can do a portal setup so that they can see you and you can hear each other but you can't see them, if you want, but if you don't want to that's okay too.

Permalink Mark Unread

That would be better. Thank you.

Permalink Mark Unread

All right. Light spell?

She gets everything set up on that end, and then returns to the ice with a skin with a portal in it.

The Enemy liked impersonating you; they're not ready to see you yet. But they can hear you and you can hear and see them with this.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Enemy -

 

He shudders violently. Okay.

Permalink Mark Unread

...yeah. She looks pained, and moves to sit next to him where she can lean comfortingly on him.

Permalink Mark Unread

He could definitely use some comforting leaning. But by the time he talks to Maitimo he's calm. "Hi," he says. "We crossed the Ice. Want the names of the dead?"

 

"Yes."

And he starts listing them.

It's going to be a while. Ten thousand people.

Permalink Mark Unread

She could use some comforting leaning, too. She's not going anywhere anytime soon. Might fall asleep, though, it's been a long day.

Permalink Mark Unread

That's all right. He won't fall asleep. He'll speak until his voice is hoarse and then say to Maitimo, "what else do you want to know?"

 

"I don't remember any names," Maitimo says. "The Enemy took them from me. Tell me - tell me everyone, what they're like, what they care about -"

"I don't know that like you - like you used to."

"Tell me anyway."

Permalink Mark Unread

The kobold sleeps on, a warm furry presence. She clings, just a little, when Findekáno shifts.

Permalink Mark Unread

He talks to Maitimo all night. It wasn't how he'd planned to spend the day.

But.


This he will never forgive Maitimo for faking, if it's fake. And if it's not, it's going to be really hard not to forgive everything. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The kobold wakes up before dawn. She doesn't interrupt, but gives Findekáno a brief hug before teleporting off, and returns a little while later with scrambled eggs for both of them.

Permalink Mark Unread

He smiles wearily at her. Thanks.

And keeps talking.

Permalink Mark Unread

She snuggles up again and eats.

Permalink Mark Unread

After a while he says stiffly to Maitimo, "my people need me" and rejoins the host.

Permalink Mark Unread

She heads home.

You okay?

Permalink Mark Unread

If those were lies then I am much the worse for having listened to them. If true they'll be helpful.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod.

I like Findekáno. They seem very sensible.

Permalink Mark Unread

He's all right.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. Is it likely to cause problems if I start spending time with them?

Permalink Mark Unread

What kind of problems?

Permalink Mark Unread

Shrug. With you, with your siblings, with your host - with theirs, if I'm spending time with your host too, though I don't think that's very likely. I still don't know practically anything about what happened, and I don't mind that exactly but I'd rather not cause more problems.

Permalink Mark Unread

It might make my brothers nervous that you'll end up aiding them in attacking or robbing us, or something. They'll work with you anyway, as long as you don't actually attack or rob them. 

 

What happened is that a lot of people in our tribe started saying that the chief should be killed because they were angry with him. The chief got scared and sad so he did not send the boats back for those people and the people who'd supported them, even though not sending back the boats left them stuck in a place they didn't want to be. I tried to stop him, but he was not thinking rationally because of the threats to him, and he was worried having them here would distract us from the war which is more important.

Permalink Mark Unread

What a mess. Well, I'm not violent and I'm not going to help them attack your host; the only things I've even been tempted to steal from your host are the other host's things and that would obviously start a war or something so I'm definitely not going to do that. Or help them do it, but they don't seem to want to anyway.

Are you going to be okay with it?

Permalink Mark Unread

Why wouldn't I be?

Permalink Mark Unread

I caught that you're close to them. You haven't reacted that way to anyone else. I don't know the details and I don't need to know them, I just want to be careful; I don't want to have to choose between hurting you and hurting myself if it would somehow be a bad idea to be friends with them.

Permalink Mark Unread

It does not torture me or give the Enemy information. 

Permalink Mark Unread

...all right. I'll wait.

Permalink Mark Unread

I did not tell you to do that.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. I'm choosing to anyway.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Okay.

 

 

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Soup first, hunting after, I think, unless you'd rather not.

Permalink Mark Unread

That sounds nice to me. He tries to project the appropriate emotion, too.

Permalink Mark Unread

All right.

Soupmaking.

Permalink Mark Unread

He tries to fit all the names into the empty places in his head.

Permalink Mark Unread

She sings quietly to herself. It sounds lonelier than usual, somehow.

Eventually, there's soup.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thank you.

Permalink Mark Unread

No problem. Anything else before I go?

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't think so.

Permalink Mark Unread

All right.

Hunting! Or, well, 'hunting'. It's really not the same thing when her strategy is 'sneak to within spellcasting range of some poor critter and then deprive it of its head'. Very effective, though; she can take down creatures much larger than a traditional hunting team would be able to safely tackle, like for example this herd of giant deer. She sends their hides home and takes the meat to the ice.

Permalink Mark Unread

Where it is much appreciated. Thank you. This'll make a tremendous difference for morale even before it makes a difference for our health, and it'll help with that too.

Permalink Mark Unread

You're very welcome.

Should I send anyone to the jungle while I'm here?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes, please, now that we've verified you didn't take the exploratory team to Moringotto I think they want to be put back where they were, and maybe we can send another.

Permalink Mark Unread

All right. Oaths again, I think, from all of them; I don't have a very good idea of the Enemy's capabilities at all and I'd rather be too careful than not careful enough.

Permalink Mark Unread

I agree completely.

So they get oaths from the exploratory teams.

 

How's Maitimo?

Permalink Mark Unread

About the same. It's hard to tell, sometimes.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

 

Yeah. 

 

Thank you for rescuing him.

Permalink Mark Unread

By the time she remembers she's not supposed to hug him she's already halfway to doing it; she doesn't stop herself. You're welcome.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, he has no idea she thinks she shouldn't hug him; he hugs her back. He's trembling. We'll make sure the Enemy can never, ever again -

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah.

...she's not really letting go, either.

Permalink Mark Unread

That's okay. She's warm, and it's been cold on the ice, and she rescued Maitimo.

Permalink Mark Unread

..she needs to not be doing this. She needs to not be doing this. It's going to hurt Maitimo; if her guess about what his deal is with admitting to wanting things is right it's going to hurt him badly, she needs to not be doing this.

Findekáno's the first person who's touched her in six months. He's the first person she's genuinely enjoyed interacting with in six months. He's the only person who's shown any actual appreciation for what she's been doing over the last several days, who recognizes that it's been work, and hard.

She's only so strong. She could, she thinks, pull away, maybe, if it was just her own needs; tuck them away again, hurts a little more each time but she can do it. But he needs her, too; she can feel him trembling.

She's only so strong. She stays.

Permalink Mark Unread

Being a caretaker for a scared hostile broken Maitimo sounds like a recipe to fall apart pretty fast. He would prefer Maitimo's caretaker not fall apart. Also she's so soft.

 

Permalink Mark Unread

She is. Very pettable, kobolds do that. She leans into his hand; she's trembling, a little, now too.

Permalink Mark Unread

Once he realizes you're not an Enemy agent he's going to be terribly apologetic, I promise.

Permalink Mark Unread

...if I live that long. Ought to do something about that, she sends, a little absently.

Permalink Mark Unread

You don't expect to live very long?

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh. Kobolds don't, uh. We don't stop aging, we don't live forever. I'm expecting another hundred twenty-five years at most.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm sorry. I have no idea how to approach protecting someone from that, I've never heard of it at all before.

Permalink Mark Unread

...I don't expect it fixed, I meant by then - before then, actually, we get fragile as we get old - there needs to be someone ready to take over for me, if they still need it. Or some kind of plan, anyway, but that's the usual thing to do.

Permalink Mark Unread

Maitimo's going to be back on his feet in a couple of months, he can't afford not to be. But that's thoughtful of you.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mm. Doesn't mean they'll be okay, but we'll see.

Snuggle? No, not snuggle. Not that she's pulling away but she can at least hold steady here.

Do you have any idea what kind of place I should be looking for to send your host to?

Permalink Mark Unread

He won't be okay, but he'll be in a place where caretaking him does more harm than good. He - well, I don't know what he's like now, but before everything happened he hated being managed or catered to, it's a role he prefers to take himself.

 

We will do best somewhere pretty and unoccupied where food grows and we can mine. That's about all, I think.

He's never met a kobold before and won't notice if she's torn over snuggling but he squeezes her gently.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh nooooo...

Yeah, okay, snuggling. Hardly makes things worse, right now.

Yeah, they've already been complaining about that. I'm trying to find ways to make it less obvious, but while they're still not acknowledging their own needs reliably I can't just not do it.

I don't know very much about what Eldar think of as pretty, yet - it's not really a need that kobolds have. But someplace warm and fertile with iron ore - if you want things other than iron I can look for those too, but I'll need to get samples from somewhere so I know what to look for - won't be too hard.

Permalink Mark Unread

And we can build a pretty city ourselves given the resources. 

 

One way to get Maitimo to express preferences is to frame it as "I need you to make these choices, I find it exhausting to make all these choices for you"

Permalink Mark Unread

That'll work for some things, at least, yeah. Not some of the more important ones, though. She sighs and pulls away a little. I'm pretty sure they're afraid to acknowledge any need or want that they don't absolutely have to, with only a few exceptions. They still think this is a trick, and I think they think that if I know that kind of thing, I'll hurt them with it. She looks away.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Doubt it's fear. More that it wouldn't serve him, given his best estimate of what's going on.

Permalink Mark Unread

...probably that sometimes, yeah. I think everybody does that at least sometimes. But it doesn't fit everything I'm seeing.

Permalink Mark Unread

Maybe you can explain more what you're seeing?

Permalink Mark Unread

It's... I'm good with people too, and that's an explicit job where I'm from, I'm used to working with other people who're good at it. So it's not that hard to notice when they're deflecting, or trying to lead me away from a topic, or refusing to actually answer a question. It's not always obvious why, I'm pretty sure sometimes it really is that they just mostly don't want things and are practicing hiding that, but when they obviously do want something, and want it badly, and are trying to hide it anyway...

Permalink Mark Unread

He's also a Feanorian. They are very averse to looking weak or admitting mistakes or being dependent on others even in the best of circumstances, and these aren't. Maitimo's favorite form of interaction is with people who are utterly devoted to him but where he can do much more for them than they for him. 

Permalink Mark Unread

...maybe.

 

The thing they need is for me to stay away from you.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

...really? I am pretty skeptical of that. Did he say so?

Permalink Mark Unread

No. But they all but outright refused to say they didn't. And wanting someone you think is an agent of the Enemy to stay away from your partner is reasonable under any circumstances. She isn't touching him. She's kind of... huddling. And doing her best not to look guilty, and only sort of succeeding.

Permalink Mark Unread

If he thinks you're an agent of the Enemy he thinks I am too. He thinks I'm someone impersonating his friend, not his friend in the flesh. I expect he's apprehensive about what tortures of the Enemy would involve having someone impersonating me around.

Permalink Mark Unread

...pretty sure not. You haven't seen how they've been reacting to you, it doesn't make sense. But - they haven't heard me swear, yet, unless their siblings told them they don't know I can. And that I think settles it as either really a hallucination or really not, and I think in either of those cases they'll be okay. I should go do that. She's considerably more relaxed at this realization.

Permalink Mark Unread

He's going to have a lot of emotions around me regardless because I once trusted him and he betrayed me to die on the ice. There's lots going on there. I really don't think it's that he objects to us working together.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

Anything I should know?

Permalink Mark Unread

No. Just - expect him to be emotionally complicated, don't over-interpret it.

Permalink Mark Unread

All right. Hug! Hugs are a thing that can be, now, apparently, at least brief ones.

She considers for a few moments. I don't think I want to wait on letting them know I can swear, but then I can come back and look for some places for you?

Permalink Mark Unread

Hugs are completely okay! He cannot imagine a Maitimo objecting to him hugging someone who will be more productive and happy if hugged. That is just a categorical thing about Maitimo. He tries to communicate it.

 

Sounds great! Thanks!

Permalink Mark Unread

All right. Be right back.

And here she is back at the cave.

Permalink Mark Unread

He is healing himself again, singing softly.

Permalink Mark Unread

She sits by him and waits for him to come to a stopping point.

Permalink Mark Unread

And after a while he looks up.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hey. How're you doing?

Permalink Mark Unread

I think I'll be able to write in a few days.

Permalink Mark Unread

Good! ...I never did finish enspelling your hand, did I. I can do that now if you'd like.

Permalink Mark Unread

Now is as good a time as any.

Permalink Mark Unread

Spells: are cast.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thank you. He tries to remember and send gratitude.

Permalink Mark Unread

She grins. You're welcome.

It occurs to me that with all the running around I've been doing I forgot to tell you, your siblings wanting it as the password for their portals was proof enough for me, I can swear that I don't work for the enemy now - not completely reassuring, I know, but it seems to help at least. Want to hear?

Permalink Mark Unread

I think that this is a hallucination, not that the Enemy actually has someone with your capabilities, or the war'd be lost already. But sure.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, but it at least rules that out; one less thing to worry about. "I swear I have never served the Enemy."

Permalink Mark Unread

He nods. 

 

You seem a little better. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. I do better with more people around. And I made a better first impression with the new host.

Permalink Mark Unread

I imagine they appreciated the food, and were less on guard against efforts by the Enemy to use me against them.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. I'm going to be working with them to find someplace for them to settle, too - in your world but probably not close to your host.

Permalink Mark Unread

Another world entirely might be better if possible - remember our conversation about evacuating?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. I don't even know how to start on checking if other worlds are safe, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

It seems kind of unlikely they'd be worse than this one. I'll think about it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. And at least here you know what you're dealing with, though that obviously only helps so much. I'll mention the possibility, anyway.

Any news from your siblings?

Permalink Mark Unread

They're drawing up lots of experiments on how magic can be used, for when you next get a chance.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. I'm probably going to be pretty busy with the other host for a while, but I'll make time to stop over there.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sounds reasonable. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. Anything else before I head back out?

Permalink Mark Unread

Nothing comes to mind.

Permalink Mark Unread

All right. See you later.

She teleports down to a storage cave - she needs to pick up some skins to cast portals on, anyway, but also. It's not the most ethical thing she could maybe do, but, she can reach him with her mage-sense from here. And she got a look at him before the oath, when she was casting on his hand - has anything changed?

Permalink Mark Unread

No particular changes.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hmh.

Maybe she was wrong after all? It's not actually impossible.

Anyway, back to Findekáno's tent.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hello. Can I help you with scouting a place for us?

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. She settles next to him. What I'm planning to do is make portals to places like we talked about, showing a view from the sky, and you can have a look as I go and let me know if I should be looking for anything different or if anything seems especially promising. I should probably start with places with the most iron, since that's hardest to tell any way but making the spell do it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Are you still thinking places in this world? Because they're mostly going to be occupied, that's a much more important constraint.

Permalink Mark Unread

I am, but I can specify that the local area has to be clear of people as part of the spell. It is possible to look for places in other worlds, too - Maitimo thinks that's the better idea, by the way - except I don't have any way at all to check if they're safe.

Permalink Mark Unread

They could hardly be worse, could they?

Permalink Mark Unread

That's what they said. I'm not that convinced but, shrug, I'm not going to be the one taking the risk, I'm not going to stop you.

Permalink Mark Unread

Not that convinced because you have a sample of worlds worse than this? Arda is a really bad place to be while the Enemy's still at large.

Permalink Mark Unread

This is the only world besides my own I've been to. But they're very different - the magic doesn't seem to be the same at all - and I think we should be assuming that other worlds are as different from either of them as they are from each other. And you won't know the differences until you run into them, that's never good.

Permalink Mark Unread

You can't specify for similarity or something?

Permalink Mark Unread

Not like that. Similar enough to have trees and hills and rivers and things, the same kinds of rocks if that helps, light, heat, water, that kind of thing, but I can't check anything to do with magic, and there could be something like Valar that doesn't show up as 'people' - I'm not actually sure the Valar themselves do.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. I suppose somewhere far from here on Arda, if not populated, should do.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. All right. It might take me a couple minutes to get the first one - uninhabited, lots of plants growing there already, warm climate, and then as much iron as I can find, right? Do you want a lake or anything?

Permalink Mark Unread

I really doubt you'll find anything even with those constraints. But if you do, sure.

Permalink Mark Unread

I mean, I can look. If there isn't anything like that the spell just fails, and then we know. I expect the first several to fail anyway because I'm asking for too much iron - I should probably try it without a lake first and then see how much you'd have to compromise on the iron to get one - I can always give you portals to places to mine later, anyway.

Permalink Mark Unread

Great. Thank you.

Permalink Mark Unread

All right. She scoots over. Don't touch me while I'm casting; the capacity transmits that way, and it's dangerous to learn to use, especially with teleportation magic.

Permalink Mark Unread

He has a dozen other projects to check in on anyway.

Permalink Mark Unread

Aw. Well, okay. Spellcasting.

..nope.

 

...nope.

 

 

...nope.

 

Okay, what if she...

Ah-ha. Okay.

Permalink Mark Unread

Got anything?

Permalink Mark Unread

There isn't anything at all with no people. I have a few places without many, though. She passes him the relevant skins.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, maybe they'll be pleased to have a hundred thousand neighbors. He sighs. Any way to tell how far these are from the Enemy?

Permalink Mark Unread

Not with the magic. With your eyesight you might just be able to see if I put the portal high enough and let you move the perspective around, I'm not sure.

Permalink Mark Unread

Could be worth checking, would you?

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure, is there one you like?

Permalink Mark Unread

He selects one. Looks like a good place to build a home, don't you think?

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm.

And shortly there's a portal. It follows how you hold it, she demonstrates, then hands it over.

Permalink Mark Unread

He is delighted. Thank you! You're really clever with how you put this to use - hmmm -

Permalink Mark Unread

Yay!

Permalink Mark Unread

I think if it is even on this continent it is pretty far from the Enemy.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sounds good. Scouts first? And once you're ready I can do big teleportation areas just right on the ice that'll take people there.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes, scouts next. He hugs her. Thank you.

Permalink Mark Unread

Findekáno: has her figured out. She leans into the hug, but doesn't cling. You're very welcome.

Permalink Mark Unread

It'll be warm and safe and lovely. We can do portals to somewhere with iron. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm.

...I might end up moving there, if that's okay. I think I'll get along better with you than the other host.

Permalink Mark Unread

Of course that's okay. I'm curious why you think so, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

Less of a cultural difference, at least I hope. The way you described them earlier... it sounds like they live very separate from each other, socially. And kobolds very much don't; we need companionship like you need beauty, I think.

Leaning on him? Yup, leaning on him.

Permalink Mark Unread

He hugs her. I don't think we're different from them culturally. We were one people, before they left us to die. We probably do cuddle more, now, out of habit.

Permalink Mark Unread

She grins up at him. That's important, yeah. And, like... they had a thousand questions about my magic but never thought to thank me for helping their sibling. Which, I don't mind, I guess? That's not why I did it or anything. But it's not what I want from tribemates.

Permalink Mark Unread

He laughs. That does sound like my cousins, yeah. Well, we're happy to have you.

Permalink Mark Unread

Good. Let's go see about those scouts.

Permalink Mark Unread

Scouts are found and teleported.

Permalink Mark Unread

She doesn't have any particular plans for the rest of the day - she could tell him about herself or kobolds in general or her magic or something, if he's interested and not busy.

Permalink Mark Unread

He is extremely busy but it looks like she could use that. He would love to hear about her.

Permalink Mark Unread

She really could, yes.

She was chief's-kin, which means she was theoretically a potential chief for her tribe when the old chief retired; her parent - she ends up having to explain that kobolds do eggs and yes, she was adopted; that's more common than not, for kobolds, and basically universal for chief's eggs - was a healer; her early childhood was pretty okay but more restrictive than usual for a couple reasons and then when she was eight and could get away with it - oh, huh, yeah, kobolds age differently, eight is totally old enough to be running around alone, they're adults at twelve - she ran off to spend the summer with a tigerfolk tribe, which was really dumb and nearly killed her but also she learned to speak while she was there - kobolds usually just don't - which meant she was definitely going to be a Speaker and definitely not going to be her tribe's next chief because that's too much power for one person to have, according to kobold culture. She mostly doesn't regret that but kind of does, the new chief - without her there was only one option unless the old chief wanted to try training someone who wasn't kin of theirs - is pretty bad at it and she bets she'd've done a better job - she hopes they're okay without her, now.

Anyway. When she was nine she adopted the tribe's existing Speaker as a second parent and learned a lot from them over the following three years; when she was twelve, they moved to another tribe - there were and are more tribes than Speakers in her area and a tribe not having a Speaker is not good at all - and she took over; she was very young for it - most Speakers don't even learn to talk until they're in their late twenties - but turned out to be really good at it, too. Then when she was fifteen there was that one awful, awful year with the tigerfolk - she clings a little but manages to get through the telling okay - and when she was sixteen she took up going and talking to them to let them know that that really wasn't okay as a project. Nineteen when she had her first egg - didn't hatch it, didn't even try, having a parent who did something as dangerous as talking to tigerfolk would have in no way been an okay thing to do to a kid, but they were well and happy and aiming to join the hunters last she heard; the accompanying memory is of a kobold rather smaller than she is, with darker fur, playing some sort of tumbling game with a group of similarly sized kobolds in various shades of grey and brown. Things were pretty okay for the decade after that - she had another egg at twenty-five but didn't keep close enough track of who had it to know who hatched from it, the tigerfolk project continued apace, she kept keeping her chief from doing anything too unwise or self-destructive, there were a few years with various more minor obstacles - until she got her Gift, which was her magic.

Gifts are this thing, usually. For magic they're this other similar thing instead, apparently. Her tribe didn't like this at all; magic as a Gift is unprecedented and also doesn't look the same from the outside even though it's clearly the same from the inside. They were afraid she'd been hexed. They were afraid to have someone in the tribe who was both a Speaker and a mage. Some of them already thought she was unstable and maybe couldn't be trusted with anything new, what with all the tigerfolk-visiting. They stopped right in the middle of traveling to the yearly meetup to spend eight days deciding what to do, with her under guard the whole time. The people who were afraid she'd been hexed ended up winning the day; hexed people are dangerous and therefore have to be exiled even though it's no fault of their own. That was six months ago.

Permalink Mark Unread

More hugs seem in order, even if he's appalled by the idea of having children and not knowing what happened to them.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes, definitely hugs. It has been a rough six months and while the last while has helped she is definitely not actually okay, just holding it together.

Seems like things are turning around, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

I am glad to hear it. More hugs. You were really lonely.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod.

I almost died. The spell that put me in Angband was supposed to do that.

Permalink Mark Unread

I am very glad it didn't. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. Snuggle. Me too.

Permalink Mark Unread

How's he doing? Any better?

Permalink Mark Unread

They think they'll have use of one of their hands in another couple days. They've been pretty focused on making that happen.

Permalink Mark Unread

He sighs. I desperately want to give him a hug even though that'd make things worse. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods and hugs him. Yeah. It's going to be a while before anyone can, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

He hugs her to vicariously hug Maitimo. I was expecting it to be a couple hundred years, it's fine if it's longer.

Permalink Mark Unread

She chuckles, leaning into the hug. That's definitely a while.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, I was expecting it'd be that long before I'd want to hug him. Because they left us to die on the Ice.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod, squeeze.

 

...tell me more about how they are with people? Because there's something they told me that I'm trying to work out whether I should tell you or not - I think they wanted me to and I'm not sure if that makes it a better idea or a worse one.

Permalink Mark Unread

Usually he is really good at making everyone he interacts with stronger, and being what they need. He has some weaknesses - mostly the standard Feanorian set, he has issues with authority - but everyone adored him, back in Tirion.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

That helps less than I'd like.

They said they tried to stop you from being left.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm afraid I don't know what you're looking for. 

- he tried to stop his father from burning the ships? Are you sure?

Permalink Mark Unread

Solemn nod. That's what they said, yeah.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Might have said it either way.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. I can vouch that they clearly regret what happened to you. And I haven't noticed them lying about anything but things they have every right to lie about. But I can't vouch for that one.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. I might ask him later. It matters to me, even if it didn't matter in the end. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. Hug.

I should definitely try to find some time to figure out what the deal is with that... their approach to working with people, but I've noticed some cultural things that seem related, I bet I'm going to need lots of context to work out the things I'm wondering about.

Permalink Mark Unread

Can you expand on that?

Permalink Mark Unread

How they approach things seems pretty creepy to me sometimes, and I'm not sure how much of that is them, how much is Angband, and how much is that Eldar handle power and authority very, very differently than kobolds do. And I think at lot of it - probably most, maybe nearly all - is cultural, and if that's true I want to know how it works.

Permalink Mark Unread

Probably. Maitimo has the trust of his people and they'll do what he asks of them and - if he didn't burn the ships - he'd never ever abuse that, and so it's good for everyone. Is that different than how kobolds are?

Permalink Mark Unread

Not exactly? But it's clear they expect to be able to ask them, to do nearly anything, and that's very different. Kobold chiefs can tell people to do things, but if they do that very much outside of an emergency they'll start losing people from the tribe.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ah. No, Maitimo gives so much of himself to people that everyone generally feels happy at the chance to do something for him. He can ask a lot of them because of that.

Permalink Mark Unread

To the point where they feel comfortable saying that they'd find twelve people to go live with me even if their siblings decided I wasn't safe. Thats- probably them wanting to feel more in control of the situation, actually, now that I think of it. But still creepy that that's the solution they reach for, to either of those problems.

Permalink Mark Unread

Are you worried that the people'd be coerced? Or just that, by speaking for them, he was talking in a sort of way that in your world people mostly talk like if they don't respect others?

Permalink Mark Unread

Sort of both of those? I don't think me and twelve strangers chosen for willingness to go live on another world would be a very stable situation at all, even if it didn't start out coercive it could easily have ended up being, and yes, if you're Speaking for someone you really ought to be more careful than that. If it's just something like 'let me see if I can think of someone, I can probably make that happen', that's okay, but saying it like it's guaranteed? That'd almost count as violence by itself, among kobolds.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, I think that's a cultural difference. Or maybe several. Part of it is that if you're very sure of something you may as well say so, among the Noldor. Part of it's that your people seem to fear someone having too much power, and we don't fear that at all. Part of it's that unless Maitimo's in much worse shape than I can imagine, you and twelve people he chose for living well with you would definitely be stable. Part of it's that - most of you don't talk? That makes Speaking something different than what he does. He leads people. It involves understanding them very deeply and doing right by them, but the communication is the tool, not the goal. The goal is killing the Enemy. Everyone who works for Maitimo wants him to feel free to use them towards that goal, because that's how our people do important things. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She considers, then nods.

That's very differently put together, yeah. Kobold tribes don't really have goals beyond keeping the people in them safe and happy. Individual people do, and they're usually prosocial ones at least by kobold standards, but having goals like that isn't what tribes are for, and I don't think a prospective chief would get anywhere at all if they tried to make one that was.

Permalink Mark Unread

That might be the biggest cultural difference, then. There are communities that are for making their members safe and happy - we used to live in one, we left it - but a host in wartime is a community that is for letting its people achieve together something they could not achieve alone.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. Not sure I'm going to cope with that well. Different needs, I think. For kobolds, your tribe is home, the safe place you can count on being there to support you while you do what you want to do, and before and after. Which means things like weapon-making and fighting lessons, but also... safety, companionship, if you don't want to do whatever thing any more or need a break that's what it's for. It's a place for coordinating but not a way of coordinating, if that makes sense.

Plus, for kobolds, being ordered is always a little bit of a threat. Not much of one, but if it happens often that's going to stress me out... possibly a lot, given I've already been exiled the once.

Permalink Mark Unread

And I would not be reassuring if I said 'oh, I can have some people go off and create the kind of space you'd cope better with', because it's not just a difficulty coping, it's also a discomfort with that kind of community even when you're not expected to be part of it?

Permalink Mark Unread

I mean, I'm not going to not help you, I know enough of what's at stake. I don't like everything about kobold culture, either. And if everyone who's here is here voluntarily and can leave if they want to, I really don't have much to say at all about how you do things. But... it comes down to companionship again, basically? Everything the tribe has to offer comes from people in the tribe wanting their tribemates to be safe and happy and well cared for, and that's important.

Permalink Mark Unread

That seems like it calls for more hugs. That makes sense. Thank you for explaining it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hugs: such a good.

I can probably adjust at least some. If the right things are there and they're just shown different ways I'll probably be fine. If they are I haven't seen it yet but I also haven't seen very much at all, so...

Permalink Mark Unread

Can I tell Maitimo what you need? That'll help him do it, and that'll make you both happier.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

...if that's really not considered unethical here. Though at this point even if it was it should probably happen anyway. She sighs discontentedly and leans in closer. If they try to maneuver me away from you, let them, I'm still not sure they're actually okay with this.

Permalink Mark Unread

If it helps, nothing bad would happen if Maitimo told someone to do something and they said "I don't want to". The reason our people listen to us is because they have decided the goal of our people right now is to see the Enemy dead and other things are secondary.

He squeezes her. And I don't think this would bother Maitimo if he believed it weren't a hallucination, which is what matters to me. 

Permalink Mark Unread

By 'that' I mean telling them in the first place - there's a power imbalance there and you're right that we really don't like those; this kind of imbalance is pretty unavoidable, but I should still be trying to avoid making it worse - they shouldn't have to try to balance focusing on their recovery and taking care of me, under these conditions. But that assumes that I have a whole functional tribe to lean on for what I need, and I don't, and I was coping okay with that anyway but now I'm not, and that's dangerous for both of us, so. I don't like it but I think I need it anyway.

Permalink Mark Unread

I think taking better care of you would be good for Maitimo. Doing wrong by you will not help him recover, it'll distress him a lot. And if he were to try maneuvering me away from you I'd be suspicious it was for political reasons not personal ones, so I can't promise I'd listen to him, but  - trust me, his wellbeing is a priority of mine.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod.

They're not going to stop me from helping your host, in any case; I'm not worried about that. But, yeah. Okay. Hug.

Permalink Mark Unread

No, but if he wants to reunite the Noldor - and he might think it's hopeless, I certainly think it's hopeless - he'd want us reunited under him.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

I don't think I even understand what that means, never mind how I'd matter to it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Right now we're two tribes. We have the same goal. We'd be better at the goal if we worked on it together, but we don't trust them enough to do that. He might fix that if he sees a way.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. I got that far, yeah. ...this is another one of those leadership things, isn't it, without that it looks so obviously impossible that nobody would even think about trying it. Okay. Where do you think I'd come in?

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, if you wanted to do it you could make our tribes work together by saying you'd only help us if we worked together. You are not going to do that, and he wouldn't try to convince you to. You could also announce who you thought should be chief and because you're magic people'd give that a lot of weight...I can't think of other things but I'm not Maitimo....

Permalink Mark Unread

She blinks, and takes a few seconds to consider.

That's really creepy, but I bet you knew I'd say that. But I think if I do have to show an opinion on that, it'll be that I think your parent would be best at it; Maitimo thinks they shouldn't be in charge, and for pretty good reasons, and I haven't been very impressed with their siblings, and getting a group like this across the ice seems like proof they'd be good at it, no matter which standards I go by.

Permalink Mark Unread

Maybe Maitimo'd tolerate a united Noldor under my father, maybe not, the magic changes a lot of the considerations. I hope our cultural differences eventually stop seeming creepy to you, that'll make people sad.

Permalink Mark Unread

I am starting to get a feel for the cultural differences - it does make sense that with this many people, they'd have trouble knowing enough about what was going on to make decisions by themselves. I have no idea why me being a mage would matter, though, I'll have to think even more carefully than I was planning to about how to share it if that's going to happen.

Permalink Mark Unread

Where we come from, powerful people get to make all the decisions. Our chosen chiefs only mattered on things the powerful people didn't care about. 

Permalink Mark Unread

 


...yeah, that explains some things. Ugh. Yeah, I definitely like the idea of your parent being in charge, then, if there's going to be a war. Might even be important enough to say so, if that'd work.

Permalink Mark Unread

I will have to think about whether it'll make things better or worse. Maitimo's brothers would probably stop cooperating with you.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. And it's not exactly a precedent I want to set, either, for anybody. But... have you had a war, before? It's hard to overestimate how important it is to have someone who knows how to handle hard situations in charge when there's trouble that big.

Permalink Mark Unread

We have not had a war before, but I do know how important that is. But making the situation much much harder would not help fix that.

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods. Don't worry, I'm not going to do anything impulsive. I'm just figuring out what I want, if there's no good way to get it I'm not going to try to.

Permalink Mark Unread

I am glad you think my father'd be a good king. He will be, I just don't know if it makes any sense to try making the Feanorians obey him.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah.

It sounds like the kind of problem to give to Maitimo when they're feeling better, when you say it like that. I wonder what they'd think of it.

Permalink Mark Unread

If Maitimo wants that as an outcome he'd know how to bring it about. He might not want it. It'd mean giving up something that has mattered a lot to him his whole life and betraying his own father and making most of his brothers hate him.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mm.

None of those things made the list, though. Fucking Angband.

 

I think they'd do it, if they agree with my logic. And that they'd want to be told about the idea.

Permalink Mark Unread

I am very sure the idea's already occurred to him. I suppose you could tell him that he'd have your vocal support on it, he might have a better sense than me of whether that'll make his brothers jump to the assumption he's being coerced...

Permalink Mark Unread

In that case I think it's better to not tell them - they'll figure it out on their own soon enough anyway, I'm sure, maybe not the part where I'd be willing to do something about it but definitely what my opinion is, and then they have more freedom in how to handle the situation. Their siblings deciding I'm mistreating them would be very bad, it's worth being careful to avoid that and they'd know how to.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes. I expect he'll actually go home pretty soon, to avoid exactly that impression.

Permalink Mark Unread

...possible. Sigh. This whole situation is such a mess.

Permalink Mark Unread

We're all here to face the Enemy, that's what matters. Maitimo'll - Maitimo'll get the things he cares about done.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm.

I'll be heading back over there sometime in the next couple days - tomorrow, probably, if that one giant moose is where I think it is and my hunting goes quickly. They have some things they want to try, with my magic; maybe there'll be a chance to make a better impression. Or maybe not, if they think she had something to do with Maitimo butting heads with them over returning this host's things.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, you didn't make a bad one. You said they did nothing but quiz you about magic? That's - my cousins have no social graces at all, but that's what affection looks like, from them.

Permalink Mark Unread

...huh.

Maybe they did thank me, then, and I just completely missed it. Good to know, thank you.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's very annoying and sometimes they even remember to behave better. But - yeah, from Feanorians questions are the highest compliments, means they care very much about what you think. Eru, they need someone to translate for them.

Permalink Mark Unread

She chuckles. Well, I am a Speaker, that's literally my job. Now that I have a clue about what to look for, I should be able to work out the basics pretty quickly. Pleased comfortable leaning.

Permalink Mark Unread

He puts an arm around her. And he always made fun of Tyelcormo for having Huan afoot at every moment. I hope you do. Things'll be better for everyone if Maitimo's well enough to take back the command there.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod, lean.

Tell me more about them?

Permalink Mark Unread

Maitimo? I don't have much more to say. When healthy he's competent and the only person who can keep his brothers in line, if Fëanáro's really dead. He -

 

- I would really need to know whether he burned the ships to say anything more than that.

Permalink Mark Unread

Leaning: intensifies. I think I have a pretty good idea of what Maitimo is like, at least now. I'd like to hear about how they used to be, sometime, but it doesn't have to be today; I meant their siblings.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh. Hmmm. They are all very, very loyal to each other. They don't like people telling them what to do, or what's right and what's wrong, but they do care about hurting people. At least sometimes. They are all of them very gifted, they do not try at all to be courteous to people they don't like...

Permalink Mark Unread

 

...because being in charge never mattered, before, right. Hopefully they've learned better, at least a little, since you last saw them - I'm a Speaker; I can't actually work miracles.

Permalink Mark Unread

I really doubt they've learned anything, they're in far too much pain to be in a good place for learning. It's all right. They can be worked with and worked around.

Permalink Mark Unread

She's briefly confused. ...Eldar timescales. It's going to take me a while to get used to that. By which I mean months, a couple years at most, she says, amused, then goes serious again. Their parent, or something else too?

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't know who else they've lost, I didn't even know their father was dead. I am giving them enough credit to assume they're pretty broken up about Maitimo. And - there were a lot of awful things before that, too. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. Snuggle.

Well, I'm sure I'll find out eventually, if it matters.

 

...Would you like to see the jungle? I can do that without taking you there, with portals.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'd love to!

Permalink Mark Unread

She grins and scoots over, and a moment later, the walls of the tent are portals. The tent flap is still visible, and the floor, but aside from that it's like being there.

Permalink Mark Unread

He is delighted. How did you find this! It's so pretty!

Permalink Mark Unread

She giggles. It was Maitimo's idea, actually. It's nearly winter at home, and I had enough food for myself but not for another person, and I'd only just figured out how to teleport to places I hadn't already been to, and they suggested I look for someplace warm enough to have food growing all year, and when I did this is what I got.

Permalink Mark Unread

What's winter?

Permalink Mark Unread

...right, you don't have seasons. Or, yet, maybe, if the sun is new. On my world years have a hot part and a cold part with milder parts between them before and after; winter's the cold part. Fall's the mild part before it, and there's lots of food then, but most things don't grow in winter, so we gather things in the fall and save them to eat until it gets warm again.

Permalink Mark Unread

Good to know. I'd worry we should be doing that but I guess we've got you.

Permalink Mark Unread

She grins. Mmhmm. And you can still hunt, in winter, that helps. A lot of animals hibernate or migrate to warmer places - she sends a memory of six formations of geese flying south together - but some are still around, and some from even colder places migrate in - memory of a flock of juncoes flitting around in a snow-covered bush.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Ice was too cold for any of those, I think, or maybe they just don't live there.

Permalink Mark Unread

Very hug. Yeah. Even winter is nothing like this. There'll be cold spells, and some winters are worse than others, but usually it isn't even always freezing cold, just mostly.

Permalink Mark Unread

So many of my people died. 

Permalink Mark Unread

So very, very hug. So very. She shifts to his lap, that's the better way to do it. You don't ever have to be someplace cold again, if you don't want to.

Permalink Mark Unread

He's just gonna assume her society doesn't have taboos around being this close with people you've just met. I want to kill the Enemy, he says. I can shiver a little to get that done, as long as my people are safe.

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods, solemnly.

Permalink Mark Unread

Anything more you wanted to tell me, about yourself or your world?

Permalink Mark Unread

She thinks. Not especially? ...the magic's dangerous to learn to use and mages can be pretty scary if we want to be, but it's shareable and there are more kinds, I don't think I'd mentioned that yet. We don't have a very specific plan for getting more, but Maitimo thinks we should get the kind that makes fire first.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, why's that?

Permalink Mark Unread

Why's it dangerous? It takes a while to get good enough at casting for your spells to be stable, she scoots back off his lap and cuddles up beside him again, and if you leave an unstable spell around it'll break on its own and kill you. It's not that big of a problem with a safe kind of magic to learn with - mine is definitely not - but it takes a few months before that stops being an issue, and it's not automatically obvious that it is one.

Permalink Mark Unread

That makes sense. And why fire magic?

Permalink Mark Unread

It'd be useful for metalworking. I'm mostly sure they weren't thinking in terms of using it as a weapon. She's cringing a little. Not a happy topic, weaponized fire magic.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, it can keep a forge hot?

Permalink Mark Unread

If regular fires work, yeah, it should be straightforward.

Permalink Mark Unread

That'll be very useful, then, yes.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm.. Still need to find out if it's even possible, though. I'm guessing you can learn my magic with osanwe, maybe even better than the regular way, but it hasn't been tested yet, and if not, someone'd have to go talk to the people with that magic, and they're dangerous and easy to provoke and I really don't like the idea.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. We'll keep that in mind. Dangerous even once we have our own magic?

Permalink Mark Unread

I mean, they can't teleport. They might still figure something out to capture and hex whoever was talking to them, but it's at least a limited amount of risk in that direction. But depending on how they were provoked they wouldn't necessarily just go after you; if they find out there's a kobold with teleportation magic I'm very sure they'll try to wipe us out again, and probably succeed this time.

Permalink Mark Unread

...that's very worrying.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yup. I will be surprised if osanwe doesn't work, but if it doesn't it's going to take a lot to convince me to take that risk.

Permalink Mark Unread

How many do they number?

Permalink Mark Unread

Not many compared to you, in the village, but more come from somewhere else sometimes; I don't know how many there are altogether. And I'm not sure I want to see them wiped out, either.

Permalink Mark Unread

If they are wiping out other peoples on minimal provocation then they seem likely to do it eventually and I'd want to make sure they cannot. I wasn't planning to achieve that by killing anyone.

Permalink Mark Unread

...how?

Permalink Mark Unread

If they're much like Elves they probably kill because they want something, maybe there's another way to give it to them and to make it clear they can't get it if they hurt people. 

Permalink Mark Unread

That works out to clearing the kobolds out of the forest, based on what we do know about what they want. Which might not be impossible - might - but would definitely be very hard, and extremely stressful and somewhat dangerous for the kobolds.

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't mean giving them exactly what they want. Why do they want that? Do kobolds eat food they need? Are they very sensitive to noises kobolds make? Do the kobolds do something that hurts them, even if you don't know it? Giving them what they want might be 'a way to live with kobolds' not 'a way not to need to'. And if they don't want to be your neighbors, they can move.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sigh. Kobolds hurting them is part of it. Kobold culture doesn't have a concept of property - trying to keep something for yourself is considered antisocial, there's no idea of theft as a thing, stuff like that. It extends to outsiders, too, and retrieving something that's challenging to get is basically a game - kobolds don't actually make very good neighbors either. Their response to that one theft was seriously disproportionate and we don't know why, but they weren't actually unprovoked.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay, so maybe making sure they have enough things, or putting up magic so that kobolds can't trespass, and making sure your leaders know each other - so if, for example, that stolen thing was very very important to them, they could have told you that...

Permalink Mark Unread

Putting up magic to stop kobolds would have some kind of effect, I have no idea what - kobolds are all enspelled as babies to be invisible to our world's magic, unexpectedly running into magic that works anyway would be very alarming, especially if the elves had it.

Getting elves and kobolds to talk to each other is probably impossible. Most likely they don't even think we're people, and.... well. Speakers have always been kind of a tight-knit group, and before the war there were like fifty of them, and now there are fourteen - thirteen, with me gone. And that's almost entirely the elves' doing. Among other reasons to be terrified of them. She shudders. Plus our main way of staying safe from them is not letting them know where we are, if they can find us to talk to us they can find us to kill us. She's clinging and trembling a little, now.

Permalink Mark Unread

He hugs her. Then maybe we get the elves to move. It doesn't sound like just hoping they're never provoked again - especially if learning of your magic would provoke them - is the best we can possibly do for your people.

Permalink Mark Unread

She leans into the hug but doesn't stop trembling. I mean, we survived last time. We're rebuilding. We're being more careful now. It might happen again, but as long as it's not too soon, we can probably survive it again. They don't have to know about my magic, it's not like any of the other mages are going to learn it from me, it's not going to be the problem they'd assume it was.

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't know your people but I want more things for my people than that we probably won't be annihilated the next time someone wants to kill us on a whim.

Permalink Mark Unread

She whines, quietly, distressed, but thinks about it.

Maybe, in the summer, if we're very careful, we can get in touch with the other Speakers and see if they think it's worth trying. But I really think we're just too vulnerable to take the risk anytime soon.

Permalink Mark Unread

And there's no way for us to do it while leaving kobolds out of it entirely?

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't know enough about elves to know; the other Speakers will be able to tell us more. And about how bad it'd be for their tribes if something went wrong right now.

Permalink Mark Unread

All right.

Permalink Mark Unread

She calms slightly, at that. And get the magic form that'll let me see magic, first. The very last thing we need is to not notice they've hexed someone.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes. Though it seems like they might not do that to powerful people who can retaliate. 

Permalink Mark Unread

I have no idea. There's nobody like that in this part of the world.

Permalink Mark Unread

...most bad people aren't bad to people stronger than them. Not all, but most. I promise we won't interfere in your world without your guidance, but I would be very surprised if elves provoked people who could stop them.

Permalink Mark Unread

I wouldn't be. Most people make sense like that, but a lot of the time elves don't. There were Speakers working on trying to figure them out, before, and they didn't get very far.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. There are a lot of more clear-cut priorities anyway, we won't step into anything delicate in your world.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod, hug. Thank you.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thank you. A lot of people aren't hungry tonight because of you.

Permalink Mark Unread

That gets a smile. And we'll have you out of here, too, soon enough.

 

...I'm really not expecting you to do anything for me in return, if that wasn't obvious. I'm already getting something I want; I want you to be okay. Hug!

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, that's not why I was thinking of it; if there's a situation that has in the past resulted in horrible violence and no real reason to think it won't happen again, that's the kind of thing I'd want to fix.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. Just making sure.

A pangolin appears from the underbrush and shuffles by at an oblique angle; the kobold pauses to watch it go.

Permalink Mark Unread

Your world has those too! My sister adopted one, as a kid.

Permalink Mark Unread

I've never seen one before. Cute, though, in a weird kind of way, she chuckles.

Permalink Mark Unread

I suppose if you'd grown up in a forest you wouldn't see many jungle things. Our home city was in more of a tropical climate.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm, I'd never been out of the forest before, I don't know practically anything about jungles. Reminiscing time? It sounds like it could be reminiscing time if he wants to.

Permalink Mark Unread

He hopes she won't eventually find it rude he's coordinating logistics and carrying out several other conversations at the same time, but - I'd love to hear about where you grew up.

Permalink Mark Unread

So she tells him about the forest and her favorite plants and animals and lakes and streams and that one waterfall she really likes, complete with memories - it's not an unusually pretty forest, but she does have an eye for a nice scene and goes out of her way to find them, so they're pretty memories anyway.

After a while, the jungle starts to darken. I should head home.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. It was nice talking to you. Stay safe.

Permalink Mark Unread

She grins and hugs him - you too - and then pauses for a moment. I can leave the portals up - spell'll break when the flap is lifted or the tent is moved - but I should ask you to swear, if I'm going to; sorry.

Permalink Mark Unread

To what?

Permalink Mark Unread

She recites the have-never-served oath. I've only picked up a couple words in your language, I wouldn't understand a different one.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I swear I have never served the Enemy." Uh, perhaps it should be 'never served Melkor' or something, intent matters enough I think 'the Enemy' is good enough but to the Enemy we're the Enemy, no?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. How would you say that?

Permalink Mark Unread

"I swear I have never served Melkor."

Permalink Mark Unread

Thanks. She leans on him for another moment. I really should get home. Have a good night.

Permalink Mark Unread

You too.

Permalink Mark Unread

And she goes home.

Permalink Mark Unread

He is having a nightmare. Silently, mostly.

Permalink Mark Unread

If sending him a sunrise over osanwe doesn't fix it and being loud over osanwe doesn't wake him, she'll try dribbling a bit of water over his face, that probably will.

Permalink Mark Unread

It does. He flinches, looks around, forcibly steadies his heartrate. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She gives him a couple seconds to get his bearings. You all right?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes.

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods and goes to fix the fire. Findekano's host is doing better. They picked a place to send scouts to, I don't know how long they're going to take to check it out but I can help them move as soon as they know they want to go there.

Permalink Mark Unread

I am very glad. You look happier too.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah... Sigh. I'm not sure you understand how important companionship is for kobolds? I've been being careful not to make that too obvious, I didn't want it to seem like a demand. But, well, it is something I need. And waiting on spending time with Findekano when I haven't met anyone else here I get along with nearly that well turned out to be harder than I thought. They're pretty great, though, she grins.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm glad. Waiting for the other host to have most of their logistics done or at least in motion?

Permalink Mark Unread

I still wasn't sure you'd be okay with it. Am still not, actually, but I think there'd be a worse problem if I tried to make myself not - it's one thing to ignore a need when there's no way of fulfilling it anyway, I can do that for a long time if I need to, but it's something else again when what you need is right there... if I absolutely had to I probably could but I don't think I'd be functional, not with everything else.

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't care what you do and do care if you're functional.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. I knew the second part of that, yeah. Talked to Findekano about how kobold tribes work and what that means for what kinds of things I need, too; they're going to talk to you about that soon I think.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. I'm glad he's looking out for you. Sorry I can't right now.

Permalink Mark Unread

She sends him a burst of affection. It's okay, really. Eldar might not work like this, but kobolds certainly do.

Permalink Mark Unread

Eldar probably work like that a little too, I just - had what I needed, I think, and didn't think of it as a dependence. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Hmm?

Permalink Mark Unread

I think I - really dislike, as I said, being catered to or having you apologetic for existing around me with your own emotional needs. It's probably not because the Eldar don't cater to each other but because I'd had the sort of interpersonal relationships I require in such abundance that they didn't feel scarce. And they felt reciprocal.

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods and considers. 'Not that' isn't really enough for me to figure out what I should be doing - I have backed off with it some, but I don't want to take actual risks, you know? And I wasn't apologizing for having needs, I was apologizing for having them in ways you couldn't just ignore if that was best for you... and I haven't apologized for my friendship with Findekáno. I am trying. But the part where you want me to worry about your needs less is... less uncomfortable, than the part where you want me to be more open about my own, right now - it still feels like it'd be making demands of you in an inappropriate way. It's less that I mind you knowing and more that I mind telling you, though, Findekáno can tell you what I told them, that's okay.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. In that case we shall both of us lean on him.

Permalink Mark Unread

I haven't gotten the impression they mind, she smiles.

Permalink Mark Unread

I wish he were safe in Valinor and I suspect he is, but the Enemy likes it, in the hallucinations, to have him here.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ouch. Is there anything I can do to make this easier besides doing my best to make sure you don't have to see them? I haven't gotten the impression that any of your siblings would be any good at this, but I don't really understand them yet, maybe I've missed something.

Permalink Mark Unread

My brothers are still trying to feel out whether I can lead them, it makes it inconvenient for me to lean on them too much except in practical ways, where they'll be tremendously useful. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhm. So we can't avoid it entirely, probably. Is there anything else that'd make it easier?

Permalink Mark Unread

Avoid what entirely, interacting with hallucinations of my cousin? I don't need to avoid it; I need to apologize to him and so forth. I do that every time, even though I know it's not real.

Permalink Mark Unread

Avoid interacting with them in ways you don't specifically choose to, then. If the Enemy likes doing something and it matters enough to mention, I don't want to do that thing, but I'm not going to stop you from doing stuff.

Permalink Mark Unread

I mean, the Enemy usually sets it up so the only way to achieve things that would be really important if this were real, like the reunification of the Noldor and coordination on the war effort, is to make not-really-Findekáno pleased with me -

Permalink Mark Unread

She makes an exceptionally expressive face.

Permalink Mark Unread

So I'm expecting that someone circumstances will conspire such that I can't avoid him forever, and I do need to apologize.

Permalink Mark Unread

Would it make things better or worse for me to make sure not to leave you two unattended.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, if this is real, we do in fact need to reunite the Noldor and coordinate for the war, don't we.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes, but since it is real and they don't want that, having me in the room shouldn't be a problem, right?

Permalink Mark Unread

No.

Permalink Mark Unread

Good.

And in the meantime I need to figure out how to murder a god.

Permalink Mark Unread

Trust me, lots of people are thinking very hard about it. My brothers probably have more magic experiments for you.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes. Tomorrow first thing.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thank you.

Permalink Mark Unread

Not a problem.

She sets about making dinner - something that requires lots of chopping and mashing - and by the time there's a plate for her and a bowl for him she's a little calmer.

Permalink Mark Unread

I didn't mean to distress you. Sorry.

Permalink Mark Unread

Not your fault. I'd rather know, there's things I can do about it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure. It's really fine - if it were the real Findekáno it'd be fine, I wronged him terribly -

Permalink Mark Unread

They mentioned they wanted to hug you, she stabs a chunk of potato with a claw, except that they knew it'd make things worse, and I said it was going to be a while before anyone could, and they said they'd been expecting it to be a hundred years before they wanted to and that they were okay with waiting longer than that if you need them to. And I'm going to murder that god.

Permalink Mark Unread

I am glad to be a persuasive object lesson in why it's necessary.

Permalink Mark Unread

She growls.

Permalink Mark Unread

And he rolls over and curls up as much as he can without pain and falls asleep again.

Permalink Mark Unread

...that was a mistake and she will not do it again.

She attempts to sleep. It takes a while, but eventually she manages it. In the morning she makes scrambled eggs for herself and Findekano and lets him know that the Feanoreans have her for the morning, actually, and she'll hunt in the afternoon and stop by in the evening whether that's successful or not. And then she goes to the city.

Permalink Mark Unread

Where they have a thorough and exhaustive list of things they're wondering if it's possible to do with magic. Portals on blades, portals to lift water and take advantage of the resultant motion, portals to drop rocks on Angband, portals to get things up to absurd speeds....

Permalink Mark Unread

Portals on blades are absurdly effective. Portals on sticks would be just as much so, actually, the portal does all the cutting. Water and rocks can be moved like that with portals or by a regular teleport spell, trivially. Letting something fall forever through a portal would be easy, but getting it somewhere else afterward would be hard - she can make something fall forever by enspelling it directly, too - it doesn't have to fall far... shouldn't have to fall visibly at all - if she just suspends it in midair it still counts as falling, the test turns out, and then she can cast additional spells on it to put it where it needs to go. She can use a similar technique to pin things - or people - in place, if they're touching the ground, if that ever becomes useful.

Permalink Mark Unread

If she can do it at scale they can have a non-lethal means of stopping fights like Alqualondë, if anything like that ever happens again. If she does portals from a warmer area over their greenhouses, can they get more sunlight? If she does portals from somewhere with a different night-day cycle, can they grow plants that require Valinor's constant light?

Permalink Mark Unread

There's scale and then there's scale, that one she'd have to cast individually but she can probably get quick enough with it to do one a second or so. If she knows ahead of time that it might be necessary she can cast it on people in a triggerable way, meaning they'll be pinned to some pre-set place and not where they are at the time. (Yes, she can pin them to an arbitrary place if she's casting in the moment, too, though it'll slow her down a little.) Also they realize that's a hex, right? She's mad enough to be designing hexes, yes, that totally is one.

Light through portals appears to work just fine but they should probably test it more carefully before assuming there's not something subtle wrong with it. She can totally import light from places with different day/night cycles, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

They are definitely testing carefully. They are, it's quite clear, aggressively working themselves to the bone - they run over all their in-progress projects in case she has suggestions for how her magic can aid them -

Permalink Mark Unread

In lots of cases she can. Any time a project requires things to be moved from one place to another, nearly. In one case she comes up with a particularly clever suggestion for using portals to make high-precision cuts; in another she realizes that the falling-rocks spell can be used to safely suspend things in midair if they can be flipped upside down with each teleport so they don't accumulate momentum.

Eventually she notices that none of their suggestions have involved casting helpful spells on people. Did your sibling mention that spellbearers are a thing?

Permalink Mark Unread

He didn't. Spellbearers?

Permalink Mark Unread

I can cast spells on people that they can control themselves. The very easiest to do is let someone teleport themselves or someone or something they're touching to someplace with a thought. Someone with a spell on them - particularly a helpful spell, though hexes technically count too - is called a spellbearer. The idea that we thought was good enough to make it worth coming here before they were healed up was a spellbearer spell, something to bring warriors back home automatically if they're too badly wounded.

Permalink Mark Unread

That would be very good, yes. And something so no one can get captured by the Enemy...

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes.

Permalink Mark Unread

You okay? We're all kinda - coping by doing, you might have noticed...

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm not sure how sustainable this is - I've never been mad like this before - but I'm okay for now; if I start having problems I'll do something about it. I do coping-by-doing too.

Permalink Mark Unread

Alright. Magic defenses on the city, then...and he explains what they've got and how portals could be made to help - the walls can teleport away anyone who touches them, right?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yup. Also the ground outside the walls, if they want that - can be set up with a trigger if they don't want that always on. She'll have to refresh the spells every so often, though, soil isn't the best substrate for spells. Also they need to specify where 'away' is, they can be various kinds of creative with that, bearing in mind that there's a chance for friendly people to accidentally trigger these spells.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, that occurred to me. 'into the lake' is one option, for making it hard to attack but not dangerous, or into another world somewhere from which we can see them and retrieve anyone who ended up there accidentally...

Permalink Mark Unread

Need a safe enough world, for that. We still don't have a good way to check.

Permalink Mark Unread

Can't do empty ones?

Permalink Mark Unread

Empty of people, yes. But I don't know if gods count and I can't check for magic at all.

Permalink Mark Unread

I think I'd take that chance. Most worlds without people probably haven't got gods.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

All right. I can't directly target empty worlds, I have to find worlds and then check them for people, so I don't know how long it's going to take for me to have one. I'll work on it when I have time and I can do spells that drop people in the lake in the meantime.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thanks.

Permalink Mark Unread

Grin. No problem.

What else, let's see... portals for shooting through, portals for dropping things through, portals for putting people in different parts of the surrounding area...

Permalink Mark Unread

Whether local magic can detect portals, which answers whether it's safe to portal into Angband directly...

Permalink Mark Unread

It appears that it can't. She gives them a few portals that watch the room, though, for further testing.

It also occurs to her to check whether she can mage-sense through a portal by sticking a fingertip through it: yes.

Permalink Mark Unread

And the Enemy's a Vala; we can't count on it that he can't sense them just because we can't. But still, it's something, might be worth a try after more experimentation.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. I still don't know practically anything about how Valar work.

Permalink Mark Unread

They only have physical forms if they want them, but damaging the physical form can injure them, especially if they've poured a lot of themselves into it. They think weirdly. They have a lot of magic but most of it works slow.

Permalink Mark Unread

So dropping fallen rocks on their head will help but probably isn't going to do it. Any idea what would?

Permalink Mark Unread

Opening a portal in the middle of him ought to at least ruin his day. I don't think he can teleport between dimensions so what we eventually will want to do is teleport him somewhere completely safe where nothing can send him back, but I know we don't know how to find those yet...

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. We can work on it. Getting the magic detecting spell form might help. I don't know exactly what it can do, but if we're lucky I can use it to check worlds for magic like I can check them for people.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. And that requires sending someone to your world, and checking if it can be acquired over osanwe....

Permalink Mark Unread

And getting them the light form to learn to cast with first, unless there's someone you're absolutely sure won't be tempted by it.

Permalink Mark Unread

None of us are going to do something that might get us pointlessly killed.

Permalink Mark Unread

She makes a dubious face. It happens among kobolds sometimes even with the light form, and I've never actually been a new mage like that, I don't actually know what it's like - I'd rather be safe. Plus we can probably get both of those at the same place, it's not that big of a deal.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure. But it sounds like kobolds are a lot younger than us and think a bit differently, I wouldn't worry about people being tempted to take risks.

Permalink Mark Unread

...all right. We are going to need the light form anyway, though, I shouldn't be the only mage around. Especially if this ends up taking longer than it's looking like it might... your sibling probably didn't tell you, kobolds don't stop aging, I'm only going to live another hundred twenty-five years or so at most.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. Yeah, we can try getting several different forms on one trip. When d'you want to plan that for?

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm going to need a while to get out to the place we'll be trying to get them from - it's elves, they're dangerous, I settled pretty far from them, and I've been pretty busy with other things and might get busier soon. But I can work on it and let you know when I'm a few days out, if that's good enough.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thank you. What else are you busy with, can we speed it along?

Permalink Mark Unread

Not really. I'm hunting for the other host until they're ready to get off the ice, best way to get that much meat that quickly is with my magic. ...I'm not sure that came up exactly, actually, I can teleport parts of things even without a portal spell. It's very tricky for any kind of detail work, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

They're not off the ice already? We heard they were entering Beleriand back when the Sun first rose and that was a few weeks ago.

Permalink Mark Unread

They're very definitely still on the ice, most of them. She sends an image of where she first appeared, the line of trudging Eldar stretching off into the distance in both directions. Not for much longer, but then I'm probably going to be helping them get started in their new place.

Permalink Mark Unread

Far away from here, yeah?

Permalink Mark Unread

The spells don't actually tell me. But I think so, yeah.

Permalink Mark Unread

Good.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Any more spell ideas?

Permalink Mark Unread

Lots more, but let's chew over this and then give you the rest in a batch next time you're here, so as not to waste your time.

Permalink Mark Unread

All right. See you then.

 

...back to the cave. She needs to decompress and anyway it's arguably lunchtime.

Permalink Mark Unread

All well?

Permalink Mark Unread

More or less. Found out some interesting things I can do with my magic, most of it's not very directly useful but we have a plan. And it seems like I can get along fine with your siblings right up to the point where the other host comes up.

Permalink Mark Unread

I am glad to hear that. They probably won't bring it up much.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. They were pretty nice to me other than that. And anyway, we found a couple interesting weapon uses and some other ones, they're testing portal-light for growing plants with and I was able to improve some projects they were working on. ...also a hex, or two hexes depending on how you count it, it's the same technique but either definitely lethal or pretty gentle depending on how I do it.

Permalink Mark Unread

I am very glad to hear it. They were not nice to you once the topic came up? I was assuming you meant you got along with them poorly because they wouldn't apologize.  What are they being rude to you over?

Permalink Mark Unread

Sigh. They weren't rude, I'm just too touchy to be very diplomatic right now - I want to like them, and that's hard when they don't like the people I like.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Yeah, it really is. If it helps, I think they all like Findekáno a lot, the people they don't like are some people in Findekáno's tribe who promised to kill my father and ruin everything he tried. And those people aren't bad, they were just sad and said awful things, but sometimes it's hard to like people after that.

Permalink Mark Unread

She flops back to lay flat on the floor, the back of her head cradled in her hands. Yeah, and it was pretty fair given that. Sigh. I think I just need things to stop happening for a couple days so I can think through all this and figure out how I feel about it. Not likely, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

You can take a few days off. Or a few days cuddling Findekáno. This war won't pivot on a matter of days; let yourself take the things you need.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, maybe I should. I still want to get Findekáno's host off the ice as soon as I can, but that'll be pretty straightforward anyway, I think.

Permalink Mark Unread

It sounds like it. And can be done while cuddling him, if that's what is restful for you.

Permalink Mark Unread

She giggles. Some of it, anyway. Can't cast while I'm cuddling, the magic transmits by touch. It's the worst thing.

Permalink Mark Unread

That is inconvenient.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'll live. Or just teach them the magic, then it won't matter. Next step in the god-murdering plan is getting more spell forms, I should have the light one to pass around before too long.

Permalink Mark Unread

I am glad to hear it!

Permalink Mark Unread

She sends pleasedness. Yeah, the best idea we have so far is to teleport them to an empty world they can't get back from; I'm hoping the magic-detection form will let me find worlds without any magic.

Permalink Mark Unread

That really might work.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yup!

Permalink Mark Unread

And then we can start setting right everything we did to have the best chance in the war.

Permalink Mark Unread

...should I ask? I should probably ask. Get all my thinking done in one go.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sorry, ask what?

Permalink Mark Unread

What's included in that. It's okay if you don't want to tell me, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

Lots of people said very cruel and hurtful things to each other. My uncle Nolofinwe tried to convince the King to exile my father from the tribe, and my father never forgave him. We tried to get some boats to cross the ocean, and the people who the boats belonged to tried to shoot us to stop us, and they killed many of us and we killed many of them. The people abandoned on the Ice. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Mm.

Some of that's going to be tricky, I bet. To make right.

Permalink Mark Unread

Very tricky. My father's dead, he can't apologize for anything he did.

Permalink Mark Unread

...and if you don't usually die, you probably don't really have a way of handling that. Not that people always do anyway, at home, but.

Permalink Mark Unread

We do not. Before my father's parents, no one had ever died.

Permalink Mark Unread

Wow. She sits up. I wonder if it'd help for you to pick up some of the kobold traditions around that. You'd want to change them a little, I'm sure - make them prettier - but some of the basic ideas should still be useful, I think, if you don't already have traditions of your own.

Permalink Mark Unread

What are the kobold traditions?

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, we bury our dead like this - she sends a memory of a cairn of stones piled up to a bit over head height, with one side covered in flowering vines and the ground near the other sparsely littered with stones. The exact burial ritual I bet you'd want to make up for yourselves, for us it's singing and if they had a favorite thing it's buried with them and there's food, their favorite kind if we can manage it, and then everyone helps with piling up the stones and spends the night comforting each other. But the thing I think might be most useful is after that - cairns always need work; if you need to spend some time with the dead you can always go put back some of the stones that've fallen. And the vines that grow there are important, too - we give to the dead by keeping the cairn in good shape, the dead give to us with those - they're medicinal, they reduce stress and can help people avoid the effects of trauma. I don't know that Eldar would have an exact equivalent, but it seems like you handle social stuff differently anyway; you might need something different from that. But having a memorial that you can interact with, in ways that make sense for what you do need - well, it works really well for us.

Permalink Mark Unread

That does sound nice.

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods. Yeah. It doesn't fix everything, but it helps a lot.

Permalink Mark Unread

My father's body crumbled to ash in our arms; there was nothing to bury.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. We don't always end up with a body, either - my tribe'll have memorialized me, actually, they knew what they were doing when they exiled me. In that case we use something meaningful to the person, instead - a favorite thing, or something they made, or something that reminds us of them.

Permalink Mark Unread

That makes sense. It is really too bad that the Enemy destroyed everything meaningful to my father when he killed his father; we haven't much to remember either of them by. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh.

Sigh. It is more the meaning than the exact thing... it's better to have the right thing, makes it easier to think of it as real, but you don't have to. Or maybe the Eldar version just won't do that - you do more art than we do, maybe do something with that, instead.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes. I'm not sure it'll help as much as we'd like, but yes.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. You can do the best you can, anyway.

Would you like to tell me about them?

Permalink Mark Unread

Most of my memories have been either erased or tampered with. I don't think I'd care anyway but I certainly don't care as it stands. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay.

 

For kobolds, a lot of the time if someone is very sick or very old or does a lot of dangerous things, and even sometimes if they aren't and don't, they'll pick something they want to be memorialized with ahead of time. I don't really know if that'd help - kobolds grow up knowing that people die, and that we're going to die; it's hard to think about but we have time to get used to it, it might be too much too quickly for your people - but if they want to - I'm thinking especially the warriors, anyone especially at risk like that - I can find a place to keep them safe. Maybe here, even.

Permalink Mark Unread

I do not expect they'd want that, because they still have no reason to trust you. Maybe if that changes.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. Here would be safer - well, unless something happens to me but we need to be careful of that anyway - but if they want it there with a portal that's fine.

Permalink Mark Unread

I can suggest it. I'll let you know how it goes over.

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods. Be gentle with them.

Permalink Mark Unread

I am not sure what you mean.

Permalink Mark Unread

Even in my world people find death hard to think about, especially the part where it can happen to them and people they care about. If they're already thinking about it, it can help to have something to do, but if they aren't, you can really hurt someone by making it suddenly feel real, especially if they're in a position where they're taking risks that make that more likely to be true.

Probably the best way to do it would be to make a memorial for people who've already died, and let people who're already thinking about it decide on their own what they want to do about that.

Permalink Mark Unread

I am pretty sure everyone who followed us across the sea knew we'd meet our deaths here, and the Doom sufficed to remind them. But I appreciate your concern for us.

 

 

...I am thinking that a lot of our cultural differences may amount to that kobolds treat each other the way the Eldar treat children.

Permalink Mark Unread

...I suppose that's possible. We don't treat children very differently than we treat adults, in most ways. What are you noticing?

Permalink Mark Unread

Responding to what you think people's real needs or desires are, rather than the ones they're expressing or deliberately making known to you, trying not to directly say things that are trivial to infer so that people don't have to cope with them if they can't, being really cautious about telling people to do things lest this constitute an excessive exercise of power over them...

Permalink Mark Unread

Mm... not quite? A lot of that is pretty situational, it's not how we'd usually treat each other. Except paying attention to indirect communication and inferring things, that's important when people don't talk. But on the one hand in a normal situation we wouldn't tell each other to do things at all, and on the other we wouldn't be quite as careful as I'm being here where I'm surrounded by stressed out strangers and don't know what people need me to be careful about. And you're probably seeing more of that from me because I'm a Speaker and because I'm recovering from something myself, too.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. In Valinor we were lied to and things were kept from us for our own good a lot; we are very averse to things that even look like that.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ah. She considers. I don't think I'm particularly in the habit of keeping things from people... I do think a lot about how to talk about things, to put things in the least upsetting way - it's not the only consideration but it is one - is that too close? Even if it is I think it runs into the problem where 'not that' isn't enough for me to know what I should be doing instead, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

I also think I used to be careful about how I put things. The difference might be - is the goal to communicate with them in their own language, to ensure that what you want them to known is told to them productively? Or is the idea that they don't merit the information and so it should be told to them, if at all, in a way that stops them from acting on it?

You don't seem to do the objectionable thing, even if you still often are stuck guessing about how to reach my people in their own language and ensure they know the things they need.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. And I'll get better at talking to them - there really was a communication problem the first time, Findekáno explained what 'lots of questions' means, that's how I understood they were actually being nice to me today. And I don't think I'd ever decide that someone just didn't deserve information - didn't need it, maybe, or would be hurt or would hurt someone else if they knew, but I have a hard time imagining myself failing to respect someone like that.

Permalink Mark Unread

I think you should also err on the side of giving people information they'd be hurt by, among Quendi.

Permalink Mark Unread

I have been doing some of that. Watching people hurt hurts me, though, if I'm going to start doing more of it I want to be in a little more stable place first.

Permalink Mark Unread

Of course. And it's long past time I figured out how to be helpful to that, or at least much less of a barrier to it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, uh.

I'm planning to talk to Findekáno about what we talked about last night, this evening. And I'm pretty sure there isn't a way to put that that isn't going to really upset them. So maybe not today, for talking to them about me?

Permalink Mark Unread

Fair enough.

 

He reacts very well to upsetting news, it's one of his best qualities.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. Even so I don't think this is going to be easy.

 

...I should maybe ask you about that, it might help - it's kind of obvious that you two are or at least were partners, but I mentioned that and they tried to make me think I must be mistaken and I don't know why. It didn't sound like they considered you estranged, at least in that context, either.

Permalink Mark Unread

We're cousins. Is that not a thing kobolds have?

Permalink Mark Unread

We don't track family relationships like that, no.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, cousins are often very close to each other, among my people. In a completely different way than partners, people'd be upset if you suggested cousins were partners, but the closeness is what you'd pick up on.

Permalink Mark Unread

Here is a kobold who is really not buying that.

 

Okay.

Permalink Mark Unread

In your community emotional intimacy is exclusively reserved for partners?

Permalink Mark Unread

...no.

All right, fine, she will let it go.

Permalink Mark Unread

You will hurt people if you suggest their relationships are close or strong because they're sexual. In particular if it's two men, but in general.

Permalink Mark Unread

She is briefly very confused.

That's not what I was trying to say, I guess there was a translation problem? Partnerships are close and strong and, usually, sexual, but they're only occasionally close and strong because of that.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ah, yes. Okay. If you say 'partner' people will think you mean 'sexual'. If you say 'best friend' or something then the conversation follows perfectly.

Permalink Mark Unread

...all right. That still doesn't add up but she really doesn't want to poke at it more directly than that.

Permalink Mark Unread

Without more to go off he can't come up with anything better.

Permalink Mark Unread

...type doesn't matter at all among kobolds, by the way. Not that it's going to come up, I suppose.

 

If it's not that, I'm confused what I'm supposed to be keeping an eye out for when I make sure you're not alone together.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, the hallucinations of my cousin want sex. Not - not as a part of a relationship, as a way of amending for wrongdoing. It's a concept our people have.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

 

....okay that adds up. Also, wow that's seriously messed up.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes. He'll be distressed. He should probably know anyway.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. Yeah. Sigh.

Goona murder that god.

Permalink Mark Unread

I appreciate it. I am sorry for telling you more than you'd want to know, on all this.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's fine. This is exactly what Speakers are for.

Permalink Mark Unread

I guess I needed some Speaking, while I got my memories and head in order. I appreciate it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Any time.

Permalink Mark Unread

I find myself tired again. Thank you for hating the Enemy so much, it's very cheering.

Permalink Mark Unread

She chuckles, darkly. I'll try not to growl about it too much. No promises, though. And don't worry if I'm not back tonight; I might stay with Findekáno if it seems like they'll find it helpful.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. He's probably ridiculously busy and I really doubt he sleeps more than once a week, don't take it personally if so. Or you could ask to sleep in his arms while he scurries around working, he might be able to do that...

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. Whatever seems like it'll help them; if that's coming back here that's fine too. Anyway, go ahead and rest, I should go hunt.

(Maitimo is so cute about Findekáno, he really is. When he's not, y'know, stressed and trauma-ey.)

Permalink Mark Unread

He smiles and closes his eyes.

Permalink Mark Unread

And she goes to hunt. She manages to find not one but two giant moose, each the size of an elephant; she heads to the jungle to take down a tree for firewood, too, and appears with them on the ice just at early evening.

Permalink Mark Unread

He is, indeed, quite busy; they've scouted south across the first mountain range and are marching through there tomorrow, probably, no excuse for lingering here any longer, and they're not going to stop at all tonight and that means lots to do. He smiles at her and thanks her for the food.

Permalink Mark Unread

All right.

Not today, then, but sometime before you next talk to Maitimo, they told me something you should know about, and you're probably going to want to have a bit of time set aside to focus on it.

Permalink Mark Unread

This involves a lot of legwork but not much concentration, what does Maitimo need?

Permalink Mark Unread

...all right. First I owe you an apology; I didn't know partnerships between people of the same type were disapproved of, here, and whatever I might've implied by that, I didn't mean to.

She definitely doesn't move as fast as an Elda.

Permalink Mark Unread

He'll slow down. I figured it was a translation problem, you didn't say it like you were implying something offensive. People caring a lot about each other isn't disapproved of, you just wouldn't use the word 'partner', implies things you don't mean.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's a cultural difference, actually, or rather two of them that tripped me up particularly badly together. Now I know, at least. One of them is kind of central to the thing I need to tell you, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm listening.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sigh. Okay, so. I mentioned that the Enemy liked to impersonate you? They also liked to give them hallucinations about pretty much this exact scenario, it turns out - I don't know if you always crossed the ice, I didn't ask about that, but showing up, having been wronged, having part of the Noldor that Maitimo wants to see united. But. She makes a face.

Permalink Mark Unread

He nods patiently. The Enemy probably saw us coming and was curious how Maitimo, if released, could be expected to act.

Permalink Mark Unread

Not, uh, curious enough to make it realistic. Because you definitely wouldn't ask for that.

Permalink Mark Unread

Raised eyebrow. 

 

 

In that case I'm not at all sure why the Enemy'd bother - what I want from him is an apology, the things we stole back, and assurance it won't keep happening...

Permalink Mark Unread

I know. I don't doubt that. But the Enemy was torturing them - not just hurting them but putting them in a position where they'd choose to be hurt. This'd be so much easier if I could just say, here's a teleport spell, if you touch them without their permission they can get rid of you - they don't expect that. They expect you to ask. And that they'll say yes just in case it is real.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well. If it helps, I want nothing to do with him. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Sigh.

They're still scared. There's things we can do about that, if and when you do talk to them. Not much, but.

Permalink Mark Unread

Do you have suggestions?

Permalink Mark Unread

Be careful how you talk to them. Don't make them guess even for a moment about what you want, especially in the context of reuniting the hosts. Maybe avoid talking about things in terms of what would make you happy, that's how they put it to me the first time. Maybe avoid using their name, I haven't asked for details but they mentioned that the Enemy liked to. I've offered to make sure they don't have to be alone with you - I don't think that's needed but it'll make them feel a little better, there's probably more things along that line that would help, too, if it comes up.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

 

 

 

He stops moving things. 

He nods. Thanks. If it's okay with you, I think I - need a minute -

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods, solemnly and sadly. Would you like me to stay?

Permalink Mark Unread

I want the Enemy to die.

Permalink Mark Unread

She cuddles up next to him. Yeah. We're working on it. There's a hard edge to her tone, there.

Permalink Mark Unread

Does he want to talk now - does he actually want to talk at all, I can always just avoid him entirely - 

Permalink Mark Unread

They want to apologize to you, and to work on reuniting the hosts. I'm not sure what would happen if you refused to let them, but I don't think they'd be happy about it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Reuniting the hosts is going to be impossible.

Permalink Mark Unread

Maybe. They still want to apologize - need to, they said. And when they're calm they seem pretty okay with the idea of talking to you in general - through the portals, I assume, but. They still care about you.

Permalink Mark Unread

If he says he didn't burn the ships what does he want to apologize for?

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't know? I've been trying not to ask for details about painful things. Not being able to stop it, maybe.

Permalink Mark Unread

Fëanáro was a bit of a mess, by the end. I - I believe him if he says that he tried. 

 

It's still not enough to fix things.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. That's between the two of you. They want to try; it's up to you what you do with that. She hugs him.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's not really between the two of us. Me forgiving him wouldn't reunite our hosts. But thanks.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. The part that is, I mean. The other... I don't know. I don't think it necessarily makes anything worse, at least.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. You can tell him I'll see him when he's ready and I want my dead people back.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Okay.

She doesn't go immediately, but un-cuddles a little, like she's about to unless he stops her.

Permalink Mark Unread

He does not move at all. 

And thank you.

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods. I'm sorry. We'll kill them. It'll help. And she goes.

Permalink Mark Unread

He smiles at her. Hey! Not worth staying the night?

Permalink Mark Unread

They didn't want me to. I think they're going to be okay but it's going to take a little while.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sorry. I'm sure he won't hold it against you. Thanks for telling him.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. I don't think so either, yeah. I might be an unpleasant reminder, but I can live with that, I don't think it'll be a permanent problem.

They did have a message for you - they'll see you when you're ready and they want their dead people back, whatever that means.

Permalink Mark Unread

I think he's just saying that I can't set this right and shouldn't try. But if we're not united I don't know if we can win. Maybe I should talk to Nolofinwe, he might be more interested in finding a way.....

Permalink Mark Unread

That's more or less what they were thinking, yeah. That if you didn't burn the ships there's nothing to apologize for personally, and that reuniting the hosts is impossible - I think they're probably wrong about that but I could definitely see them being upset about the idea of you thinking about how to, right now. Nolofinwe is their parent?

Permalink Mark Unread

His father, yes. Their host's claimant to the crown. I need to be in better condition first but I think he'd be willing to work with me.

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods. I haven't met them yet.

Permalink Mark Unread

He's going to be much less forgiving of me than FIndekáno but that's fine.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. Do you have an idea of how you want to do it?

Permalink Mark Unread

Get healthy enough to throw myself at his feet and beg forgiveness and see what he wants, probably.

Permalink Mark Unread

She sighs. All right. Findekáno might have some idea, if that helps.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes, maybe.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'll ask, next time I have an opportunity.

I think how I'd like to handle the next bit is... give them a couple days, definitely. I'll keep dropping food off, if they want to talk to me while I'm there that's fine, otherwise wait at least a couple days. Then - you still want to talk to them, right? Through the portals, not about that? Do you think you'll be okay with the possibility of them bringing it up anyway?

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't know if I should talk to Findekáno except about strategic considerations, if he's willing to leave it there.

Permalink Mark Unread

...for their sake, or for yours?

Permalink Mark Unread

If he's not real I only hurt myself by interacting with more hallucinations of him, and if he is real being assumed a hallucination will hurt him.

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods. I think it'll help them a lot to see that you're capable of being functional, after they've had a chance to think about what I've told them. I'm not sure how much it'd hurt you if they want to talk about that, though, or how likely it is that they will, so I don't know if it's worth doing.

Permalink Mark Unread

It'll be a few months before I've done as much for my injuries as can be done for them, but I think I can walk around within a few weeks.

Permalink Mark Unread

She mulls this over.

I'm not sure showing them more comprehensively is actually better than showing them sooner, but it might be. If you're very sure you'll be okay with that. It's not what I meant to suggest, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

What did you mean to suggest?

Permalink Mark Unread

Just talking to them. Through portals, I can do the kind again where you don't have to see them, I don't think that'll be a problem. Let them see that there's more going on than that one awful thing, so they have something other than that to think about when they think about you.

Permalink Mark Unread

I bet that's not even on the top ten things he thinks about me.

Permalink Mark Unread

Maybe. But they seemed pretty overwhelmed with it - not dramatically, but it was definitely a pretty big deal. Maybe they'll work through that fine on their own, but if they don't, I'd rather be ready to do something about it.

Permalink Mark Unread

I bet he will write a sad song and then have to come up with a different explanation for everyone else of the sad song.

Permalink Mark Unread

That gets a surprised chuckle. Okay. And I can listen to their sad song if they want someone who knows to hear it.

Permalink Mark Unread

I bet he'd like that.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. All right. So just wait and keep an eye on things, then. And keep up with the hunting and work on getting to the elves' village, and maybe find some time to spend with your siblings.

Permalink Mark Unread

They'll appreciate it, though it sounds like you've done lots for them already.

Permalink Mark Unread

She grins, just a little. Hope's important, yeah. And maybe I can find something to do about how hard they're working themselves - I wish the food situation was a little more stable, I'd start bringing them meals.

Permalink Mark Unread

They know to look out for each other on that front. I'm sure learning I'm alive was - not great for their self-care, under the circumstances, but still. They should remember again pretty soon.

Permalink Mark Unread

I can bring them meals for a couple days if that'd get them in the habit again.

Permalink Mark Unread

That'd be very kind of you. I expect it'd help.

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods. Are you expecting to still be eating just thin soup for the next while, or should I be planning for any changes there?

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm getting enough to eat this way, so I'm not very inclined to prioritize changing it. Is it terribly inconvenient?

Permalink Mark Unread

Nope. If you expected to want to I'd want to make sure we'd be able to do that, but being mostly-vegetarian like this for another couple months won't hurt me and by then I ought to have some better options.

Permalink Mark Unread

All right. Thanks for accommodating that. I don't want you to endanger your own health.

Permalink Mark Unread

Don't worry, I won't.

The sun has started to set; she goes to watch it.

Permalink Mark Unread

He does too, and hums delightedly.

Permalink Mark Unread

She hums along in harmony.

The next morning she pops by the jungle for more eggs, boils a big batch, and stops in to see Findekáno with some of them first.

Permalink Mark Unread

Findekáno: working. His people are almost all into the mountains. Morning.

Permalink Mark Unread

Morning. Breakfast?

Permalink Mark Unread

I am sure there are lots of people in need of it! Thank you so much.

Permalink Mark Unread

She takes a couple of eggs for him and hands the bowl off to be passed around. Any news from the scouts? Once you're off the ice their return spells are going to stop working, I'll need to work something else out and go give it to them.

Permalink Mark Unread

The location's very habitable, no people noticed yet.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sounds good, let me know when you're ready to move forward with that. Is there anything else I can do for you?

Permalink Mark Unread

I really do want to hear more about you and your world sometime, but maybe this isn't quite the best moment for it. I'm very sorry. 

Permalink Mark Unread

That's fine, I wasn't planning on being here very long just now anyway - I'll be back in the evening.

Permalink Mark Unread

I will look forward to seeing you then! How's Maitimo?

Permalink Mark Unread

Doing pretty well, actually. Still healing, but they've been in a little better mood the last few days.

Permalink Mark Unread

I am very relieved to hear it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods. They'll be okay, I think, eventually. I'm not a healer, but I haven't seen anything yet that seems hopeless.

Permalink Mark Unread

He's definitely going to be functional.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. Getting there, too.

Permalink Mark Unread

I just also want him to be happy.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. She sends him a memory of a hug. Think we've got to murder the god, first, but we need to do that anyway.

Permalink Mark Unread

It needed doing long before he harmed anyone I care about.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'd imagine. At some point I ought to find a lorekeeper or something and get the whole story. Once you're settled, maybe.

For now I ought to go bring Maitimo's siblings their breakfast - they're helping find good uses of my magic, we need them remembering to eat.

Permalink Mark Unread

I am surprised they all survived their father's death, honestly. Maybe it's the oath.

Permalink Mark Unread

...oath?

Permalink Mark Unread

They all promised the Enemy enmity undying. It's more complicated than that but that's the bit that might not let them die of grief.

Permalink Mark Unread

...okay. That sounds, uh, risky - not a bad idea in the actual situation, I guess, but. Oaths have too much in common with hexes for me to like them much, besides really simple safe ones.

Permalink Mark Unread

One difference is that hexes are something you do to other people, right? But I agree that it was risky and unwise.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, if just anyone here could do something hexlike to anyone they wanted I would not be sticking around, that would be terrifying.

Permalink Mark Unread

Can't anyone who can do magic do that? 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, and I'm going to be careful about who I pass it out to for exactly that reason.

Permalink Mark Unread

If it's osanwe-transmissible whenever it's used keeping it from the Enemy will be really hard. Very important, obviously, but very hard.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. We need more mages than me but we don't need a lot more mages than me, and they don't need to be in risky situations, it's possible to do a lot with spellbearers and magic items. And it's pretty trivial to enspell someone to be able to teleport home if they want to, and I should be able to do something that teleports someone home if they're hurt - I might even be able to work out a spell that'll teleport someone home if they're in Angband at all, but that'll be risky to figure out.

Also it might be possible to keep it private? Maitimo mentioned once that there's a way of doing private thoughts but I haven't asked how it works yet.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, that'd be tremendously good if that's all it takes. Keeping thoughts private isn't hard, though it has to be deliberate. And he explains how it's done.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, that shouldn't be hard, that's practically the same as how I manage my body language when I need to keep a secret. Can't test it with the magic until it won't be a disaster if it fails, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. Sometimes even after your other thoughts are private it slips under pressure, so do wait to test it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm.

I should get going. Thank you, though. I'll see you tonight.

Permalink Mark Unread

See you!

Permalink Mark Unread

And she stops by the cave for the rest of the eggs. They're going to be okay, she tells Maitimo, first thing.

Permalink Mark Unread

Of course he is, he says fondly.

Permalink Mark Unread

They really are pretty great.

Permalink Mark Unread

My brothers are too, but these are not the best circumstances to see it in them.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mm. Well, I'm working on it. Speaking of which -

Permalink Mark Unread

Hmm?

Permalink Mark Unread

Going to go bring them breakfast.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thank you.

Permalink Mark Unread

No problem.

And here she is in the testing room.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hello.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hi. Breakfast? These eggs are even already peeled.

Permalink Mark Unread

He hesitates. I'll make sure it gets to someone who's hungry.

Permalink Mark Unread

If there's any left over, sure. Are your siblings around?

Permalink Mark Unread

Who are you looking for?

Permalink Mark Unread

Whoever needs the reminder that meals are important, she says lightly.

Permalink Mark Unread

We've been doing half-rations because we can't grow our own food yet. Now that there's a Sun things should get better.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

All right. She puts the bowl on a nearby table. Anything else while I'm here?

Permalink Mark Unread

More experiments - and he has a list.

Permalink Mark Unread

She can do experiments. She snacks on a couple of eggs in between.

Permalink Mark Unread

He takes one, too, after watching her a while.

Permalink Mark Unread

Good. Not that she's going to comment about it. Little smile, maybe. Experiments!

Permalink Mark Unread

It is a productive day.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, morning. She has to go hunt and stuff.

Permalink Mark Unread

He is sufficiently absorbed by their results to not even be bothered when she leaves.

Permalink Mark Unread

Probably for the best.

She stops by the cave for lunch, first.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hey! 

Permalink Mark Unread

Hey. Slow progress, but progress; also some more experiments, a couple interesting details worked out but nothing especially useful.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thank you anyway. The day-to-day may look slow but it'll make so much difference in the long run.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, I'm familiar with that. Does mean I have to be more careful to make sure I don't do anything unsustainable, but I don't have a problem with it.

Permalink Mark Unread

What'd be unsustainable for you?

Permalink Mark Unread

Foodwise, I mean. I gave Findekáno's host a lot of what I had in my pantry, on the assumption that I'd be able to gather things to replace it from the jungle, but I haven't worked out what plants from there are safe yet so I haven't gotten started on actually doing that. We're not in danger from it, and I can spare enough for a couple days of meals for your siblings, but I shouldn't do much more than that if it's going to be actual meals. But it'll work almost as well to bring them eggs and things that I know are safe and I can just go gather every morning. And it seems like that'll work better for them anyway, as it turns out.

Permalink Mark Unread

That's very generous of you, thank you.

Permalink Mark Unread

I mean, I'd feel pretty awful about hoarding food when other people need it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Taking care of yourself is important too, though. 

There's a saying about setting yourself on fire to keep others warm but given her history he probably shouldn't mention it.

Permalink Mark Unread

...yes.

Yeah, that's why I didn't just give them everything but what we immediately needed. Chief's work, but I've had to get used to that.

Permalink Mark Unread

Seems like you have the skills for it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. Not sure I told you - I would probably have ended up chief of my tribe if I hadn't been a Speaker. I think they were even considering me for it after we knew I'd be one - wouldn't've been the best idea, to try to have one person doing both of those, but the only other chief's-kin kobold wasn't very well suited for the job either. Anyway, I got a bit of the early training, the basic logistics and stuff. Came in handy, when I was exiled - I think I did really well, going from having literally my hands and my magic to being prepared enough to have a comfortable winter within six months.

Permalink Mark Unread

You did amazingly.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, the magic helped a lot.

Permalink Mark Unread

The magic's a tool; it didn't make any decisions, did it?

Permalink Mark Unread

No, but it made it possible to do a lot of things I wouldn't've been able to do without it. Being able to teleport right out to where I left off the previous day with gathering, so I didn't have to waste time walking through areas I'd already looked at, and just teleport things back with a touch instead of having to carry them - it really isn't comparable at all to what most people would've had to do.

Permalink Mark Unread

And the Eldar need less food and can carry more of it, but still I'd be proud of someone who was cast out alone and figured it all out.

Permalink Mark Unread

That, yeah.

It does feel weird to be doing chief's work when there are other people around like this, but I think given the situation I'm right to ignore that.

Permalink Mark Unread

We wouldn't feel comfortable making the sort of decisions you've been making on your behalf, no.

Permalink Mark Unread

I mean, deciding where I go and who I help and how isn't chief's work, not by kobold cultural standards. This particular situation is pretty far outside what you'd ever see among kobolds, but that definitely is the kind of thing that'd be personal decisions outside of an actual emergency situation - and even then I'm not exactly a member of either of these groups. Chief's work is more the logistics, big-picture stuff that affects everybody, that kind of thing.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. We have lots of people thinking on that but you can think of things they don't.

Permalink Mark Unread

...that's not really what I meant? Kobolds don't like one person having too much power, I'm already a Speaker and a mage, I kind of keep expecting someone to get upset at me for overstepping what's appropriate. Even though I know Eldar don't think about it like that.

Permalink Mark Unread

They'll let you know if they think you're using it badly, don't worry.

Permalink Mark Unread

Good. Grin.

 

I'm going to start heading out toward the elves, today, and I really ought to have a plan for who gets to learn the magic before I get out there. Anything I should be taking into consideration with that?

Permalink Mark Unread

All of our people are trustworthy and will follow your guidance in this.

Permalink Mark Unread

...I don't actually want to encourage that. I mean, some, yeah, I'm coming from a culture that's used to dealing with this and how we do it might be useful information, but I don't know what'll work best for you, you shouldn't just listen to me because I happen to be the one with the magic.

Permalink Mark Unread

The one with the magic and lots of common sense in considerations in deploying it, so far. It's better to be conservative with this kind of thing.

Permalink Mark Unread

That I definitely agree with. I'm not sure how, though, and still have things work out okay.

I might need to just wait until the political situation is more worked out, that's part of what has me worried.

Permalink Mark Unread

It might be that coordinating among the Noldor doesn't matter as much now.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

...maybe. Hadn't thought of that.

Permalink Mark Unread

It might be that this war is going to be over in two weeks, I am somewhat hesitant to commit my people against their will for the war's sake if it's not going to be won that way anyway.

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't think it's going to be quite that fast, but you're right.

And then how bad of a problem do we have if only one side has mages? Or a mage, but anyone with magic can share it.

Permalink Mark Unread

That would probably be a pretty bad problem. Is there a reason to do that?

Permalink Mark Unread

Other than politics there's no reason to have more than one person learn magic right now - I do need someone with osanwë to help me get at least the magic detection form. If it's just one person I can probably work something out just with them; if it's going to be more than that, and not for a specific reason, things get more complicated.

Permalink Mark Unread

Because you worry about the danger of abusing your magic?

Permalink Mark Unread

And because I expect other people to worry about that. Reasonably so, if they know what it can do and don't trust who has it.

Permalink Mark Unread

And there's no way to make everyone safe from hexes with the magic-protection kobolds get, or something like it...

Permalink Mark Unread

The magic-protection doesn't block hexes - it makes it so spells on other people or objects can't see or hear or feel you, so they can't react to you; it doesn't do anything for a spell on you yourself. I suppose it's possible it can do more than that and most mages just don't know, we can check, I suppose. That'd have to wait for spring, though, nobody'll be casting that kind of spell now.

Permalink Mark Unread

Or if it can't do that, something can. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Maybe. I'll be pretty surprised, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

Really? Why is that? 

Permalink Mark Unread

It has to do with how casting works, I'm not sure I can describe it - nothing blocks mage-sense, basically, and if I can sense something I'm pretty sure I can cast on it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Maybe you can ask my brothers about whether blocking mage-sense can be on the list of experiments?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. I'll mention it tomorrow.

Permalink Mark Unread

Anyway, making Elven mages safe is easy if the magic's not transmitted when thoughts are private. You can just ask them for oaths.

Permalink Mark Unread

She shudders. If it comes down to that, yeah.

Permalink Mark Unread

Obviously finding a way to block casting is better. We need that anyway, in case the Enemy gets magic...

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. Though in that case I think evacuating is the better idea even if we can't check worlds for safety yet.

Permalink Mark Unread

Agreed. But there are a lot of people to evacuate. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. I can set something up ahead of time, though. Maybe wait and see if the magic-detection form works, but then do emergency portals to someplace uninhabited either way. But, yes, both, we want both.

Permalink Mark Unread

Findekano's probably a good first person to learn magic.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, I'm not sure they'd want to - or have time - but I do think they'd be a good mage. She grins.

Permalink Mark Unread

I think he'd want to. He's very busy but that'd be a strategically important thing.

Permalink Mark Unread

And if your siblings like them there's probably not a better choice politically. Do you think they'll be okay with Findekáno learning it before they have a chance to figure out a way to block it? It'll take at least three or four months for them to be able to cast safely, so I think it'll be okay, but.

Permalink Mark Unread

My siblings don't like him enough for that and won't be okay with that even with their favorite person in the universe, if he was still a Nolofinwean, but I think I will be able to keep things under control as soon as I'm well enough to go back home.

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods. If there's anything I can do to help, let me know.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thank you. I definitely will.

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods.

 

I could give them just the sense, if that would help smooth things over. It's possible to be really rude with it, and it's not useful for very much on its own, but it's not dangerous and it'd help them understand the magic better.

Permalink Mark Unread

Their fear would more be that Findekano'd use it to come take things from them, try to avenge old angers. Which he won't do. They'll be afraid anyway.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah.

I can wait to give them the teleportation form. They won't be able to use it until they can cast safely anyway.

Permalink Mark Unread

That might help a little. too.

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods. And if they get the fire form I can ask them to try to get the water form, too, and give your siblings some spells with that - that's not a complete solution but I expect it'll help.

Permalink Mark Unread

Eventually we should have more than two mages because people will die a lot in this war and the Enemy will target you specifically. But as a start.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sigh. Yeah. The usual thing to do with mages is not risk them at all, just use spellbearers and magic items for everything, if we can get away with that it shouldn't be too bad, but it'd be a dumb risk to take.

Permalink Mark Unread

I think it'd bother Findekáno to have people taking risks on his behalf while he stays safe.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mm.

Well, getting safety spells on everybody is already kind of in the plan, maybe it won't be so bad once that's done.

Permalink Mark Unread

Should help. I bet he'll still be that way.

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods. Kobold status: distressed, but holding it together.

Permalink Mark Unread

Would you like a hug?

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

...yeah. She doesn't move.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, he still can't walk. He sits up, a little bit.

Permalink Mark Unread

She goes over and sits next to him - she's not hesitant, exactly, but she is moving slowly and carefully, though not to the point of making it very obvious. Once she's settled, she sits very still, with her hands in her lap.

Permalink Mark Unread

He puts an arm around her. It is a lot of effort, though he's concealing most of it. He smiles.  Quendi hair is almost as soft as yours but we only have it on our heads and you're not supposed to touch.

Permalink Mark Unread

She grins, just a little, and doesn't move, though she does relax under the touch. Good to know, thank you.

Permalink Mark Unread

That's why everyone has it tied up. I will too, once mine is long enough.

Permalink Mark Unread

Kobolds are pretty casual about touch, except our tails.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hair might be like tails for us.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, sounds like.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm tempted to keep mine really short but it'll bother everyone I interact with.

Permalink Mark Unread

Wouldn't bother me, this is as long as my fur ever gets. It's shorter in the summer, even.

Permalink Mark Unread

To my people it'd be saying that I was damaged, much more strongly than the scars.

Permalink Mark Unread

She starts to sigh, realizes that this involves moving, and carefully lets the breath out. They're going to have to get used to some of that, if there's going to be a war. But starting with you isn't a very good idea, yeah.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yep. I need them to listen to me.

Permalink Mark Unread

Shouldn't be a reason for them not to. She makes a sour face.

Permalink Mark Unread

People don't always make decisions like that in a conscious, reasoned way. And I don't want them to have to make a lot of extra effort to think of me as anything other than a tragedy.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mm. That's more or less the opposite of true, though, at least in my experience - I haven't recovered perfectly from the things I've been through, but I think I'm stronger for them anyway; tragic things have happened to me, but that doesn't mean I am one. They might have trouble understanding that about you, and, yeah, we'll need to work with that, but that doesn't mean they're right, it's important to know that.

Permalink Mark Unread

There are hardships that can make people stronger but I think Angband just breaks them.

Permalink Mark Unread

Maybe. Doesn't look like that to me, though, even assuming you've been faking nearly everything - not that there isn't a lot of damage and not that it isn't going to be hard, but it seems like you're making progress on it. You won't end up where you were - nobody ever does, after a major trauma - but you can make something new for yourself, I'm sure.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm glad you think so.

Permalink Mark Unread

I really do. And I really don't think you're a tragedy.

Permalink Mark Unread

And neither will anyone else, once I have pretty hair!

Permalink Mark Unread

She can't help giggling but does teleport away almost immediately when she starts.

Permalink Mark Unread

He doesn't mind. Interacting with her doesn't at this point elevate his desire to stop existing.

Permalink Mark Unread

She'd be pleased about that, if she knew, but it's probably for the best that she doesn't. She grins at him and sends him her amusement.

 

Are there any other cultural differences I might run into, with that? They mostly don't seem inclined to ask about you, but if they do I don't want to mess anything up for you.

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't think they will. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. All right.

She checks on their lunch. How're your hands doing, by the way?

Permalink Mark Unread

It'll take some time but they'll heal from here.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. Last time you mentioned them it sounded like you might be ready for a bowl and spoon soon. No rush, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

A few days, I think. I've been splitting my attention - I could do it faster -

Permalink Mark Unread

No, it's fine. You know what your priorities are.

Permalink Mark Unread

What's up next?

Permalink Mark Unread

For me? Keeping everyone fed as best I can, getting out to the elves' village, waiting for Findekáno's host to be ready to move, and experimenting with the magic with your siblings.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sounds good. Osanwe's range is very far, just so you know. I doubt we have units of measure in common but -he sends the concept of ten miles.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, good, I was expecting to have to get much closer than that. It should be very safe, then.

Permalink Mark Unread

If you knew any Elves it'd be thirty times that.

Permalink Mark Unread

Impressive. But I still don't have a death wish.

Permalink Mark Unread

More relevant if you wanted to read off any people in your tribe.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ah. Yeah, that might work. I don't know where they are exactly, but with that kind of range I'm sure we can find one of the tribes, even if it's not them in particular.

How does that work, with me not having osanwë myself?

Permalink Mark Unread

If you gave us a better sense of who we were aiming for that would help our range.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ah, okay. I have a pretty good idea of the other tribes' chiefs and definitely know the other Speakers well, but not the other tribes' mages very much. But we can give it a try.

Permalink Mark Unread

If it makes things safer, let's.

Permalink Mark Unread

It does, yeah. We could try it tonight, actually, maybe; there's a pretty good chance there's a tribe somewhere within range of where I've been gathering.

Permalink Mark Unread

If Findekáno's amenable.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. I'll ask.

Permalink Mark Unread

He's tired again. He lies back down.

Permalink Mark Unread

She finishes eating and heads out. Firewood; a few late pumpkins for the pantry; a group of giant boar, a portion of one put aside to bring to the Feanoreans in the morning, the rest for Findekáno's host. It takes her a couple tries to work out the right conditions to teleport to them, but in fairly short order she's in the mountains.

Permalink Mark Unread

Where they're taking their people to safety.

Permalink Mark Unread

Um?

Permalink Mark Unread

There were orcs. Think the fighting's over now.

Permalink Mark Unread

...orcs?

I can do defensive traps, if that'll help.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

There were almost a hundred thousand, you'd need a lot of traps. 

 

We won, but my little brother's dead.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hug. Very hug.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

 

I...

Do you have a burial ritual? Is there anything you need for it?

Permalink Mark Unread

We do. Thank you. We're singing, hear it?

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods. She leans.

Permalink Mark Unread

He sings.

Permalink Mark Unread

After a little while, she joins in.

Permalink Mark Unread

They will sing for a week; doesn't mean they won't do anything else. They establish a safe camp and kill off remaining orcs.

Permalink Mark Unread

She explains that her basic trap spell won't be phased by large numbers of orcs, and that she can make tents arrowproof, and offers to teleport stones into place for walls.

Permalink Mark Unread

All of those things sound useful.

Permalink Mark Unread

She does them. Very thoroughly, for all that she returns to Findekáno for more hugs every so often.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's touching, how sad she is about the death of someone she never met.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, something like that.

 

I should go give your scouts a new return spell, the old ones definitely don't work now - do you think you'll be staying here for a while?

Permalink Mark Unread

Probably not longer than a month.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. Long enough not to bother with anything tricky, though. All right, I'll be right back.

She does that, and then stops by the cave.

Permalink Mark Unread

What happened?

Permalink Mark Unread

They were attacked by orcs. Findekáno's fine but their sibling died.

Permalink Mark Unread

Who?

Permalink Mark Unread

...should have asked for their name. She's momentarily distressed at herself. Younger, male?

Permalink Mark Unread

That still leaves two. He looks agonized. Are the orcs dead?

Permalink Mark Unread

Most of them, I think. They've been working on it. And I made traps and made the tents arrow-proof and built walls, it's as safe as I can make it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thank you.

Permalink Mark Unread

I think I'm going to spend the night there.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. I expect they'll be singing; can you sleep through that?

Permalink Mark Unread

They are, she nods. I'll be fine. Will you be okay?

Permalink Mark Unread

I am fine.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. I can... hold on... a few minutes' work with string and a pebble and she's made herself a simple necklace and enspelled it. If you speak aloud I'll hear you, I won't know what you're saying but I'll come check.

Permalink Mark Unread

That's very thoughtful of you.

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't want to be away from you, either. She's visibly trembling now.

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't think I'd be very welcome in their camp. Please don't worry about it.

Permalink Mark Unread

I know. I'm not asking that. It's just. She runs a thumb over the pendant.

I'll be okay. I should get back.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. Send them my condolences.

Permalink Mark Unread

I will.

She goes and sits by the lake until it's clear that she's not going to be able to calm down that way, but rather the opposite - it doesn't take long - and then goes back.

Permalink Mark Unread

There's singing.

Permalink Mark Unread

She sings. It helps.

Permalink Mark Unread

It does. On the Ice they left the bodies to freeze; here they aren't sure what to do. A burial pyre seems fine.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, she's not going to tell them not to. She can go get them another tree, if they're running short on wood.

She does make a point of getting a good look at the body, so she can relay the face to Maitimo later even if she can't get the name.

Permalink Mark Unread

They continue singing. They do illusion-stories of all the dead as they were, alive and happy, growing up, with their friends, with their loved ones...

Permalink Mark Unread

She watches. This is maybe not the best thing to bring back to Maitimo but she memorizes as much as she can in case he wants it anyway. At some point she goes and finds Findekáno.

Permalink Mark Unread

He's with the rest of his family, singing and sitting together and crying.

Permalink Mark Unread

She doesn't intrude. She goes and falls some rocks, instead, in case they need weapons later.

Permalink Mark Unread

They sing all night.

Permalink Mark Unread

She sleeps, eventually, tucked in between some rocks with an arrowproofed blanket for cover. In the morning she looks for Findekáno again.

Permalink Mark Unread

He's still singing. Hi.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hi.

Hugging: yes. Clinging: also yes.

Permalink Mark Unread

You okay? Is something wrong?

Permalink Mark Unread

 

If that had been you I would really not be okay right now.

Permalink Mark Unread

Maitimo'd rise to the occasion. You should probably have lots of friends; war means we're all taking a lot of chances.

Permalink Mark Unread

She clings harder and whimpers quietly.

 

You're right, she's very quiet, but.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's okay. He's not gone forever. He's in Mandos and someday Mandos will forgive us.

Permalink Mark Unread

She hugs him tighter. Yeah.

Permalink Mark Unread

What do you need right now?

Permalink Mark Unread

Being here, mostly, for now. There are more spells I can do but they're more complicated and I'll need help with them - spell to move injured people to where they can be helped might be the most important, I don't know what you need 'injured' to mean but probably someone can show me. I'll have to cast that on each person individually and it'll have to be re-done when you move, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. We've pretty much got to everyone, but thank you.

Permalink Mark Unread

I mean in case it happens again.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. We should ask the other host what to expect.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. She considers, starts trembling again just slightly. Politics, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

The orcs aren't my cousins' fault.

Permalink Mark Unread

Right. But they won't like being asked to help you, I think. And - we want a second mage sooner rather than later, we might be able to get rid of the Enemy quickly if the magic detection form works the way I'm hoping; we - Maitimo and I - think you'd be a good choice for that; it will upset them, and not getting their way about who gets to learn magic afterward will upset them more, and I'm not sure how far they can be pushed before we start having worse problems than just them being upset. And me or Maitimo acting on your behalf to them will make it harder for us to work with them neutrally about that later. Or I could just, pick a side - increased leaning suggests that this is at least tempting - but then Maitimo might not end up with what they need, I don't think the other Fëanoreans are going to be very good at that.

Permalink Mark Unread

That's not the main consideration, I don't think. The bigger problem is that I don't know if we can win the war without them, and you're right that they'll react badly to not getting to learn things that other people are learning.

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods. We need an Elda mage to get more spell forms; we don't need more than one, for that. I think that'll help at least a little, that it's not really people in general learning things. But you're right.

Permalink Mark Unread

If it's just me and I don't use it to try to reunite the Noldor it might go over okay.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay enough, yeah, or Maitimo wouldn't've suggested it. But I don't know how asking them to help you now might affect the situation there. We should ask them, maybe.

Permalink Mark Unread

You should ask them. If I were inclined to take Maitimo as King then I think they'd calm down entirely. But. I am not.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. Let me run that by Maitimo and if they don't think it'll be a disaster I'll go.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thanks. He hugs her.

Permalink Mark Unread

She hugs him back, very tightly, and disappears.

The very first thing she does, when she gets to the cave, is make another necklace; the sound of singing can be heard faintly from it. Then she goes to sit by Maitimo.

Permalink Mark Unread

He hugs her, again. He cannot conceal that this is costly but he can pretty much conceal how costly. How is he?

Permalink Mark Unread

Coping. She sends the memory of Findekáno sitting with his family, and then a few snatches of the song-illusions and a brief view of the lit pyre.

Permalink Mark Unread

He nods. So not a good time for magic?

Permalink Mark Unread

Could happen. Politics, first. They'd like me to go ask your siblings about how orcs usually do things, I'm not sure that's not a disaster. I'm not sure it's not a disaster to not, either, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

I am sure that won't be a disaster.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. Thank you. I'll be back with lunch, then. - would you like a sound portal, I don't know where Findekáno's tent is yet but you could have one for the camp.

Permalink Mark Unread

I think that would bother them. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods. I'll keep you updated, then, and she disappears.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hey."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hey." Orcs attacked the other host yesterday.

Permalink Mark Unread

They really should have stayed in Valinor where they were safe. Do we need to go ride up and help - or you could teleport us out to help, I guess -

Permalink Mark Unread

I can ask if they'd like you to. Right now they just want to know what they should expect - I've got defenses set up, but.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, sure. We had to take the whole continent back when we arrived. Someone can write something up for them - weapons, tactics, hiding places....

Permalink Mark Unread

That'll help, thank you. She relaxes considerably. How long do you think that will take?

Permalink Mark Unread

Depends how much detail they want, but I'll put someone on it who writes fast. If the fighting's over then they probably won't get attacked again really soon or anything.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. Good. That's important. And now she hugs him.

Permalink Mark Unread

Did they tell you to expect we'd, like, let orcs kill them?

Permalink Mark Unread

No. I didn't ask. I just hadn't seen you be nice to them at all, before. It's a rather clingy hug.

Permalink Mark Unread

When they weren't trying to kill my father they're just fine. And now he's dead so they got what they wanted so maybe they'll be fine forever, who knows.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mm. Clinging. I don't know much about that, but I'm sorry it happened. And they're - they want their things back, they want an apology, they want - well - you said they should have stayed in Valinor, I think they think you should have known they weren't going to do that, and what would happen instead. But they don't expect those things, and they don't want to fight. They want to work together, or at least Findekáno does, and their parent, too, as far as I know.

Permalink Mark Unread

Of course we thought they'd stay in Valinor. It was completely insane to do otherwise. 

Permalink Mark Unread

I think I agree. But they're still upset about it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Course they are. Losing someone isn't less awful if you knew it was going to happen and know it could have been avoided.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah.

One of your cousins died in the attack, you should know about that if you're maybe going to go help. Image. Continued hug.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, no. That's hard when you're not used to it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. They're doing okay, pretty much - more memories - but having you there might make it harder, you'd want to be careful.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, we're not going near them unless it's needed to fight off orcs. Thus the letter.

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods. That sounds reasonable. I can work something out so they can send me to come get you.

Permalink Mark Unread

Great.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. Thank you. Hug.

If you have a plate or something I can enspell it to let you send things to my cave, that way I don't have to keep checking in for the letter.

Permalink Mark Unread

He grabs one.

Permalink Mark Unread

Enspelling it only takes a couple seconds; explaining how to use it, a couple more.

I'm not sure when I'll be back for more experiments, but you might want to start working on ideas for how to block mages from casting on people. I'm not sure it's possible, but if it is it'll make it a lot safer to have more mages around.

Permalink Mark Unread

I will tell the geniuses.

Permalink Mark Unread

She pauses contemplatively for just an instant. All right. Is there anything else you need here?

Permalink Mark Unread

We're super busy and safe as anyone ever is in Endore, so I don't think so.

Permalink Mark Unread

All right. I should get going, thank you again.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. Take care. Don't tell my cousins I'm sorry and I hope they're okay and stuff, they wouldn't appreciate it.

Permalink Mark Unread

That gets an amused snort. Might be wrong about that. You take care too. And she disappears back to the cave.

 

Not a disaster, they offered to go and help fight if there's fighting again - they don't think it'll be very soon - and they're writing a letter with advice about staying safe. Progress on the politics, too.

Permalink Mark Unread

Progress on the politics?

Permalink Mark Unread

She sends the memory of the exchange about their past and present motives and wants. It seems like both sides are more reasonable than the other side expects them to be. Which makes for a pretty solvable problem.

Permalink Mark Unread

I do hope so.

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods. I think so. And the letter will help, I think, and I hope they aren't attacked again but if they are and your siblings go help that should help too.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, that's something.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yup.

Thoughts on this? She sends the memory of Tyelkormo's 'Don't tell my cousins I'm sorry and I hope they're okay and stuff, they wouldn't appreciate it'. I think they're probably wrong, at least if I find the right moment and share it exactly like that.

Permalink Mark Unread

No, I think he's probably right. Or at least that they'll express disgust and annoyance and anger if they hear it.

Permalink Mark Unread

All right.

I should get back, unless there's something else?

Permalink Mark Unread

Not here, no.

Permalink Mark Unread

All right. See you for lunch.

Mountain. Eldar, singing ones.

Permalink Mark Unread

They are working while they sing.

Permalink Mark Unread

She looks for Findekáno.

Permalink Mark Unread

He waves at her.

Permalink Mark Unread

She heads over. There's snuggly clinging.

They're sending a letter with advice, and if you're attacked again they'll come help - I'm not giving them a way to teleport here unless you ask me to, I'll set something up so you can tell me to go get them. She taps one of her necklace stones indicatively.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, them coming here sounds more hindrance than help unless things get really bad.

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods. I think they'd try not to be? I don't think they'd be very good at it. They aren't planning to, anyway. They don't think you'll be attacked again soon, they said.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, good to know. Better if we knew why they thought so.

Permalink Mark Unread

It sounded like that's how things usually happen.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. You doing a little better?

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod.

I want to see about those spells I mentioned, but I should be okay to go hunting after lunch.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. If you need to take a day off you can do that, too.

Permalink Mark Unread

I am, mostly. It wouldn't be any better to just sit.

Permalink Mark Unread

I have that feeling too. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. Hug. Let me show you how these rocks work? They're weapons, I can teleport them places and they land like they've fallen a long way, I can set it up so you can direct them if you have an idea of where you'll want them...

Permalink Mark Unread

Can we fire at Angband from here?

Permalink Mark Unread

Probably. I can't guarantee I'd get it right without doing risky things with portals first, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't think it'd destroy the place anyway. Maybe worth saving for when you know more about your magic.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. In the meantime we have them for here, it's not like I can't make more. And - do you have ranged weapons, do you need supplies for making them? I can make portals you can shoot through, and the same portals will probably work fine for guards to watch through? I'm not really a fighter at all, I'm guessing at what'll be useful, but I can do those. And the spells to get injured people to safety.

Permalink Mark Unread

We have bows and are not, now that we're off the ice, too short of supplies to make those. Portals to shoot through would be great.

Permalink Mark Unread

Good. I'll need to know where they should let out... it might work best for me to cast on hides and you can build things to hold them wherever you want them?

Logistics ensues. She doesn't know much about how things should be set up, but she has a pretty good feel for how to work efficiently within that limitation.

Permalink Mark Unread

And if she can cast on the inside walls of their tents then they have a very portable setup.

Permalink Mark Unread

She can totally do that, though portability isn't really the main benefit of it, being able to shoot at things here when they aren't here any more won't be very useful. She can put new spells on the tents later, though, to shoot at other places.

Lunchtime approaches, and she takes a break from casting and retrieves some vegetables from her pantry to make lunch with.

Permalink Mark Unread

They don't take a break. They're also still singing.

Permalink Mark Unread

She can't skip meals, it's bad for her health. She'll explain this to anyone who asks, albeit not the part where it's more her mental health that'd suffer. She eats, and then takes a bowl of soup to Maitimo.

Permalink Mark Unread

How is he?

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. Working. Images. Had some good ideas for defending their camp, your siblings might find them useful, too - I should at least tell them how things are set up so they know what's going on if they're called on to help. They might not even need to go, that tent setup they came up with would work just as well at a distance - cover the inside of a tent with portals to someplace and it's like you're there, for ranged weapons, but you can't be attacked; I could do the same thing with a room.

Permalink Mark Unread

That's a great idea. We can besiege Angband while actually being located somewhere far away and safer.

Permalink Mark Unread

If the Enemy can't see the other sides of portals, yeah. Or even if they can, if they don't come up with anything to do about it.

Permalink Mark Unread

And otherwise we'd be besieging Angband in person so this is at least safer.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yup, definitely that.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm still optimistic we can figure out something very clever to do with your magic and end this all in the next Year.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. If teleporting them to another world works it probably won't even take that long.

Permalink Mark Unread

I really hope it does. That'd be - a satisfying resolution to this scenario.

Permalink Mark Unread

I hope so too.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's probably worth not checking immediately in case it ends up somehow killing you.

Permalink Mark Unread

Whether I can do spells to other worlds? I know I can, if I couldn't I wouldn't've been able to get here. The problem is finding a really empty one, I assume if the one we send them to turns out to have teleportation magic they'll just come back and then we'll really have a problem.

Permalink Mark Unread

I mean whether you can do it on him without him somehow retaliating through the magic.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ah. Yeah, that's a good question. And getting close enough - I don't have to be all the way through a portal to cast through it, but that still seems risky. Worth it, but risky.

Permalink Mark Unread

So we should have someone do it once there are multiple mages.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sigh. Yeah.

I don't like people taking risks for me but we're only going to have the one really good mage, any time soon.

Permalink Mark Unread

And he doesn't know how to get to your dimension right now and if you were captured that could change. Definitely should be someone else.

Permalink Mark Unread

...yes.

Permalink Mark Unread

Shouldn't be someone who's been in your dimension, so unless it can be done by someone who's not a mage you'll need more than just FIndekáno eventually.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yup. And hopefully loading everybody up with spells to bring them home means being captured isn't actually a risk anyway, but I don't want to bet on any one thing with a whole world to worry about.

Permalink Mark Unread

Exactly.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. So, a couple years, probably, until we have a real shot at that - new mages start out very slow to cast spells but get faster pretty quickly, I think we'd want someone to get to the point of taking less than fifteen or twenty minutes at very least. We can test things before then, maybe, I'm not sure how much of a problem it is to risk giving them warning about what we're doing.

Permalink Mark Unread

They'll never get as fast as you?

Permalink Mark Unread

Eventually, if it works like regular Gifts - fifty years, about, at a normal-to-fast pace. Close much sooner, but still on something like that timescale, twenty-five or thirty years.

Permalink Mark Unread

We probably do not want to wait that long, though we can at need.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. I think it'll be at least worth trying, after a couple years; I don't think it'll be too risky, and if they can't defend against it it should work, and if they can, we'll hopefully find out what we need to work on - there's different things that mages can practice and get better at, speed is just one of them.

Permalink Mark Unread

And if he attacks between now and then there's always you doing it as a last resort.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah.

Permalink Mark Unread

Maybe pick out a world long in advance, just in case.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. As soon as I have the magic-detection form I'll start working on that.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. And you're getting that with Findekáno?

Permalink Mark Unread

Haven't asked them yet - I did bring up that we'd like them to learn magic, but didn't actually ask about that. When things are more settled there I'll bring it up again.

Permalink Mark Unread

Makes sense.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. Still soon.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Eldar don't tend to rush things, by inclination.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. Some things should be, though. I can be patient but here I don't want to be.

Permalink Mark Unread

I want to win. That's more important than timing. 

 

Also this hallucination is nice and he wants it to last.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes. There's that edge to her tone, again.

Permalink Mark Unread

He offers her another hug.

Permalink Mark Unread

She's still careful not to move much but she does lean into it, just very slightly.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's important to her so he's been working on it with a large share of his attention. He doesn't flinch.

Permalink Mark Unread

She doesn't move beyond that. She knows this is hard, even if she's mistaken about why he's doing it.

We'll get them, one way or another. There has to be something that'll work. Even if this doesn't, we can go to other worlds and learn their magic.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. I am sure it can be done with something in some universe.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. We'll figure it out.

Permalink Mark Unread

And then it is just a question of disassociating until she decides to go.

Permalink Mark Unread

It doesn't take very long for her to notice. She teleports back to her usual spot and waits to make sure he comes out of it okay.

Permalink Mark Unread

He smiles pleasantly at her as soon as he can.

Permalink Mark Unread

Good enough. She goes to wash the bowl and stoke the fire. I'll be back for dinner, let me know if you need anything before then.

Permalink Mark Unread

I will, thank you.

Permalink Mark Unread

And she goes to hunt. She doesn't find any giant animal tracks this time, so as it gets close to evening she backtracks to get a herd of regular deer, and then supplements them with some fish. The sun is starting to set as she brings them back to the mountain.

Permalink Mark Unread

They haven't stopped singing.

Permalink Mark Unread

They really are going to keep going with that for a while, huh. She sets the fish up to smoke and the venison up to become jerky, singing along while she works, and goes to look for Findekáno.

Permalink Mark Unread

He sees her again and tries for a smile.

Permalink Mark Unread

...yeah. Well, hugs can't hurt, right?
How're you doing?

Permalink Mark Unread

Grieving, eager to see this war through.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yup: hugs.

Next step in the plan is for you to come to my world and help me get more magic forms, if you want to become a mage, or for us to figure out who else to ask, if you don't. Not urgent, but if you want to be doing something, it's an option.

Permalink Mark Unread

I would like to but cannot afford to be gone for too long. How long would it take?

Permalink Mark Unread

There's a spot I'm almost sure will have a tribe in it that should be in osanwë range of a place I can teleport to, unless the tribe that's there is one of the tribes that doesn't have a Speaker - checking won't take long, half an hour maybe, but it might take a few trips for us to be there at the same time they have a mage casting anything.

Permalink Mark Unread

That should work.

Permalink Mark Unread

All right. She takes a moment to think. Should be safe enough if you stay with me, but you should have something to bring you back just in case. Hold on. She disappears, returns with string and a pebble, combines them to make a necklace, casts. Squeeze it to teleport back - she demonstrates, landing a few feet to the side - and when you're done with it you can break the spell by breaking the string near the stone.

Permalink Mark Unread

He squeezes the stone.

Permalink Mark Unread

He's teleported to a few feet from where the kobold is standing.

Permalink Mark Unread

Great. Now to the location where the mages might be?

Permalink Mark Unread

More or less - I can't get us that close. Or, I could, but it'd take a while and they'd be upset about it. I know all the Speakers well enough that I should be able to let you talk to them at range, though, and they can explain their mages to you that well too. She offers her hand, like he's seen her do with the scouts.

Permalink Mark Unread

He takes it.

Permalink Mark Unread

And here they are in the forest, in a clearing with a convenient stone to sit on - she pops back to her cave for a moment to get her blanket to spread over it, for warmth.

Okay, there are thirteen Speakers, I'm going to go in order of who I'm most hoping it is. The first one is actually not a kobold at all... and she starts sending memories of her interaction with them, memories of their interactions with other people, her thoughts and observations about them...

That one isn't in range, but her second choice is.

Permalink Mark Unread

Found them.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, good. Can you tell what they're doing?

Permalink Mark Unread

He sends what he's getting from the person she described.

Permalink Mark Unread

They're just finishing their dinner.

All right, good. You want to tell them that you're a friend of mine - send a memory of me, or 'the youngest speaker' if you want to do it in words, but it'll work better if they can see who you're talking about - and that we need their help. They might think I'm dead; if they do, tell them I said 'no, just visiting'.

Permalink Mark Unread

Osanwe is actually better suited to visuals than words. He transmits this.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's a few minutes before there's a response. They do indeed think she's dead; the 'just visiting' line gets a prompter one. What did they do, go visit the elves? And an accompanying visual of a group of kobolds, most of them either terrified or mourning, some grimly determined; the Speaker is mostly irritated about this, with an undertone of concern.

Permalink Mark Unread

No. They found us. We're called Quendi. The elves don't know we exist and it's going to stay that way.

Permalink Mark Unread

Good for you. They're a little bitter. What do you need?

Permalink Mark Unread

He relays this.

Permalink Mark Unread

She sighs. Tell them my Gift was magic.

Permalink Mark Unread

He sends this.

Permalink Mark Unread

There's another delay. Oh. Damn. That explains things. Are they okay? What can we do for you?

Permalink Mark Unread

I think they're doing a little better since they found us. But we are in danger and they wanted to help.

Permalink Mark Unread

...how long were they... I'm not sure I want to know. How can we help?

Permalink Mark Unread

We need to know some safe magic forms to train new mages.

Permalink Mark Unread

And you can learn it from there? Without alarming them? We do have a mage in training, they aren't casting right now or I assume you wouldn't be talking to me about it, they usually practice in the morning.

Permalink Mark Unread

We could learn it without anyone even noticing, we think. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Good. I'll make sure they're free to practice tomorrow morning, do you need anything else?

Permalink Mark Unread

We don't. I think our kobold would find it really nice to see you but I take it that can't really be done.

Permalink Mark Unread

Probably not easily, no. I'd like to see them too, though, you can tell them. How far away are you?

Permalink Mark Unread

He sends the distance; about forty miles.

Permalink Mark Unread

Tribe'll worry if I'm gone that long, but tell them I'll do it anyway if they want me to.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hey, your friend says that if you want to see them they'll come to meet you but their tribe will worry.

Permalink Mark Unread

She's visibly torn. Later; I'm fine for now. Tell them I'll make something they can share with the other Speakers to come see me next summer, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

He conveys this.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sounds good. Take care of them for us, all right?

Permalink Mark Unread

We'll certainly do our best.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thanks, and a burst of affection. If you need anything else... they'll know what you can ask of us.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thank you.

They miss you and hope you're okay and asked us to look after you.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. She leans on him. They're going to want the whole story, at some point. Any luck on the magic?

Permalink Mark Unread

Said there'll be someone practicing tomorrow morning.

Permalink Mark Unread

Good. Do you want the sense now? It doesn't make much difference, I guess.

Permalink Mark Unread

I suppose so, just in case there are unexpected problems with the Eldar learning it.

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods, and leans a little closer for a moment before sitting up. Her eyes close, and, if he's paying attention, he's suddenly aware of a new mental action he could take.

Permalink Mark Unread

He is paying attention. It works.

Permalink Mark Unread

Good. It'll be a little disorienting at first, but you can stop whenever you like, and it'll start to make more sense as you practice.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. 

He tries it.

Permalink Mark Unread

It is, as advertised, disorienting; his usual senses, except osanwë, are replaced by an incomprehensible jumble of impressions - sights, sounds, smells, textures, tastes. But if he stays in the trance and observes, he'll quickly notice that some of them take familiar tempos - his heartbeat, his breathing - and others seem to change in step with his thoughts, or his emotions. If he tries to move, that sets off a whole cascade of new sensations, starting with the intention to do so and running through every subsequent step of the process until he's still again.

There's also a sense of how this new awareness can be pushed outward, to detect things other than himself.

Permalink Mark Unread

I can see the usefulness, and the need for practice. Thank you.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. Thank you.

We should probably test whether casting privately works, too. I think it will, but, better safe.

Permalink Mark Unread

Definitely.

Permalink Mark Unread

And so she does that, carefully.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes, that works.

Permalink Mark Unread

Excellent.

 

Ready to go back?

Permalink Mark Unread

I'd love to, thank you.

Permalink Mark Unread

And she stands and gathers up the blanket and brings him back.

I need to go make dinner for Maitimo; do you want me to come back afterward?

Permalink Mark Unread

May I go with you?

Permalink Mark Unread

 

I can ask.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thank you.

Permalink Mark Unread

And she disappears to the cave.

Permalink Mark Unread

He's asleep. He wakes.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hey. Sorry I'm late, hunting wasn't very good today. How're you doing?

Permalink Mark Unread

Lovely! I think my hand's all up and functional, and it's so reassuring to know we're going to win the war!

Permalink Mark Unread

Good. She beams. And I took Findekáno out to check if there was a tribe where I thought, we should have more spell forms tomorrow morning.

Permalink Mark Unread

Good for you!

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm.

They haven't eaten yet, they'd like to join us for dinner. If you're okay with that.

Permalink Mark Unread

He can't quite maintain the fake smile, at that. Yes, of course.

Permalink Mark Unread

She sighs. I'm sure they want you to be comfortable more than they want to see you. It's okay to tell us no.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, I know, and I decided to tell you yes.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

All right. I'd like to actually see you do that, sometime, it'd let me worry less. Do you want anything before I go get them?

Permalink Mark Unread

No. Does that count?

Permalink Mark Unread

She's amusedly exasperated. Nope.

She does a quick circuit of the cave to make sure everything's in place, gathers up the things she'll need to make and serve the meal, and then goes to get Findekáno.

Permalink Mark Unread

What'd he say?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, it's fine. They're pushing themselves, but they want to. She offers her hand.

Permalink Mark Unread

He takes it.

Permalink Mark Unread

And here they are in the cave, rather farther from Maitimo than she usually appears. She waits a moment to let go of Findekáno's hand.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hi."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I didn't burn the ships. I swear I would have stopped him if I'd seen any way at all. I am so, so sorry."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah. Think it's too late. I'm sorry."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's much too late but I had to say it anyway. You should have heard how I said it in the first hallucination, I was so impassioned -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Problem's not a lack of sincerity."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I know."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I love you."

Permalink Mark Unread

He flinches.

Permalink Mark Unread

"...love you and probably never want to be involved with you again. Since the kobold said you were worried."

Permalink Mark Unread

He relaxes slightly.

Permalink Mark Unread

She watches this carefully; when Maitimo flinches, so does she. She waits for a second, after he relaxes, and then gets started making dinner.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Do you have everything you need?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Is it more reassuring for me to sit here not turning into the Enemy before your eyes or for me to leave."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Don't care."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Can I sing?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes."

Permalink Mark Unread

So he sings.

Permalink Mark Unread

The kobold can't help but relax a little, at that.

Permalink Mark Unread

He closes his eyes and rests against the wall and sings more. Maitimo eventually relaxes too.

Permalink Mark Unread

And a little while after that, there's dinner. She floats a flat stone to serve as a table for Maitimo and teleports his soup and a spoon to it, all without coming close enough that she could touch him, and then brings a plate to Findekáno before settling by the fire with her own meal.

Permalink Mark Unread

I meant to offer to help, sorry.

Permalink Mark Unread

If that's what I think it was, it was going to happen anyway, I should've thought to warn you. What are you going to do next?

Permalink Mark Unread

Hmmm? I think I was adequately warned. 

Permalink Mark Unread

All right.

You have been helping already, anyway.

Permalink Mark Unread

I wasn't really trying to be kind to him. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. They knew, though, I think, that that was going to happen. You don't have to be perfect; they're not that fragile.

Permalink Mark Unread

If I thought he were fragile I would have tried to be kind to him.

Permalink Mark Unread

Good.

Are you okay?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes, of course.

Permalink Mark Unread

All right.

 

There's a brief sense that she's about to say something else, and then it fades.

Permalink Mark Unread

You okay? Confused about anything?

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm fine. I was thinking about telling you something but it wouldn't've actually been a useful thing.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay.

Permalink Mark Unread

She pings Maitimo. You doing okay?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes.

Permalink Mark Unread

All right.

She gets up to go sit with Findekáno.

Permalink Mark Unread

He puts an arm around her. Sure you're okay?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yup. They're not doing great but I've definitely seen them worse, we'll be okay.

Permalink Mark Unread

What does worse look like?

Permalink Mark Unread

More defensive, more obviously scared. Less able to keep it together. Less present, sometimes, but if they were doing that I'd take you home. They've been doing better in general, though, recently.

Permalink Mark Unread

I am very glad to hear it.

Permalink Mark Unread

She leans on him, just a little, and watches Maitimo. Yeah. I don't really like how much they're pushing themselves, but I think that's just that I'm not a healer, I'm not really used to this - they don't seem to be hurting themselves, and I do think I'd notice.

Permalink Mark Unread

I bet within a week he'll be pretending he's normal, and I think it's better to let him.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yup. Well, I think it's still going to be a little longer than that before they're walking, and they don't pretend as much with me. But yes.

Permalink Mark Unread

He does not ask 'are you sure'?

 

Okay.

Permalink Mark Unread

Most things I could do about it would hurt them worse, and I've done the rest. It's important that they get to choose how to handle things. Always, after trauma, but especially here.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. Especially since he thinks we're all the Enemy, it will not help things to have us steering him around.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm.

Permalink Mark Unread



He leans back against the wall and looks at Maitimo desperately, like he's trying to see something else entirely, and sings.

Permalink Mark Unread

She snuggles up next to him, and sighs, and listens.

Permalink Mark Unread

He closes his eyes, too, and wishes it were real.

Permalink Mark Unread

She's not going to ask Findekáno to leave, at least of her own accord; she can pull an all-nighter if she needs to.

Permalink Mark Unread

But after a few hours he says I should get back.

Permalink Mark Unread

And she uncurls from beside him and gives Maitimo a second to respond to this before offering her hand.

Permalink Mark Unread

And they go back.

Permalink Mark Unread

They do. She hugs him. Are you going to be okay?

Permalink Mark Unread

Of course. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. She walks with him back to his family, or his tent. See you in the morning.

Permalink Mark Unread

See you then.

Permalink Mark Unread

One more hug, and she goes home.

Permalink Mark Unread

He has not moved.

Permalink Mark Unread

She settles near him, not in arm's reach but close to it. You okay?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes of course! Thanks for bringing my cousin by, it was lovely. Any luck with magic?

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. She lies down, ending up in a position where she can't see his face. The tribe we found has a new mage, and its Speaker is a good one for helping with this, I expect we'll be able to get all three of the spell forms we want.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, good! And it must be nice to talk to your friends again.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. Bittersweet. I can probably see them next summer, that'll be nice.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm glad. Do you want to tell me about them?

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure. And she does. The Speaker who is a goblin, who's lived with their tribe longer than any kobold has been alive and makes candy and regales them with stories from outside the forest and calls them all silly names. The one they found, the eldest of the Speakers, bitter now about outsiders, but still carrying the brightest memories from before, when curiosity was safer - they fought, she and them, but she always knew they cared. These two, siblings, just a year apart in age, Speakers for the same tribe all through the war, and the last to be separated after it; they still finish each others' sentences and Speak for each other just as often as for themselves. The Speaker who warned them about the hexes, still alive, badly scarred, but somehow still the most jovial of the group. The shyest, their best lorekeeper, who always wanted every detail about her trips to the tigerfolk. And on through the whole thirteen, until she's falling asleep, telling about the last.

Permalink Mark Unread

He sings her the rest of the way to sleep. It bothers him, that these people don't have names, but he does not say that.

Permalink Mark Unread

She sleeps, restlessly. Near morning, she whimpers a little.

Permalink Mark Unread

He startles awake instantly but doesn't say anything.

Permalink Mark Unread

She's still asleep. She whimpers again and shifts position.

Permalink Mark Unread

He waits, utterly still.

Permalink Mark Unread

Her breathing quickens and she whines, and then she starts talking in her sleep, repeating the same few words. After another few seconds, she jerks awake in mid-sentence and rolls over to stare at the ceiling.

Permalink Mark Unread

You okay?

Permalink Mark Unread

Will be. She doesn't move.

Permalink Mark Unread

Bad dream?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yup. Deep breath. Did I wake you?

Permalink Mark Unread

Nah, I just seem to sleep odd hours while healing. Anything I should do if it happens again?

Permalink Mark Unread

She pauses just a little too long, and her breath hitches before she answers. Wake me up, I suppose.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. Do you want to talk about it?

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

...I'm not really sure I can. Not that I don't want to... though I kind of don't... but I don't know how. She sighs. It's, I guess... how far can I go from how kobolds live, how many taboo things can I do anyway, how much more than a kobold can I be, and still call myself one? And how much do I care about that, and how much should I. That mattered a lot to me, once. And I'm not sure I could go back, now, and it scares me.

Permalink Mark Unread

What do you think being a kobold means?

Permalink Mark Unread

That's part of what I don't think I can explain.

I've never been a very good one, anyway. Even before.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm not sure what it'd mean not to be a very good Quendi.  Not a very happy one, or not a very talented one, sure. But those wouldn't make you less of one.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mm.

I don't really want to talk about that? It's not - it's - there's a real disagreement, there, about how people should be. And I don't want you to think poorly of my friends, even if you disagree with them about it.

Permalink Mark Unread

I know lots of people who think there's a way Elves should be. I think mostly they hurt themselves.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mm.

She still hasn't moved.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, he's not going to move.

Permalink Mark Unread

She lays there for another few minutes and then rolls over - away from him - and gets up to go make some eggs.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, getting her to agree that being a good kobold is a horribly hurtful objective for kobolds is not strictly necessary for anything, no matter how certain he now is that it's true.

Permalink Mark Unread

See, she knew she couldn't explain it very well.

Anyway, there are eggs, and she peels some and brings them to the Fëanorean castle.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, he understands why she'd feel the way she does about it. Understanding does not always get you to agreement. He closes his eyes and goes back to sleep.

Permalink Mark Unread

She doesn't look very hard for Fëanoreans, just leaves the bowl of eggs prominently in the usual room she finds them in, and then takes the rest to the Ñolofinwëan camp. She only stays there for a moment, too, and then goes home and starts preparing a pumpkin to make oatmeal in for herself and Findekáno.

Sorry I'm grumpy, I know it bothers you.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's more that once upon a time it wouldn't have happened because I had more energy for handling interactions. It's a reminder that I'm not fully back to normal, it's not that I find the presence of grumpy people objectionable. Also the thing you're being stubborn about reminds me very much of a mistake my younger self made that hurt him quite a lot, and which I can't tell you about.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm pretty sure I wouldn't let you talk me out of this one. I probably am being stubborn, though. She sighs. I don't think it's a mistake, though, or at least not that obviously one. Or rather wasn't, being a kobold among kobolds. I just don't... quite want to admit that that's really over, I guess.

Permalink Mark Unread

For what it's worth, I don't think the mistake I made was being an Elda among the Eldar. It was - thinking that the better I did at that, the better I was, that I owed it to people, that it wasn't just a way my people were coping but the inherent right way for everyone.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mm.

This is... some of that? Only some. If I was going to be able to live among kobolds again, I should be one, because that works, it's what people need there. Other people live very different ways and that works fine for them, it's not better or worse exactly - trying to be a tigerperson among kobolds or a kobold among tigerfolk would hurt, but that doesn't mean either one is wrong altogether, just wrong there.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's understandable to be sad at the thought of not being able to live among kobolds again.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah.

And I don't really have enough, here, to go 'well, I'm doing this other thing instead now'. Like, I'm getting there, but. It's scary to realize I can't go back and don't know what I'm doing going forward.

And I know what I need to do about that but I don't really want to. She sighs.

Permalink Mark Unread

What do you need to do about that?

Permalink Mark Unread

Go and meet some more people, figure out how things work here, figure out how I might fit. Or if I might fit.

Permalink Mark Unread

That makes sense. And you don't want to because you don't want to know yet if you won't fit?

Permalink Mark Unread

 

...yeah. What a mess.

Permalink Mark Unread

There are lots of tribes of Quendi and they're very different from each other, if that helps any. And within a tribe lots of smaller families.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mm.

I could live someplace else and still help you with the war, I suppose. She sounds dubious.

Permalink Mark Unread

We'd like to have you. But we're all hurting and probably not at our best as a tribe to make people happy. And you could definitely help either way - you're still going to help us while living with the Nolofinweans, right?

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm not expecting happiness. It'd be nice, but it's not actually something I need - I think I'd actually have a really hard time with that, trying to live with people who weren't involved with the war and still help with it, and I know which of those is more important to me. (The god-murdering. Definitely the god-murdering.) And of course I'll still help you while I'm living with them.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. 

 

It's going to work out.

Permalink Mark Unread

The kobold sees what he's doing there and is amused by it. Yeah.

Permalink Mark Unread

Now that I can move and do such thrillingly useful things like that, want me to do anything around here while you're gone?

Permalink Mark Unread

Hm, not especially? ...I've thought a couple times about offering the hosts necklaces or things with spells on them, they'd probably like nicer ones than these, she indicates the ones she's wearing, I could bring you supplies to make something like that if you want.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure.

Permalink Mark Unread

Any particular kind, or just ask your siblings?

Permalink Mark Unread

They'll know what supplies we can afford.

Permalink Mark Unread

All right. She checks how the sunrise is progressing. I'll go see if they're around.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thanks.

Permalink Mark Unread

And she grins and bows and disappears.

Any brothers around, now?

Permalink Mark Unread

Hey! How long are you here, we've got some more tests.

Permalink Mark Unread

Not very, but if you've got a couple of quick ones I'm not in too much of a hurry. I'm really here for Maitimo, though; they've gotten their hands healed up and would like something to do, I suggested making necklaces for me to enspell but we need tools and maybe supplies.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay, can do. Is he not ready to come home and King, that's what he's best at.

Permalink Mark Unread

Not yet. As soon as they can walk, I think.

Permalink Mark Unread

Walking hasn't got much to do with Kinging but okay.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'll let them know you're waiting.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thanks. I'll get you stuff for necklaces.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thanks.

Permalink Mark Unread

And he does that.

Permalink Mark Unread

And she takes them to the cave.

Talked to Carnistir a little. They don't seem to think not walking is a good reason for you to wait on going back, but they didn't push about it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Me potentially not being safe is a better reason to wait on that and he knows it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mm. Should I tell them that? I was going to go back, I think we can squeeze a couple tests in this morning.

Permalink Mark Unread

If you get a chance, yes.

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods.

How will you know, anyway?

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't think I can. They might not ever be safe. Or I can swear it but then it'll be really ugly. If.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh.

Permalink Mark Unread

Might be something I haven't thought of.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

I don't think I actually told you about that one hex. It's really gentle for a hex but you'd still hate it, I think.

Permalink Mark Unread

What does it do?

Permalink Mark Unread

Pins someone to a place. They can move - I can make it so they can walk around a little, even - but they can't leave.

Permalink Mark Unread

Quendi'd die. After about a month. We have a thing about imprisonment.

Permalink Mark Unread

I mean, I can make it so I can stop it. And if you go violent and still are a month later I'm not sure what else we could even do at that point.

Permalink Mark Unread

Kill me, obviously; the problem is that I assume I'd choose an inopportune moment to go violent, when lots of important people were in reach.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yup. Give it a sound trigger, let anyone who needs to know know. I can set it up so I can deactivate it and do a new one with a different trigger if someone who shouldn't know the password finds out.

Permalink Mark Unread

Would it be on all the time? If not, what starts it?

Permalink Mark Unread

I can do a lot of different things with the triggers, if you have a better idea than this it's probably just that I didn't think of it, not that I can't do it. But it'd have a petty simple trigger - just a password, and if someone says that, you're teleported to a spot and pinned there. I'd usually do it so that once you're pinned, moving someplace away from there stops the pin, but you have other teleport spells, so I can't - another password to deactivate it, maybe, or teleporting to a specific spot that you wouldn't otherwise teleport to, I don't know - something someone other than me can do, anyway, if it's teleporting to a specific spot I can make some necklaces or whatever that they can give you to do that. And I'll have a way of deactivating the spell entirely, in case we need to replace it with one that works differently, or if we find a way to make sure it's not needed.

Permalink Mark Unread

I am not sure that's sufficient to make it safe - they'd have to get the password out, and if the Enemy learned it he could use it too - but I'll discuss options with them.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sigh. Yeah. I can do more restrictive things, but I really don't want to.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's a better trigger that we'd need, not a more restrictive response to it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, but if the trigger's the problem, the solution might be to do something that doesn't need one as much - looser restrictions but most or all of the time, maybe. But I don't like it.

Permalink Mark Unread

If we can't think of a way to make me safe I have to stay here.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sigh.

Let me test what I'm thinking of, then.

She sits and trances for a couple minutes, and then teleports to one side of the cave. She tries walking along the wall, and aside from one spot where she unexpectedly teleports a few feet forward in mid-stride, this works normally. Then she tries to walk toward the center of the room, and when she gets about four feet from the wall she's teleported back next to it. Seems like that might work.

Permalink Mark Unread

Trying something that restrains someone within a boundary? In general that kills Eldar, whether you do it with walls or with spells.

Permalink Mark Unread

Basically, yeah. I was thinking I could make it big enough - not all of any place, so people can get away, but part of any place you want to go to. But if it doesn't work that way, I guess not.

Permalink Mark Unread

That might work. I'm stuck in the cave and it's okay because it's not technically imprisonment - also, the Enemy has a way around it so you cannot die in Angband, it's possible that's an alteration to us and I can now endure imprisonment indefinitely.

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods. If you can tell if it's not enough I can do something about that, the way this works it's not especially hard to add places or let you out of it entirely for a while without having to recast the whole thing afterward.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'd be able to tell. That might suffice, that and not letting me near weapons.

Permalink Mark Unread

And if we come up with something better we can do that instead. She sighs. I hate this.

It's going to be a project to cast everything but I can do a lot of it while you're still here.

Permalink Mark Unread

Run it by my brothers first, see if they think of any loopholes.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah.

Do you actually want this? Of the options we have?

Permalink Mark Unread

Whatever things would be the right things to do if this were real, and don't give the Enemy useful information, are the right things to do.

Permalink Mark Unread

Torturing you is definitely not the right thing to do and this is a hex we're talking about. One that might hurt you in a way that I don't actually understand.

Permalink Mark Unread

I can't see why torturing me would be an exception to that rule.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, I do.

If you actually want it, of the options available, that's fine. But 'spend a couple days thinking about things that might hurt less' is an option that's available.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure. Let me know if you think of any.

Permalink Mark Unread

All right.

I'll go tell your sibling, too, maybe one of them will come up with something.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm sure they've been thinking about it a lot.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah.

And here she is back with Carnistir.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hey.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hey.

Turns out walking is not the actual problem. They'd been talking like there was a way to know if they'd be safe to be around, I hadn't realized there isn't.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's Maitimo. The Enemy couldn't have broken him.

Permalink Mark Unread

They want to be surer than that.

Permalink Mark Unread

Because he's a noble fool.

Permalink Mark Unread

She bristles, just slightly. Because it matters.

I have an idea but I really hope you can come up with a better one.

Permalink Mark Unread

What's your idea?

Permalink Mark Unread

She makes a face. I'm not sure how horrifying this sounds, but probably at least some - I can do a variant on the pinning hex that lets people move a little ways from where they're pinned to, and I can put a bunch of those together to make paths. It'll take a while, but I can make it so they can move around the whole palace - or most of the whole palace, they still shouldn't have access to weapons, they said - but in any room they're in, people can get away from them if anything happens. And other places, too - we're not sure how much space they'll need to not feel trapped, but if it's just that, I can do it.

Permalink Mark Unread

And remove it once he's satisfied it's no longer necessary?

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods. It'll be completely removable.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay, seems fair enough. I'll ask Maitimo's regent.

Permalink Mark Unread

All right, thank you.

Permalink Mark Unread

Macalaure, he's trying to figure out how to come back if he might be rigged to fight us.

 

They brainstorm a few minutes, then - can you do something triggered by moving too fast, or by picking up a weapon -

Permalink Mark Unread

Moving too fast, yeah. Moving in certain ways, too. Weapon, no, unless they're all made of something distinctive or something.

Permalink Mark Unread

Moving in ways that could hurt someone. Might be a less destructive way to do it. And - anything with a blade? That distinctive enough? There are obviously other weapons but they'd be harder to keep quiet and easier to react to -

Permalink Mark Unread

Someone would have to show me which movements were unsafe, my magic doesn't do abstractions like that. And I can only tell things about the parts of an object that an enspelled person is touching, and even that's limited; 'things with blades' definitely doesn't work. Maybe if I start getting into mental triggers - knowing they're holding a weapon, intending to attack someone - but I'm not sure those'd be trustworthy under the circumstances, how much do you know about what it's like?

Permalink Mark Unread

We have no idea. He might not want to be doing it at all. It probably won't affect him.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mm.

If there was a way for me to see someone like that, that'd help, but it sounds like there's really no way.

I need to get going - a couple more things to think about, I can do a reverse pin hex to keep them out of certain places - wherever you have your weapons - and my first thought was a plain pinning hex with a password trigger, but then you have a problem making sure all the right people know the password and nobody else does. Maybe there's a way to use those in combination that I haven't thought of yet.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'll ask. I really think he's fine without magic. He's my brother.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sigh. Hug? Probably hug. I'm not happy about it either. But I think we have to trust their judgement on it.

Permalink Mark Unread

At least for now.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm.

Permalink Mark Unread

After a bit hopefully he'll see he's safe.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, hopefully.

A bit more hug, and then, I really do need to go.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. Take care.

Permalink Mark Unread

You too.

Back to the cave. Oatmeal is done, she moves it away from the fire. They had a couple good ideas but nothing amazing, they're going to think about it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay.

Permalink Mark Unread

I wish there was a way to know how it works - it might be that I could use the state itself as a trigger, if I just knew what to have the spell look for.

Permalink Mark Unread

No one knows how the Enemy's mind-control works, or we'd be able to do more to counteract it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. My mage-sense would be enough to get some idea, but I'd have to see someone like that, and preferably beforehand to compare.

Permalink Mark Unread

...might be able to find that. There are other escapees of Angband.

Permalink Mark Unread

I mentioned that'd help, but I'm not sure they're taking it seriously enough to put in the effort. I'll bring it up again next time I'm there.

Permalink Mark Unread

Why wouldn't they take it seriously?

Permalink Mark Unread

They don't think it's actually possible you're dangerous that way. I told them we should trust your judgement on it, and they agreed enough to help, but they still aren't taking it as seriously as if they really believed it.

Permalink Mark Unread

I should talk with him.

Permalink Mark Unread

All right.

I really should go get Findekáno soon, she says as she sets the viewing rock up to show the workroom.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. Good skill.

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods. I can set this up now, it'll just be a little while before I'll get back to deactivate it. Up to you.

Permalink Mark Unread

That's fine.

Permalink Mark Unread

She wants to hug him. He can probably tell from her body language even though she's pretty reliable about private thoughts now.

She activates the light portal and then swings back through the work room - your sibling wants to talk to you; portal; gotta go - and then to Findekáno's camp.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hey! Ready to go acquire magic?

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. She offers her hand.

Sorry I'm late, it was a bit of a rough morning.

Permalink Mark Unread

What happened?

Permalink Mark Unread

The way Maitimo'd been talking about Angband escapees being violent sometimes, I thought there was a way to know whether we'd have that problem.

Permalink Mark Unread

If there were a way to tell then it wouldn't really be a problem.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah.

We're trying to come up with a solution, but with this little information I'm not sure there's a good one. Good enough to let them go home, yeah, but not good.

Permalink Mark Unread

It doesn't make any sense to me that it'd happen to Maitimo. The Enemy doesn't have actual mind control or the war'd look different, so it's got to be something else.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. They said that, that it's just lashing out rather than anything smart. But that's still dangerous, especially if they're going to be around important people.

Permalink Mark Unread

But just lashing out means - there's got to be some trigger, and Maitimo just wouldn't - I really am prepared to bet it's not a problem.

Permalink Mark Unread

So're their siblings, but they aren't. And I'm not really willing to argue with them about it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. So what does he want done to be sure?

Permalink Mark Unread

We're trying to come up with a way to stop them from being dangerous even if it does happen. And I have an idea that'll definitely work but is kind of horrible, and their siblings had one that's riskier but less horrible, and they're trying to talk their siblings into finding other Angband survivors who're at risk of that so I can maybe learn how to use the violent state itself as a trigger on a spell.

Permalink Mark Unread

Kind of a lot of resources to divert just to make Maitimo feel better, but I guess if it's what it'll take.

Permalink Mark Unread

Shrug. I consider that a pretty high priority. And I can do at least the one idea that I had on my own, it'll just take a few days.

Permalink Mark Unread

Your time's pretty valuable. But okay.

Permalink Mark Unread

She shrugs and offers her hand again.

Permalink Mark Unread

He takes it.

Permalink Mark Unread

And here they are in the same clearing as before. The tribe's Speaker is in just the same place as well.

...I forgot to bring breakfast, be right back, she sends, and disappears.

Permalink Mark Unread

And he waits and listens for magic being practiced.

Permalink Mark Unread

She's only gone for a minute - and in fact she's never out of osanwë range - and then there's oatmeal, cooked in a pumpkin and sweetened with dried berries.

After about half an hour, the mage starts practicing. They start with a light spell.

Permalink Mark Unread

Got it. Okay. Can I relay it to you without doing it myself?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, it should be pretty obvious how to use it, but if you just trance and go to use it without actually doing anything, I can get it from you.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay, I'm trying that.

Permalink Mark Unread

And she stays cuddled up against him, and after a moment: Wow, that's really worn down compared to mine - I knew mine was an artifact but the difference is striking. No wonder I've never seen anyone do anything really useful with it.

Permalink Mark Unread

What's the difference?

Permalink Mark Unread

The more detail there is the more choices you have about how it works. This has hardly any - color, a tiny bit of brightness, that's it, I think. I don't think you could even see by this, or at least I couldn't.

Permalink Mark Unread

Huh. I don't have anything to compare to, I guess.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. It's still useful, anyway, people can learn with it and I suspect a mage with only this form wouldn't even be dangerous.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's good to learn with something safe. But it means we might not have the flexibility with any of the other forms that we've seen you use with yours.

Permalink Mark Unread

Of course not, mine's an artifact. But I expect the others will be better than this one, it's a pretty huge difference.

Permalink Mark Unread

Are there other artifact ones anywhere?

Permalink Mark Unread

I have no idea. I'd never heard of magic being a Gift before it happened to me, but that doesn't mean very much, we don't get much news from outside the tribes.

Permalink Mark Unread

So might be worth looking for.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. And even forms that aren't artifacts will let us do more things - I couldn't do light at all before today.

Permalink Mark Unread

And light's the best to practice with, you said.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yup. For the first while, all your spells will be miscasts, and for a while after that a lot of them will be, and when you have a miscast you need to break it before it breaks itself. But you won't know it's a miscast until it starts acting strange, and when it starts acting strange it'll do something that you could've cast a spell to do, but not what you did cast it to do. So for teleportation, it could teleport itself away, and then if you don't find it again in time it breaks itself and you die. But light spells can't do anything directly dangerous at all - a spell on a person could be dangerous under the wrong circumstances but you shouldn't be casting on people anyway until you're sure you won't have miscasts, you can't break spells on people - so the only danger is that you might forget to check, not that something bad might happen when a miscast goes unstable.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'll remember to check, he says gravely. How exactly does it cause you to die?

Permalink Mark Unread

It just kind of does, there isn't an obvious reason. It isn't even obvious that it would, from what I know from my Gift; I know it because I've watched new mages being taught and seen it happen a couple times.

Permalink Mark Unread

That's scary. We'll be careful.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yup. If you want to just break whatever you've cast on as soon as you cast the spell, that works fine for practicing, you just need to wait and see once you think you might be getting stable spells. It usually takes about three or four months, sometimes as many as six, to stop getting miscasts altogether.

Permalink Mark Unread

How much practice does that assume?

Permalink Mark Unread

Like four or six hours a day, most days, probably? I never paid that much attention to it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Do you know if more practice speeds it?

Permalink Mark Unread

I think so.

The mage finishes their spell and starts on another one. This one incorporates both light and magic detection, and the magic detection form is indeed noticeably more intricate.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, I see what you mean.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hmm? Oh, another spell form?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yep. He sends it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, huh. That doesn't work how I was expecting it to, and... I think it's possible for a magic-detection form to let me target magic in other worlds, but this one is worn down the wrong way.

Permalink Mark Unread

Worn down?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah - the usual way of sharing them isn't very good, I think it's impossible to properly share an artifact form and really hard to share anything close to that detailed, but the sharing mage can pick and choose which details are important to give to the person they're sharing with. This form is actually closer to the light form than to my artifact one, in how detailed it is, but I can see where the details I'd use to use it as a way of targeting a teleportation spell would go, I think.

Permalink Mark Unread

So the teleport I get will be less detailed than yours?

Permalink Mark Unread

If we have to do it the usual way, yeah. I suspect osanwë doesn't have that problem, especially if you got this whole form all at once.

Permalink Mark Unread

I did. It'd be cool if osanwe could save us some time.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm.

Permalink Mark Unread

Anything else here?

Permalink Mark Unread

The Speaker might be able to get them to use the spell form that lets us be invisible to magic next. There aren't any specific plans for that but we probably won't be able to get it until spring otherwise.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay.

 

He patiently waits, singing softly to himself.

Permalink Mark Unread

And she snuggles up next to him and finishes off the oatmeal.

The light-and-magic-detection spell takes most of an hour to complete.

Permalink Mark Unread

And then?

Permalink Mark Unread

And then there's an invisibility-to-magic spell, how convenient.

Permalink Mark Unread

He bounces this to her too, once he can read it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Excellent. Tell the Speaker we appreciate their help?

Permalink Mark Unread

Thank you so much. We appreciate it tremendously.

Permalink Mark Unread

You're welcome. Use it well.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, we will.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ready to go back?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah.

Permalink Mark Unread

And back they go.

 

Permalink Mark Unread

Should I start practicing right away?

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure, there's no reason not to. Just make sure you won't be touched while you're doing it. Do you have any questions?

Permalink Mark Unread

I have no idea what I'm supposed to be doing.

Permalink Mark Unread

...oh, sorry. It should actually be pretty obvious once you've looked at the sense and the forms for a while, but - she walks him through casting a basic spell.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thank you. And breaking it?

Permalink Mark Unread

Physically break whatever you cast the spell on - make sure you break through the part the spell is on if you don't cast on the whole thing. Or you can set it up to be cast on two things at once during the object definition step and just move them apart, but that's a little trickier.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay.

Thank you.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hug.

I'll be back later if you think of anything else.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thank you. I will certainly let you know.

Permalink Mark Unread

And she heads back to the cave.

Permalink Mark Unread

How'd it go?

Permalink Mark Unread

Got all three, but this version of the magic detection won't do what I want it to, we'll need to try again on that. You?

Permalink Mark Unread

They'll take it seriously.

Permalink Mark Unread

Good.

If it looks like we might go with the pinning paths, I should start working on that soon - I can always deactivate it if we come up with something better, but the sooner I start the more places you'll be able to go when you first get there, and that seems important.

Permalink Mark Unread

That seems like the way to start, yes.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. Are there any places you especially want?

Permalink Mark Unread

Might be best if it's a place I haven't seen before, in case the Enemy can learn something about the camp from my reactions to it...

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, the idea is I'm going to let you go as many places as I can, and I'm just asking about what I should do first besides the obvious. But I can do that, at least if your siblings will be able to tell me what places you haven't seen.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thank you. I don't know that I want to be able to go everywhere, just enough places the imprisonment thing doesn't affect me too much...

Permalink Mark Unread

She sighs. This is also going to bother me, if it's restrictive enough to affect you like that. And your siblings, too, I'm sure. If there are places that there's reasons you shouldn't be able to go to, fine, but the idea is to let people get away from you if something happens, not to see how small a cage you can survive in.

Permalink Mark Unread

The idea is to win the war, and use me as an asset to the extent I can so be used under the circumstances.

Permalink Mark Unread

I have a bit of an idea of what it'll do to me if I start thinking like that. Unless we expect this to be over, or at least to the point where I'm not needed at all, in well under a year - no. I really shouldn't at all, fragile as I am right now.

Permalink Mark Unread

That's fair.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. You're a person and I'm going to treat you like one.

Permalink Mark Unread

I wasn't in doubt about my personhood, and I want you to do what works for you.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm, I was clarifying. You treating yourself like a resource to be used - bothers me some, but I'm not going to stop you, that'd be the same kind of harm. I'll help you if you want me to, even, within limits. But I'm not going to do it myself, not in ways that hurt you.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, sounds like that would not be healthy for you.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. Yeah.

She considers for a moment and sighs. I should go catch up with your siblings. Before I go, what kind of materials do you need for the necklaces?

Permalink Mark Unread

Does your world have amber? Something in that vein, easy to work with?

Permalink Mark Unread

Amber's hard to find, but other soft stone isn't, let me see...

After a moment, she disappears, and then reappears a few seconds later with a large green stone. She teleports a small chunk off and to his tray. How's this?

Permalink Mark Unread

I can work with that, sure. What size do you need?

Permalink Mark Unread

None in particular for the spells - light enough that it won't be annoying to wear, sturdy enough not to break, big enough to be easy to grab in an emergency?

Permalink Mark Unread

Thank you. And tell my brothers I appreciate it. They gave him a sharp knife. That was the obvious correct thing to do but he's still appreciative.

Permalink Mark Unread

I will.

She teleports the boulder to within easy reach of him and breaks the top quarter or so of it into conveniently sized chunks. I'll be back for lunch, she says, and heads out.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Feanorian camp stretches halfway around the lake.

Permalink Mark Unread

Soon she should spend some time exploring it, but not today. She goes directly to the workroom.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hi.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hi. She sits next to him. Tell Carnistir Maitimo appreciates the stoneworking kit?

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay.  Shame he's not good at anything like that which wouldn't serve the Enemy.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. Well, they've been pretty good at keeping me going, which will hopefully help. But yeah. She sighs, softly.

Did you have any tests for me today?

Permalink Mark Unread

He does. Lots of them.

Permalink Mark Unread

She lets him push her a little past her usual lunchtime. There's nothing especially promising on the issue of blocking mages from casting - she does mention that she can be made to drop the casting trance if she's too overwhelmed, but the only obvious way of doing that is to have lots of people around so it's hard to extend the sense without running into too many of them; animals might work too but there'd have to be even more of them, since their minds are simpler.

Permalink Mark Unread

Or sentient enchanted things, probably, but those take a long time.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, that could work. I'm not sure how much it'd take to reliably block a mage who was expecting the problem, though, and especially one who'd practiced handling it.

Permalink Mark Unread

You'd presumably only need them distracted long enough to get a shot in, right?

Permalink Mark Unread

Not necessarily. It turns out I can make things arrow-proof. Plus you have to know who to shoot at, and be able to find them - it's not hard to cast through walls.

Permalink Mark Unread

How do you make things arrow-proof?

Permalink Mark Unread

Trigger of 'small thing hitting the enspelled thing at high speed', teleport the arrow away.

Permalink Mark Unread

That'll be really useful.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yup. I haven't put it on a person yet but from how it worked when we tested it on the other host's tents I expect it'd work just fine that way, or on armor. Or clothing, if it was sturdy enough, the arrows do hit a little bit.

Permalink Mark Unread

I really think we might win the war relatively quickly. That would be something.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. I really hope it works out like that.

Permalink Mark Unread

You wanted to get something set up to keep Nelyafinwe safe?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. I'm really hoping we come up with a better idea than this, but - she outlines the plan as it stands at the moment.

Permalink Mark Unread

That should work. As long as he can talk to everyone I expect he'll be fine, it's not as if he left Tirion much back at home...

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. And I can always add more places if they want me to. For ones that aren't nearby it makes sense to let them teleport between them rather than do paths the whole way, but hopefully that isn't really a downside.

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't expect so, no.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm kind of worried they're not going to tell me if they don't have enough space to be comfortable, though. I think I'd notice eventually, but I'm not sure I won't be too busy to notice as quickly as I ought to.

Permalink Mark Unread

He'll be all right.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, probably.

I should get back for lunch, unless you need me for anything else.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mind if we think some on ways to kill mages?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, go ahead.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thanks. Later.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm.

And back to the cave she goes.

Permalink Mark Unread

He's carving very intricate little pendants. Hey!

Permalink Mark Unread

Hey! Those're really nice.

Permalink Mark Unread

He looks vaguely bewildered. Uh, thank you. How's it going?

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. They had an idea for blocking mages that might sort of work - trying to use the casting sense on too many minds at once is overwhelming, and sentient enchanted things should count. They're thinking about ways they could maybe kill a hostile mage, now - I'm kind of assuming that if it's common knowledge that they can, nobody will give them reason to.

Permalink Mark Unread

I bet that's the idea, yes. And my brothers don't like feeling helpless. If they have a plan even if it's not perfect, they don't feel like they're just existing by the continued grace of someone powerful enough to wipe them out - sort of like how you described your people feeling about the elves, it forces one to be so small and my brothers can't do it very well -

Permalink Mark Unread

She grins wryly. Yeah, I'd picked up on that a little.

Permalink Mark Unread

I wish you'd met them in better times, we're usually very generous people in every sense. My father and brother dying and me being worse than dead was so hard.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah.

I hope you all end up okay when you go back.

Permalink Mark Unread

I bet killing the Enemy will help. And then if he thinks this is real he'll kill himself and that will not help. But.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. I meant in the meantime, though. They seem to be having trouble with the idea that things won't just go right back to how they were, and I know you plan on basically pretending that they have, but that sounds really hard if you have to do it all the time and with people who know you well.

Permalink Mark Unread

Since they want to believe it I won't even have to pretend very hard.

Permalink Mark Unread

...yeah. That wouldn't be true at all with kobolds, she chuckles.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh? Not very self-deceiving?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. Our world is dangerous enough that that's really not safe.

Permalink Mark Unread

So is ours, but it wasn't when we all grew up.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm, I've noticed that.

Permalink Mark Unread

In Valinor you could afford to lie to yourself. And I suppose we sure did.

Permalink Mark Unread

From what I've heard, that's really not your fault. Not that that helps here, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

It was my fault. I could have done a lot more, if I'd known what we were facing.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure, but you didn't know.

Permalink Mark Unread

Should have.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sigh. Maybe. But from what I've heard it sounds like the kind of place where it'd be hard to figure that out, too.

You know better now, you'll do better now. No point in doing anything with the past but learning from it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. But I don't want to teach my brothers to be less naïve on this front.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. I kind of think Tyelcormo might do okay, but Carnistir and Curufinwë don't seem to have the flexibility, even if there weren't other reasons to worry about how it'd go. Like, if they had to we could help them through it? But it'd be hard for them.

Permalink Mark Unread

Curufinwe is not able to think about anything less interesting than engineering right now, he's not going to be interested in me beyond whether I try to force him to bow to a King Father'd have hated.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sigh. Yeah, probably.

Permalink Mark Unread

Which I might decide to do! In which case my mental fitness will certainly come up! But I have at least a little space to maneuver in.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod.

Anything you want me to do or not do related to that, by the way?

Permalink Mark Unread

Don't think there's anything, but thank you. I'll just do what's needed.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. All right. I would like to make that easier for you if I can, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

You are! They're so distracted with new weapon ideas they barely have time to dwell on what happened to me.

Permalink Mark Unread

She snorts, amused. Well, I can definitely keep doing that.

Permalink Mark Unread

We appreciate it tremendously.

Permalink Mark Unread

Doesn't hurt that I want them dead too.

Permalink Mark Unread

He needs it. The Eldar aren't a warlike people.

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods, and takes a minute to focus on the food she's preparing.

Do you have a plan for telling them about the magic forms I have if they can't come up with a good defense? I think they're going to find the magic-vision useful, I'd like to be able to give that to them as soon as I can.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, yes, we should tell them right away. 

Permalink Mark Unread

...all right. None of these are especially dangerous anyway, I guess they can't be too upset? I'll tell them tomorrow, I should have at least a basic magic-vision spell worked out by then.

Permalink Mark Unread

And they're at least realistic enough they'd rather know about dangers, if not realistic enough they'd want to treat their brother as one.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. Fair enough.

I suspect the magic-vision will let people see magic from other worlds, too, not just this one. And with pretty good detail, though I'll probably have to make specialized spells for anything really complicated.

Permalink Mark Unread

That'll be easy to test, we have lots of magic armor and weaponry.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sounds good.

Permalink Mark Unread

He keeps at the carving. How are you holding up? Need a day off?

Permalink Mark Unread

Well enough. I think if we make it another few days without any big problems I'll have things settled enough to feel comfortable taking one.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. I'll tell everyone not to have big problems.

Permalink Mark Unread

She giggles. I'll count on it, then.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hug?

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure. She sets the food back to cooking and goes to sit by him.

Permalink Mark Unread

He gives her a hug.

Permalink Mark Unread

She's very still, and doesn't lean.

Permalink Mark Unread

Where to after lunch?

Permalink Mark Unread

Hunting, and working on getting to the elves while I do it. No specific plans if that goes quickly; I should definitely talk to Findekáno about spellcasting some more, and then I might stay and enspell some more things for their host or I might go show your siblings some more of the spells I worked out there.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sounds lovely. Stay safe and good skill.

Permalink Mark Unread

Will do, thanks.

Permalink Mark Unread

He concentrates on keeping his heart rate nice and steady and neutral.

Permalink Mark Unread

And she stays nice and still.

After a little while, she says, I think lunch is ready.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thanks.

Permalink Mark Unread

No problem. And she goes to get it and brings his soup over without teleporting at all.

Permalink Mark Unread

I should probably work up to solids before I go home, I just. Haven't been prioritizing it.

Permalink Mark Unread

She sits with her own meal and nods. I'm kind of planning on checking to make sure you're getting enough to eat anyway, I can bring soup if you'd like me to. But if you want to work up to solids I can help with that, too.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's not my first priority but at some point probably.

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods. Let me know.

Permalink Mark Unread

I am eating enough. Wouldn't have much to heal with otherwise.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yup. Your siblings don't seem to be, though, and I'm not quite sure why or how that's happening; it doesn't seem like a good sign.

Permalink Mark Unread

Until recently there wasn't a way to grow food; they'd have used as little as they could. Now it's probably partially a coping thing. I will order them to cut it out.

Permalink Mark Unread

She chuckles again. Probably for the best, yeah. I can still stop by for meals, though, even without the excuse.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thank you. It's very observant and thoughtful of you.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, y'know, kobolds. She grins.

Permalink Mark Unread

Valinor needed some of those!

Permalink Mark Unread

Sounds like it, yup. Too bad most of us are so insular.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sounds like you have good reason.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. They do take that to a little more of an extreme than actually helps, though, I think. Tigerfolk are dangerous, but they'd be less dangerous if they knew more about us. And it's not even worth asking if they'd like to move somewhere safer; they'd never go for it, too risky.

Permalink Mark Unread

We were actually mostly the same way when the Valar suggested we move to Valinor where it was safe. There were exactly three people willing to give it a look.

Permalink Mark Unread

You did end up going, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

The three of them came back and talked with everyone else in the tribes for a very long time and convinced some people to try it. Not all of us. About half.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. That's the part I don't expect would happen with kobolds. Maybe with really good proof, or a very obviously safe way for the other kobolds to go check it out for themselves.

Permalink Mark Unread

They could send the memories, but there wasn't a very straightforward way to go check.

Permalink Mark Unread

That would help, though. As far as I know nobody in my world has anything like osanwë.

Permalink Mark Unread

I think it helped a lot! And they brought some things back from Valinor to show everyone.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, that wouldn't work at all with kobolds, she grins wryly. Anything the right sort of impressive to get their attention would be taken the wrong way.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh? How so?

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh. Heh. Kobolds make kind of bad neighbors, because we don't do ownership, and most kobolds don't understand that other people do, either, and like the challenge of trying to get hidden or guarded things. I don't, I know better, but if I'd brought some fancy thing back to my tribe and been excited about it, they'd assume I was showing off, not trying to tell them where they could get the same thing too.

Permalink Mark Unread

Not even a concept of 'there's a place where I took these from'?

Permalink Mark Unread

I could probably get that across but they'd be confused at why I was trying to, it's not usually a social activity like that.

Permalink Mark Unread

That's interesting. By Cuivienen we had very communal concepts of property but 'there's more where this came from' would still be eminently comprehensible.

Permalink Mark Unread

If there was a famine and I'd found a new food source, yeah, or something like that. But fancy new things are almost always just extra, not anything we need, so there's kind of an expectation that the person who found it isn't going to want to share the information, they're going to want to keep it to themselves to get as much status out of it as they can. There's some grey areas - we don't have metalworking at all and metal knives are really useful, so if someone finds a source of them they might share that, though it'd usually be with a few close friends rather than with the whole tribe - but I'd expect better luck waiting for someone to decide to follow me rather than convincing anyone, and I'd expect them to be very skittish about it when they did.

Permalink Mark Unread

Makes sense. But they wouldn't be considered yours, other people could try stealing them from you?

Permalink Mark Unread

Whatever I brought back to the tribe wouldn't be mine, it'd go into the tribe's stores - we play a hiding-and-finding game among ourselves, too, and a lot of the things used in that were originally taken from people outside the tribe. But I'd still get ... credit, standing in the eyes of the tribe, reputation... for bringing in something nice or useful or hard to get, if I was inclined to do that kind of thing and did it.

Without the idea of ownership kobolds don't have the idea of theft, either; taking something literally out of someone's hands or off their person is pretty rude, but anything short of that isn't going to bother anyone; trying to keep things for yourself will, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, sounds like another cultural difference. We get credit and standing in the eyes of the tribe for generosity, choosing to give things to people, and if anyone could take things then you couldn't think of a gift that was very suited to a friend and then make it for them and then give it to them.

Permalink Mark Unread

We actually do manage something like that - not for standing in the tribe, but for personal relationship building, you figure out what the person likes and make a point of making sure it's available for them. Other people in the tribe get to have it too, but if you've figured out someone's favorite things and they're paying attention to you at all - and we live in small enough groups that it's pretty likely they will be - they'll notice sooner or later.

Permalink Mark Unread

So maybe the difference has to do with group size, then. Or at least some of the difference.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, definitely. Kobold tribes don't get bigger than about a hundred fifty people - usually closer to a hundred - since with a tribe that size people start having too much trouble knowing their tribemates well enough to understand them or work with them, and the tribe ends up splitting.

Permalink Mark Unread

I knew everyone in my tribe well enough to understand and work with them, before the Enemy tampered. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She blinks. Very impressive.

Permalink Mark Unread

I think I cared about it a lot. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, you'd have to, how many thousands of people? Most of the people I've seen in my life are Eldar, now, you know.

Permalink Mark Unread

Wow. It was about three hundred thousand but some stayed behind and many have died.

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods. For me, there were seventeen tribes, and then I'd met another few hundred tigerfolk - around three or four thousand people altogether, counting absolutely everyone I'd ever even had a chance to see.

Permalink Mark Unread

Most people probably only know a few thousand people. It was just really important to me to know them all and I had lots of time.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. She wants to hug him again. D'you think you're going to want to pick that up again? After we've killed the Enemy? Or before; I don't know enough to know whether it'd be worth the effort now.

Permalink Mark Unread

I think so. It's sort of lucky that the thing I'm best at isn't very useful to the Enemy; I shouldn't do strategy or logistics or engineering, but delegating people isn't something that'll help him...

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. And with the magic that's going to be pretty important, unless your siblings come up with a really good way of keeping mages in line.

Permalink Mark Unread

I trust all of my people with magic, to never cast it on anyone unwillingly and so forth, and I trust Nolofinwe to pick the trustworthy ones among his people.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hexes aren't the only scary part of having mages around. They're the most dangerous one, but really every spell needs to be thought through, it's just that with a spell that isn't on a person you can break it once you realize something's wrong - it doesn't take malice for someone to be dangerous, it's possible to hurt people by mistake, too.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. We'll make sure the people who are doing it are very careful. Lots of things in metalworking or glassblowing or mining are dangerous if you're not careful, too.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. All right.

Permalink Mark Unread

Findekáno's a good first choice, anyway.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yup.

Permalink Mark Unread

We should probably decide soon who will try killing the Enemy, since they then shouldn't travel to other worlds or have identifying information about them.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. I'll mention it when I talk to Findekáno later.

Permalink Mark Unread

If there are several Elven mages and they're all Nolofinwean my people will be stressed and scared.

Permalink Mark Unread

They have the bigger group, they're more likely to have someone willing to do it. But I don't plan on having anyone else learn magic until things are more settled between the hosts, anyway, it'd just be to give them time to think about who to ask.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah.

 

The groups were the same size before so many of our people died. 

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm sorry.

Permalink Mark Unread

It was worth it. We made the whole continent safe again. So many people could go back to their homes, so many people'd been hiding, or dying, or slaves being marched north to Angband - it was right but still so many people died doing it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah.

Permalink Mark Unread

He extends his arms for another hug. Death is awful on its own and it's also awful what it does to everyone else. It makes it so hard to be generous, so hard to be forgiving...

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes hug please she could really use one right now. She keeps the snuggling-up to an absolute minimum but it's not none.

Yeah. Some people just break, in situations like that.

Permalink Mark Unread

He's getting better at tolerating the hugs. Quendi're pretty tough. But it makes us less kind to each other, and that's painful for those of us who remember how it used to be.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, that's part of what I meant - it's not as bad as some things, but it's still hard.

If he wasn't doing okay at tolerating the hugs he'd presumably not be bringing up things that'd make her want them; he's definitely got enough of his people skills back to guide this where he wants it, one way or the other. She's not going to worry too much about it, though even as upset as she is she's still paying attention.

Permalink Mark Unread

He squeezes her. I have said already that I wish you'd met us before.

Permalink Mark Unread

She relaxes into the hug a little when she's squeezed, and then sighs. Yeah, me too.

Permalink Mark Unread

After the war we will heal and then we will learn how to be okay.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. I hope I get to be around for that. She grins.

Permalink Mark Unread

Me too, that'd mean this all goes very fast!

Permalink Mark Unread

Maybe we'll get lucky and it'll just be two years.

Permalink Mark Unread

Is that how long it'll take a mage to get good enough to try it?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, I think so.

Permalink Mark Unread

That'd be something, if it works.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yup. She is just slightly smug.

Permalink Mark Unread

We should probably think about what our next step is if it fails.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, hopefully if it fails we'll be able to figure out why, and it'll be something we can do something about - if we need a mage who can cast faster or deal with distractions better or whatever, that'll take longer but it's still pretty straightforward. But a backup plan in case we can't, or in case it's not that easy, yeah.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm more worried that we might only get one chance, depending how it fails.

Permalink Mark Unread

She considers.

I don't think that can happen unless we mess something up, but that's not impossible, she says after a minute. When I used the mage-sense in Angband there was something really weird about it, and overwhelming - knowing what I know now I wonder if I was seeing their mind, in which case casting there at all might count as casting while touching them. I didn't cast, I just used the sense, but if that's the case we're going to have to be very careful about finding the edge of the effect and having the mage cast from outside of it. And hope they can't move the edge very fast.

Permalink Mark Unread

Or simultaneously distracting them, but it's hard to distract a Vala.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm much surer we'll be able to teleport their body away, that sounded like it'd do it.

Permalink Mark Unread

I hope so. I think it ought to.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. Yep. I wish we had some way of testing this stuff ahead of time, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

Me too. Is there magic for seeing the future in your world?

Permalink Mark Unread

She considers.

It's not impossible but I'd be pretty surprised.

Permalink Mark Unread

There's some in ours but it only works if you aren't going to act on the information.

Permalink Mark Unread

That sounds pretty pointless, then.

I wonder if it's somehow possible to make spell forms.

Permalink Mark Unread

Did they all come about as Gifts? The existing ones?

Permalink Mark Unread

I assume so. If any of the city-building species knew how to make them things would be very different, at least.

Permalink Mark Unread

Can we interact with any of the city-building species, or is that too dangerous?

Permalink Mark Unread

Elves and goblins we shouldn't; humans and dwarves I don't know very much about, but what I do know says they're probably okay, at least if we can come up with an explanation for how you got there that doesn't involve kobolds.

Permalink Mark Unread

I bet we can do that. What's wrong with goblins?

Permalink Mark Unread

They make more sense than elves, but they're even more aggressive and they keep slaves. They're not as hostile to kobolds as elves or humans or dwarves are, so if we need something specific from them I might be able to get it, but I don't think it'd work to try to talk to them longer than that.

Permalink Mark Unread

And someday we should change that, too.

Permalink Mark Unread

Would be nice. One of the Speakers is a goblin - they've been living with us kobolds for almost two hundred fifty years, they're nice. They can probably help us figure out what we can do about that.

Permalink Mark Unread

Goblins don't experience the wearing out and dying thing?

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. Goblins and elves don't; humans and dwarves do. And all the animalfolk species, I think; tigerfolk do.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. A problem for after the war, I suppose.

Permalink Mark Unread

...fixing aging?

Permalink Mark Unread

Slavery. Aging is strange to me but I wouldn't fix it more than any other kobold difference unless it bothered you.

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods again, carefully. For me personally it doesn't seem like it'd matter - I can't go back anyway, after all. For kobolds in general, if there was a way to fix it for them... I don't know. It'd change things, definitely.

Permalink Mark Unread

And you've said they don't usually like change.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. If people just stopped aging past a certain point that wouldn't really look like a change, though, at least if the age they stopped at was old enough and it happened to everybody at the same time. They'd be confused but I suspect they'd adapt to it.

Permalink Mark Unread

But would they want that to happen?

Permalink Mark Unread

I have no idea. I'd want to talk to the Speakers about it - I'm going to try to come up with a way to let them come see me during the summer meetup anyway, I can ask them then if it looks like we might really do it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. It's not as if we have the means, yet.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yup.

 

I should probably get going; do you want anything while I'm here?

Permalink Mark Unread

No, thank you. Good skill.

Permalink Mark Unread

She grins, and leans, just briefly, on his shoulder, and then teleports away. You too.

Permalink Mark Unread

He closes his eyes and stops deliberately controlling his heart rate, probably unwise to do that too often.

Permalink Mark Unread

She cleans up their dishes without comment and heads out to hunt; a few hours later she brings a trio of giant beaver and some more fish to the Ñolofinwëan camp.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thanks. How's it going?

Permalink Mark Unread

Pretty good. She snuggles up next to him. Maitimo's siblings haven't gotten much of anywhere on defending against mages, but they say I should tell them you have it anyway, I wasn't expecting that.

Permalink Mark Unread

Maitimo's never going to tell you to keep important strategic information from his brothers, he needs them to trust him. And they can't possibly expect I'm going to go murder them all. They'll be upset but for political reasons, they won't do anything.

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods. Okay. I'm going to do that tomorrow morning, then. How've things been here?

Permalink Mark Unread

They haven't had much chance to change. No signs of danger.

Permalink Mark Unread

Good. Any news from the scouts?

Permalink Mark Unread

He sends an updated map of the area.

Permalink Mark Unread

She considers it and suggests changing a couple of spells around to better cover the area.

Permalink Mark Unread

Can do, though I'm really not afraid orcs will sneak up on us, not now that we're established here. Still, if it's no trouble - 

Permalink Mark Unread

It really isn't.

 

And any news about your potential city location?

Permalink Mark Unread

Area still seems safe-ish. There are locals. They are not thrilled at the idea of getting neighbors but haven't said no.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. If there's anything I can do to help with that, let me know.

Permalink Mark Unread

I certainly would, thanks.

Permalink Mark Unread

Good.

Have you had a chance to work with the magic yet?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yep. Practiced about eight hours - he demonstrates - full time and then tried practicing while doing other things, that was a little trickier.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. You'll eventually get to the point where you can use the sense as a sense, and even hear with it and see a little bit, but it takes a lot of practice.

Permalink Mark Unread

That's all right. We can afford the time now that we're safer.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. Snuggly kobold. Next step for me is figuring out a magic vision spell I like - or one that'll work for everyone, rather, since we'll want to be able to share what we see over osanwë and have it make sense to each other. It's traditional for mages to make their own magic vision spells, though, as the first spell they cast on themselves, to show that they can safely do that - are you going to want to keep that tradition?

Permalink Mark Unread

Do you think it's a good tradition?

Permalink Mark Unread

I think having the first spell you cast on a person be on yourself is a good one, it helps make sure people take it seriously enough. Doesn't have to be that particular spell, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. We'll do it the traditional way, then, unless that interferes with designing a good sense spell.

Permalink Mark Unread

It might, it depends on how easy it is to share spell designs over osanwë - without that, I expect that every mage will end up coming up with a unique magic detection spell, and it'll be hard to share what we see with them. I bet we can share spell designs, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

It seems like we should be able to. Can you send a teleportation spell design, or would it not mean anything to me without the form?

Permalink Mark Unread

You might get the form that way. But - she sends a simple light spell design; it goes fine.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yep, works.

Permalink Mark Unread

Good.

Did you have any questions?

Permalink Mark Unread

He has a few! He runs through the light spell forms and demonstrates and asks them.

Permalink Mark Unread

And she answers them. She's a pretty good teacher when she's not so distracted.

When he's done: While I'm here - Maitimo and I were talking about strategies earlier, and it still looks like we're going to try to teleport the Enemy to an empty world; as far as we know there's not a way to test ahead of time whether that will work, though, so we should be doing it as safely as possible in case it doesn't. Which means having a mage do it who hasn't been to any other worlds, and doesn't know the whole teleportation form, and things like that. I expect it'll take them a couple years to get to the point where it might be worth trying - maybe more; one possible way this might go is that they won't be able to do it the first time but they'll find out why, and practice to be better at that thing until they can do it. Do you have any ideas about who might be willing to do something like that?

Permalink Mark Unread

Anyone, he says immediately. It's why we're here.

Permalink Mark Unread

All right. It's probably a good idea to have a few people, anyway, in case one of them learns something they shouldn't by accident. I think you should wait until the Fëanoreans have had a chance to get used to the idea before you let anyone else learn the magic, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes, especially if you're not going to teach any of them - are you not?

Permalink Mark Unread

I haven't decided about Maitimo's siblings, yet - I want to hear more about that oath, for one thing. I assume there are some people in their host that I wouldn't mind teaching.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Oath is really bad and might be a reason not to teach them magic, but they are also - more dangerous when powerless, if that makes any sense. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Mm, sort of. I don't think I know them well enough to get exactly what you mean, yet, but I can see how someone might feel cornered easily or something.

Permalink Mark Unread

There are things they want, and they'll do anything to get what they want. But if they can get what they want without hurting anyone, they'll do that. So in a way it's worst for them to be strong enough to hurt people and not strong enough for them to solve their problems without hurting people.

Permalink Mark Unread

She sighs and lays back. I'm going to want to think about it really carefully, then. They already - when I first realized I'd come up with the pinning hex, the first thing they thought of was how it'd be useful at something like Alqualondë - I didn't ask what that was but I should have. She sighs. Shouldn't've been designing hexes in the first place, really.

Permalink Mark Unread

At Alqualonde a ton of people died. It would have been better if we'd had a way to stop them from killing us that wasn't killing them.

Permalink Mark Unread

Pinning hex wouldn't even be very good at that, what you'd actually want would be just a trap spell to keep them away from you. Or being arrowproof, or both; the pinning hex wouldn't even stop someone with a bow and arrows, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

We didn't have anything except swords, though. I am sure there were infinitely many better solutions.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, can't beat yourself up for doing the best you could with what you had. I don't like that they were thinking about hexes first, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, that's surprising. I'd have expected them to run through hundreds of infrastructure and engineering applications. 

Permalink Mark Unread

That, they have done. I mean - even if you know about a hex, you should be trying to think of everything else you can do to solve the problem it might be useful for first. Even if it's a gentle one.

Permalink Mark Unread

That sounds like a cultural thing. Quendi think about oaths that way.

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't think it's completely cultural. Some, I'm sure - we had a really rough time with hexes not that long ago - but being hexed really is a bigger deal than just running into a dangerous trap spell or something.

 

I should probably know more about the oath they made before I try to tell them that hexes should be taken seriously the same way.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'd be happy to talk to you about the oath but I'm not sure I understand myself why they ought to be taken seriously the same way. What is it that makes a hex a bigger deal than a dangerous trap spell?

Permalink Mark Unread

She sits back up and leans on him. Well, they can't be broken, that's part of it. You can't get away from them. And - have you tried using your new sense on another person, yet? You see all the same things about them that you see about yourself, and you have to do that to cast on someone; it's always intimate. And - this might be more important for kobolds than Eldar - A spell on you can affect the people around you in ways that a trap spell can't. You've seen how I teleport people by touching them; imagine having that happen against your will, sometimes or always. There's just so much more you can do to someone, casting on them instead of casting on their surroundings.

Permalink Mark Unread

It makes sense to have a taboo on using mage sense on other people, then. A spell affecting the people around you would be just as important to us, but it'd matter whether the spell actually did that, not whether it was in a category of spells that includes ones that do that. 

 

When you say it can't be broken, do you mean that if you pinned someone with a hex they'd be pinned forever?

Permalink Mark Unread

If I pinned someone with a hex it'd be entirely up to me how long they were pinned, and 'forever' is definitely a possibility; it'd be the easiest way to do it, in fact. But what I mean is, for spells that aren't on living things, you can break the spell by breaking the thing, even if you're not a mage at all; for spells that are on living things, you can't do that. So whatever the mage has the spell set up to do - and we can do some pretty complicated things with triggers - that's what it'll do, there's nothing anyone can do about it.

Permalink Mark Unread

That makes sense.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. My tribe was wrong about whether I'd been hexed, but they weren't wrong about how they reacted to the idea.

Permalink Mark Unread

I understand how if the only information you have is that someone's been hexed, you'd be pretty frightened. Why did they think that? Is there a way to tell?

Permalink Mark Unread

Something like that? I haven't figured out what exactly the magic detection form can tell me about other spells from my world yet. It seems like it lets a mage see if someone they're familiar with has any unexpected spells on them but not what those spells do, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh. That sounds like a problem, then. Should we start looking at our people, make sure nothing's happened to any of them?

Permalink Mark Unread

What do you mean?

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't think there are any other casters with your magic in this world. But I didn't realize there was a way to check. Should we be doing that?

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh. I'm pretty sure you and I are the only mages here, I've been pretty careful about that, but I can check anyway once I have a magic-vision spell worked out for myself. Which I can do now, if you'd like, something simple should only take a few minutes.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'd love to see the process.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure - warn everybody else not to watch?

Permalink Mark Unread

Still working on keeping your thoughts private?

Permalink Mark Unread

If there's a way to do that and still let you see I don't know it yet.

Permalink Mark Unread

There is, it's just a little trickier and the exact how depends on which mental metaphor you're using...

Permalink Mark Unread

It is in fact tricky given the metaphor she's using, but she figures it out in pretty short order, and then goes on to design and cast a magic-vision spell. The detection form allows her to use nearby magic as a trigger, and she maps that in the most simple and straightforward way possible to the light form, so that looking at a magical thing will generate very dim lights on the surface of her eyes to correspond with what she's seeing.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, cool, I get the idea. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yup. Not how I thought it'd work, but actually better, we'll be able to make spells that react to magic things.

She looks at her hands - yeah, that sure is some magic she's been casting on herself. Then she looks up, to see what she can see of the camp from here.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nothing except for the spells she'd set to protect them.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nothing I can see from here, she reports. Hold on and I'll get a skin to put a portal in to have a look at the rest of the camp.

Permalink Mark Unread

We also have fabrics, if those are more convenient.

Permalink Mark Unread

Not especially, I don't think, and she disappears to get a skin; a minute later she's back and snuggled up and checking the camp from overhead.

Permalink Mark Unread

No magic aside from what she did.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yep, all clear as far as I can see.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, good. Can a better one be developed that sees what a spell does, or is that just impossible?

Permalink Mark Unread

I can probably do that, one sec. She does that; it works. You'll want something that's set high enough that you can see the whole camp, though, I wouldn't've been able to see individual people if I'd done it that way... she clears the portal spell and re-casts it. There you go.

Permalink Mark Unread

That's useful. Could there be a way to design something with the spellform that does let people see what a spell cast on them does?

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't think so. Maybe with another version of it.

Permalink Mark Unread

It'd be great if there were something, but I guess it's not the highest priority.

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods. It'd be nice, but I don't think we actually have that problem to worry about right now, and there's enough other things to do as is. And if it comes up we can try going to a city and seeing what spell forms we can get that way.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. Okay, I'll pick a few people to potentially teleport Melkor, ones who don't have any information yet about other worlds.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. I'm not going to teach them how to target random places, so it doesn't matter if they know about other worlds, just that they don't go to any once they have the mage-sense.

Depending on how hidden you're depending on your city being, you might not want to let them go there, either.

Permalink Mark Unread

We don't have anywhere else to keep people safe, sadly. 

Permalink Mark Unread

I could find you a place, if that's the only problem.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm not sure splitting our forces would be wise, but maybe it's worth it to have one civilian city and one less civilian one.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm kind of assuming I'll be doing a lot of spells for you anyway; if people can mostly go back and forth it might not be that much of a split. And with portal rooms - there's no reason I can't do the same thing to a room that I did to the tents, to let you guard and shoot from them - having more area to defend might not be such a big deal. Or it might, I don't know, but it seems like something to think about at least.

Permalink Mark Unread

That's a very good point. Can we scout for another good location?

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure, hold on.

She goes and gets a pile of hides and spends a few minutes putting portals in them, piling them beside him as she's done with each one.

Permalink Mark Unread

And they look for a second good city location.

Permalink Mark Unread

There's a pretty good variety of terrain on offer; some of the spots from before turn up again in this set, but also several new ones.

Permalink Mark Unread

Were you searching by different criteria?

Permalink Mark Unread

No; I didn't keep trying long enough to get every possible place last time. I'm not sure how long that'd even take.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, I was imagining it does it by some kind of order. It's random, of places that qualify?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yup. I can do it in an order, sort of, but some of the spells will fail, this is faster if we don't care about that. She describes how.

Permalink Mark Unread

Huh. And I don't care, particularly, this way makes plenty of sense.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. Well, now you know, if it ever comes up. And she goes back to looking at portals.

Permalink Mark Unread

Eventually they find a pretty good second city site.

Permalink Mark Unread

And they can send some scouts out to it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Who say no, actually, not a good city site, dangerous animals and angry locals who open fire on them immediately.

Permalink Mark Unread

...note to self, arrowpoof the scouts next time.

Were there any others you liked? I still think that one with the waterfall is worth at least going to see.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure, let's give that one a go.

Permalink Mark Unread

More scouts, this time arrowproofed.

Permalink Mark Unread

If there are problems they're not immediate. They can give the scouts a few weeks to explore the area more thoroughly.

Permalink Mark Unread

Good. And now it's getting close to dinnertime. I should head back soon.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thank you so much for your help, as always. It gives our people safety.

Permalink Mark Unread

That's the idea, yup. See you tomorrow. And she goes home.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hey. How's everyone?

Permalink Mark Unread

Pretty good. I went over some magic stuff with Findekáno and their host is scouting a second city site now - one for the people who're going to be training to cast on the Enemy and the other so they have a place that the mages don't know about, in case one of them is captured.

Permalink Mark Unread

That's a good idea.

Permalink Mark Unread

Seemed like it, yeah. Oh, and I worked out a really basic magic detection spell and checked over their host just to make sure there wasn't anything unexpected there, which there wasn't. I might have a look at yours, too - I don't see how there could be any unexpected magic from my world, but it should be able to pick up your world's too.

Permalink Mark Unread

We have a lot of enchanted weaponry and armor, it might notice that.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. I get enough detail that I could just ignore anything like that that's expected - it works with the light spell to make it look like magic things glow, basically.

Permalink Mark Unread

Clever.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yup. Want to see? I can layer it with a portal spell, too, so you can tell what's magic on the other side.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure.

Permalink Mark Unread

Is the city okay? It'll actually be faster with you looking, if we want to check it for unexpected magic, since your vision is so much better.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'd be happy to check.

Permalink Mark Unread

So she casts the spells and brings the skin over.

Permalink Mark Unread

Doesn't look like there's anything there which shouldn't be.

Permalink Mark Unread

Good.

I'm probably going to take that day off soon. Not tomorrow, I need to tell your siblings about Findekáno, but maybe the day after.

Permalink Mark Unread

It seems very thoroughly deserved.

Permalink Mark Unread

I haven't been pushing myself that hard. But I'm going to be helping build a couple cities before too long, I want to be in good shape for that.

Permalink Mark Unread

Makes sense. Teleportation would help tremendously with building a city.

Permalink Mark Unread

Seems like, yeah. And building in magical defenses from the start can't hurt anything, either.

Permalink Mark Unread

And building very far from the front lines.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yup. I don't get the feeling that's going to stop them from fighting, though, just makes it so they can do it more on their terms.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, definitely not.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'll keep them as safe as I can, anyway. I should really find someone to help me figure out how that spell to teleport injured fighters home should be designed soon.

Permalink Mark Unread

What kind of help will you need on that?

Permalink Mark Unread

I need to know what kinds of injuries should trigger it - I could just do one that triggers when the spellbearer goes unconscious, but at least for kobolds that wouldn't be enough, we can definitely take deadly injuries and keep going for a while anyway.

Permalink Mark Unread

We can too. Though if it's an actually deadly injury there's no point in bringing them home just to die -

Permalink Mark Unread

If your healers are good enough there might still be a chance, if they can get to them quickly enough. But yeah, I'm not going to be able to save everyone; I need to know who should be brought back. And even if the answer was the same for Eldar and kobolds - and I'm sure it's not - I don't know enough to figure it out myself.

Permalink Mark Unread

Is there healing magic? I know you don't have any or - he waves a slowly healing hand - it'd have come up, but does it exist somewhere?

Permalink Mark Unread

It might, it seems like the kind of thing my world's magic could do. I don't know who has it if it does, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

Worth looking around for, at least. Our healers will have seen a lot of injuries and might be able to help you.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, at some point we're definitely going to want to figure out a good way to send people to get spell forms - if all new forms work like mine I bet a lot of them aren't even available in cities, it'd mostly be explorers finding them, but asking in cities is probably a good way to start at least. I'm not sure how to prioritize that, though, or talking to the healers.

Permalink Mark Unread

Getting new spell forms seems like a good idea because there could be higher upside than we know - something we haven't even thought of yet.

Permalink Mark Unread

Me being the only mage who can cast stable spells puts some limits on that, but yes.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes, we should also start training some more people pretty soon. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. I'm kind of worried about that, though - I don't think I've been able to do a very good job of explaining why it's important to be careful about who gets to learn.

Permalink Mark Unread

I think it's a bit of a bind. On the one hand, people who have this magic have a lot of power, and that means that if the wrong person gets it or someone who falls into Enemy hands they could do a lot of harm. On the other hand, the way the Quendi tend to think about power is that if something is powerful, the worst thing you can do is hand it only to a few deserving people, because if everyone has the chance to be powerful then we are all growing together and can combat problems together. We think of keeping some people from hurting others by keeping them powerless to be a very unstable situation.

 

We also trust each other quite a lot. The fear that the more people have it, the likelier someone with it is captured by the Enemy is a reasonable fear. Most people would say that fearing one of us will hurt people is unreasonable. They would be almost perfectly right - Quendi have almost never hurt innocent people.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mm. I still don't like it, but if it has worked for you it'll probably keep working, I guess.

Permalink Mark Unread

I think we should keep it to few people. We just need to be thoughtful about not explaining it in a way that sounds like 'we will protect you from each other by keeping anyone from growing and having magic and being able to protect themselves'

Permalink Mark Unread

Being a mage doesn't actually do much to protect you from other mages, that's part of the problem. If it did I'd be a lot more okay with the idea of everyone learning.

Permalink Mark Unread

Being able to teleport freely protects you from a lot. You can give people teleports to places but not free teleportation, right?

Permalink Mark Unread

Right, but once you can teleport to three or four places anytime you want, the more likely problem if there's a hostile mage is that you won't notice them casting, not that you won't be able to get away, and being a mage doesn't help with that at all.

Permalink Mark Unread

Magic sense can't be used to detect casting?

Permalink Mark Unread

It can, but you'd have to be actively looking, and a hostile mage could just wait until you weren't.

Permalink Mark Unread

Can anyone get good enough with it that they can use it all the time, in place of their regular senses -

Permalink Mark Unread

Sort of, eventually; it's basically like learning each sense all over again, to figure out how to interpret it from the mage-sense. I can more or less hear - well enough that you could talk to me, not well enough to navigate by - but not really see with it. Touch would be easier but there's not much point; smell and taste would be very hard. My guess is that it'd take a couple hundred years to get as good at seeing and hearing with the sense as you'd be without it.

Permalink Mark Unread

In Valinor that'd seem a good investment to a lot of people. Less so here.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. Hopefully this won't take anywhere near that long.

Permalink Mark Unread

Can you osanwe people and borrow their senses while mage-sensing?

Permalink Mark Unread

...I wasn't aware that that was possible. You probably can, but it'd be distracting, and it doesn't solve the problem of a hostile mage waiting until you're not using the mage-sense to do something to you.

Permalink Mark Unread

No, I mean, someone could keep mage-sense up all the time and also function off other peoples' eyes once they got used to it, I know blind people who've done it....would they notice a hostile mage casting, if they were doing that...

Permalink Mark Unread

They'd have to be paying enough attention to the mage-sense to notice things moving when they shouldn't, and that'd be tricky even without the distraction. It would be easier to notice hexes than environmental spells, though. On the other hand, even Eldar have to sleep...

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes, but with groups of three or maybe four you might be able to get safety. Perhaps I'm worrying too much that this is a problem. The real solution is probably just to ask everyone to swear not to use magic in whatever ways we are very very sure we want to proscribe.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'd like to find a solution that's sustainable in the long term, would that be?

Permalink Mark Unread

Oaths? Oh, yes, definitely, they're absolutely binding and they by default last forever.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, I knew that, I meant more, like, are people going to resent having to choose like that, will it cause problems for people who choose one way or the other, that kind of thing.

Permalink Mark Unread

Usually I'd say no but I've been away from my people for a very long time and shouldn't speak so confidently.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sigh.

Well, it's not that urgent.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'll ask my brothers about it the next time we talk.

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods. Sounds like a good starting point, yeah.

Permalink Mark Unread

I just don't want to phrase it in a way that doesn't let people react to a completely different situation a few centuries from now...

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, I was thinking about that. What we want is for them to generally have to keep to whatever consensus there is about how mages should act, probably with some exceptions, and then as the consensus changes what they can do does too, but I don't know if there's a way to do that with oaths and even if there is it's a harder thing to ask of people, when it can get more restrictive as well as less.

Permalink Mark Unread

And when the Enemy could have a way to force an evil consensus. 

Permalink Mark Unread

That too, but we could probably say that the consensus thing starts when they're gone? And then we're back to needing something that might, in the worst case, need to last a while.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. What about prohibiting hexes that are set to last more than a day without the consent of the hexed person, what would worry you about that?

Permalink Mark Unread

You can definitely kill someone with a hex that lasts less than a day. Or permanently damage them, or torture them. Or, with some kinds of magic, hurt the people around them. Most of those are problems with other kinds of spells too, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

And we can't ask people to swear not to use magic to kill anyone, people will be trying to kill them.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. Is there a good way to say they can't start it? "Only in defense of their or someone else's lives?"

Permalink Mark Unread

What if they come across orcs who aren't, currently, attacking?

Permalink Mark Unread

Nobody's actually explained orcs to me yet; why do you think there should be an exception for them like that?

Permalink Mark Unread

All of them serve the Enemy. Sometimes his orders for them might be to not be violent, but that can change at any moment and his orders for them always serve his goals. 

Permalink Mark Unread

That sounds unpleasant all around. Maybe I can find another empty world to put them in? And I kind of want to see if I can talk to a few first, to make sure there isn't anything about the situation that you've missed. But that does sound like a reason for an exception, yeah.

Permalink Mark Unread

Putting them in another world would be great. You might get something out of talking to them that we don't, because they hate Quendi in particular, but you'd have to learn the language.

Permalink Mark Unread

And that's not the best use of my time right now, she sighs. Well, that's a reason to prioritize the spell forms, then, if we can't safely do anything nonlethal with what we have now.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. If they die they go to Mandos and he claims he's trying to fix them, it's not irreversible.

Permalink Mark Unread

...huh?

Permalink Mark Unread

When Quendi and orcs die we go to Mandos. He's not very nice but he can bring us back. So killing us isn't the worst thing you can do to us.

Permalink Mark Unread

...okay. That still sounds like we should be trying to figure out something nonlethal to do with them and then ask what they want, though. Depending on what you mean by 'not very nice', I guess.

Permalink Mark Unread

Asking what they want won't get us anywhere, sending them to another planet might. And Mandos fixes things he finds objectionable about people before he lets them return to life.

Permalink Mark Unread

I mean, I'm thinking send them to another world and then ask what they want from there, making it clear that 'come back and serve the Enemy' isn't an option. If they'd rather go to Mandos than stay in another world where they probably die permanently then we can do that, I just don't like making that choice for them.

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't think you'll get a helpful answer.

Permalink Mark Unread

Maybe not. I should still try, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm.

Permalink Mark Unread

But unless it's a lot easier to deactivate an oath and replace it with a new one than I'm expecting, yeah, definitely put in an exception for that.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's not supposed to be possible at all.

Permalink Mark Unread

...what happens if you swear not to do something until some other thing happens?

Permalink Mark Unread

That works fine.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay, that's what I meant. We can make some mistakes, so long as we make sure they won't be too bad and there's some way to fix them, and that'd be a way. Spellcasting works the same way, I almost always include a way to deactivate spells I cast.

Permalink Mark Unread

You have to be really careful with oaths because they can alter your brain if you're careless or manipulated.

Permalink Mark Unread

Creepy.

I don't think that's the kind of problem we might have here? But, yes, we should definitely be careful.

Permalink Mark Unread

That's the reason there's such a strong taboo against them, even against harmless ones. Can't be careless with something like that.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, definitely. But having an exception for using magic on servants of the Enemy might be a mistake and so might not having one; if we can't risk any mistakes at all this isn't going to work.

Permalink Mark Unread

I want to err on the side that doesn't risk us constraining ourselves in a way the Enemy can exploit.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, agreed.

Permalink Mark Unread

But 'no casting on other people without their consent if there's another way to achieve your goal' is definitely safe, if you think it's important.

Permalink Mark Unread

We'd want that to be 'another effective way', and in either case a malicious mage could still hex someone if that itself was their goal.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm really not worried about malicious mages, and phrasings that don't let you do anything if you're malicious are really constraining if you aren't. But yes.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mm.

If malicious mages really won't be a problem, it might make more sense to talk to people and ask them what kinds of restrictions they'd need to feel safe? If that's the problem we're trying to solve.

Permalink Mark Unread

We're trying to solve the problem of capture by the Enemy, and possibly something triggering a war between the two hosts. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. Is there reason to think that just teleporting out if you're captured won't work? If we assume I can make that automatic somehow.

Permalink Mark Unread

It should work but it'd be very good to have a backup plan.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. Do oaths work from what's true, or from what you believe?

Permalink Mark Unread

Mostly what you believe, with limits. What are you thinking about?

Permalink Mark Unread

Whether there's a way for oaths to help at all, if the Enemy can make people hallucinate and forget things. Sounds like no, or at least not reliably.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oaths that you've forgotten are still in place, so you can say something like 'I swear not to swear any more oaths unless I remember this one and why I swore it', but you can't do "I swear not to tell the Enemy anything" - or, you can, but it just means you'd have to not know he was the Enemy...

Permalink Mark Unread

That first one is pretty clever. I'm starting to think I'm not going to be all that useful for this, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh?

Permalink Mark Unread

There's definitely ways it's similar to spell design, but I don't know enough about the details of how oaths work, or the details of the situation, or Eldar culture.

Permalink Mark Unread

That's fair enough. I'll think about it and maybe have my brothers do it if it seems like something the Enemy'd benefit from having me think about.

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods. Sounds good.

Permalink Mark Unread

And once we've got something safe we can have enough mages to cover unexpected needs without any one of them being a major Enemy target.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm.That part is pretty much up to you - not personally, I mean, but I don't really mind how you end up deciding who gets to learn magic, so long as you realize that the decision needs to be taken seriously.

Permalink Mark Unread

I appreciate that.

Permalink Mark Unread

She grins, just a bit ironically, and tilts her head acknowledgingly. I do get that you've had more than enough of people interfering with how you want to do things.

Dinner? Dinner.

Permalink Mark Unread

Dinner would be nice. He relaxes slightly while they eat.

Permalink Mark Unread

She does too, though she's still pretty thoughtful. She doesn't strike up a conversation again, but spends the time between dinner and bed drawing if he doesn't interrupt.

Permalink Mark Unread

He'll fall asleep again right after dinner.

Permalink Mark Unread

And in the morning she gathers and boils another batch of eggs and drops most of them off with the Ñolofinwëans and takes the rest to the workroom.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hey! We've got a setup that we think would make the settlement really safe without hurting anyone who attacked it, want to take a look?

Permalink Mark Unread

Ooh, yes!

Permalink Mark Unread

So he shows it to her. It has some portals internally to a safer, distant location, but it's mostly set up around their existing camp.

Permalink Mark Unread

Not bad. I can set that up, sure.

Permalink Mark Unread

You're amazing.

Permalink Mark Unread

She chuckles. Well, I try.

Should we get started now? I do have some news, but I think your siblings will be more interested in it.

Permalink Mark Unread

I can bounce it to them, what's the news?

Permalink Mark Unread

I took Findekáno to my world yesterday to see if it's possible to get spell forms via osanwë, and it turns out to be. We got three new ones from one of the kobold tribes - one that only makes dim light, we'll probably be able to get a better version of that one elsewhere, and then one that lets me make spells that react to magic things - I can use that with the light spell to see magic - and one that lets me hide things from my world's kind of spells and maybe your world's, too.

Permalink Mark Unread

Awesome. So the plan's to get more spell forms, if you can, and then figure out what's best to throw at the Enemy?

Permalink Mark Unread

Something like that, and keep working on the plan to teleport them to an empty world until we come up with something better. Getting spell forms over osanwë makes someone a mage, though, so we'll need to wait until some decisions have been made about how that's going to be decided before we can do much of it.

Permalink Mark Unread

How what's gonna be decided?

Permalink Mark Unread

Who gets to learn magic. Findekáno seemed like a pretty obvious choice, but not everyone is going to be so straightforward.

Permalink Mark Unread

Seems like pretty much everyone's safer if they can do magic, but you mentioned it's risky, so - everyone who wants to take the risk - or is it also time-consuming, then maybe it should be a specialty like metalworking...

Permalink Mark Unread

Being a mage doesn't actually protect you much at all from other mages; having the ability to teleport to three or four different places is almost as good and still not very good. Plus we have to worry about what happens if the Enemy captures a mage with any kind of useful spell form.

Permalink Mark Unread

So a specialty. Do mages benefit from working together, can they learn and practice new things and improve more quickly with other mages around...

Permalink Mark Unread

Spell design would benefit from that, and it's a pretty big deal. The other parts of being a mage don't really. And talking to non-mages can help with spell design, too, just not as well since they won't really know how the magic works.

Permalink Mark Unread

So maybe teams of five or so mages? So people don't lose too much time - there's so much to do - but they can help each other with spell design?

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure. But then how do you decide who gets to be a mage in the first place, that's the real problem.

Permalink Mark Unread

What skills do you need to be a good mage?

Permalink Mark Unread

Depends on how you're going to be using the magic; I get a lot out of having a really good memory, but if I didn't I could work around that petty easily. Creativity, being good at thinking up new solutions to problems, being good at noticing patterns? That's not the main thing I'd worry about, though; being a mage with a dangerous spell form - and most of them are dangerous - is like walking around with a weapon all the time; I'm sure there're people you'd rather not let do that.

Permalink Mark Unread

We tried to leave the people we wouldn't trust with a weapon in Valinor, and it ended up making everything worse than if we'd just brought them along.

Permalink Mark Unread

She sighs. And I'm not sure giving everyone who wants it magic doesn't just make things worse again.

I dunno. I should probably stay out of it. Let's go get those spells cast?

Permalink Mark Unread

Staying out of politics is how I stay sane. Yeah, let's.

Permalink Mark Unread

And off they go.

I don't actually mind politics, I'm just used to it being a lot smaller. Kobolds live in tiny little tribes, compared to Eldar, and don't really interact with outsiders much.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sounds nice.

Permalink Mark Unread

I liked it, yeah. I don't really know what I'm comparing it to here, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

I didn't live in the city, I mostly travelled with Huan, made friends along the way. Not with people, I find them complicated. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Her ears flick back at the mention of Huan, and then she looks confused. Oh?

Permalink Mark Unread

I can communicate with animals. So I usually do that. This is the longest I've spent being around people, because they need me.

Permalink Mark Unread

That must be interesting, being able to do that.

Permalink Mark Unread

I like it. I don't think most people'd want to.

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't think I'd've made very good use of it, but I can think of three or four people back in my old tribe who would've been thrilled.

What's it like?

Permalink Mark Unread

You just kind of - instead of sending words, like I'm doing now, send experiences you expect to have in common, get a feel for how they structure their thoughts and experiences. Takes a lot of listening.

Permalink Mark Unread

A little like being a Speaker, then, she smiles.

Permalink Mark Unread

What's that?

Permalink Mark Unread

Most kobolds don't talk, and we don't have osanwë, either. Within a tribe that's not a problem - they're small enough that everyone can know everyone else well enough to get by - but for situations where tribes need to work together, each tribe has someone who can talk, so they can talk to the Speaker from the other tribe and work it out. But in order to be able to do that, we need to get to know all our tribemates well enough to Speak for them, which is kind of like that.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sounds like a lot of responsibility.

Permalink Mark Unread

Tribes don't interact all that often, but yeah. Second or third most responsible position in a tribe, depending on how you count mages.

It's still a valuable sort of skill even if you aren't using it for something like that, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

I can be responsible now that it's needed, but the thing I liked about travelling was that I didn't have to be. I wanted to understand everyone, but so that I could talk with them, I didn't have to represent them to anyone else, they weren't dependent on me or vice versa...

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. Well, if we're lucky enough, we might have the Enemy taken care of in a couple of years, and you can go back to that.

Permalink Mark Unread

Not with my dad dead. They need me more now.

Permalink Mark Unread

...oh.

Sorry.

Permalink Mark Unread

Me too.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hug?

Permalink Mark Unread

A hug would be fantastic.

Permalink Mark Unread

He can have a hug, then.

 

I could give you a couple teleport spells, if you'd like, make it easier to get out of the city when you have a little bit of time.

Permalink Mark Unread

That sounds really nice. Can you do them for Huan too?

Permalink Mark Unread

One way or another, yeah. Or just set yours up so you can bring people or animals with you if you're touching them.

Permalink Mark Unread

That'd work. 

 

Huan's safe. I know he looks scary but he'd never hurt a friend.

Permalink Mark Unread

She grins and squeezes him a little. Good. And I'll be okay with them, I think. Just, nobody'd explained them to me at all - still haven't, actually - so that first meeting was a complete surprise.

Permalink Mark Unread

What d'you want explained? He's a Maia. 

Permalink Mark Unread

...I don't think anyone's mentioned Maiar yet.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Valar are things like the Enemy, they're really powerful. Maiar are lesser versions. They can take any form they want. Huan wants to be a dog.

Permalink Mark Unread

...huh. I'm still not really sure what that means, but okay. My world doesn't have gods at all.

Permalink Mark Unread

He sends as much of the concept of Oromë as he can; it's not much.

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods. Weird, but I guess that's to be expected.

Anyway, I can do a spell to bring you back here - you'll have to show me where you want to appear - and one to put you outside somewhere... I can have that send you to a different random bit of woods each time, but there isn't anywhere uninhabited and the other host had their scouts shot at yesterday; I can make you arrow-proof too but that might still cause problems. Or I can do a spell that sends you to the same place each time, but you'd have to take me there to see it, unless there's someplace distinctive enough that I can find it the other way. And I expect I can do the same spells for Huan but I'll have to see them to check - if you want the random one that'll need to be by touch, though, separate spells won't send you to the same place... and if my guess is right about how Valar bodies work and Maiar work the same way I'll actually need to set it up so they bring you instead of the other way around.

Permalink Mark Unread

Why's that? And that's probably important to test anyway if we're going to send the Enemy out...

Permalink Mark Unread

From the sound of it, if we try to teleport them with a spell that's not actually cast on them, it'll move their body but they might not go with it. I could be wrong, but it sounds like the kind of thing that'd be unpleasant to test. Casting on them directly should let the spell move them body and all, though, maybe unless they're specifically trying not to bring it with them or something.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'll ask Huan how he feels about us testing on him. But sounds good.

Permalink Mark Unread

Good.

Spellcasting, spellcasting, this one requires walking through a crowded place to get to and she balks a little...

Permalink Mark Unread

Do you want me to tell people to clear out -

Permalink Mark Unread

...how many more are there like this? ...yeah, probably a good idea. Sorry.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hey, everyone, out of the streets, kobold's skittish around crowds, he says to everyone but her, and then it's okay. Stresses me out too, honestly.

Permalink Mark Unread

She grins and leans on him while the crowd disperses. There are just so many of you! I did the math yesterday and before I came here I'd only seen three or four thousand people, total, in my whole life. And less than half of that all in one place at the same time.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, Tirion had nearly half a million people in it before everything started.

Permalink Mark Unread

That's ridiculous.

Permalink Mark Unread

I know, right?!

Permalink Mark Unread

The most ridiculous.

There are still a few Eldar, but the crowd is getting pretty sparse. She heads toward the next spell location.

Permalink Mark Unread

Lots of them are dead now, this camp only has about a fifth that.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sigh, hug.

 

I told Maitimo a while ago about how kobolds memorialize our dead, they were going to think about how something like that that suited Eldar better might work. I wonder if they got anywhere with that - probably not, I think they've been pretty distracted.

Permalink Mark Unread

He mentioned. We've got a tradition for them. We carve a hole in a rock and we put a colored gemstone in it for how they died and then we decorate it with things that were meaningful to them and then we put the stones outside.

He gestures. There are thousands of them.

Permalink Mark Unread

..ah.

She hugs him again and gently butts her head against him. Wish I'd gotten here sooner.

Permalink Mark Unread

Us too. We got here as soon as we could and it wasn't soon enough.

Permalink Mark Unread

She leans on him for another couple seconds and then sighs. All we can do is what we can do, I guess.

Permalink Mark Unread

Someday maybe Mandos'll bring them back.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah.

Spellcasting? She can do some spellcasting.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah.

Permalink Mark Unread

So: Spellcasting.

Eventually: I'm probably not going to be by tomorrow; Maitimo's been kind of pestering me to take a day off, and they're not really wrong about me needing one soon.

Permalink Mark Unread

No worries. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She grins, not very enthusiastically. Thanks.

And I should start working on that spell set for them, too - did your siblings tell you about that? I've been kind of putting it off and I really shouldn't be. So I won't have as much time for spell experiments for a while.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. I'll let them know not to plan on too many.

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods. I am interested in seeing how the magic detection form works with your kind of magic, but I'm not sure that'll be a priority - if it does usefully enough I'll be able to cast spells with the presence of your or my world's spells as a trigger, though, that might be useful.

Permalink Mark Unread

We can do that whenever you've got some time.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. Well, I'm not sure how I'd use it, and that probably matters for what I'd want to learn about it - give your siblings a couple days to think about it and see what they come up with, I think.

Do you want that spell to bring you back here, now? It's not as useful without the other one, but it'll still help a little.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure.

Permalink Mark Unread

All right. Where do you want it to put you?

Permalink Mark Unread

Over there, maybe?

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure. And she goes through the rest of the procedure. All set. Is Huan around to get the same thing?

Permalink Mark Unread

So he calls Huan and Huan trots happily over.

Permalink Mark Unread

Huan is still kind of intimidating, but she's much better at handling that when it's not a surprise.

Do they do osanwë?

 

Permalink Mark Unread

He can understand you, he won't answer you.

Permalink Mark Unread

So she explains what she's proposing to do, including that she's not entirely sure how Ainur are connected to their bodies so she can't guarantee that it'll work as intended, though she's going to do it in the safest way possible.

Permalink Mark Unread

Huan wags his tail and braids himself around Tyelcormo's legs.

Permalink Mark Unread

That's a yes?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah.

Permalink Mark Unread

All right, she grins.

 

...huh.

She goes through the spellcasting process, with each step taking noticeably longer than it did for Tyelkormo. There you go.

Permalink Mark Unread

Is casting on a Maia different?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, they're more complicated and it's harder to figure out what I need to do - they're more overwhelming to look at, basically.

Permalink Mark Unread

And a Vala will probably be worse.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, the Enemy was - I got a look while I was in Angband, briefly, and it took two tries to be able to stay in the trance at all. Whoever ends up doing the casting - shouldn't be me, I'm too irreplaceable - is definitely going to need to train for that.

Permalink Mark Unread

Too bad we don't have any Valar to train on.

Permalink Mark Unread

That'd be best, yeah. Sensing groups of people should be pretty close, though, I think we'll be okay.

Permalink Mark Unread

Is another thing we should be picking mages on some kind of aptitude with the sense?

Permalink Mark Unread

That's what noticing patterns is good for. We actually need two different sorts of mages, though - the ones who're going to be training to cast on the Enemy need to avoid knowing anything dangerous, because there's no way to be sure ahead of time that trying to cast on them doesn't give them an opportunity to capture them somehow, and then we'll also want mages who can know that stuff so they can help with things that involve it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Makes sense. And probably a couple of each if who's going to be good at it is hard to predict...

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. And so we don't have to start over if something happens - if we only have a few mages, or if they're all in one place, that's a really tempting target.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, definitely. But there'll be some here and some with the Nolofinweans, right, so that's not all in one place...

Permalink Mark Unread

That, yeah. Two little clusters doesn't seem that much safer than one, though. And you probably don't want them actually here, either - the Ñolofinwëans are planning on building two cities so if the Enemy captures one of their mages they'll only be able to teleport to one and their civilians can be safe in the other.

Permalink Mark Unread

We were going to build fortresses positioned to besiege him but I don't know if we're still planning on that.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, the portal rooms make that less of a good idea. I can help with whatever you end up deciding to do, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thanks.

Permalink Mark Unread

Grin, hug.

 

I have a little while before I need to get back for lunch, do you have anything else for me to do?

Permalink Mark Unread

They do! They have a list.

Permalink Mark Unread

At some point I really need to learn your language. And to read.

But they can read the list to her, and that works fine. Spells! Experiments! Lunchtime!

Permalink Mark Unread

I can't read either, no worries. And they document the experiment results and say goodbye.

Permalink Mark Unread

And she heads home and gets to work on lunch.

That went well, they didn't seem upset about Findekáno being a mage at all. Unless one of the others was and Tyelkormo didn't mention it, I guess.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, good. I'd expect him to mention it, he doesn't usually stay quiet about things that are upsetting him.

Permalink Mark Unread

Good.

I mentioned that the Ñolofinwëans are planning on a second city, too, I'm not sure Tyelkormo shared that with the others but it didn't seem to be a problem - probably helped that they had me working on their defenses today.

Permalink Mark Unread

I think they mostly want the Nolofinweans to be safe and far away in Valinor, like we originally thought they were.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. I meant since they're not it's probably important that I don't seem like I'm favoring them too much.

Permalink Mark Unread

It will certainly make my life easier politically if you don't seem that way, but we wronged them, it's very fair to favor them in response.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. And if they need that I will, but for now they seem okay with how I've been splitting up my time, and working with your siblings on the spellcasting will help them too. And I do want both groups to be as safe as I can get them.

Permalink Mark Unread

That's good of you.

Permalink Mark Unread

...there's a cultural difference there, I think, she says after a few seconds. Not surprising, really. This kind of thing would just be expected, among kobolds - the world's not safe, we don't have powerful people making it be; if you can do something to keep your tribe safe, of course you do that, it's your tribe. And the same principle applies to other ones - less so, but for basically the same reason.

Permalink Mark Unread

No, that's the same with us, it's why we left Valinor, because there were people who were in danger and we wanted to make their world safe. It's just that lots of those principles fall apart when people have hurt each other badly in the past.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ah. Well, I don't feel that much like I'm a part of them, yet, and I'm really good at not letting my principles go.

Permalink Mark Unread

That's a good trait to have.

Permalink Mark Unread

That gets a grin. Yeah, I think so.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thing the Enemy likes to try to do to people. Give them impossible choices, grind them down, try to make them feel like all principles are lies...

Permalink Mark Unread

Must've been hard.

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't think so. But if I've subtly been tampered with I might not be able to tell.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mm.

She considers that for a few seconds, and goes back to cooking.

Permalink Mark Unread

A lot of my problems come down to not knowing how I'd tell if I were dangerous to my people.

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods. And there's nothing obvious, but I'm sure you could tell that yourself, and I don't know enough about what things might be problems to help with anything much more subtle - I think you'll be okay, but it's hard to know.

Permalink Mark Unread

And I'm still pretty sure this is a hallucination.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. I wish there was something we could do about that.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's okay. It's a pleasant hallucination.

Permalink Mark Unread

A wry grin mingles with the sadness and frustration on her face. Good, I've been trying for that.

Permalink Mark Unread

If it weren't a hallucination I'd feel badly about that. I don't usually want people to try to make my life pleasant, not when there are competing issues.

Permalink Mark Unread

I mean, I'm not prioritizing it above anything you'd consider more important, that wouldn't help anything. But there's not much I can do that's unambiguously helpful for you, and that's one of the things.

Permalink Mark Unread

And I do appreciate it.

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods.

Have you given any thought to what you'll need or want when you go back to stay with your siblings?

Permalink Mark Unread

To feel like I'm not hurting them constantly by accident, mostly. I worry I've forgotten too much -

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. Would it help to see how they've been with me? I haven't been specifically memorizing things, but I should still be able to show you most of it.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'd like that, yes.

Permalink Mark Unread

And so she sends it. The last few days are basically complete, and her memories get slowly patchier and less crisp from there.

Permalink Mark Unread

You're very perceptive.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. It's a Speaker thing, we have to be.

Permalink Mark Unread

I think this'll help, too. Thanks.

Permalink Mark Unread

You're welcome. She applies herself to her lunch. Anything else that might help - practical things?

Permalink Mark Unread

Could you do a spell such that no one can touch me and vice versa - could say it's part of the safety measures -

Permalink Mark Unread

It won't be the most elegant thing, but I can do it - it'll teleport either you or them to a set spot; I can make it do a few different spots depending on where you are at the time, but that'll be enough work that most places should just use the same one. And if you want to be able to turn it off, there's a couple ways I can do that; I suspect you'll want the one where if you aren't actively suppressing the spell it's on automatically.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes, that sounds ideal. Thank you.

Permalink Mark Unread

No problem. I'm going to start getting locations in the castle and working on the pinning paths after tomorrow, I can show you what I have and we can work on the details as I do that.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'll look forward to it.

Permalink Mark Unread

She grins, a little wanly. Good.

Permalink Mark Unread

You going to take that day off?

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. I haven't quite decided what I'm going to do with it yet, whether I want to be here or with Findekáno or some of both, but probably one of those. ...maybe go see that waterfall they're scouting near, I miss mine.

Permalink Mark Unread

That sounds fun.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah.

Is there anything like that that you like?

Permalink Mark Unread

Used to like travelling, but with a friend.

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods and lays back. Someone in particular?

Permalink Mark Unread

My cousin, yeah.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mm.

I bet you'll get that straightened out eventually. Probably not soon, but. Maybe within my lifetime.

Permalink Mark Unread

We both have too many obligations to go wandering off anymore.

Permalink Mark Unread

For now, yeah, but eventually. I'm not the only one who needs time off once in a while.

Permalink Mark Unread

True. He might eventually want to be my friend again.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. Won't surprise me.

Permalink Mark Unread

He'll notice more than most people that I'm not really okay, and I'm extra not-okay around him. So it might be hard.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yup. You have as much time as you need, though, and I get the feeling that when you're both ready, they'll make it as easy as it can be for you.

Permalink Mark Unread

I think so, if it doesn't interfere with him protecting his people.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. I think by the time you're ready we'll know enough about that that it won't be a problem, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

How long do you think it'll take me to be ready?

Permalink Mark Unread

Decades, pretty easily? Just the stuff I know about I'd expect to take years at kobold pace with healers to help and a supportive tribe and nothing else to worry about, and that's not the situation here. You do seem to be doing pretty well on your own, though, I'm not worried that you won't be able to do it, I just expect it to take longer.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes, I was sort of expecting it to be centuries.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, she sighs, that wouldn't surprise me either.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'll be functional much sooner.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm.

I wish we weren't in a situation where you feel you have to be.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, even if we were back in Valinor and nothing else bad had ever happened I think I'd prefer to be functional sooner, I'm not really my whole self without people I'm working with on things.

Permalink Mark Unread

She grins; he probably can't see it, but it comes through in her tone, too. I'll worry less, then.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, don't worry about that.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm, she sits back up. I wasn't very worried about that, anyway. It's more that I want you to have enough freedom to figure out - what you need, what you want, how you want to live now. It's going to be different from before, that's completely normal; trying to make things go back to exactly how they were... it's a normal phase, for some people, but it doesn't usually work very well. Trying to be what the current situation demands is a little better, but it can still mess you up if you pay too much attention to that and not enough to what you need, even if there are good reasons to pay attention to it. So, yeah, I'm not really happy about the situation here, for lots of reasons but that's one of them.

Permalink Mark Unread

What are the others?

Permalink Mark Unread

She sighs, and the sigh has an edge to it. Well, Angband, obviously. I'm, still - I'm being careful not to let that make me forget about the things that are important to me, we're going to fix it and I want to be okay after, but, that. And the situation with your siblings; I know I don't know all the details there, but they're not okay for themselves, pretty obviously, and I'm sure this isn't fair to them, but I feel like when you go back they should be helping and supporting you, not the other way around like you've been saying - even if you don't really want that it upsets me that it's not something that'd be there if you needed it. And whatever things caused that, too, because I'm pretty sure it wasn't always like that.

Permalink Mark Unread

My father and my brother dying. And my capture, probably.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, sigh, probably. Like I said, not really fair to them. But still upsetting.

Permalink Mark Unread

I wish I had my memories of what they used to be like.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah.

Permalink Mark Unread

I think then the pieces'd fit together and I'd know what I needed and what they could help with.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmm.

I'll be able to pick up on that a little bit, as I get to know them better? I bet you'll be faster, but we might not notice all the same things.

Permalink Mark Unread

We don't, no. But they're different now, I don't know what I'd be trying to help them get back to.

Permalink Mark Unread

Tyelkormo might have some useful thoughts on that. And I can ask without bringing you into it.

Permalink Mark Unread

How would you do that?

Permalink Mark Unread

Ask if there's anything especially useful I could do for them, like the spells I cast this morning for them and Huan, and see if I can get them talking about it more generally.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thank you.

Permalink Mark Unread

No problem.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm working on putting the pieces together. I won't make mistakes forever.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yup. You'll get there. She grins fondly.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thanks to you.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, that spell turned out pretty well for both of us, considering, she grins.

Permalink Mark Unread

Do you have what you need, now?

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods. I think so. Unless this mage thing goes wrong in an especially bad way or something, but I don't expect it to; aside from the tricky politics stuff it's just a matter of settling in, now.

Permalink Mark Unread

Good.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah.

 

I should head out, is there anything you need before I go?

Permalink Mark Unread

Nothing comes to mind, but thank you.

Permalink Mark Unread

No problem.

She takes a few minutes to put the cave in order, and then sets out; she arrives at the Ñolofinwëan camp with a herd's worth of venison and three giant turtles.

Permalink Mark Unread

Which gets distributed. The scouts have updates and are ready to come back.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, good, updates. She facilitates that.

Permalink Mark Unread

We know enough by now to feel we're safer there than here.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sounds good. Do you want to bring everyone there now? I'm planning on taking a day off tomorrow, but there should be enough time to get basic defenses put up tonight.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes, let's go.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm.

Even with teleportation, it takes a while to move tens of thousands of people and their possessions, but once she's got teleportation zones set up it's mostly a matter of keeping everyone organized, and she can get to work on the new city site - pulling down trees, setting up temporary walls and enspelling them, redoing the portal tents, and so on.

There's still a steady stream of people arriving when she stops for dinner; she checks in with Findekáno and lets him know what she's gotten done before she goes.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thanks! We can definitely build from here.

Permalink Mark Unread

Good. And I'll probably be by for a while tomorrow anyway, if it turns out there's something you need right away. Hug!

Permalink Mark Unread

I hope it's a relaxing day off.

Permalink Mark Unread

She grins. Should be, I think. Hopefully things'll be settled enough for you to have one too, soon.

Permalink Mark Unread

I had lots of them in Valinor. I don't miss it yet.

Permalink Mark Unread

She gives an amused snort. Fair. All right, I should get back. See you soon.

Permalink Mark Unread

I will! Thanks so much for everything!

Permalink Mark Unread

No problem. One last hug, and she heads home.

Permalink Mark Unread

He's asleep, but wakes. How are they doing?

Permalink Mark Unread

Good. They're moving to the new city site now; I put up all the basic defensive spells for them, so they should be fine tomorrow, but I'll check in anyway. You?

Permalink Mark Unread

Want to try to learn to walk, but those are going to be harder bones to patch up.

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods. Anything I can do to help? I know a little bit about the rehabilitation process after a broken leg, but that seems to be more about learning how to use it again than actually healing it...

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't think so. It'll just take some time, and it's probably different between species anyway. Thanks, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

No problem. Let me know if you think of anything.

Permalink Mark Unread

Where's their camp, is it pretty?

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm, she sends the overhead view and some of the nicer ground-level ones. We couldn't figure out where it is exactly, but it's not close to Angband at all, maybe not even on the same continent.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

Thank you.

Permalink Mark Unread

You're welcome, she grins, and then turns her attention to the meal she's preparing.

Permalink Mark Unread

He commits the images of the camp to memory. Far away and safe. Hard to think how he can do better than that.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm.

After a while, dinner is ready, and she sits and watches the sunset with him while they eat. Looks like it might snow tonight, she comments.

Permalink Mark Unread

It snows here?

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. She sends a couple memories of the forest blanketed in it. It won't get like that for another month or so, but yeah. That's why kobolds usually spend the winter in caves; it won't ever get too cold in here, no matter how bad the weather is aboveground.

Permalink Mark Unread

Tirion was always warm but we spent the last five Years up north, it snowed like that there too. Don't know about Beleriand.

Permalink Mark Unread

It'll probably change now that there's a sun, anyway. We'll have to wait and see.

Permalink Mark Unread

And the Nolofinweans might have different seasons than us anyway.

Permalink Mark Unread

Possible, I guess. It'll be interesting to find out.

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't know how things work with a Sun; in Valinor different places were different seasons sometimes. How was it on your world?

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm not completely sure, actually. The jungle has longer days than here, which is kind of surprising - I would've expected the sun to act the same way everywhere, and I don't know if that's just that warmer places have longer days or if there's something more complicated going on. But days get longer and shorter in a very predictable way, and the seasons follow that, at least here.

Permalink Mark Unread

How do suns work, do you have any idea? Fixed path across the sky? What carries them?

Permalink Mark Unread

Not fixed but predictable paths; the longer the day the higher in the sky it'll get, and it doesn't start from the same point on the horizon every day but it's always close and always goes in the same direction. Other than that, I don't know... I do know it isn't affected by anything but time, having a cold summer or a warm winter doesn't affect it at all; you can tell time by looking at shadows once you're familiar enough with how they look at different times of day and year.

Permalink Mark Unread

Huh. That sounds useful.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. I should mention it to your siblings, actually, it might help them figure out what's going on with your sun a little faster.

Permalink Mark Unread

I bet it will!

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. It should be pretty obvious with a couple days' observations if your sun is following about the same rules as mine, at least, and if it is we'll be able to tell what season it is, too - I think it's spring, but it'd be better to know.

Permalink Mark Unread

That makes sense, yes. And they'll find it an interesting challenge. They might already be looking at things like that.

Permalink Mark Unread

I think so, yeah. I didn't understand all the things they showed me they were working on, but a couple of them could have been that.

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't understand half the things they're working on either. That's not the memory loss, I'm pretty sure I never did.

Permalink Mark Unread

She chuckles. Yeah, that sounds about right. I think I could understand most of them, if I sat down with them and really tried, and maybe had someone who could explain them slowly. But your siblings are not that person.

Permalink Mark Unread

Father was very patient with all of us when we were growing up and learning things. Now there's less space for patience.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. And I don't mind not knowing, it's just funny how they seemed to expect me to figure such complicated things out from so little information.

Permalink Mark Unread

They mean it as a compliment.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, I caught that. It's more cute than anything else, knowing that.

Permalink Mark Unread

I think so too.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah.

 

I should work on that magic-vision spell tonight. I'm sure they're going to want to see what the magic detection form can do; better if I have something close to a final version for them to see.

Permalink Mark Unread

That makes sense. I'll leave you to it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm.

She goes and gets some small rocks and sets them in front of her and sits and closes her eyes.

After a while: Are you going to want a magic vision spell? We're probably going to keep the tradition that the first spell a new mage casts on a person is that on themselves, but if you're not going to learn magic anyway that probably doesn't matter.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'd like that. I can't do anything dangerous with it, right?

Permalink Mark Unread

Right, all it'll do is let you see which things are magic and some details about how. Want to see what I have so far?

Permalink Mark Unread

I'd like that, yeah.

Permalink Mark Unread

All right. This one will just last through tomorrow - I may end up changing things around, and everybody should end up with a spell that works the same way so we can share things over osanwë and have them make sense - and I'll make it so you can turn it on and off, too. And you generally won't be able to see the spells on me, since I have the antimagic effect.

She goes through the spellcasting procedure - he can turn the effect on or off by wanting to, unless he'd rather have a different trigger - and then teleports the stones she was using to test it with to his tray; when he activates the spell he'll see gently glowing swirls of different colors overlaid on them.

Permalink Mark Unread

What do the differences in color mean?

Permalink Mark Unread

Different spell forms. Grey is the teleportation, yellow is the light form, bright blue is the magic detection, and red is the antimagic. I can't get more detail than that with this detection form.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ah, clever. Wow.

 

It's pretty, too.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, that seemed like something I should try for. Good to know I managed it.

Permalink Mark Unread

You're getting to know Quendi quite well.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm working on it, yeah.

Permalink Mark Unread

So the magic-hiding spell beats magic detection?

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. It makes it so you can't trigger spells at all, while it's active.

Permalink Mark Unread

I still don't understand why you think protection against hexes isn't possible.

Permalink Mark Unread

The antimagic hides interactions between objects, is the limitation. If there's something with a spell on it that's activated by touch, and I touch it with my antimagic active, the spell can't feel the touch and won't activate. Same goes for spells on me that depend on me touching someone or something. But if it's triggered by time, or something about me, or if it's always on, the spell will work fine, the antimagic doesn't affect it at all.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ah, okay.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. It's still useful, just not for that. And maybe not much in your world, depending on whether it works on your kind of magic - we'll have to see.

Permalink Mark Unread

It'd still be useful, since your kind of magic is going to get more common.

Permalink Mark Unread

Maybe. Do you have any ideas for it?

Permalink Mark Unread

Aside from watching out for trouble? Not off the top of my head.

Permalink Mark Unread

The magic detection, yeah, that'll be useful for lots of things - it should let me make spells that can react to your world's magic, too. But I meant the antimagic - it's handy if there are mages around that you have a problem with, but hopefully we're not going to have that kind of trouble, and there's not really another obvious use.

Permalink Mark Unread

I remain very confident about that not being a problem assuming we approach it sensibily, yeah.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm.

She yawns.

Permalink Mark Unread

Am I keeping you up?

Permalink Mark Unread

Nah, I'm okay. Getting late, though.

She leans back and closes her eyes, and one by one the stone formations on the walls and ceiling light up with curls and sparkles of blue and green, some still, some moving in simple repeating patterns.

Permalink Mark Unread

He laughs delightedly, and then starts singing, and watches it, and sleeps.

Permalink Mark Unread

And she smiles when he laughs and watches it for a while and sleeps too, and in the morning the curls and sparkles are gone, but where they were shows yellow to the magic-vision.

Permalink Mark Unread

That shows that magic was used in the past?

Permalink Mark Unread

More or less. The spells're still there; I didn't put in a way to re-activate them, so they won't ever do anything, but unless something happens to the stone they'll be there forever.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, so it shows a dormant spell? One that's been cast and hasn't been broken but isn't doing anything?

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. A spell that was waiting to be activated or doing something you couldn't see would look the same, though, all you can tell from that is that there's a spell there and what forms it uses.

Permalink Mark Unread

I can't tell from the yellow that it's currently inactive?

Permalink Mark Unread

Right, look - she makes a patch of the cave wall start glowing a royal blue, dark enough for the yellow to show clearly against.

Permalink Mark Unread

Huh. Why'd you go for this design, have you seen other ways of representing it...

Permalink Mark Unread

I haven't, no. Mostly I just liked how it looks, and how it'll work with other designs if we end up having things with both kinds of magic on them; if you have a suggestion I can try it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Not especially; I still don't have much sense of the process, perhaps you need magic to understand it...

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't think so? I have pretty much free choice about how I connect the detection form to the light form; I can't do very complicated shapes, but aside from that I can do what I want - if I wanted to use color to show what world's magic it was and shape to show how many spells were there and movement to show what spell forms were being used I could do that, I just don't think it'd make as much sense or look as nice.

Permalink Mark Unread

This way looks very nice.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm.

Want to see some of the other ways I considered?

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure!

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay.

She sets up a hide with a portal in it, rather than enspell him each time, and there's a version that just makes enspelled things straightforwardly glow and one that outlines them with colors and one that adds a glow as if they're backlit and one that gives them a polka dot pattern and one that makes them sparkle with tiny pinpricks of light - I'm probably going to use this one for your world's magic -

Permalink Mark Unread

Oooohhh! 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. That one's little too distracting to use for something as common as I think my magic might end up being, but I really want to use it somewhere.

Permalink Mark Unread

Our magic's also going to be all over the place but you could use it for specific kinds.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, I could do that.

Permalink Mark Unread

Most of our swords and armor are magic, the walls are...

Permalink Mark Unread

I think it might make the most sense to use it for something that it'd be helpful to notice quickly? But I'll need to know more about your world's magic and how the detection form reacts to it to really say.

And if we want the walls sparkly I can just do that, she grins.

Permalink Mark Unread

We probably don't want the walls sparkly.

Permalink Mark Unread

No, probably not. Maybe for special occasions or something.

Anyway, if we're not going to use the sparkles for your world's magic in general, I think the backlit glow is my second choice, from the ones I've come up with so far - she adjusts the hide to show the combination of that and the curls. It's not as pretty, but the combination isn't as distracting. Or I could switch it, use the glow for mine and the curls for yours.

Permalink Mark Unread

Something that stands out from a distance so we can see if the Enemy's doing it is probably the most important consideration.

Permalink Mark Unread

Good point. And the glow is a good choice for that, I can do it so it's still full size even if what it's reacting to is small or far away.

Permalink Mark Unread

Will it be a problem that our vision's so different...

Permalink Mark Unread

Could be. I'll definitely get some help with testing things before I suggest that anything be permanent.

Permalink Mark Unread

I think they'll enjoy testing things.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yup.

Permalink Mark Unread

Before the war, when my father was alive, they were so curious, all the time, about everything...

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. And they haven't lost that, exactly, but it might never be painless again... Wish I'd found you before all this.

Permalink Mark Unread

That'd have been lovely. Could have crossed the sea with a portal...

Permalink Mark Unread

Could've kept you free, could've kept people safe... she sighs. Well, I'm here now, anyway.

Permalink Mark Unread

And it's not too late.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. And I guess I can't let it bother me too much, I wasn't even alive when this started...

Permalink Mark Unread

It's only been five Years.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm, and I'm not that old; I'll be thirty-two this spring. We age faster than you do, I'm sure.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, we take five Years to grow up.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. We're adults at twelve or so and full grown in our early twenties; if I'd wanted to raise my own kids my eldest would be turning twelve this spring.

Permalink Mark Unread

Wow. I suppose it makes sense that you'd want to make the most of time if you aren't going to have forever.

Permalink Mark Unread

We don't have that kind of choice about it, she chuckles, but, yeah. We only live a hundred fifty, hundred sixty years at most, it wouldn't work very well if we spent a third of that as children.

Permalink Mark Unread

What happens when you die, do you know?

Permalink Mark Unread

What do you mean?

Permalink Mark Unread

When we die our spirits go to Mandos and from there he can bring us back to life.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ah. We don't have anything like that - not that anyone comes back from, anyway, so if we do go somewhere, we don't know about it ahead of time.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm sorry. That's - not knowing would be the worst, I think.

Permalink Mark Unread

She shrugs. It doesn't really bother me? There are plenty of things about the world that I don't know, and I don't have any reason to think that's a particularly bad one.

Permalink Mark Unread

I would like to stop existing but I can't. But at least I know what does happen, there's a bound on how bad death can be...

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods. Maybe it's because I'm used to a world without gods. Things can get pretty bad, here, but there's already a bound on how bad they can get; mages and hexes and monsters are scary, but there's always something we can do about them - maybe not anything good, but always something, even if we aren't very powerful. And whatever might happen to me after I die doesn't feel like it should be any different than that, or at least not worse.

Permalink Mark Unread

That makes sense. Probably it's - just wandering houseless, like we did before Mandos. That makes the most sense.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. Maybe. I've always kind of assumed that we just stop existing.

Permalink Mark Unread

I wish we did that.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sigh. Yeah.

Permalink Mark Unread

Quendi and Valar and Maiar can't do that but I don't know anything about people from your world.

Permalink Mark Unread

Maybe there's a way to find out. Or - swap, somehow.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oooh, that'd be lovely.

Permalink Mark Unread

She chuckles, briefly. Well, you've got a long time to look for worlds that can do that. And I doubt you'll have trouble finding someone to swap with, if you need to - I'll do it, if I'm still around.

Permalink Mark Unread

I hope we find a solution for you, that'd be nice.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. It's going to be rough on everybody if we don't, I'm sure - watching someone get old can be pretty upsetting even if you're expecting it.

Permalink Mark Unread

And we've never heard of it. What's upsetting, is it unpleasant for you?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. It's not the same for everybody, but we get worse at healing from things, it gets harder to stay warm in the winter and cool in the summer, it gets easier to get sick and harder to get well again, a lot of people end up with weird medical problems - we get fragile, and it's hard to watch someone you care about get more and more fragile and know it's not going to get better.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm sorry. That does sound hard. There's - there's probably something, I should ask Curufinwë...

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. Probably a good idea. I've got a good seventy years before that starts getting noticeable at all, but I'm sure that doesn't sound nearly as comforting to you as it does to me.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's not a very long time to us, no. And it might be hard and take a long time.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. She chuckles wryly. Sorry about my unfortunate species traits.

Permalink Mark Unread

We are very lucky to have you, don't worry. I am not primarily concerned with this because it will make us sad to see you sick.

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods. Yeah, I figured. More what I was trying to say was, if it turns out to be something we can't do anything about, that's - not okay, but I'm not going to be upset about it. I wasn't ever expecting to live even that long.

Permalink Mark Unread

You mentioned. I'm glad you found me. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, me too.

Permalink Mark Unread

Even if you don't want to live longer maybe they could fix the being sick.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. And I think I'm going to want to, anyway. Assuming I'm still here - I think I will be, but planning for something a hundred years in the future still seems a little bit ridiculous to me.

Permalink Mark Unread

Fair enough.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm.

 

Hmm, how're you doing on having things patched up so you can teleport comfortably?

Permalink Mark Unread

Pretty close. Another week, maybe. I'll let you know.

Permalink Mark Unread

All right. I'm going to go find that waterfall and I'll come back and make you a portal, then, if you want one.

Permalink Mark Unread

Have fun.

Permalink Mark Unread

I will.

She's gone for the better part of an hour, and when she comes back she reports that it's not really warm enough to swim there yet but it is very pretty; she opens a portal to reveal a tiered cascade waterfall. I'm going to go draw it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, it's stunning. Yes, do!

Permalink Mark Unread

Wish you could come see it in person. Soon enough, though, she grins, and goes to collect her drawing supplies. After a few minutes, she appears on the other side of the portal, and builds a small fire on the bank of the lowest pool before starting with her drawing.

She takes her time with it, occasionally putting it down altogether and going to dip her feet in the water or take a closer look at the plants surrounding it or lie on the rocks and look at the sky; at one point, when the fire's burned low, a pair of deer appear at the top of the fall to drink from the river, and she goes absolutely still until they've gone, so as not to scare them. As the sun approaches its apex, though, she puts the finishing touches on her work, animating the falling water with a careful application of magic, and then puts out the fire and returns home.

That was really nice, this day off was a good idea.

Permalink Mark Unread

I never regretted taking one. Some space to do something nice is lovely.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah.

Not sure what I want to do this afternoon, yet - go see what Findekáno is up to and decide from there, I think; maybe see what Tyelkormo is doing if they're busy.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. Findekáno can also probably introduce you to some of his people who you'd like.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Today might be a good day for that, yeah. I'll think about it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Have fun.

Permalink Mark Unread

I was planning on making lunch first, at least. I'm not going to let you go hungry, she says, as if this is perhaps not unforgivable but certainly close to it.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'd forgotten we were coming up on lunchtime. Thank you. Hopefully soon I'll be able to make my own food.

Permalink Mark Unread

She relaxes again and grins. Ah, okay. And I don't mind cooking, but if you want to, sure.

Permalink Mark Unread

I should at least know how much bother I'm asking my people to go to for my sake!

Permalink Mark Unread

It's really not much. Cooking for two people isn't any harder than cooking for one, if we're eating basically the same thing.

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't know much about what they're eating these days or - whether it'll bother me -

Permalink Mark Unread

Sigh. Yeah, I don't know either. I can find out - I won't be surprised if Tyelkormo notices eventually anyway, they've been looking out for your other siblings, it probably wouldn't hurt anything for them to know? And if it's a problem I can keep cooking for you, it really isn't that big of a deal, we'll figure something out.

Permalink Mark Unread

I was planning to tell them everything I need, they'll be hurt to learn it indirectly or some other way. Don't have to tell them why.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay.

I can be there for that, if it'd help - or not, if that'd be better, whatever you need. And if they can't do it, I will, or help them, or - we'll find a way. Okay? You don't need to worry about it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thank you.

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods, and gets to work on lunch without further comment. She's ... calmer, anyway, by the time it's ready.

Permalink Mark Unread

Why did I upset you this time?

Permalink Mark Unread

I hadn't realized you were worried about that, and it's a very reasonable thing to be worried about, and I don't like not having a solution ready. If there are problems, it might not be possible to solve them immediately, and, just - one one hand I understand that this isn't the kind of problem Eldar have usually needed to deal with, and I'm trying not to get too upset about them not just knowing how, but on the other hand that's actually really upsetting, coming from my background. How can they not be ready to take care of people? How can this be such a big deal that it needs diplomacy? There are always people around who'll need taking care of for one reason or another, that can happen to anyone - will happen to anyone, if they live long enough. Except for Eldar that's just not true, so of course this can happen, even though it shouldn't, and I don't really know how to deal with that.

Permalink Mark Unread

They're really good at taking care of people in some ways. We haven't had to take care of escapees from Angband in a long time and when we did a lot of things were different.

Permalink Mark Unread

Good at taking care of people in some ways but not necessarily in this way, or you wouldn't be worried about it.

And this isn't just about you - not that that's not bad enough - but it's going to be me needing to be taken care of, eventually, too.

Permalink Mark Unread

Please don't worry. I have to think about things like whether people will trust me to be making decisions about a war, I wouldn't be worried if the only thing I needed was food prepared for me.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's still weird and alarming that those might have anything to do with each other in the first place.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm sorry I alarmed you.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's - I'll be okay.

I knew adjusting to a new culture was going to be hard.

Permalink Mark Unread

I really think this will be less of a problem than you expect. If you can tell people what you need they'll do that, and if what you need is complicated the telling can get complicated but - wouldn't have been for the person I used to be, shouldn't be for you...

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. I guess. I'm used to it just being a background assumption - you don't have to tell anyone, people just look out for each other. So getting into that habit - figuring out how to do a good enough job of noticing, about myself, that nothing goes too wrong - isn't going to be easy, I don't think.

Permalink Mark Unread

i can try noticing for you, if you like. I think I used to know how to do that.

Permalink Mark Unread

Can't hurt. I think I'd notice if you were wrong, at least if it was in a harmful way. If - if it's a skill you want to put the effort into. Which I'm not sure you're going to.

Permalink Mark Unread

It used to be really important to me. I suppose maybe there are more important things now but - I kind of want the things back that were part of who I was. And maybe there aren't more important things.

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods, takes a moment to consider. All right.

Permalink Mark Unread

I think when I was good at it, it helped with lots of other things too. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. It's kind of ...noticeable, now, that you don't have that.

Permalink Mark Unread

How so?

Permalink Mark Unread

Most people really don't like talking about death. Or thinking about it at all.

Permalink Mark Unread

I am happy to not mention it.

Permalink Mark Unread

I've been kind of figuring it was good for you? I don't mind, if that's what you need, I'd rather you have someone to talk to about it if that's helpful. But it's not exactly a relaxing day-off topic.

Permalink Mark Unread

It is good for me, but I can identify other people who it's good for. Or I should be able to.

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods. I'm not upset or anything. I was confused, a little bit, I wasn't sure if you'd really meant you wanted me to take the day to be around to talk to when you said I should take the day off - you can ask for that if you want it, by the way - but it wasn't a big deal, just, you aren't there yet.

Permalink Mark Unread

I think I might have to believe that any of this is real - not completely, but on some level - before I can fully do right by people in it. I hope not.

Permalink Mark Unread

Me too. I still haven't come up with anything I can do to help with that - can't even really ask about the problem without making it worse, I don't think.

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't mind talking about it, but yeah, if I tell you something'd seem more plausible and then you did that it wouldn't help.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. And if there's something I might do on my own, and you tell me or even give me a clue, then when I do it it won't help even if it otherwise would have. So. Shouldn't talk about it, frustrating as that is.

Permalink Mark Unread

He does it to hurt everyone who cares about someone in Angband as much as he can. So it's - a sort of victory - to not let him hurt my family.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, that's one way of looking at it. She still seems dubious, though not very confident in her disagreement. I just hope you're not underestimating them.

Permalink Mark Unread

How?

Permalink Mark Unread

It's possible you're not? They've been a lot less curious than I would have expected, really. But if they're just waiting to see it from you - they won't have to figure out what the truth is to figure out that you're keeping something from them, and that might not hurt them as much but it'll still hurt them, I think.

Permalink Mark Unread

I have a reputation for liking secrets for my own entertainment, so that might not bother them too much.

Permalink Mark Unread

Might, yeah.

 

I think how I'd see it, in your position, would be that the victory would be in not letting this divide you from them or damage your relationships. Which, I'm not sure there's a way to get both of those victories? And it's definitely up to you which you care about. But it definitely doesn't seem as straightforward to me as it seems to to you.

Permalink Mark Unread

I can fix our relationship after the war. And I'll have relearned how to people, that'll help.

Permalink Mark Unread

...if you haven't damaged it beyond repair in the meantime...

Permalink Mark Unread

They're my brothers. I couldn't if I wanted to.

Permalink Mark Unread

She continues making a skeptical face at him for another few seconds. May I talk to Findekáno about this?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thanks. If you're right I don't want to push, but if you're missing how big of a risk you're taking because you don't think it's a real risk... I still won't stop you but I'd at least like to know what problems it's going to cause. She sighs.

Permalink Mark Unread

I trust Findekáno. If it's really him he'll be able to help you figure it out.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. Another sigh. Hate this.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm sorry. And on your day off. You really don't need to worry about me.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's not your fault and yes I do, I wouldn't be myself if I didn't. I'm just frustrated, I'll be fine.

Permalink Mark Unread

That's the Enemy. Hurting everyone I touch, like he's found a way to use me even if I don't think he made me his...

Permalink Mark Unread

She makes that face again, stares him down for a second. I'd rather this than have left you there. The point of life isn't to get through it with as little annoyance as possible.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'll take your word for it. The only point I've got left is stopping him but I do think there used to be other ones.

Permalink Mark Unread

She stops, thinks for a second, sighs and relaxes. I want things to be better for you; that doesn't mean I'm not okay with how things are now. Even when it's frustrating. I don't mind having emotions about things.

Permalink Mark Unread

I appreciate it when you get angry on my behalf. I feel cared-for.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. I still don't want to end up angry at you.

Permalink Mark Unread

If it helps, your angry body language doesn't come across as very threatening, it's not terrifying the way any Quendi being angry at me would be...

Permalink Mark Unread

That's good, I guess. Though you haven't actually seen me the threatening kind of angry yet. That almost definitely won't be directed at you if you ever do, just, probably shouldn't be a surprise that it could happen.

Permalink Mark Unread

Good to know, but I'd find it upsetting if Quendi got angry even if it wasn't threatening, I just have the associations now...

Permalink Mark Unread

...yeah. Right, that.

If that ever comes up, it might not be the best option, but you can just teleport back here and ask me to go talk to them for you. Or someplace else, if I wind up needing to let Findekáno come by again or something; it shouldn't be hard to make sure you always have a place you can get to that nobody but you and me can teleport to.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thank you. I will do that if I need to. He doesn't say that 'finding it unpleasant' would obviously not count as a reason to need to.

Permalink Mark Unread

Even if it just makes you more comfortable, that's fine; I want that for you.

Permalink Mark Unread

Don't want to make people feel like they can scare me too easily.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. Which is why it might not be the best option a lot of the time. But it is one, whenever you want to use it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thanks. 

Permalink Mark Unread

No problem.

 

...wonder if I should bring that up now, or wait 'till I've decided what I want to do about it...

Permalink Mark Unread

With who, Findekáno?

Permalink Mark Unread

...hm? No, different thing, none of Findekáno's business. Not really yours, either, but you might notice, and I don't think letting it be a surprise like that is a good idea. Species difference; private; not something I'd usually talk about at all - not dangerous, just awkward, but you might find it alarming anyway if it is a surprise.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. I'll try not to be alarmed, if it doesn't affect me -

Permalink Mark Unread

It really doesn't, but I should probably tell you anyway - kobolds' reproductive cycle goes with the seasons; most of us just aren't interested most of the year, and then in summer we are. I'm still not interested in anyone outside my species even then - she looks vaguely disgusted at the idea - but it will be on my mind, unless I do something about that.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yep, he's a little stressed. And you can't get in touch with any kobolds? 

Permalink Mark Unread

The logistics don't work very well, but I might be able to make that happen, or there's a couple other options for dealing with it - no very good ones, but if it's really going to be a problem I can make it not be.

...I'm female, if that helps anything. She winces slightly as she says it.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm fine. He isn't. What are the other options - 

Permalink Mark Unread

There's a couple different herbs I could take - one'd make me infertile outright, the other would just make me skip a year but if I used it more than two or three times in a row that'd be permanent, too.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Nod. I suppose those don't work on Quendi?

Permalink Mark Unread

I have no idea. I can get some in the spring if you have a safe way of finding out?

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't think we do, sadly. Thanks anyway.

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods.

 

I think for now I'm going to go with the herb that makes me skip a year, and see if we can get things set up to the point where if I need to avoid you all summer it won't cause problems. And if we can't I'll do the other one. Okay?

Permalink Mark Unread

That sounds like a really important decision that should not be made for my sake. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yup, that's why I'm not just going with the permanent one to start with. The temporary one is less of a big deal; I've used it before when I didn't want to be distracted, this isn't that different.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Okay.

Permalink Mark Unread

...you realize I'm not supposed to be around other kobolds ever again, right? It shouldn't actually matter whether I'm fertile or not.

Permalink Mark Unread

They made that decision based on wrong information, right?

Permalink Mark Unread

They're not going to change their minds, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

Even if they know it was the wrong decision?

Permalink Mark Unread

She sighs. There's no way they could even find out. If I showed up at their campsite they'd try to kill me; that's what 'exiled' means.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

...okay. But it might be arrangeable anyway?

Permalink Mark Unread

Doesn't seem even slightly likely, but if you have an idea I can listen to it.

Permalink Mark Unread

I thought you said it was a possibility? Finding a - other kobold?

Permalink Mark Unread

When Findekáno and I were getting the magic forms we talked to one of the other Speakers for a little while, and they want to come and see me next summer and I bet at least a couple of the others will too. But if they're gone often it's likely someone'll notice and get curious, and if someone notices them teleporting out or one of the mages notices whatever enspelled object I make to let them come see me that's not going to be good at all.

Permalink Mark Unread

And then they might be in danger?

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm not sure what would happen. Whoever was caught teleporting getting exiled would be a fairly good outcome, if that was the only thing that happened - more likely the whole group would panic.

Permalink Mark Unread

So you can be careful - how often do you need - company - 

Permalink Mark Unread

Did he actually just ask that. Wow she does not want to be having this conversation any more.

The herbs really are the best option. It's fine.

Permalink Mark Unread

He looks extremely skeptical but can at least interpret that as 'I am not willing to discuss this'. So then he'll just tremble violently.

Permalink Mark Unread

She waits a couple seconds to see if he's going to calm down on his own.

I'm sorry.

Permalink Mark Unread

Not your fault. Angband.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah.

This is my decision and I'm not going to hold you in any way responsible for it. I'm making it partly because of you but I'm the one choosing to do that, it's not your fault or your responsibility.

Permalink Mark Unread

That wasn't the problem - you don't even want me involved in it, those aren't circumstances under which I can feel guilty about choices people make on my behalf - just - wasn't something I thought I'd need to work through right away -

Permalink Mark Unread

Nothing's going to happen to you because of it, either - I won't tell anyone, I wouldn't tell anyone anyway. I'm sorry I brought it up.

Permalink Mark Unread

Didn't have a way to know. It's fine. 

He is not trembling less violently.

Permalink Mark Unread

...I think it might be better for me to go for a while. Will you be okay?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes.

Permalink Mark Unread

And she's gone, doesn't even stand up first, just teleports to the new Ñolofinwëan site as is. She sits there, shaken, for a few moments, and then stands and looks around, still a little dazed.

Permalink Mark Unread

They are at work singing and building.

Permalink Mark Unread

She finds a quiet corner and reaches out for Findekáno. I'm here - location - and I could really use a hug if you're not busy.

Permalink Mark Unread

He finds her a minute later. Hey. Hug.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hey. She curls into him, tense and withdrawn.

Permalink Mark Unread

He starts singing.

Permalink Mark Unread

She relaxes, slowly. Thank you.

Permalink Mark Unread

Of course.

 

It should have occurred to me that having two deeply traumatized people whose needs include 'be doing right by everyone I interact with' living alone together was a recipe to hurt you both.

Permalink Mark Unread

She blinks, then snorts. Quit spying on us.

Permalink Mark Unread

I know Maitimo pretty well, it's been a really long time. I can't actually think of a crueler way to hurt him than to rip out his ability to deal with people without touching his sense of duty to them.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sigh. Yeah. That wasn't exactly the problem, I didn't want their help with the thing they were trying to help with, but - yeah.

Permalink Mark Unread

If we kill the Enemy then he'll have lots of time to heal and he'll piece it together. It's only been, what, three weeks? No one expected him to be back to normal after three weeks, he still can barely move - and he doesn't have any of us to lean on -

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. They're getting a little more willing to, kind of. There's a thing I'm supposed to ask you about that I'm really surprised they're letting me. - not right now.

Permalink Mark Unread

Course. Is this a good environment for you? Do you need to move out sooner?

Permalink Mark Unread

Sigh. That's hard to think about right now. I hurt them more than they hurt me, just now.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hugs. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Hugs. Trembling, a little bit. Accident. Something I thought might be a little awkward at most to talk about turned out to be harder than that. They'll... be okay, I think, but needed me to go for a while.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Not your fault. Going to happen sometimes, with someone who has lots of scary things in their head.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. But I'm trying to figure out what I did wrong, so I can avoid it next time, not a lot of space left over.

I think you're right that most of it was them trying to do right by me and not having a good way to. Not sure how to avoid that problem.

Permalink Mark Unread

When you raise things with him, can you say "I'm telling you this because I need someone to know it besides me" or "I'm telling you this because I want suggestions" or "I'm telling you this because I think you'd prefer to know"?

Permalink Mark Unread

Did that. 'I'm telling you this because I think you'll notice anyway and if it's a surprise it won't be a good one.' Didn't, uh, work. And pointing out that there was a solution that would make it not come up at all didn't either, I think they noticed that the solution was also not perfect.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. Then you're probably doing the thing that will minimize the problem and minimal just isn't always enough. Hugs. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. Hugs.

 

They really just aren't okay with people doing things for them, huh? Like, taking care of them. That was part of it, with this. And I'm starting to really worry about them going back with their siblings - they say they're going to tell them what they need, but... not sure how much I should be trusting that.

Permalink Mark Unread

He's okay with it, just - needs to feel like he's not running down limited tolerance, or inspiring resentment, or burning someone out. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Mm.

And my first instinct there is to ask how I can convince them that they aren't doing that with me, but - not sure they're actually wrong about the burning out thing, if they're noticing signs of that. Sigh. Lean. I think I have more endurance than they're giving me credit for but that's a solution to a different problem than this one.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. Most people would get burned out. Angband is horrible. It's going to take him a while to be okay. That shouldn't all fall on one person.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. Sigh. Fucking Angband.

They do seem to have decided it's not worth trying to keep things from you, at least. They are, from their siblings, for reasons that seem like they at least might be good ones, but that's still going to be hard for me to deal with.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hugs.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes, lots of those.

It really could be worse? A Speaker can stand in for a healer, in a pinch like this, we have a lot of the same skills. But it's not all the same skills, or the same approach - I don't have the experience with someone who's fragile like that, or impaired and doesn't have good ways of accommodating it yet, or so early in the post-tramua transition period that there's no real way to know what they'll be like afterward. There's ways of dealing with those well, but I don't know them. And - I'm learning, I think I'm actually doing pretty well, so far, considering, but it's hard, seeing the problems so clearly and not knowing how to solve them, or not really having good solutions.

Permalink Mark Unread

I think you're learning a lot really fast. I think you're doing really well. But 'never hurting each other' is probably too much for either of you to be expecting from yourselves.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mm. Lap kobold? Lap kobold. But there's not managing to never hurt them and then there's... a tight hug, and a memory of Maitimo, shaking, trying to hold it together and just not.

I'm not even sure I could have done anything better, there.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. The Enemy did that, not you.

Permalink Mark Unread

Wish it actually felt like that. She clings.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hugs. More quiet singing. It's a happy song, sung sadly, a bit odd.

Permalink Mark Unread

She joins in, once she has enough of an idea of how it goes. She's not much more relaxed, afterward, but it seems to have helped anyway.

We're really lucky you're here.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sigh. I hope so. Lot of people died to get us here. I'm not sure if it was right to try.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mm. Don't know. But I have a pretty good idea of how I'd be if you weren't, and how Maitimo'd be if I was like that... not saying it was worth what it cost you, but. Hug.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hug. I'm glad I'm here.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah.

She's pretty content to just sit there for a while, snuggling.

Permalink Mark Unread

There is kind of a lot of work to do but he can mostly answer inquiries over osanwë while holding her.

Permalink Mark Unread

Osanwë: so convenient.

Eventually: I probably shouldn't go back for dinner - I'll check, but - have you had people gathering yet, are there vegetables and soup-making supplies I can use? If not I can go forage, I just need to know.

Permalink Mark Unread

We have people gathering, I don't know if they'll have what you need - he checks - should be fine.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thanks. And I can eat here, whatever you have is fine - or not if you're still short on food, missing a meal won't hurt me much.

Permalink Mark Unread

We can find enough food here, we'll be alright. And you've been feeding us for a while. By all means make yourself something - or I can have someone bring us something -

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm fine for now, lunch wasn't that long ago, just wanted to make sure you had time for logistics if you needed it.

Permalink Mark Unread

We'll be okay. You have sped us up tremendously.

Permalink Mark Unread

That gets a little grin. Yeah. Magic is pretty excellent like that. - I've been working on the magic-vision spell, I have a couple of effects picked out to probably use, want to see?

Permalink Mark Unread

I'd love to!

Permalink Mark Unread

She sets that up. Being able to do magic while cuddling: also excellent.

Permalink Mark Unread

He is suitably impressed and tries working out how the spell form would go from his own version.

Permalink Mark Unread

She is pretty content to let him figure it out on his own, but will help if he seems stuck - the curls in particular are a lot easier to figure out how to do if you've figured out the polka dots first, so she shows him that.

Permalink Mark Unread

And he adds some new patterns - light sparkling like it does when it reflects off water - and tweaks them.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, pretty.

What we're probably going to want to do is use kind of plain patterns for common magic, so it isn't too distracting, and then use fancier ones for things it's important to notice - I haven't had a chance to see how the detection form handles your world's magic yet, so I don't know what exactly, but about like that. Probably the curls for my world's magic and the backlit glow effect for most of yours, since it's easy to notice magic things that're far away with that one.

Permalink Mark Unread

Maybe something to notice Maiar. If that can be done.

Permalink Mark Unread

Seems likely. I'll ask if I can have a look at Huan next time I'm with Tyelkormo. It's definitely possible to notice them with the sense, at least.

Permalink Mark Unread

Then it should be possible to have a spell to point them out. Which would be good, they can go intangible.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hm.

 

The sense makes them easy to notice because their minds are so different, but if that's the only difference, it's not a useful one - my kind of magic can only detect things about peoples' minds if it's cast on them. But if they're intangible - regular spells can notice the presence of minds, even if they can't notice anything about them - a spell on the inside of your walls, maybe, so maiar can't go through? If they can even be teleported when they're intangible, which, I have no idea. A spell like that should at least be able to warn you, though, unless they can fly or something to bypass it.

Permalink Mark Unread

They can probably fly, but it's still better than nothing.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm.

I wonder if we can figure out how to safely put up a roof. With portals on the underside so you can still see the sky.

Permalink Mark Unread

I really don't think it'd be possible to have a roof over a city. We could have a whole city underground but there'd still be gates.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah - I can make things hover, it's just not a good idea to be under them if there's any chance of the spells being broken. Underground sounds good, better than being out in the open when you have enemies who can fly.

Permalink Mark Unread

Could we build a cave with teleportation magic, or should we be looking for existing ones?

Permalink Mark Unread

...I could, actually, build a cave with teleportation magic. It'd take a while to make one city-sized, though - less if you know ahead of time where you want the buildings to be, maybe, I can just leave the stone for them there - I think I'll need to try it somewhere to see how fast I can go, before I can say whether it'll be practical or not. And we'll need someplace to put all the extra stone.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. It might be worth trying, and if the stone came here we could use it to build this city in the meantime.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. Tomorrow, maybe.

Permalink Mark Unread

Squeeze. Yeah.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hug. I'll be okay, just maybe not quite that fast.

...wonder how Maitimo's doing...

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Do you want to check? I doubt it''ll bother him if it takes you a long time to get back -

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, I'm going to at least spend the night. But I do want to check- and she scoots off his lap and then there's a portal and then she leans on him again and looks.

Permalink Mark Unread

He's stopped trembling and curled up in a ball and is not moving.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, definitely spending the night. Next couple days, maybe. Sigh.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. Not your fault.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm.

If I'm going to be here I should find someplace to - be - let you get back to stuff. She deactivates the portal.

Permalink Mark Unread

No, it's fine, you can stay. Things can wait a day - we are Quendi...

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. She hugs him.

Permalink Mark Unread

You're doing really well.

 

More singing.

Permalink Mark Unread

Singing is so good. She sings along, and eventually relaxes.

Permalink Mark Unread

Good. He kind of wants to go see Maitimo, but it's probably a bad idea.

Permalink Mark Unread

She might have something to say about that, if he mentions it. Otherwise she will probably continue being a melodious furry barnacle until it's time to make dinner.

Permalink Mark Unread

He doesn't mention it. He does mention when it's getting near dinnertime - but someone can bring us food -

Permalink Mark Unread

Thanks, yeah. I still need to cook, though, probably - even if you have broth, Maitimo doesn't eat meat now, it'd have to be vegetarian.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh. I can have that done too -

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. Hug. Thank you. - nutrition matters, taste doesn't, they pretty much shouldn't bother seasoning it unless someone else is going to be eating it too. Extra calcium if they can do it, crushed eggshells are fine if you happen to have been saving them.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'll let them know.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thank you.

Permalink Mark Unread

And someone brings them dinner a while later.

Permalink Mark Unread

She thanks them and un-barnacles enough to not be in Findekáno's way while he eats.

Tasty, tasty meat dish. It's pretty obvious she's enjoying that.

Permalink Mark Unread

Do you need to eat animals? We'd hunt everything in the vicinity to extinction if we did often.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sort of. We can get by without meat, but we have trouble getting calcium from anything but bones, so we don't usually try to.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. I can let people know to always have that for you.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thanks. She grins. I have been saving the bones when I've been hunting, though, I'm set for those for a long time.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm glad. And we can always find new worlds if we accidentally depopulate these ones of animals, just - I'd feel bad about that.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah... I don't think that's really a risk? I expect I'll get used to eating what you usually eat eventually, aside from the bones and that we do need some vegetables kobolds have a pretty flexible diet.

Permalink Mark Unread

I mean, it'd be a risk if we were just overzealous about hunting because we're hungry, nothing to do with you.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, all right.

The extra worlds will help. I haven't been hunting in the jungle yet but there seems to be plenty of game there.

Permalink Mark Unread

That'll help, yes. And the Sun will help, we can grow plants.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm.

I'm not entirely sure how that works, but Maitimo's siblings are trying to grow plants under light from portals, so they can grow more things; I expect it'll work fine and I can set that up for you, too, once we know.

Permalink Mark Unread

So, plant seeds grow into the same kind of plant, if you bury them in a good spot with light and water. And if you want you can take seeds on purpose and plant them and then get a row of that plant wherever you like, if the conditions are okay for it, so you don't have to travel as far to get food.

Permalink Mark Unread

...huh. That explains some things.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh? What things?

Permalink Mark Unread

Why we find plants growing in some places sometimes. I could probably have figured it out if I'd ever gotten curious enough, I wonder how many people have and just not managed to explain it to anyone. ...cooking seeds ruins them?

Permalink Mark Unread

Most kinds, yes, though lots are actually made to survive being eaten. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm, caught that. We cook most of our food, but the plants we don't are the ones we usually find growing near our campsites again.

Permalink Mark Unread

That would explain it, then, yeah.

 

If you selectively pick from the very tastiest plants then in a few years the plants grown from seeds will be tastier, too.

Permalink Mark Unread

...huh.

Better medicines, that way, too? That'd be interesting.

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't know if it works for medicines but it should! 

Permalink Mark Unread

Maybe I'll give that a try sometime. I know a lot about kobold medicine, no idea if any of it would work for Eldar though.

Permalink Mark Unread

Seems unlikely. It'd still be good to have for kobolds.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'd be a little surprised if none of it did, but it probably isn't safe to check, anyway. But, yeah, I'll definitely at least bring over stuff I might need, and teach you what to do if anything happens that I can't take care of myself. Not that I know all of it, but what I do, anyway.

Permalink Mark Unread

Might be safe to check, we're hard to poison. When we're healthy, which we're. Not. Right now. But soon.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. No rush, I don't have much of most of it right now anyway.

Permalink Mark Unread

In Valinor we healed very fast from anything, and if it was serious the Valar'd fix it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. Kobolds don't have direct control over our healing at all, and we're much slower at it and more fragile in general - I wouldn't be surprised if we get sick easier, too. So that's definitely going to be something to keep in mind.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. Should you tell someone now so if you're sick we know what to do?

Permalink Mark Unread

Soon, yeah. Not that I expect it to happen, but I shouldn't take the risk.

Permalink Mark Unread

And where would we get healing spells?

Permalink Mark Unread

Hm? Oh. Magic doesn't come into it at all, actually. Most of it for illness is just about keeping someone safe and comfortable while they work through whatever's wrong with them - we do heal naturally, it's just slow and we can't direct it - so it'll be things like what plants are good for pain and nausea and making someone sleep, and what I will and won't be able to eat if I'm really sick, and what to do if I get dangerously hot or cold and how to tell if I am.

Permalink Mark Unread

That makes sense. I'm surprised there's not magic, though. We have songs for it.

Permalink Mark Unread

There might be some somewhere, but kobolds don't have it. Your songs are worth trying, too, if it comes up.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. 

 

And more painstaking magic practice.

Permalink Mark Unread

And more quiet cuddles. After a little while she checks on Maitimo again.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sleeping.

 

(People've brought by a dinner for him when they brought hers and Findekáno's.)

Permalink Mark Unread

Sleeping's good. She needs to fix the fire so it doesn't go out on him. She warns Findekáno and takes the soup and goes, very quietly, to do that.

Permalink Mark Unread

He doesn't wake.

Permalink Mark Unread

She continues to be very quiet. She teleports the soup to his tray, and a spoon. She fixes the fire, carefully, carefully, so it should last all night and so she can fix it again in the morning with teleportation. She goes.

Permalink Mark Unread

All okay?

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. She snuggles up again. Didn't wake, and I shouldn't need to do that again.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, good.

 

Do you think it'd be okay for me to go talk with him sometime?

Permalink Mark Unread

She freezes for a moment, but the answer is nearly instant. Not soon. Sorry.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Okay.

Permalink Mark Unread

I can pass messages, if you like. I wouldn't be surprised if they're okay with talking to you via portal once they've had a few days to calm down. But actually being there isn't a good idea right now. She actually seems scared, for some reason, but not badly so.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sorry. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Not your fault.

Permalink Mark Unread

Should I not ask, in future?

Permalink Mark Unread

This appears to be a correct question to ask; she calms down considerably. About that? No, I think it'll usually be fine. To ask, at least, I'm kind of reconsidering whether just passing the question along is the best way to answer it. It's just right now that's bad.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. Hug.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hug.

Lean, sigh. There's a sort of - parallel question, here. Kind of. Came up earlier, about their siblings. Not - really parallel, mostly, just similar in how I should be handling things.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh?

Permalink Mark Unread

I think I told you, they aren't really sure this is real? And that makes it hard for them to take things seriously enough, they've mentioned. And how they want to handle things with their siblings is, just... not let them know things, pretend they're fine, pretend they're keeping secrets for fun if they have to - that sounds really dangerous, to me, for them and for their relationships with their siblings both, but they think it'll hurt their siblings less than being honest with them and letting them support them through stuff - which might well be true - and that that's more important than the relationships, which I'm kind of skeptical of. And - under normal circumstances that'd absolutely be their call, it'd be very clear what I should do and that'd be to support them, but this isn't a normal circumstance, their judgement is impaired. And I'm not sure - where the line is, how much I should be using my own judgement when it conflicts with theirs, how much I should be pushing them them to do what I think they should be doing or at least not do things I think they shouldn't. I don't want to at all but I don't want them to get hurt, either, and knowing so little about the details of things doesn't help at all... this is really hard.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. 

Yeah, it is.

He's not going to damage his relationship with his brothers, for what that's worth. Fëanorians - there is quite literally nothing he could do to them, or ask them to do - I don't even think that's entirely a positive thing but he's right to be sure of it.

Permalink Mark Unread

That helps. I still don't like that they're going to do it that way, but if they're right about it I shouldn't stop them.

Permalink Mark Unread

He's also - not going to lie well? if that makes any sense? They'll know what's up but take cues from him about how he wants them to act, and if he wants them to act like nothing's wrong then they'll do that, regardless of how much they know about what's going on. And it makes sense that at this point he wants people to act like nothing's wrong, if he can't trust them to lean on.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

That's really weird.

Permalink Mark Unread

Fëanorians are really dysfunctional. But I also might have explained badly. Which bits are weird?

Permalink Mark Unread

Being around people you can't trust to lean on. As, like, a normal thing that's not a problem that needs to be fixed immediately. Wanting to do that, especially. And that they'd play along - that they'd even be able to, really.

Permalink Mark Unread

Angband - is too much to cope with. I'm not sure there's really anyone you can lean on to deal with Angband. He could and did lean on them for - things that hurt everyone they touch less than this.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mm.

It is really weird to be glad that I tried to kill myself.

Permalink Mark Unread

Squeeze. Most good things come from very winding roads.

Permalink Mark Unread

She squeezes him back. Oh, believe me, I know. I'm just used to it being a little less direct than that.

So in the case of letting them lie to their siblings, it's not really a mistake and even if it is I should let them make it. The case of them agreeing to let you come around seems a bit more complicated; I'm not actually sure I know all the parts yet. I am pretty sure they're going to say yes even if they ought to say no, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Can you explain why?

Permalink Mark Unread

Parts of it. Even the parts I know I'm not sure how they fit together yet. And parts of it I'm pretty sure I shouldn't tell you.

Fear, though. One of the things that came up today is that they really can't tolerate other Eldar being mad at them, at all - bad associations. I'm not sure how deep that goes, but from what they've told me it's likely to be especially bad with you; you not being there at the time doesn't seem like it'd be enough to make denying you something you want feel safe at all.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Okay.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. That's really the biggest part of it. It's a little more complicated than that - it's more five or six different connected things than one thing - but basically that, with the complication that they still care about you and want things for you even when I'm pretty sure that's not actually a factor. They care a lot about you being safe, for example.

Permalink Mark Unread

Does he remember much about me, has he said?

Permalink Mark Unread

I haven't been asking, they find it upsetting... it seems like it doesn't take much for them to get at least some memories back, though. And they trust your judgement in a way that makes sense for the kind of person you are, when they're calm enough, and they know enough to know that they wouldn't be able to hide things from you the way they're intending to hide things from their siblings.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm less inclined to play along, yeah.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. Which is part of why I want to be careful about it until they're okay with saying you can't come and with asking you to leave - they're doing pretty okay with that right now - I think they're actually talking about it less than might be best, trying to spare me - but it'd be really easy and probably really harmful for you to push them too far.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. Thank you.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hug. I suspect they'll want to see you sometimes, though. I think... right now there's still a few too many - complications, hard things, things they haven't figured out how to deal with yet that you'd remind them of, but when that's less true, I think it's actually going to surprise them how okay they are with it.

Permalink Mark Unread

I was not expecting to ever see him again, I am not - struggling too much with it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. She snuggles up. Not going to be forever, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

I certainly hope not.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm pretty sure.

She's relaxed, talking this out, and now she stretches carefully and settles more comfortably against him.

Permalink Mark Unread

If there are conditions that'd make it easier, like if he wants me to come talk to him but he won't say anything back, or whatever -

Permalink Mark Unread

I'll see if I can figure any out. Right now... she considers. Still too much, I think. If I'm putting this together right it's more about them than about you, having you there at all would be too much. Portals should be okay, like that first time - they might not want to be seen, either, depending on what exactly just happened.

Permalink Mark Unread

Can you tell me anything about that?

Permalink Mark Unread

She tenses, then intentionally relaxes, sighs. Probably should. It's, um. She makes a face. So, kobolds have a reproductive cycle that follows the seasons. It doesn't matter to anything, but it occurred to me that they'd notice, and that definitely wouldn't be a good surprise. Telling them wasn't very good either, though. And - there's... things I can do about it, to make that not happen, and I thought telling them about that would be enough but it wasn't, they just started trying to find ways for me to not have to. Which was. Very awkward. And I should probably have been more patient with it than I was, but. She sighs.

One of the things that happened during that, that I'm not entirely sure how I should be interpreting, was that they asked if I knew of anything that'd work like that on Eldar.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

What do you know about orcs?

Permalink Mark Unread

...almost nothing?

Permalink Mark Unread

Orcs are the servants of the Enemy. He bred them from Quendi. From prisoners he takes, specifically.

Permalink Mark Unread

That is definitely a pained wince.

Well, I can certainly bring the relevant plants for you to try, if you want them.

Permalink Mark Unread

Spell triggers to get to safety seem strictly more useful. But - yeah, that would be my guess as to why he'd find the topic distressing.

Permalink Mark Unread

Makes more sense than anything I'd come up with, yeah.

Permalink Mark Unread

I could speculate more specifically but I think at some point it crosses a line for - privacy reasons or something - 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, I don't need to know.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hugs.

Permalink Mark Unread

After a couple seconds she sighs mournfully and relaxes. Miss my people.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, I bet. I'm sorry.

Permalink Mark Unread

Should just - ugh. She snuggles in closer. Shouldn't talk about it, you probably don't want to hear it and I'm sure I'll regret it later anyway if I do.

Permalink Mark Unread

I doubt I'll mind.

Permalink Mark Unread

She makes a face.

One of my options is to take something that'll just - permanently make me infertile. And it makes sense, and it'd make everything easier, and it's safer, and I don't want to and I don't know why. And it's frustrating.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

That sounds frustrating. If you don't want that option that seems a good reason not to take it.

Permalink Mark Unread

I know; I'm not going to unless something changes. But I wish I had a better reason.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Okay. The obvious reason is not wanting to cement the unlikelihood of ever seeing someone of your own species again. But it's really not his business.

Permalink Mark Unread

She hugs him and, after a second, starts singing. Kobold songs aren't much like Quendi ones, but she seems to be trying for a hybrid anyway.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, if he can follow along, he can sing along, no matter how strange the style.

Permalink Mark Unread

He can; kobold songs aren't very complicated, usually. And after a few minutes she brings it to a close and waits for him to pick the next one.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Sure, he can sing more songs from Valinor. It's only a little painful; there's the Ice in between numbing everything.

Permalink Mark Unread

And after a little while, her voice fades out, and when he looks down he'll find that she's fallen asleep.

Permalink Mark Unread

So he'll lean back and organize the camp and shove Maitimo out of his mind and eventually sleep.

Permalink Mark Unread

She sleeps quietly and wakes before dawn; when she does, she stays still for a few minutes, listening to his breathing and the sounds of the camp.

Permalink Mark Unread

Most of the people aren't sleeping; they've just picked a camp site and have been working without pause. There's still a lot of singing.

Permalink Mark Unread

Once she has a feel for how the camp is laid out and how the people in it are moving around, she carefully disentangles herself and goes to look for breakfast, following her nose and avoiding the worst of the crowds.

Permalink Mark Unread

There's food being distributed, though it's not cooked or prepared or especially tasty. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It's not eggs and beyond that she's not going to complain. She finds a quiet place to sit and eat, and then goes to the jungle to get some eggs for them - they probably aren't sick of them yet, not with so many people to distribute them among.

Permalink Mark Unread

The vast majority of them still haven't gotten an egg yet, yeah.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, now a few dozen more of them will, and while they're doing that she goes back to her quiet corner and checks on Maitimo.

Permalink Mark Unread

Awake and staring at the wall.

Permalink Mark Unread

Could be worse. Has he eaten?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes.

Permalink Mark Unread

Good. She teleports another log onto the fire - all the practice at precise positioning she's been getting recently comes in handy - and waits another moment to check his reaction to the disturbance.

Permalink Mark Unread

He looks over at it, raises an eyebrow, and then goes back to staring at the wall, maybe a bit more tense.

Permalink Mark Unread

...yeah. Definitely another couple of days. She closes the portal again.

Permalink Mark Unread

By then he is up and at work.

Permalink Mark Unread

Looks like I'm going to be here another couple days, she tells him. I'm going to go work on the magic vision spell with the Fëanoreans for now; I'll see if I can get lunch there, but I'll still need something for Maitimo if that's all right.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Yeah, it's okay. Though they might be willing to provide that, too.

Permalink Mark Unread

Probably would, but Maitimo wants to tell them what they need themself. 

Permalink Mark Unread

...why?

Permalink Mark Unread

They wouldn't take things as well from me as they would from them, is what they've been saying. Probably they either don't trust me not to say too much or don't want me involved with those relationships just out of personal preference - both of those seem pretty reasonable to me.

Permalink Mark Unread

Or have a bunch of other goals they're hoping to achieve with that one.

Permalink Mark Unread

Or that, yeah. I'm not going to tell them without a better reason than I have right now, anyway.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay.

 

I'm really frustrated with Maitimo's brothers but it's not useful to feel that way, he will feel the need to defend them.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. Anything I don't already know about, or?

Permalink Mark Unread

Not really. The oath, the boats, their general Feanorianness.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, definitely. They're useful to work on magic with, though, especially since I can bring what I learn there back to your host, and I want them to be used to having me around before Maitimo goes back. I'm not even trying to get to know them personally yet, mostly; I think there might even be one I haven't met at all.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, it wouldn't make sense for them to rotate who talks to you beyond 'who's available'. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. Anyway, I ought to get going.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. Later?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yup. Lunchtime or shortly after, I'll be here. And she goes.

Permalink Mark Unread

And they continue setting up the camp.

Permalink Mark Unread

And a young man with red hair is working when she pops into the Fëanorian camp.

Permalink Mark Unread

She blinks at him. Hello.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hi! Kobold, right? I'm Amrod.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm, nice to meet you. She bows.

Permalink Mark Unread

Likewise! You were going to start setting stuff up for Maitimo to come home, right?

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. Did they tell you how that's going to work?

Permalink Mark Unread

I was busy but I got the memo. Guess it's better than having him guarded all the time.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, I don't like it very much either, but they want it. And I'm going to do it so I can take it back off again if they want me to.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'd be worried if he didn't want to take precautions, honestly.

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods. Yeah.

So, what I need to do is see the places they're going to need to be able to go, and figure out what parts of those places they should be able to go through and what parts they shouldn't, starting with whatever's most important.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay! I can draw a map and we can work it out on paper and then go walk around and look, sound good?

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure, that sounds fine.

Before we get started on that - do you know if Tyelkormo is around? I've been working on a spell to let people see magic, and I'd like to check if I can see Huan with it if they're not busy today.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'll ask him to come over, but he's a way off, might be a few hours. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure. Or tomorrow or something if they want, no rush.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hey, Tyelcormo, he says, Kobold wants to know if, uh, his or her magic detection can see Maiar, you around?

Permalink Mark Unread

Nah but I can pop back if it's convenient.

Permalink Mark Unread

He conveys this.

Permalink Mark Unread

Up to them, really. I'm not in a hurry.

Permalink Mark Unread

Maybe when we want a break.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure, that sounds good.

Mapping?

Permalink Mark Unread

Here's the camp, here are critical points, here's where he'd address the whole population, here's where he'd work, here are places he'd need to go...

Permalink Mark Unread

She follows along closely, asking about crowds and traffic flow and the best paths between places and any supplemental or backstage kinds of areas he might need to get to that might otherwise be overlooked.

Permalink Mark Unread

They've only just built the place, there's not much to overlook, but they go through in lots of detail to be sure.

Permalink Mark Unread

And before too long they have a plan.

I'm only going to be able to do about a room or so a day; some of the bigger ones will take longer. And I should start with a small one, something not too important... this one, maybe? She points out a small conference room on the map.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sounds good.

Permalink Mark Unread

All right, let's go.

Permalink Mark Unread

So they head over to the largest building and he shows her to the conference room.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thanks. I'm going to look at the room with my magic for a few minutes, it's important not to touch me while I do. Osanwë's fine. And she trances.

Permalink Mark Unread

And he waits patiently.

Permalink Mark Unread

And after the promised few minutes she opens her eyes. Got it, thanks. Do you have anything else for me to do today?

Permalink Mark Unread

There's a long list but none of it urgent.

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods. I don't have anything urgent either - I'd like to have a look at some of this world's magic items for the magic vision spell, too, but that doesn't need to be today.

Permalink Mark Unread

So he reads from a list of tests and locations and weapons and so on.

Permalink Mark Unread

And she gets to work.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thank you! Did you get anything to eat yet today?

Permalink Mark Unread

I did, she grins appreciatively, but kobolds need to eat more regularly than Eldar, I wouldn't mind lunch if it's not too inconvenient.

Permalink Mark Unread

Not at all, I'll have them bring us something. 

 

And someone does. Potatoes, spiced interestingly.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ooh.

This is really tasty, thank you.

Permalink Mark Unread

No problem. How's Maitimo?

Permalink Mark Unread

Coming along. That healing thing you can do is really impressive.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm glad.

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods. They're just starting to work on getting their legs back working; I'm not sure how long it'll take them to be walking again but I don't think it'll be too long.

Permalink Mark Unread

It is not remotely walking that worried him, but. 

That'll be good for him, he can go outside.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm.

 

I'm not sure how much they're okay with me saying, about the rest, but they're doing pretty well with that, too.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm glad. I hope he'll be okay.

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods. Yeah. Eventually, I think.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well. That's more than a lot of people get.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah.

This Elda seems like he could use a hug. She goes to do that.

Permalink Mark Unread

He hugs her back. Thanks. For everything.

Permalink Mark Unread

You're welcome. Squeeze.

Permalink Mark Unread

And when they've run down a morning's worth of the list -

Permalink Mark Unread

I should head back soon. Did Tyelkormo want to stop by today?

Permalink Mark Unread

I'll nudge him - 

 

- hey, Tyelcormo, come home -

Permalink Mark Unread

So he pops to the location she set for him.

Permalink Mark Unread

I know where they'll be, want to come? She offers Amrod her hand.

Permalink Mark Unread

He hesitates but takes it after a moment.

Permalink Mark Unread

And there they are. Hi again, thanks for coming in.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hey. What's up?

Permalink Mark Unread

I've been working on the magic-vision spell, and we wanted to know if it's possible to see Maiar with it.

Permalink Mark Unread

He reaches down to run a hand through Huan's fur. Sure, have a go.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thanks, it'll only take a minute. She closes her eyes.

 

Definitely can, let me narrow it down...

 

Yeah, got it. Thank you.

Permalink Mark Unread

No problem. Can I see?

Permalink Mark Unread

I'll want to think some more about just how the final spell will show them, but sure - do you want it temporary, or to keep until we have a final version?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, okay, I don't know much about how all this works.

Permalink Mark Unread

Basically the spell will make it look like Huan is glowing, or covered with lights or swirls or something; I can make it look different ways, and I'm still figuring out the best ways to make everything look - if we need to be able to notice some things at a distance or tell them apart easily or not be too distracted by them. So I can give you a spell that lets you notice Maiar today just fine, but when I've got that all figured out, the spell I'm going to be passing out to everyone will probably show them differently. Which might be important if you end up needing to share what you see that way with other people.

Permalink Mark Unread

Makes sense. Okay, a temporary version.

Permalink Mark Unread

Can I have one too? That sounds really useful.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure, no problem. She demonstrates the effects she has so far and goes through the spellcasting process with each of them once they've picked which ones they like.

Permalink Mark Unread

And then they can see magic! 

This'll be really useful for spotting the Enemy approaching.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yup. And I'lll be able to do other spells that react to magic, too, I'm sure we'll come up with some good ones.Tomorrow, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

See you then.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm, see you.

 

Permalink Mark Unread

She takes a few seconds, back at the Ñolofinwëan camp, to let the cheerfulness fade back to its natural proportion relative to her other feelings, and then opens the portal to check on Maitimo. I'm back, she sends distractedly as she waits for her eyes to adjust to the cave's firelight, no problems, Maia show up fine.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, good. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. Got lunch, too.

How's Maitimo looking?

Permalink Mark Unread

The same.

Permalink Mark Unread

That's not great.

Soup ready?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. I didn't explain it was for a Fëanorian, so maybe do the teleporting in private.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, good idea. Thanks.

She closes the portal and waits for the soup and thanks the person who delivers it, and then - back in a couple minutes, probably, don't worry if I'm not - teleports back to her world, aboveground near the entrance to her cave.

Hey, she sends, gently.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hey, you okay?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, I'm fine. Spent the night with the Ñolofinwëans, met another one of your siblings this morning. You?

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm fine. Sorry I bothered you.

Permalink Mark Unread

You really didn't. She opens a portal.

Permalink Mark Unread

He remains still.

Permalink Mark Unread

She waits a couple seconds, and then - what do you want, for now? I can stay with the Ñolofinwëans, I don't think they'll mind having me.

Permalink Mark Unread

Just tell me how long this game lasts, how long until I wake up in Angband -

Permalink Mark Unread

She whimpers. It's fine, he can't hear her.

I'm sorry.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

I don't need an apology, just a number -

Permalink Mark Unread

I know, I can't, you're out. This isn't perfect but it's real. I can't make it go away.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. Sigh. I don't mind if you come back.

Permalink Mark Unread

She takes a few seconds to calm back down.

That is the worst idea right now. Tonight, maybe.

Permalink Mark Unread

Whatever's convenient for you.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sigh.

I have your lunch.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thank you.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'll teleport it. She does that. Do you need anything else?

Permalink Mark Unread

No.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. I'll be back for dinner.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thank you.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

 

 

When I went to the Ñolofinwëan camp, practically the first thing Findekáno said, before I'd told them anything at all, was that having two people who both need to be doing right by everyone we interact with living alone together was obviously going to do this. I don't want to care less - even if that fixes it it breaks everything else that matters - but we can probably figure something out, for when even the best thing isn't really good enough.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's hard not to parse things you say that touch on the Enemy's favorite games to play with me without guessing when and how he's going to bring about that they happen. I panic when that happens. It's not you and I don't mind having you around.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. But seeing that happen upsets me and you do mind seeing me upset.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. I can get better at concealing the panic attacks so they don't upset you.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sigh. That's not the kind of solution I was hoping for. I think... does it change anything if I point out that when I get upset like that it's on your behalf, same as getting angry? They aren't even all that different, it's jut that one's aggressive and the other's not.

Permalink Mark Unread

It - not really, I'm still draining from the relationship between us -

Permalink Mark Unread

Not really? If it was just the two of us still, yeah, that'd definitely be something to worry about, but it's not, anymore, my ability to cope with stuff isn't really a limited resource when I have people to be around.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's not that I'm damaging you, it's that I'm damaging our relationship.

Permalink Mark Unread

Again, you really aren't. I'm not going to stop wanting you to be okay or wanting to help with that, not from this kind of thing. If you were trying to upset me, that'd be different - and even then it'd take a lot to make me give up - but I know you weren't. It's not personal, it's just a thing that happened, I'm not going to hold it against you, that wouldn't even make sense.

Permalink Mark Unread

That is not what I'm worried about.

Permalink Mark Unread

...can you explain it, then? Because it really does seem that simple to me.

Permalink Mark Unread

You find me aversive and unpleasant to be around, even if you do not consider me blameworthy for this. And not specific to this, but in general, over the last while, and eventually this results in us having a relationship that's based entirely off fulfilling what we respectively regard as duties, which you'll do tirelessly even while not liking me, and I am pretty sure I would once have considered that very bad.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh. Uh, hm. I'm not sure where you got that idea, I really don't feel that way? Not mostly. It's... I'm not trying to like you, right now? That doesn't matter for this and you have other things that are more important to be worrying about and there'll be time for it later, it hasn't been something I've been thinking about one way or the other at all. I don't dislike you; you're right that I'd be trying to do right by you as a tribemate even if I did but I don't; I'm avoiding you right now because I don't want to hurt you, not because I don't want to be there.

Permalink Mark Unread

You're not going to hurt me until the torture starts. I might occasionally splinter a bit in anticipation but I'm working on it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sigh. We're using very different definitions of that word.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. I learned a sense of perspective on what it really means.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

I'm going to keep being nice to you, you know. Growling about it isn't going to change that.

Permalink Mark Unread

That's again not my concern. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She sighs. I'm going to keep using my definition of 'harm'? I think it's a good idea to do that even if you don't agree? I'm not going to argue with you about where you are but I am going to keep acting like you're out of Angband and going to stay that way because it is in fact true? Probably that last one. If it's hurting you for me to do that and there's something else I could be doing that wouldn't, I'm open to suggestions.

Permalink Mark Unread

No, that's fine. I think if I were really out of Angband I'd want - pretty much this, plus some people to fill in all the blanks for me.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. If I find a better way to get you information than what we have so far I'll do it - got you a map of your host's camp today, by the way.

Permalink Mark Unread

...interesting. How?

Permalink Mark Unread

Started working on the pinning paths, it made sense to plan it out in advance. She sends the map, with an imagined overlay of where the paths will be.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

How long do you expect that'll take -

Permalink Mark Unread

Depends on how I do it. I'm not comfortable trying to memorize more than a medium-sized room at a time, but if I'm hopping back and forth it'll only take, mm, half an hour or so each? More for big ones of course.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm looking forward to going home.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. They're looking forward to having you. This won't stop you even if I do it the slow way; you can go before it's all done.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thanks.

Permalink Mark Unread

No problem.

We need to figure out how you want that other spell set up, too. The one to stop people from touching you.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. What do you need from me there?

Permalink Mark Unread

What you want the default to be - whether it moves you or them and where to - and then if you want it to do different things in different places, what and where.

Permalink Mark Unread

Them, and just back away from me by a foot, if that's possible.

Permalink Mark Unread

It isn't - specific places only, not relative to anything. I can have it send them to a specific spot in each room? That's a little more complicated but not too bad, if I do it at the same time as the paths.

Permalink Mark Unread

That'd be better - otherwise it's a really serious inconvenience for someone who probably just brushed against me by accident -

Permalink Mark Unread

They'd learn not to, but yeah, fair. All right.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thank you. Sorry for adding extra work.

Permalink Mark Unread

Not a problem. She sends a little burst of affection along with it.

Permalink Mark Unread

He smiles vaguely. I'll get better.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. In your own time.

Findekáno's expecting me back, but I can stop in for a little bit first if you want, fix the fire properly and get their bowl from last night to bring back and stuff.

Permalink Mark Unread

Whatever's convenient. How is he?

Permalink Mark Unread

Busy with the new place, mostly - holding up well, all things considered; pushing themselves, but not too hard. Coming along pretty well on the magic, too, they came up with a new light effect I can show you.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'd like that.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. Amusement, affection. I'll come by, then. And a moment later, there she is.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hey.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hey. She's still grinning. She's given him a bit more space than usual, and sits with her hands in her lap before trancing, covering a flattish section of the wall with Findekáno's rippling water effect in blue and green and white.

Permalink Mark Unread

Pretty.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. Want me to leave it?

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure, thanks.

Permalink Mark Unread

No problem.

She goes to fix the fire, being careful not to make any sudden movements and trying not to make it too obvious that she's doing so.

Permalink Mark Unread

You sure you're okay?

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. She focuses on the fire for a few moments. I'm not very sure what you need, right now; it feels better to be more careful even if it's not actually needed. I know I'm probably being a little silly.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'll be okay.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm, I know. She glances up at him and sighs. This really isn't helping, though, huh. Okay. She takes a deep breath, and her body language changes - the carefulness is still there, lurking in the background, but overall it's much more normal.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thanks. It's really just that what I'm used to is good, anything else feels like a glitch in the hallucination -

Permalink Mark Unread

All right. She finishes fussing with the fire and goes to check on the water basin.

Permalink Mark Unread

He hums something upbeat and pleasant.

Permalink Mark Unread

She chuckles and, after a moment, hums along.

Refill that tonight, I think, or in the morning, it'll be fine for now. I do need to get going, anything else before I do? Set you up to do some more stoncarving when you're done eating?

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure.

Permalink Mark Unread

She does that, and gets the empty bowl while she's at it; the carefulness manifests as her broadcasting it a little more than usual before she teleports anything into or out of his personal space. All right, I'm going to head out, I'll be back to make dinner.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. Have a nice day.

Permalink Mark Unread

You too.

 

Back at the Ñolofinwëan camp: I'm back, that helped.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, good.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. I'm going back for dinner but I'm not sure I'll be spending the night there. Anyway, what have you got for me to do?

Permalink Mark Unread

A long list of things!

Permalink Mark Unread

And off she goes to do them. It's crowded, in places, but everyone's giving her enough space that she can mostly manage anyway - not that she approves of the vaguely-awed looks she's getting, but that's a problem for another day.

Eventually: Starting to get late; is there anything else urgent for tonight?

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't think so. Thank you.

Permalink Mark Unread

You're welcome. I'll be back tomorrow afternoon. And she goes back to her cave.

Permalink Mark Unread

He makes an effort to smile at her.

Permalink Mark Unread

She smiles back. Hey. How was your afternoon?

Permalink Mark Unread

Pleasant.

Permalink Mark Unread

Good. She putters around getting ready to start making dinner. I met another one of your siblings this morning - Amrod. She sends a few highlights, then starts going over her memories in more detail.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Thank you.

Permalink Mark Unread

No problem. And I'll get the spells for that one room cast after dinner, too. She heads down to the pantry.

Permalink Mark Unread

It rather emphasizes how useless he is. He closes his eyes and tries to ignore that; not helpful.

Permalink Mark Unread

She's not gone long, anyway. Did you have a chance to think about the map I showed you? I kind of expect you'll have some different ideas than I did about what places are important - I can draw that up if you'd rather have it there to look at.

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't want to give the Enemy insights on our camp.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. I'll try to just get it all done before you go back, then.

Permalink Mark Unread

I appreciate it. It shouldn't all need to be done, as long as there's a few places I can move between.

Permalink Mark Unread

Right, and if your siblings come up with some kind of urgent project for me I'll focus on that instead, but I want you to be able to go everywhere you might want to.

Permalink Mark Unread

I appreciate it.

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods.

Do you have an idea of how long it'll be before you're ready to go back?

Permalink Mark Unread

I have been thinking about what stage of recovery I want to present myself as being at. If I'm still acting weak and sick then people might not touch me because I'm fragile, and they can write off a lot of my gaps as delirium, but they won't listen to me. If I pretend to be okay it'll be weirder if I slip up.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm.

If it was kobolds the first one would be the obvious thing to do, especially with me being a Speaker, but they probably won't interpret it close enough to the same way.

Permalink Mark Unread

How would kobolds interpret it? And that's how I'm leaning, it's - more latitude.

Permalink Mark Unread

Someone being sick or needing help isn't a reason not to take them seriously, among kobolds. It's a reason to make sure they have the help they need to be able to do things - which sometimes means having a Speaker or healer around to help them out with making decisions, if they need reminders or whatever - but if someone can do a thing they can do it, it's pretty straightforward.

Permalink Mark Unread

The problem is telling whether I can do things that are non-obvious, like 'make wise decisions'.

Permalink Mark Unread

Right, that's why me being a Speaker matters. If you were having problems with delirium I'd be helping with that and I'd be able to vouch for specific decisions as not being affected by it.

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't think it's that straightforward. Lots of decisions will involve being sufficiently careful about a hundred different considerations and having thought of all of them.

Permalink Mark Unread

I didn't say working with someone with delirium was easy.

Permalink Mark Unread

I served my grandfather for two thousand years and I would by the end have been competent to evaluate when he made a decision whether he'd made it advisedly, and only barely, and only because I also knew the considerations rather intimately.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. And if you did have delirium other than maybe the very mildest sort, I wouldn't actually be going along with this, because I don't have that kind of knowledge. But you don't, so all I'd actually be doing would be vouching for the fact that the impairments you do have aren't relevant.

Permalink Mark Unread

Is this the mild sort?

Permalink Mark Unread

...not what I meant. You don't have delirium, you have a different problem than that. You can think fine, once you have the information you need, and you can tell what information you need. You need to be careful about taking this seriously enough, but I think I'll notice if you aren't, and at least while the war's on I don't think that'll be a hard problem to fix if it comes up.

Permalink Mark Unread

I am not very worried I'll fail to take it seriously enough, I'm worried I won't be good at it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Why?

Permalink Mark Unread

Missing the things that made me good at it before. Maybe I fail to get them back.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, that's harder - not really cause not to take you seriously, but.

If I knew more about your culture and things I could probably help enough with that, but I don't.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's okay, everyone else around me will. I will not have to lean on you for everything.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm.

Permalink Mark Unread

And it might work out.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah.

What happens if it doesn't?

Permalink Mark Unread

I think at that point they'd understand if I died in a training accident.

Permalink Mark Unread

Permalink Mark Unread

Mandos might be able to help me.

Permalink Mark Unread

She sighs.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's my life.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. Didn't argue when you wanted the suicide spell, either. Doesn't mean I'm happy about it.

Permalink Mark Unread

You don't need to be happy about it. He relaxes slightly.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yup.

She teleports his soup over and sets the dumplings to cook in hers.

Permalink Mark Unread

He eats. He hums contentedly.

Permalink Mark Unread

She does too. She doesn't join in.

Permalink Mark Unread

And then, looking considerably more relaxed, he curls up to sleep.

Permalink Mark Unread

She stays up for a while longer, taking care of the first set of pinning path spells and handling some quiet chores around the cave, and then goes to sleep as well.

The following morning proceeds as usual, and when she's settled in to eat her breakfast - you know, asking me to get closer to you is really not fair when you're planning on maybe killing yourself.

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't prefer you get closer to me, particularly? I prefer that our interactions not be draining for you.

Permalink Mark Unread

They aren't, I said that, and you still want me to like you.

Permalink Mark Unread

I apologize. If it'll be easier for you if you dislike me that's perfectly fine.

Permalink Mark Unread

That's not really the relevant alternative, but okay.

Permalink Mark Unread

I recognize it'd be better if I could arrange things first so no one grieved but I think I'd find that very hard to do.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah.

Have you considered just not killing yourself, she doesn't say.

Permalink Mark Unread

He is still looking considerably more relaxed.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, she's definitely noticed that. She eats without further comment and packs up the Ñolofinwëans' daily egg delivery.

Permalink Mark Unread

Have a nice day.

Permalink Mark Unread

You too.

Egg delivery; Fëanorean workshop. Good morning. She's only a little more subdued than usual.

Permalink Mark Unread

Morning.

Permalink Mark Unread

Any news on any of the experiments? I actually have a suggestion for one, maybe see if you can figure out a little more about your sun... It's going to be a pretty normal morning if she has anything to say about it.

Permalink Mark Unread

They are happy to spend the whole morning working.

Permalink Mark Unread

She gets them to show her a couple examples of magic items from their world; it's straightforward enough to add that to the magic-vision spell, so she does, and offers them an updated but still probably not final version of it. And when it gets close to lunchtime, she asks to be taken to another room to add to the paths.

Permalink Mark Unread

They can do that.

Permalink Mark Unread

And then it's lunchtime and she heads home.

Permalink Mark Unread

He's carving and humming.

Permalink Mark Unread

She doesn't interrupt him until it's time to get his attention before she teleports his soup over.

Permalink Mark Unread

How are they all doing?

Permalink Mark Unread

Pretty well. It seems to be helping that they can see me getting ready to send you back, with the paths.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thank you.

Permalink Mark Unread

Are you seriously going to do that to them, she doesn't say. No problem.

Come up with any interesting designs today?

Permalink Mark Unread

Not particularly.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay.

 

I've got more work to do at the Ñolofinwëan camp this afternoon; would you like me to tell Findekáno anything for you while I'm there?

Permalink Mark Unread

No. Thank you.

Permalink Mark Unread

All right.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm glad you have him.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. She takes another bite of her lunch and then goes to scrape the rest into the waste teleporter. I'm going to head out.

Permalink Mark Unread

Alright. Later.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm.

 

At the Ñolofinwëan camp: Hey, I'm back. She does her best to keep her tone level.

Permalink Mark Unread

...all okay?

Permalink Mark Unread

Not really but I can't talk about it. Maitimo's fine.

Permalink Mark Unread

Can't talk about it?

Permalink Mark Unread

Well - could, but nothing good would happen. I'll be fine. What's next to work on?

Permalink Mark Unread

There's plenty to work on, of course. The camp's coming together quickly.

Permalink Mark Unread

Keeping busy always helps. And after a while - Can you tell me about the oath? This doesn't really need my full attention, and I've been wondering.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes. They swore to kill anyone who withholds a Silmaril from them, and to be damned to the Everlasting Darkness if they fail at that.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

 

Well.

What's a Silmaril?

Permalink Mark Unread

Things in the hands of the Enemy. Hopefully they will stay in the hands of the Enemy until my cousins retrieve them.

Permalink Mark Unread

And then I can figure out some really good spells to put on them so they can't be taken again, yeah.

How does that work out to keeping them alive?

Permalink Mark Unread

You can't turn your back on an oath to do something like that. They can risk their lives trying to achieve it but I don't expect they'll be able to die of grief.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah.

What happens if you forget you've made an oath? Can that even happen?

Permalink Mark Unread

It can, but it'd be back in force as soon as you figured it out, and it wouldn't take much to trigger figuring it out. Why? Are you worried Maitimo's sworn something and forgotten?

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm not sure they remember that one. It doesn't sound like it'll be a problem, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

I really doubt he doesn't remember that one, but no, it shouldn't be.

Permalink Mark Unread

...the Enemy took a lot of their memories, I'd assumed they'd told you that. I don't know which ones, but I know they're missing a lot of things about their family - not everything, but -

Permalink Mark Unread

He'd have to pretty much have erased everything in the years leading up to Angband to get that, it was a strongly phrased oath and pulled on them a lot. 

Permalink Mark Unread

 

All right.

So he's probably found a loophole, then. Damn.

Thanks.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

What's going on?

Permalink Mark Unread

Still shouldn't talk about it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sorry.

Permalink Mark Unread

You're the one who appears to be hurting.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yup, and probably not going to be doing a very good job of keeping it to myself for the next while. So, sorry about that.

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't need you to keep it to yourself when you're sad. This is a lot for anyone to cope with, certainly alone.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. Being upset and not letting you do anything about it is pretty rude though.

...it would not actually be a bad idea to keep an eye on me and make sure I'm still eating okay.

Permalink Mark Unread

I can do that. Should I just ask, or do you want to switch to eating here?

Permalink Mark Unread

Asking's fine, but it's okay to make me switch if you're worried. Um - I'm not sure what Eldar need, for kobolds if we stop eating altogether it's serious after two or three days and an emergency after five or six; I can't get by indefinitely on one meal a day but that'll be good enough if there's a temporary problem, two is better. I don't think this is going to get that bad, but it is how I tend to react when I'm very stressed, so it's a good idea for you to know anyway... someone bringing me food and sitting with me while I eat it is almost always enough to get me to; if I ever don't respond to that you should probably take that seriously, too.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay.

 

 

Maybe you should ask someone else to take over looking after Maitimo. It seems like it's hurting you a lot, and that can't make him happy either.

Permalink Mark Unread

She sighs. If that seems wise, I will. I don't think it is right now. I'll be okay.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. Hugs. Did you eat today?

Permalink Mark Unread

Hugs: Good. Small breakfast, half of lunch. Shouldn't skip dinner completely but I'm okay, yeah.

Permalink Mark Unread

You can tell him to cut it out. He will.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, I know. If I need a break I have better options than that - I have a pretty good idea of what I can tolerate, I've been through worse than this.

Permalink Mark Unread

I know it doesn't feel like it but it's probably a good sign that he's acting on wanting something even though it's making the person he's dependent on unhappy.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Mmhmm. Which is why I'm letting them do it, mostly.

Permalink Mark Unread

But it'd be okay to make him put that on people who love him and who he won't hurt.

Permalink Mark Unread

She sighs and hugs him again. That won't actually work in this case and we should stop talking about it now.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And she hugs him again and gets back to work.

Permalink Mark Unread

And eventually he reminds her to eat dinner.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, thanks. Hug. I'll be back in the morning for a little bit.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. Still don't think it's a good idea for us to talk to him?

Permalink Mark Unread

Uh, probably. But I expect they would say no if I asked, now, so I can do that.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay.

Permalink Mark Unread

See you tomorrow. She hugs him again and then teleports.

Permalink Mark Unread

Still carving. He smiles at her. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She mostly suppresses the resulting wince. Good day?

Permalink Mark Unread

Lovely. Yours?

Permalink Mark Unread

City's coming along nicely. It's neat to get to watch one being built like this.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sounds like you're doing a lot more than watching!

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, yes, that too. She can't help but grin a little.

Permalink Mark Unread

I"m so glad they'll have a safe and lovely city.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah.

 

So, Findekáno'd like to talk to you again. I haven't told them what's going on, they just know I'm unhappy and don't think it'd help anything for them to know why. Which is true, you shouldn't talk to them if you don't want to.

Permalink Mark Unread

You're unhappy because if there's nothing I can do to help in the war then I will get to die?

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't mind that you have the option. I'm upset that you're so enthusiastic about taking it. I still don't want anyone to bother you about it, though, you were obviously unhappy about it when you thought I was going to.

Permalink Mark Unread

I am pretty sure Findekáno wouldn't bother me about it. It might make him sad, though, not sure.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes, it will, that too. Though it might be less upsetting than not knowing why I am. Do you want to talk to them?

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't feel a need to but if it might help, sure.

Permalink Mark Unread

I think it'll bother them less if they hear it from you. I assume you prefer portals? Do you want to be able to see them?

Permalink Mark Unread

No.

Permalink Mark Unread

All right. I'm not sure that's what they want to talk about exactly, either, does that matter?

Permalink Mark Unread

What else do they want to talk about, do you know?

Permalink Mark Unread

I was really stressed out today and they might want to talk to you about that - I'll be fine and I told them so but it still bothered them.

Permalink Mark Unread

I apologize for stressing you.

Permalink Mark Unread

She shrugs. I'll be fine.

Permalink Mark Unread

You seem very not fine. I didn't expect it to hurt you that badly, I'd have lied if I had. Sorry.

Permalink Mark Unread

She sighs. I really do prefer not to be lied to. And I really will be fine - not I am, but I will be, I've been through worse than this and come out fine afterward, it'll be okay.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay.

And he leans back and starts singing.

Permalink Mark Unread

She doesn't sing along, and in fact reacts much less to the music than she usually would. She keeps working on dinner; when it's done, she teleports his to him and sets her own aside. I'll go find Findekáno and come back to do the portal.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thanks.

Permalink Mark Unread

She goes.

Findekáno? Yes to talking; where do you want the portal?

Permalink Mark Unread

Anywhere the whole camp won't see it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay.

She's been keeping an eye out for out-of-the-way nooks to hide in when the crowd gets overwhelming; she sets a portal up in one of them and sends the location to him. Gotta do the other side, be right back -

She goes back to the cave, sets that up without comment, retrieves her dinner, and teleports back to sit with Findekáno.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hey," he says to Maitimo.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am entertaining this at kobold's request, they're upset."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'd noticed. Why?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Proximately? Because I said that if I can't get myself together far enough to be an asset rather than a liability in the war, if it's looking like I won't ever do that, then my family'd understand if I died in an accident."

Permalink Mark Unread

"So keep in mind they make a lot of inferences from how communities treat their members who are burdensome, in terms of what the communities will do for the kobold when needed."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Ah. Thank you."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I think once you have a bit more time you'll be an asset, even without believing any of this real. But if not, maybe at least try sailing for Valinor? Seems the kind of suicide Mandos would appreciate better."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'll let you know if I get to the point of settling on details."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Okay. Is existence tolerable, would you want to die absent any considerations of asset or burden -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Very badly."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Do you have the means to kill yourself if you want to?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah. Then I just wake up in Angband."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"If this were real and not a hallucination, would you want me to kill you."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"Not if I am or can be an asset in the war effort."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Okay. I think it'll be good for your brothers to have you back, even in pieces, and I think you'll recover a lot. In the meantime, you two have this really unhelpful thing going on where you hate making people miserable and the reality of your situation makes the kobold miserable and you vary both in your capacity to lie about it and your interest in doing that. Have you considered living with people who won't be miserable -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"There aren't any. I will continue making people miserable for as long as I exist and then when I stop that will make them all miserable too and I do not know how to change that except by recovering faster so I can lie better."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You're not making me miserable. Pissed off at the Enemy, and more sympathetically inclined towards your host just by some sense you've suffered enough for the lot of them."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"Eru, I wish you were real."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, indulge the pretense a little, if it helps, or I can claim to be Melkor and promise this one's going to last awhile, if that helps. I don't know how much you remember but you used to trust me; you still can."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"I don't think I can. But thank you."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Is the idea here to just throw everything at people, see where they stumble, so you're better calibrated on which topics to cover for..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Pretty much."

Permalink Mark Unread

"If it helps I can stick around until sunrise, then people might begin to wonder why I'm talking to a Feanorian instead of doing something productive."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Why are you doing that?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"If you don't remember the answer I don't think I can say."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

"I think I remember."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Do you want me to talk to the kobold for you or -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Would you? I'm so tired."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sleep well. Good skill."

Permalink Mark Unread

"At sleeping?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"At everything you're trying to do."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Likewise, then."

Permalink Mark Unread

And he leans back and sings for a long time.

Permalink Mark Unread

And she stays there, leaning up against him.

Permalink Mark Unread

And eventually: he's just saying all the awful things he experiences so he can get peoples' reactions and figure out which of those things it's most important to hide. He needs an outlet to do that but I don't think it has to be you.

 

And if it helps any he doesn't think that he ought to die if he's useless or anything, he certainly wouldn't want useless people to die and his host doesn't - usually - act like they think that, they're certainly good to their own regardless of their condition. He just wants to die in case the god of the dead can help make him better.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's not that. They were so happy about it.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm really glad he can still be happy about things, even if they're not the things I might like him to be happy about.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sigh. Yeah.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hugs.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, those.

 

She finishes her dinner and seems somewhat at a loss for what to do next.

Permalink Mark Unread

Would you rather stay here? I don't think he'll feel too abandoned.

Permalink Mark Unread

That sounds good. Thank you.

Permalink Mark Unread

No problem. And he directs more logistics remotely and leans against the wall and is not miserable because that's not useful to Maitimo.

Permalink Mark Unread

She sleeps, after a bit - somewhat restlessly, but she calms right down when he pets her, at least for a while.

She wakes before dawn and looks around, confused.

Permalink Mark Unread

You spent the night here because my cousin was stressing you out.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

...yeah.

You okay?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, I'm fine. I'm pretty used to Maitimo, I've known him a while.

Permalink Mark Unread

All right. She hugs him anyway.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hugs. Do you want to just move in here? We can send some people to stay with him - or his brothers could -

Permalink Mark Unread

She thinks about it.

I think it'd do me a lot of good to spend more time here - spend the night as a regular thing, maybe do my cooking here or just bring everything from my pantry and let your cooks handle it for me, that kind of thing. Having other people there... might work? I'd want to talk to them about it first, I know they have some problems interacting with other Eldar that they don't have with me but I'm not sure how serious that is, among other things.

Permalink Mark Unread

Might be outweighed by the advantages of knowing what'll upset us better than he knows it for you.

Permalink Mark Unread

Might, yeah. I dunno.

One of us would need to make sure to talk to them regularly, I think. They need to have someone around that they don't feel like they have to lie to about everything.

Permalink Mark Unread

I imagine he can find that in his own camp, too.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, but until then. I can do it.

Permalink Mark Unread

So can I, and I think it hurts me less.

Permalink Mark Unread

She looks briefly pained. Yeah.

Permalink Mark Unread

So I'll do it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. If they ask for me or you need a break or anything I'm still willing; I'm apparently less resilient than I used to be but I should still be able to handle it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hugs. Angband is a hard thing to be resilient about.

Permalink Mark Unread

True, but not what I meant.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hmm?

Permalink Mark Unread

I used to be really good for this kind of stuff - I get upset, but I don't mind being upset, it doesn't - didn't - hurt me, I'd be fine again afterward. And I seem to have lost some of that since I was exiled; it used to take a lot more for me to get to the point of having problems like I did last night.

Hopefully that's temporary but if I keep pushing myself it's less likely to be, so. She sighs.

Permalink Mark Unread

So that sounds like a good reason to not push yourself.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. Don't want them to feel like they're being punished for messing up, though. She tugs pensively on the tip of one of her ears.

Permalink Mark Unread

I think he thinks he's getting information, not messing up. And I think he's right. Wanting to die and not disguising it well isn't a mistake.

Permalink Mark Unread

It is if something bad happens to you because of it.

I don't know. I think I need to take a day or two and figure out what I actually need right now.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sounds good.

Permalink Mark Unread

She snuggles up and thinks.

 

- I need to start eating normally again. That... I've been doing a lot of things, where, if it was one of them, it'd be fine, if it was two or three of them it'd probably be fine, but I can't do this many. And food's a big deal for me, even if the only thing I was doing was changing my diet around like I've been doing that wouldn't be great for me. So, not that. I'll start eating here.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. Sounds good.

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods. I'll bring the rest of the stuff from my pantry here later.

 

...don't think I'm up for dealing with their siblings today. Or, uh. At all. Sigh. If I can figure out how, I should, but I'm not going to think about that right now.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

She pulls her knees to her chest.

Permalink Mark Unread

If that's not something you're going to be up for, is there a solution other than having you set up their camp to be safe for Maitimo?

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't know.

I need to... not be responsible for figuring things out, for a little while. Like, today.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay.

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't think there's anything that can't wait that long.

Permalink Mark Unread

I am sure there's not. Take a break. I need to work but I can have someone in here to sit and sing with you if you'd like.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, please. I'll probably be up for doing stuff later, too.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. And he asks whoever's nearby if they'll sit and hold her and sing for a couple hours, and he gets back to work.

Permalink Mark Unread

And she's sat with and held and sung to. She's not very responsive, exactly, but does hum along a bit, particularly on songs that are familiar by now.

After a couple hours she thanks them and goes to find something for breakfast, and finds a place to sit where she can watch the bustle of the camp as she eats.

Permalink Mark Unread

They are still singing and camp-assembling.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's soothing to watch, sort of. Occasionally when it's sufficiently obvious that they need something heavy moved somewhere she reaches out and does that.

Permalink Mark Unread

And eventually someone brings her lunch (the Noldor don't stop to eat).

Permalink Mark Unread

She thanks them.

There's a bowl of broth with it. She teleports that to Maitimo before starting to eat.

Permalink Mark Unread

And they spend the afternoon working as well.

Permalink Mark Unread

And she goes and works. There's plenty for her to do.

When the sun starts to set she goes and gets something for dinner.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Elves stop working around sunset, watch, sing, and mill around talking.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's still overwhelming to be around too many of them at once, but she finds a place to sit that's quiet without being hidden and tries to look approachable.

Permalink Mark Unread

No one approaches her. Eventually Findekáno asks all okay?

Permalink Mark Unread

Not really.

Permalink Mark Unread

He comes over. Hug?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes, exactly. She clings tight.

Permalink Mark Unread

Going to sleep here tonight?

Permalink Mark Unread

She leans her head against him and then looks sadly at the nearest group of Eldar. Maybe.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

What's wrong?

Permalink Mark Unread

They're not wrong to be nervous of me, but that doesn't mean it doesn't hurt - I knew I wasn't ready for this. Her eyes are wet with tears.

Permalink Mark Unread

They're not nervous, they're trying to respect your space. When there are as many people as there are in our host you can't all rush someone new.

Permalink Mark Unread

She takes a ragged breath and buries her face against him again.

Permalink Mark Unread

He hugs her and sighs.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

When I can tell myself stuff like that and believe it and not freak out if I'm a little bit wrong I'll be ready to deal with this. 'M not, yet.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. Spending the night here? I'm not going to sleep but I'd be happy to find you someone who is who you can cuddle with.

Permalink Mark Unread

Dunno.

Kinda want to go talk to Maitimo.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. 

Permalink Mark Unread

 

She hugs him. Thank you for trying. I wish this was easier, all of it.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm sorry it's been so hard on you.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. She takes another deep breath, this one only somewhat steadier. I'm goona go.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. Later.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. She hugs him one more time, and then goes.

 

The fire in the cave has burned low, dim enough that the lights from the wall decorations and Maitimo's sunset-viewing portal are the primary ones in the space, and the cave's natural chill has started to reassert itself, though not yet to the point of being uncomfortable. She swears, startled, and sets about rebuilding it.

Permalink Mark Unread

He looks relieved to see her.

Permalink Mark Unread

She doesn't say anything while she works, and when she's done, she settles on the cave floor, facing him, wide-eyed. Didn't mean to do that - are you okay? I - she swears, again.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's okay, don't worry about it.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's really not! She swears again and then sighs. I'm sorry. That's I guess what it looks like when I run out of ability to cope with stuff, now. I wasn't expecting to or I'd've been more careful.

Permalink Mark Unread

I was expecting you to and could have been more careful.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

She sighs. Well, now we know. She teleports her bed next to where she's sitting and burrows into it, poking her head back out once she's settled.

Permalink Mark Unread

He hasn't moved.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

I know I still need to make you dinner, she says after a few seconds of awkward silence. I just need to calm down a little bit first.

Permalink Mark Unread

You don't need to make me dinner.

 

I want one of my brothers to be a mage so that if you decide it is too stressful to help us we are not helpless.

Permalink Mark Unread

...reasonable. But not something I should do right now, I'm still having trouble thinking straight.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay.

Permalink Mark Unread

She curls up tighter for a second and then carefully stretches out, rolling onto her back to look at the ceiling. I'll get through this. I know how, I just have to do it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Permalink Mark Unread

She stays that way for a few minutes, breathing carefully, and then gets up: Okay, dinner.

Permalink Mark Unread

He continues sitting there.

Permalink Mark Unread

She cooks - just soup, nothing for herself - and teleports it over when she's done.

Permalink Mark Unread

Did you eat?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, before I came.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay.

 

He eats.

Permalink Mark Unread

She burrows back into her bed.

What do you want to do about - this? I'm not sure I can promise it won't happen again - I can try, but...

Permalink Mark Unread

Please don't worry about it at all; I could have signaled you if I'd needed to, and I bet I could have figured out something for the fire if I hadn't been moping. 

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

All right.

Permalink Mark Unread

How's the camp coming along?

Permalink Mark Unread

Pretty well, I think.

She sends a few memories from the day; it's a much less competently curated set than usual for her.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thanks for giving me the chance to talk with my cousin last night. I forgot how much I missed him.

Permalink Mark Unread

She grins, weakly. You're welcome. I - she hesitates - don't remember much of that, but I think if you want to talk to them more often they'd be willing.

Permalink Mark Unread

I think he's pretty busy, but maybe the two camps can eventually have a portal up so we can talk to each other.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah.

Permalink Mark Unread

I had some more ideas for how to make things nice for people with magic, after the war, but then it occurred to me my brothers might have had the same ideas already and I should go home and learn all of what they've been up to before I try inventing it all over.

Permalink Mark Unread

Probably not all the same ones; they're pretty focused on things that'll be useful right now. But I could do portals to their workrooms, if you want, I'm sure they'd agree to that - I'm a little surprised you haven't been talking to them more often, actually, you were expecting them to sing to you and stuff.

Permalink Mark Unread

Portals to their work rooms will probably just distract them, but a permanent portal to somewhere would be nice. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure, I'll ask them tomorrow where they want one.

- not sure what I'm going to tell them about why I didn't go today, any ideas? I was probably just going to be vague about it.

Permalink Mark Unread

We all need a break sometimes, I doubt they worried too much. If they did they'll be reassured to hear we can have a mage so we're not dependent on you.

Permalink Mark Unread

All right.

I'm going to want to talk to Findekáno about it before I teach any of your siblings the magic - we talked about your oath a little yesterday, and I don't think that's a problem - you already have weapons, being able to cast for yourselves won't make you less able to do it cleanly if you wind up sworn to kill someone other than the Enemy - but I want to make sure I'm not missing anything.

Permalink Mark Unread

He's a good person to talk to for that.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah.

Permalink Mark Unread

I thought he was safe. I should wish that he is.

Permalink Mark Unread

It just ends up hurting people in other ways if you try to keep them too safe. But I'm doing the best I can with it - sometime when I can focus well enough we're going to see if I can move stone fast enough to build them a city underground where it's safer.

Permalink Mark Unread

That's a brilliant idea.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, I thought so. And then if we're lucky I can put spells inside the stone that'll hedge out incorporeal Maiar. Hard to test that, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oooh, how are you planning to do that?

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm not sure I can; I don't know what happens if a spell tries to teleport a Maiar without a body and I don't have any other forms that'd be useful. But detecting them is easy enough, they show up just fine to the magic detection form. And if nothing else I can make the walls light up when a Maiar goes through them, that'll help even if I can't do anything better.

Permalink Mark Unread

It definitely will!

Permalink Mark Unread

Permalink Mark Unread

I should get some sleep. Mind if I sing?

Permalink Mark Unread

Me too. Go right ahead. She burrows back under the blankets.

Permalink Mark Unread

So he sings until she is asleep, then stares silently at the wall for the rest of the night.

Permalink Mark Unread

She's up before dawn, as usual, and seems to be more or less back to normal.

I'm going to be making some changes, she says as she gets out of bed, to take care of myself a little better. And eating more like I normally would is probably going to be the most obvious one. That probably means I'm going to be eating around you less, is that okay?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, definitely. My cousins will take good care of you.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

Yeah, once I'm ready for that. But, okay, good.

Permalink Mark Unread

What's the plan for today?

Permalink Mark Unread

Mostly the same as it has been - keep working on your siblings' list of things to be done, ask about that portal, get another room for your path, back here for lunch, work on the Ñolofinwëans' city in the afternoon. I can probably fit something else in there if there's something you'd like me to do.

Permalink Mark Unread

No, that sounds lovely and reasonable!

Permalink Mark Unread

She chuckles. Yup. Breakfast first, though.

Breakfast: is not eggs; is instead a potato, diced and fried and mixed with dried berries and spices.

Permalink Mark Unread

Delicious!

Permalink Mark Unread

Yep, that's the idea.

The morning proceeds basically as usual - she goes to collect eggs for the Ñolofinwëans, and takes a peacock as well to have for lunch, and then heads to the Fëanorean camp.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hey. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Hey. All well? Sorry if I worried you yesterday.

Permalink Mark Unread

I think we were expecting you to drop by? But nothing happened or anything, just eager to get those rooms for Maitimo.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, I was expecting to too, something came up. I can just work on rooms today if you don't have anything more urgent for me to do - and put in a portal someplace for you to talk to them through, too, if you want one.

Permalink Mark Unread

That'd be good.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. Well, show me a place, then, she grins.

Permalink Mark Unread

So he does that.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm going to do Maitimo's side first, I'd rather not startle them. Should only be a minute. And she pops back to the cave.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hi!

Permalink Mark Unread

Hi! It's Tyelkormo today, no surprise at all that they want a portal. Not that it'd be for any of them, but Tyelkormo misses you a lot. You ready?

Permalink Mark Unread

Can't wait.

Permalink Mark Unread

All right. And there's a portal. I'll go do the other side - and now she's visible through it and trancing, and after a moment she opens her eyes. There you go, she tells Tyelkormo.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thank you! "Hi, Maitimo!"

Permalink Mark Unread

He's had all this practice; he conceals the flinch. "Hi! I'm coming home soon, looks like! And doing all the magic is a lot of pressure on the kobold so we're going to start training a mage of our own."

Permalink Mark Unread

Tyelkormo is pretty hugable; she cuddles up next to him while they talk.

Permalink Mark Unread

And they talk for a while. Nelyo's entirely normal, it's a little worrying because obviously it's not true but at least he can expect Nelyo's sufficiently in control of the situation to be projecting how he wants to be responded to. 

 

And eventually she'll want lunch; he's hardly moving.

Permalink Mark Unread

She was kind of expecting him to ask someone else to take her to do things, but this is fine too. When she starts to get hungry she disappears; fifteen minutes later she reappears in the cave and starts working on some soup for Maitimo.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thank you for the portal!

Permalink Mark Unread

No problem.

Permalink Mark Unread

Did you get yourself lunch?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, it's baking right now.

Permalink Mark Unread

How long until I can go home, do you think?

Permalink Mark Unread

I mean, you could go today, if you really want to and they have a place for you - tomorrow if you insist on the paths being set up, but if you can't walk yet I don't think it's that dangerous.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'll ask them to set up a place for me.

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods. Okay.

Permalink Mark Unread

I really appreciate all of your help. It's been lovely and I feel very lucky. But it'll be nice to be home.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. She grins. She's not as good at faking them as he is. It's always good to have that.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Do you want to come with me? It'd be nice to still have someone around looking out for me.

Permalink Mark Unread

She didn't exactly look tense before but she's certainly much more relaxed now. Yeah, that sounds good. This grin is much more genuine.

Permalink Mark Unread

I am very sure we can manage two adjacent rooms and the other things you'll need to feel at home.

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods. I don't need much, anyway.

Permalink Mark Unread

Neither do I, but some familiar things from this place will be nice!

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, I'll want to bring my bed and a couple of my drawings at least. Can't bring the magic - or, well, I guess we could, but I'd rather not take out bits of the wall - but I can cast more once we're there, if you want.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'd like that.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm.

Do you know how long it'll take them, about?

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't but I can ask them to hurry, or to not hurry, as you like.

Permalink Mark Unread

No, whatever works for them is fine - I am still planning to spend the afternoon with Findekáno's host, but I can go a little late or leave a little early or whatever, I just need to know to do it.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'll ask.

He does.

Evening's fine.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'll be here, then, she grins.

Soup: exists. My lunch should be ready now, too, I'm going to take it with me. Do you need anything before I head out?

Permalink Mark Unread

Not a thing! Have a lovely afternoon!

Permalink Mark Unread

You too.

And twenty minutes later she appears at the Ñolofinwëan camp with a stuffed roast peacock to share.

Permalink Mark Unread

It is appreciated. The settlement is coming together nicely. It will be very pretty.

Permalink Mark Unread

It really will be. She takes her lunch and goes to find Findekáno.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hey. All okay?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yup. She does seem much more alert, and calmer. And Maitimo decided to go home, they're going back tonight.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. I'm glad you're both all right.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm.

They're pushing for me to teach one of their siblings the magic, too, I'd like to get your opinion on that at some point.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hmm.

Permalink Mark Unread

I think - but I'm not sure - that they've seen enough of what war is like that they'll prefer to keep things as peaceful as they can if something unfortunate happens with the oath, if it lets them, and the magic means they can be more awful to people if they want to but it also means they can be more gentle if they want that, too, so I don't think it'll necessarily be a problem there. But I don't know for sure and you know them better than I do. And there might be other problems I don't know about - I don't know what your plans are for maybe being in contact with them or anything.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's probably best to not be in contact with them but that rather necessitates giving them their own mages or leaving them to die. 

Permalink Mark Unread

I mean, I'm still intending to be around over there on a pretty regular basis, I can set them all up with whatever spells and magic objects it makes sens for them to have, but yeah, it'd definitely make more sense without some specific reason not to.

Permalink Mark Unread

And if you have to stop going over there when you're too stressed, that will make them afraid they've been abandoned and then they'll do reckless things.

Permalink Mark Unread

...yeah, that could happen. Sounds like a yes, then? Any advice on who to start with, or no? They'll be able to teach each other right away, so I assume they'll all end up with it anyway, but it might still matter.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ask Maitimo about keeping it to people who didn't swear the oath. I don't think he'll agree but we can ask.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure.

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't think my cousins will use it to hurt people. I do worry.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. She hugs him. Not unreasonable.

 

...kind of cruel to ask, though, with their memories gone.

Permalink Mark Unread

You mean because he won't know the people who'd be good choices? He's going to need to figure that out fast anyway.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. And yeah, they'll need to, but I'm not sure they will, and anyway I'm going to have a hard time not letting them talk me into teaching their siblings without a better reason than I have, if they can bring that up.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, figures. I don't think it'll be a disaster. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. If it would be I wouldn't.

What do you have for me to do today?

Permalink Mark Unread

You want to work? We've got enough set up that everyone's comfortable, it's okay if you'd rather sing or cuddle with people today.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

I could meet some people, sure. Good idea.

Permalink Mark Unread

So he flags down some people and introduces her and private-osanwë-explains that, species difference, she needs people to cuddle her and not be remotely nervous around her, can they do that?

Permalink Mark Unread

There's a degree of nervousness that's okay! It's just more 'new person, what are they like' than 'unfamiliar mage and/or minor deity'. She doesn't explain this but she does display it.

Permalink Mark Unread

And people are perfectly willing to sit and cuddle with her and talk and sing.

Permalink Mark Unread

This is... good? She's still pretty nervous about it, and more than once has to go a little ways off and lie down and pull herself back together. After the second time, she explains why - that kobolds aren't meant to be alone, that she was exiled over a misunderstanding, that she's having trouble adjusting to being around people again, that her twitchiness isn't because of them or anything they're doing.

Permalink Mark Unread

They are reassured to hear that. They were also exiled. Being exiled is awful.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, no kidding. Well, at least they all have each other, now. Cuddles?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yep!

Permalink Mark Unread

Awesome. And then an hour later she's overwhelmed again and has to go take some deep breaths, but it's still progress.

Permalink Mark Unread

They cope with this fine.

Permalink Mark Unread

Good.

Eventually it starts to get late, and she thanks them for sitting with her and goes to find Findekáno.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hey. All okay?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. That was a good idea. You?

Permalink Mark Unread

The thing I do to cope is keep busy and there is lots to keep busy on.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. Hug. Have you been eating okay and everything?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes. You?

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. Brought lunch to share today, she sends the memory, and I'm not sure what's going to happen with dinner but I'm sure I'll get something.

Permalink Mark Unread

I can ask someone to bring it by.

Permalink Mark Unread

...I'm probably going to be spending the night at the Fëanorean camp, I want to make sure Maitimo gets settled in all right.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. 

Permalink Mark Unread

I'll come back if it starts stressing me out. And I'll be by in the morning for a bit anyway. She hugs him, comfortingly.

Permalink Mark Unread

I hope it goes well.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. Her ears flick back for a moment. I should go, they're expecting me.

Permalink Mark Unread

Alright. Take care.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. See you tomorrow.

And she's back at the cave.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hey! Nice day?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, she grins. The city's together enough that Findekáno thought it'd be a better use of my time to get to know some people, that was hard but kinda nice anyway. You ready to go?

Permalink Mark Unread

Can't wait.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, I bet. They've got it all set up?

Permalink Mark Unread

They do!

Permalink Mark Unread

All right, I'll go get the location. She grins and disappears.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hey!

Permalink Mark Unread

Hey. Hug! So where're we going to be?

Permalink Mark Unread

He shows her the rooms. Maitimo's is decorated with tapestries so intricate they could easily be portals.

Permalink Mark Unread

Wow.

She trances, and then - you can hang around, I have a couple spells to cast before they're ready but it'll only take a couple minutes.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay.

 

And he waits.

Permalink Mark Unread

Back she goes. She shows him the room and gives him a spell to teleport to it.

How do you want the one to stop people from touching you set up - do you still want to be able to suppress it? ...I guess wanting that will work as the trigger, or I can do something else if you'd rather. And keep in mind that if it's just suppressed you'll need to practice some before you can suppress it while you're distracted.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'll keep that in mind, thank you.

Permalink Mark Unread

All right. She goes through the casting process. And that's it, you can go ahead.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thank you.

Permalink Mark Unread

She grins, a little wryly. No problem. Go on, Tyelkormo's waiting for you.

Permalink Mark Unread

And - home.

 

 

He tries not to react to the surroundings - he's still going to avoid anything that could possibly be strategically relevant - and he suppresses the touch field in time for Tyelcormo to touch him - can't slip up, can't slip up, even people who say they'd rather not be lied to will fall apart if they get even an inkling of the truth, that is the most important thing to learn about people -

Permalink Mark Unread

She follows right behind him, stands by the door where she won't be in the way if anyone comes through it without looking. Doesn't comment on the hug - he was practicing those for a reason, of course - but does keep an eye on him; she thinks the spell will kick in if he dissociates, but she won't be sure until it happens, or doesn't.

Permalink Mark Unread

No, he's going to be entirely fine. Can't slip up, can't slip up. "Have I missed anything, or have you all just been snoozing and singing for Years?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Just snoozing and singing - oh Nelyo - oh, Eru - we wanted to rescue you we just couldn't think how -"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I am very proud of you for not rescuing me." Hug.

Permalink Mark Unread

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hey, no being sadder about the whole mess than I am, that seems very unfair."

Permalink Mark Unread

"You're okay?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Right as rain."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"Okay."

Permalink Mark Unread

"So, the kingdom, has it or has it not spent the last five Years twiddling its fingers..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Cáno's got a report for you."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Okay, okay, I suppose it can wait. Is there dinner? -"

Permalink Mark Unread

There is dinner, and endless conversation about the Sun and recent events and all of Maitimo's brothers come in for hugs and variants on the same conversation.

Permalink Mark Unread

Eventually he announces "I am an invalid and you are a terribly tiresome lot. Let me sleep, leave the notes, and tomorrow I shall try to have more energy -" and there is a round of hugs and kisses goodnight.

Permalink Mark Unread

She's been sitting quietly in the corner, and stays when they go. She doesn't say anything at first, just watches him quietly.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thank you for everything. Thank you for taking me home. That was lovely.

Permalink Mark Unread

She sighs. I still don't like being lied to.

 

Just because I don't have it in me to help you kill yourself doesn't mean I need you to pretend you're not going to.

Permalink Mark Unread

I was just in a bad mood that day, I didn't mean it. I'm not going to kill myself.

Permalink Mark Unread

Permalink Mark Unread

It's reassuring to think that I could, but that doesn't mean I actually want to.

Permalink Mark Unread

She sighs.

You were going to tell them what you need, and I'm pretty sure you didn't.

Permalink Mark Unread

I realized that all I really need is everyone around me to be happy.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

Okay.

Goodnight.

Permalink Mark Unread

Goodnight! Thank you for everything.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. Her ears twitch back.

She goes. She changes her necklace to monitor his room rather than her cave. She brings her bed to the new room, tucking it into a corner where the Eldar-style bed hides it from the door, and burrows in.

She doesn't sleep.

Permalink Mark Unread

He does.

Permalink Mark Unread

She waits an hour, concludes that she's not going to get any sleep this way, and teleports back to the Ñolofinwëan camp.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's quieter; more people are sleeping.

Permalink Mark Unread

She makes her way quietly to where they're camped out, and after a bit of searching finds a free spot to bed down for the night and lets the sound of their breathing lull her off to sleep as well.

Permalink Mark Unread

They wake up before her, being Eldar, and get back to work and singing.

Permalink Mark Unread

She doesn't sleep through that, but does conclude that it isn't actually time for her to get up yet and go back to sleep for another couple hours before getting up and going about her day.

She checks in with Findekáno while she eats. Good morning.

Permalink Mark Unread

Morning! How'd it go?

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Not how I was hoping. No problems exactly, but they'd told me they were going to tell their siblings about what they need and they didn't, and they've decided they want to try to lie to me about everything now. I hope they don't end up regretting it.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Okay. I bet he'll be fine.

Permalink Mark Unread

I hope so.

She pokes listlessly at her breakfast, and then sighs and starts eating again.

Permalink Mark Unread

I think it's empowering for him to be able to reassure people, even if maybe he's not reassuring them with the whole truth.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm.

They could do that and get some of what they need, though. The important things.

Permalink Mark Unread

What things do you think he's not asking for that he needs?

Permalink Mark Unread

Not to be touched. We even had an excuse all ready, they wouln't've even had to say anything at all about why. And instead they're - she swallows and sets her plate aside.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Maybe he finds it helpful to prove to himself he can do it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Maybe.

Permalink Mark Unread

You don't think that's what's going on?

Permalink Mark Unread

Last time I talked to them about being touched they considered it so obvious that it'd count as torture that they didn't even need to clarify that. They have been working on tolerating it, since then, but I'm pretty sure they weren't intending to do this as recently as a few days ago. Not like this.

Permalink Mark Unread

He can look out for himself. Really.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, I know.

Permalink Mark Unread

Do you want to talk about this more?

Permalink Mark Unread

Sigh. I don't think it'd help anything. It's fine if they don't want my help - I kinda proved they can't rely on me, that's not their fault - but if they're not willing to accept anyone's, well. Not much we can do about that. I just wish that didn't work out to what it does.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. I'm sorry it's stressing you, anyway.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hug. I'll be all right.

Permalink Mark Unread

Good! So will he. What do you need today, did you get yourself breakfast?

Permalink Mark Unread

She gestures to the abandoned plate. I'm not going to finish that; shouldn't talk about Maitimo over meals for the next while. I do need to spend some time with the Fëanoreans today, I was assuming I'd do that this morning; I don't have any plans for the rest of the day, I might go hunt and work on getting closer to the elves if you don't need me here for anything.

Permalink Mark Unread

It'd be useful to have some help, actually, if that's possible - she'd taken several days off.

Permalink Mark Unread

Absolutely.

Permalink Mark Unread

So there are things to do.

Permalink Mark Unread

She works until lunchtime, and then pops over to the Fëanoreans' workroom.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hey."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hey." I assume you want me working on the paths today?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes, that'd be good. Thank you. We also want to start training as mages so if this gets too stressful for you we aren't stranded and helpless.

Permalink Mark Unread

I think they're more worried about that than they need to be - I do fall apart sometimes but I bounce back really quickly - but yeah, I can get you started on that.

She explains how training as a mage goes, the unstable spell issue and how to break spells and the timeframe they can expect to see with that, and checks that they understand that they have to be very careful about who gets to be a mage, and then puts out her hand and trances.

Permalink Mark Unread

And he takes her hand. Thank you.

Permalink Mark Unread

No problem.

She sends the light and magic-detection forms over osanwë. The other two shouldn't be used until you can reliably do stable spells, do you want them now anyway?

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure, just in case something interrupts getting them later.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm.

She sends the other two. The teleportation form is gorgeous, in a fractal-ish sort of way.

Permalink Mark Unread

...wow. Thank you.

Permalink Mark Unread

You're welcome.

It's mostly easier to figure out how it works by trying things, it's pretty intuitive, but I can answer whatever questions you still have once you've done that.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thank you.

Permalink Mark Unread

No problem. D'you want to come with me to do the paths? I remember enough of what we were going to do here that I can go on my own if you'd rather stay and work with the magic.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'll have someone direct you. And he does.

Permalink Mark Unread

Path spells: happen. She doesn't stop in to see Maitimo while she's working; she can cast just fine from the room next door.

Permalink Mark Unread

Several people are in the room with him; they are concerned but happy. He is tired and focusing very hard and has the same intense desire that he's had every time she's read him.

Permalink Mark Unread

After some debate, she osanwës Tyelkormo. Hey, what're you up to?

Permalink Mark Unread

Scouting, why?

Permalink Mark Unread

'M working on the pinning paths, and casting on someone gives me kind of an overview of how they're doing - Maitimo should be getting a bit more rest than they are. I don't think it's worth coming back for, though, I thought you might be in with them.

Permalink Mark Unread

Not me, nah, he's doing audiences, should be Cáno and then whoever's next in line to talk with him. No one in this family ever sleeps enough, but noted.

...does he know you're getting this overview thing?

Permalink Mark Unread

Pretty sure I mentioned it, yeah, I went over how my magic works in detail once. I can't read thoughts at all, the only thing I get clearly is physical stuff and emotions.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. I'll try to insist he sleep every night and stuff.

Permalink Mark Unread

Less that, more not pushing themselves too hard in between, I think, but whatever you can do will help, I'm sure.

I'm giving out the magic today, too, I can do that at range, want it?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, definitely!

Permalink Mark Unread

I think you're going to like the sense best and you don't actually need the safety lecture for that, do you want that first and you can let me know when you're done playing with it and want the rest, or lecture first and then everything?

Permalink Mark Unread

How long of a lecture is it?

Permalink Mark Unread

Fifteen minutes, maybe twenty if you have questions.

Permalink Mark Unread

I kinda have a shit attention span for lectures. Maybe just give me the one that doesn't require them?

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. I can break it down, too, 'spells acting weirdly will kill you, kill them first' covers like three fifths of it. But here you go. Mage-sense!

Permalink Mark Unread

Oooh, neat.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yup. Don't let anyone touch you while you're doing that and keep it private, you don't want to share it by accident. It's probably okay to share with Huan but I'll leave that to your judgement.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thanks. I'll be careful.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. Enjoy it.

She gets back to work.

Permalink Mark Unread

No one disrupts her.

Permalink Mark Unread

And come late afternoon, she finally stops in to see Maitimo.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hey! You sleeping here again tonight? Macalaurë's been threatening to sing to me all night but I'll tell him not to do that if it'll interrupt your rest or something.

Permalink Mark Unread

I haven't decided yet, but it'll be fine either way, she grins. You doing all right? Need anything?

Permalink Mark Unread

Nope! It's so nice to see everyone again. Thank you for bringing me home.

Permalink Mark Unread

No problem.

I got some work done on the paths today - she sends him a map.

Permalink Mark Unread

I can't wait!

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. Another grin.

And Curufinwë has the magic now and Tyelkormo has the sense but not any forms.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, good. Thank you so much.

Permalink Mark Unread

No problem.

I'll be back tomorrow to do more of the same, but I should get going for now if there's nothing else.

Permalink Mark Unread

Will you be sleeping here tonight?

Permalink Mark Unread

 

...sure.

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't mind at all, you can do whatever you'd like.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. I don't have plans, though, here's fine.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay.

Permalink Mark Unread

I was planning on dinner with the other host, though, I'll let you know when I get back.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay!

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm glad you're doing all right, she says mildly, and disappears.

She stops by the jungle for a hunting trip, and discovers that it has elephants. She brings one back to the Ñolofinwëan camp for dinner.

Permalink Mark Unread

This is tremendously exciting.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's not quite 'everybody gets a steak', but yeah. She leaves the cooks to it and goes to see what Findekáno is up to.

Permalink Mark Unread

Building musical instruments, actually. Hi! How was your afternoon?

Permalink Mark Unread

Not bad. Worked on spells for Maitimo, mostly. You?

Permalink Mark Unread

Camp organization. It's coming along. How's Maitimo?

Permalink Mark Unread

Busy, mostly, but they're holding up okay. And I think something's up, they asked me to spend the night there tonight.

Permalink Mark Unread

And that suggests something's up?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, they don't usually ask for things and they're still pretending really hard that they don't need anything.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay.

Permalink Mark Unread

Anyway, dinner first. Did they tell you I went hunting? Turns out the jungle does have some big animals, I was starting to wonder. She sends him an image of the elephant.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oooh, I haven't seen one of those in a long time. Nicely done.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hunting with magic is cheating, she chuckles.

Permalink Mark Unread

We are trying to feed a people, not have a sport hunting contest!

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, I just mean that hunting big things isn't harder than hunting small ones, this way. Easier, a little bit, actually, they're less likely to run away if they notice me.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, I do expect we'll drive a lot of species extinct at this rate but it is nice.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. Is there anything I should be doing about that? It's not something I've had to think about before.

Permalink Mark Unread

I think stopping the Enemy is more urgent. After the war maybe we can ask Oromë or Yavanna for forgiveness and then help setting it right.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay.

Permalink Mark Unread

Valinor has every kind of animal, so all we'd need was their permission to move some of those and advice on how.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. That sounds like more gods, though, and I'm still not quite sure what to make of them.

Permalink Mark Unread

You don't need to do it.

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods. I might not mind, but it's not worth worrying about now, anyway.

Permalink Mark Unread

Definitely not.

Permalink Mark Unread

And she sits and watches him work until the food is ready. Should I bring you something to eat?

Permalink Mark Unread

No, thank you, I'll get something later. I do not forget to eat.

Permalink Mark Unread

She chuckles. That's not actually what that means, but okay.

Permalink Mark Unread

Lots of people in this family do forget to eat, and you'd mentioned you do, so it seemed worth mentioning.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay.

Anyway I did skip lunch, so I'm going to go get something now. And she goes.

Permalink Mark Unread

And there is food for her.

Permalink Mark Unread

Excellent. And she sits - well, not with, but near - some people, and eats.

Permalink Mark Unread

And the sun sets and the Elves sing happily.

Permalink Mark Unread

She sings, too. And then she goes to see Maitimo.

Permalink Mark Unread

Who is lying there while his brother sings to him. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She slips quietly into the room. Hey.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hello! All good?

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. You?

Permalink Mark Unread

Everyone is catering to me as if I am gravely ill, and it's very sweet so I have not disabused them of the notion. I'm lovely.

Permalink Mark Unread

Told you they'd want to take care of you.

Permalink Mark Unread

And you were entirely right!

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Well, I'm going to go get settled in; I'll probably be up for another couple hours, though, if you want to talk about anything.

Permalink Mark Unread

I think I shall get some rest. There's so much to do! Good night!

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay, good night.

She stays up for an hour or so anyway, working on new effects for light spells.

Permalink Mark Unread

And in the morning he has more audiences.

Permalink Mark Unread

...huh. Okay.

Well, she goes about her morning and solicits breakfast and a guide to do more paths with.

Permalink Mark Unread

She can have both those things!

Permalink Mark Unread

And when it gets close to lunchtime she stops in to see Maitimo.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hey! How's it going?

Permalink Mark Unread

Pretty good. Got some more paths done. She sends a map. I think I'll have all the critical stuff done tomorrow, if there's anything else important I've been neglecting around here.

Permalink Mark Unread

If there is none of us have thought of it. Thank you very much.

Permalink Mark Unread

No problem. I might take a morning to hang out with Tyelkormo and talk about magic, then, in a couple days - I think they'll be good at it once they get through the explanations.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sounds great.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm.

Well, I'm going to go get lunch... you have been eating okay, right?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yep!

Permalink Mark Unread

All right. I'll be back tonight, then.

Permalink Mark Unread

See you then!

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm.

She settles back into her habits - mornings with the Fëanoreans, afternoons with the Ñolofinwëans, busy all day with both. She teaches Tyelkormo the magic; she takes a day to experiment with tunneling, and they determine that it'd take a few years of dedicated effort for her to clear enough space for a city. She eventually decides that the most likely reason for Maitimo's concern for where she's sleeping is that he wants her closer to his host; she doesn't mind, but she does put in a portal to the Ñolofinwëans, carefully so it'll close if anyone else comes in, so that she doesn't feel so alone.

Permalink Mark Unread

He pretends. He pretends with vicious concentration, can't ever ever slip up again, he pretends with every gesture and breath and word and thought. He relearns everyone's names. He is not concerned with where she's sleeping, and his attention is spread too thin to notice she thinks he is. He is pulling together all of the pieces of the lie he will need to live forever. It hurts, but it's a background buzz compared to the hurt that is continuing to exist at all. His brothers are relieved. They eat better. They sleep better. They train a few dozen people as mages and they practice together.

Permalink Mark Unread

Time passes; it gets colder. The experimental greenhouses work perfectly and are reproduced in both camps; food still isn't abundant, but nobody has to go hungry. The kobold keeps making friends among the Ñolofinwëans and suggests some of them to be mages. She finishes the magic-vision spell; she works out a spell to teleport people home when they're injured; she distributes those and the arrowproofing spell. And after a couple months, during one of her regular check-ins with Maitimo:

Y'know, I think I'm pretty much okay, now.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh good. I'm so happy for you. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. I would've been anyway, but it'd've taken longer. So - thanks, I guess.

Permalink Mark Unread

I feel very lucky that we were able to help each other.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah.

Permalink Mark Unread

Do you know what you want to do next?

Permalink Mark Unread

Not especially? The mages seem to be coming along just fine, but it's still going to be a while until I'm not needed for spellcasting, I haven't really started thinking about what comes after that.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, there's no hurry.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm.

Winter deepens, and the Ñolofinwëan city continues to grow. And then one day, she comes back early from digging out stone for it.

Findekáno? I'm pretty sure I'm coming down with something. Flu, probably.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hmm?

Permalink Mark Unread

...I'm getting sick.

Permalink Mark Unread

What do we need to do?

Permalink Mark Unread

And she goes over the basics of taking care of someone with the flu. I'll be kind of okay for another day or two, it's not super urgent.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. Take care.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yup.

She goes to tell the Fëanoreans, next.

Permalink Mark Unread

Kay. Hope you feel better soon.

Permalink Mark Unread

Should, thanks.

She's already feeling pretty worn down. She heads back to the city.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's a breathtakingly lovely city. They've had a lot of time and a lot of magic.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm.

She hasn't claimed a place of her own, but she knows where everything is. She gets herself a mug of broth and picks a nice warm fire to curl up by.

Permalink Mark Unread

You okay? he asks a while later.

Permalink Mark Unread

More or less. Have you figured out where I'm going to be, yet?

Permalink Mark Unread

You mean a house? Would you like one here?

Permalink Mark Unread

Wasn't really planning on it, I just need to be someplace where I won't bother anyone too much while I'm sick.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure. And he suggests a place. Though I doubt you'd bother anyone.

Permalink Mark Unread

She teleports there and curls up again. Better not to risk it, anyway. Could you have someone bring me some pain berries?

Permalink Mark Unread

These are brought.

Permalink Mark Unread

That's sufficient to get her moving again for a little while, and she checks to see what's most urgent to do now if she's going to be out of commission for a couple weeks and does that and goes back to bed.

Permalink Mark Unread

And people come in every few hours to check on her and sing to her if it's appreciated.

Permalink Mark Unread

And so she has the flu. She spends most of it asleep, though for all but a few dicey days near the end she's awake and coherent enough for at least a little while each day to answer questions and give directions.

I should be back to normal soon, she eventually reports. I'll be weak for another couple days, but it seems to be over aside from that.

Permalink Mark Unread

That's terrifying. This happens often?

Permalink Mark Unread

You'll probably think so. I won't get sick like that every year, but it'd be unusual to go five years without - it's not always that bad, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

What causes it?

Permalink Mark Unread

Dunno. Lots of things can make it worse - not having enough food or enough variety of food or not being able to stay warm enough or having something stressful going on - but people get sick even in good years. Something does obviously cause it, though, usually several people get sick within a few days of each other in kobold tribes. And different kinds of diseases happen at different times of year, too - mostly winter.

Permalink Mark Unread

BUt you weren't around other kobolds so it can't be that it passes from person to person...hmmm.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

It could do that, but it'd still have to start somewhere.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. I wonder where.

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't think it could be with anything rare; it seems like it'd be hard to figure out.

Permalink Mark Unread

And I suppose we don't really have the time right now.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yep. When the war's done.

Permalink Mark Unread

Lots of things there'll be time for when the war's done.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. She yawns. Still kinda tired, I'll talk to you later?

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. Feel better soon!

Permalink Mark Unread

I will.

She works on getting her strength back, and a few days later, though she's still easily tired out and not entirely steady on her feet, she goes to visit the Fëanoreans.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hey. We were worried you'd die or something. Good to see you.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nah, I'm all right. Hug. Getting sick like that's not pleasant but something'd have to go really wrong for it to kill me at my age. You doing okay here?

Permalink Mark Unread

Making it through the winter alright. Lots to do - lots of the locals have joined us, we're expanding the camp...

Permalink Mark Unread

For someone from a species that doesn't even live in cities I sure am building a lot of them, she jokes. I'm probably not going to stay the whole morning, but what've you got for me to do?

Permalink Mark Unread

They have things for her to do!

Permalink Mark Unread

She would be kind of worried if they didn't, really. She ends up staying the whole morning, but takes regular breaks and doesn't walk anywhere she can teleport to instead, and then goes to check in with Maitimo.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hey! Glad you're feeling better, I was worried about you. Don't overwork yourself.

Permalink Mark Unread

Don't worry, I won't. Did I miss anything while I was away?

Permalink Mark Unread

All kinds of things! And he tells her merrily about the lovely new local people they've met who've settled here, and how they're growing things and what they've invented and how the mages are coming along.

Permalink Mark Unread

And she sits and listens and nods along. Good. It sounds like you did okay without me, I'm glad.

Permalink Mark Unread

We are still very much in your debt.

Permalink Mark Unread

She's confused.

Permalink Mark Unread

For all your help. It is an Elf way of saying if you need anything we will put doing it for you ahead of doing it for a stranger, even if you're not exactly our tribemate, because you did so much for our tribe.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, that gets her from confused to dubious and slightly wary, anyway. Okay.

Permalink Mark Unread

Do you need anything?

Permalink Mark Unread

No, I'm all right, just wanted to let you know I'm back. I'll let you get back to what you were doing.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thanks.

Permalink Mark Unread

And she goes, and sits in her room and shakes for a little bit, and then reaches out to Tyelkormo. Hey, still around?

Permalink Mark Unread

Nah, rode out, but I can come back, everything good?

Permalink Mark Unread

Ran into a cultural difference that's probably less scary than it feels like, and I should probably talk to someone about it before I do anything dumb. Help?

Permalink Mark Unread

I just ignore everyone, but yeah, sure.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, I can't get away with that as well as you can. Tempting, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's super easy. You just tune 'em out whenever they start talking politics.

Permalink Mark Unread

Works less well when just whether I'm here or not kinda is. That's not the problem, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

What's the problem?

Permalink Mark Unread

It's, um. Cultural differences are hard to explain? But kobolds really don't do... ownership, debt, that kind of thing. If we want to do a thing we do it, or if we want the result of doing a thing, there isn't any, like - she struggles with the concept for a few seconds and eventually comes up with - obligation? We don't do that.

Permalink Mark Unread

Cool.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, I think so. But, like, it's cool except for the fact that I really don't understand those things, and trying to deal with people who do think that way - well, you guys are probably not going to try to kill me if I mess it up, but that's happened, and now Maitimo apparently feels obligated to me and that's kind of terrifying.

Permalink Mark Unread

Can you just think about it like 'would be happy if the opportunity arose to do something nice for you'? Because same thing, except Maitimo doesn't feel happiness anymore, I don't think.

Permalink Mark Unread

...maybe? That's already a different thing, though.

If they decide to do something nice for me that'll probably be okay - might depend on what it was - but being asked to react to them wanting to is alarming.

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't think he expects you to react? It's customary to say something like "I'm glad I did it", with 'it' being whatever made someone want to do something nice for you, but you can skip that.

Permalink Mark Unread

They did specifically ask if there was anything I needed. But I might be able to get them not to do that if it happens again.

Permalink Mark Unread

Would that question bother you if it hadn't been accompanied by mentioning he wants to do something for you?

Permalink Mark Unread

No.

Permalink Mark Unread

So maybe just pretend at one point he said "I want to do something for you" and then some other time he said "do you need anything?"

Permalink Mark Unread

I mean, telling someone you want to do something for them doesn't really happen, among kobolds, that's the kind of thing that's so hard to show without just doing it that nobody bothers.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay, so tell him that you don't want him to express things like that. Or I can, if you want.

Permalink Mark Unread

Do you think you can explain it well enough?

Permalink Mark Unread

Is there much to it besides 'don't express wanting to do something nice for someone in the future, it stresses the kobold out'?

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm pretty sure they'll want to know why. And... I should probably do it myself, to show them they didn't scare me too badly.

Permalink Mark Unread

He'll want to know if it's a you thing or an everyone thing, so he knows whether to avoid it in general, but beyond that dunno how much he'll worry why. If you don't mind doing it yourself I guess that'd be good. Why does it scare you? Seem meaningless, sure, but why scare?

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, because it does seem meaningless, and that means I can't tell when the people who do understand it will suddenly get upset. And I'm new to being a mage; back when that was happening I was the least dangerous person around, not the most, so people getting upset and sometimes violent was a big deal. And even now I still don't know what'll happen if I react one way or another when it comes up - I'm harder to hurt, sure, but that doesn't mean nothing bad can happen.

Permalink Mark Unread

Huh. It seems like it'd suck to think about the world like that and I wish no one'd - whatever made you have to.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. It mostly wasn't as bad as it sounds - it only came up when I was trying to do diplomacy with the tigerfolk, which was only ever on my terms, my tribe actually kind of hated that I kept going and doing it. It was worth it, but that doesn't mean there wasn't a downside.

Permalink Mark Unread

No one here'd hurt you even if you weren't a mage.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, I feel really lucky about that.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hope some day it works out to feeling safe and stuff.

Permalink Mark Unread

It probably will. I don't expect it to be soon, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah.

Permalink Mark Unread

Can she send him a hug over osanwë? She can probably send him a hug over osanwë. She tries, anyway. Thanks.

Permalink Mark Unread

Any time! Thanks for asking.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. See you around.

 

Lunch, she needs lunch and then she can go talk to Maitimo. She goes in search of soup.

Permalink Mark Unread

There is tasty soup.

Permalink Mark Unread

And then there's a kobold back waiting to talk to Maitimo again.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hi!

Permalink Mark Unread

Hey. ...I'm sorry if I as a little abrupt, before? That's kind of a hard topic for me, kobolds don't do debt, that kind of thing only came up at all with the tigerfolk and it usually didn't go well at all.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sorry I scared you. I think we mean something different by it. You did a lot for us. We remember it and it matters to us.

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods. I did it because I wanted to, though.

 

If you really want to do something for me I don't think I'll mind, it's just being asked that's scary. And you definitely don't have to.

Permalink Mark Unread

Didn't think I did. I'm not clear what I could do for you, I don't know what you want.

Permalink Mark Unread

Her ears go back, and she looks away and swallows hard - there's a very definite sense of her as someone who's used to being the smallest person in the room, with all the casual physical intimidation that that implies.

But at the same time - someone who's used to walking into a room where they're the smallest person, and at least sometimes walking out again with what they want.

She considers, then. There's only one thing I really want, and a couple very good reasons I shouldn't ask for it. It's fine.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. Take care. We're glad you're feeling better. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. See you tomorrow. And she disappears back to the city.

She regains her strength over the next few days, and things get back to normal.

Permalink Mark Unread

Normal! He's so good at normal.

Permalink Mark Unread

And she doesn't sigh at him about it at all, that'd be rude.

She does eventually ask, what happened to that plan to get spell forms from the elves? I haven't had any time to work on that since we moved.

Permalink Mark Unread

Do you want to start spending some on it?

Permalink Mark Unread

...I think it'd be useful.

Permalink Mark Unread

The alternative is waiting until some of the other mages are good enough, shouldn't be that much longer.

Permalink Mark Unread

I still don't want people in my woods without me, there's too many ways that could go wrong. So I'm going to have to spend some time on it sometime.

Permalink Mark Unread

Alright. Need any support or assistance from here?

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm thinking I'll ask Tyelkormo if they want to go with me - we'll be faster that way. Should be fine otherwise, though, thanks.

Permalink Mark Unread

I bet he'll enjoy that.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yep.

So, the next day: Hey Tyelkormo, how do you feel about checking out a new world?

Permalink Mark Unread

Halls yes?

Permalink Mark Unread

Thought you'd say that. It's mine, there's some people I want to see if we can get more spell forms from. Where should I meet you?

Permalink Mark Unread

He names a place and is there.

Permalink Mark Unread

And momentarily she is too, and then they're deep in an unfamiliar forest. Welcome to my world.

Permalink Mark Unread

Cool! 

Permalink Mark Unread

She chuckles. Yeah. It seems like my world is about the same as yours, but some of the plants are different and you don't get giant animals - I can point stuff out as we go, if you'd like. We'll also need to watch out for traps - probably won't be a big deal, I bet you'll notice the tigerfolks' ones just fine if there are any, and elf ones are subtler but I can get you out of those, they don't work on me.

Permalink Mark Unread

We have giant animals! Just different ones. He sends a dinosaur. Why don't Elf traps work on you?

Permalink Mark Unread

I mean we have like, moose - memory - and then giant moose - another memory, this time of an animal that stands rather taller than an elephant. And giant bugs and stuff. She sends a memory of a jumping spider the size of a housecat.

And elf traps are magic, so my antimagic means they don't react to me and I can just roll them up so you can step off if you get caught in one. They're not dangerous unless something finds you while you're stuck or you're still there when the elves come back to check.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay.

And they walk through the forest. On his own he'd be absurdly fast, and as it stands he mostly-patiently keeps pace with her.

Permalink Mark Unread

She points out things for a little while, and then when she starts to run out of things to point out: Wanna just carry me?

Permalink Mark Unread

You wouldn't mind?

Permalink Mark Unread

Nah, I think we're all right, she grins.

Permalink Mark Unread

So then they can move at a run! It's so much fun! He can leap things and feel alive!

Permalink Mark Unread

Wheeeee! Wow he's fast.

Probably a good idea to start being careful about leaving tracks, soon, she says after a few hours.

Permalink Mark Unread

He can do that while only slowing down a little.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thanks. We're probably still safe, but you really can't be too careful with elves.

Permalink Mark Unread

What's the deal with them?

Permalink Mark Unread

They're kind of awful? They're really dangerous if you provoke them and it's hard to tell what might; we know some things, but it's like 'don't cut down trees', not anything that makes sense. And they tried to wipe out all the kobolds in the forest a few decades ago and we're still recovering from that, so I really don't want to take any risks with them.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

What.

Permalink Mark Unread

Like I said, kind of awful. I assume they make sense to themselves and think we're just as bad, most kobolds don't make very polite neighbors - nothing like that, but. She shrugs.

Permalink Mark Unread

We've got to stop them.

Permalink Mark Unread

They really aren't a problem, now? They stopped, they haven't started again, I don't think they will as long as we're reasonably careful.

Permalink Mark Unread

Are you sure kobolds are the only people they tried to wipe out - what if they succeeded - what if someone's not careful - no, we have to stop them.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sigh. I'm not sure there's a way to do that without just provoking them again.

Permalink Mark Unread

How many of them are there.

Permalink Mark Unread

A village, here? Couple hundred, maybe. But there's a city someplace, too, if something starts happening to these ones I expect there'll be more.

Permalink Mark Unread

So they probably are hurting lots of other people and wiping other species out, then.

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't think trying to wipe people out is normal behavior for them - they might not realize we're people, actually, the tigerfolk didn't until I started working with them, the thing where we mostly don't talk confuses people that do.

Permalink Mark Unread

But you don't know, it might be. You're afraid they'd do it again. And there might be other people they don't realize are.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. But I think that's a pretty small risk - we have lore going back hundreds of years and they've never done that before - and doing something that might provoke them is a much bigger one - we don't know why they stopped, and like I said we're still recovering, so we're assuming they'll be easier to provoke for a while to be on the safe side.

Permalink Mark Unread

I agree that kobolds shouldn't be the ones to do it. We have to, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

Should wait 'till after the war, at least. And you need to be careful, I'm not sure they won't just assume it's kobolds anyway depending on what you do.

Permalink Mark Unread

March in with swords being not kobolds. I don't see why it should wait until after the war.

Permalink Mark Unread

Uh.

Permalink Mark Unread

You really don't seem to understand why wiping out a species is not okay or overlookable, it's freaking me out.

Permalink Mark Unread

It isn't? But they didn't do that, they stopped. I think we need to know why that happened before we even consider killing them back.

Permalink Mark Unread

We weren't going to kill them.

Permalink Mark Unread

...they have mages. With, like, at least two or three different kinds of attack magic. Who aren't above hexing people. If you march in with swords they're going to try to kill you, you killing them instead is the good outcome of that.

Permalink Mark Unread

Most people when badly outnumbered do not try that. If elves are different from all other people in that respect too, then that'd be useful to know.

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't know. We pretty much just assume they're not going to be rational about much of anything, but I'm not sure how much of that is true and how much of it is just being careful - we lost a lot of lore in the war, especially about them.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. We'll spy on them first, then. Learn the language and everything.

Permalink Mark Unread

All right. You'll need an antimagic spell if you're going to be that close to the village that long.

Permalink Mark Unread

Are there problems with getting one?

Permalink Mark Unread

You can't use my kind of magic items while it's active, otherwise no. Mine's on by default, but you'll probably want one that's toggleable, you're less likely to run into unexpected traps and more likely to want to use magic things than they were assuming I'd be when they cast mine.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, sounds about right.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. And she casts it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thanks. And he keeps travelling.

Permalink Mark Unread

And after a while he spots the distinctive glow of magic, in the white of an unfamiliar spell form, in the middle of the path.

Permalink Mark Unread

See that?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yup, elf trap. It won't do anything to you if you've got the antimagic on.

Permalink Mark Unread

He goes around it anyway. And on.

Permalink Mark Unread

They spot a few more traps, and then the forest is empty of magic again for a while. Eventually, she directs him up a hill to check the view and figure out where they are, and declares that it's a good stopping point for the day. At this rate we'll probably be in range tomorrow. Which is pretty amazing.

Permalink Mark Unread

Great!

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. And she brings them home and stops in to see Maitimo, as usual.

Permalink Mark Unread

How'd it go?

Permalink Mark Unread

I hadn't realized Eldar are quite that fast! We'll probably be in range tomorrow; not sure how long it'll take to get forms after that. ...also, we ended up talking about the elves a little, they don't want to wait until after the war to do something about them. I did convince them that we need to know more about them, first, at least.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. Are we starting a spying mission, then? Can you open portals somewhere you've seen but not been?

Permalink Mark Unread

More or less, yeah, to both of those; I don't actually have to have seen the place, just been close enough to find it with my mage-sense - possibly as far as a couple miles, for this, though that'll take a while, closer will be faster.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sounds like a plan. We can have people listen and learn.

Permalink Mark Unread

All right.

I'm still not really enthusiastic about this; please at least make sure it's not anyone who'll do anything rash?

Permalink Mark Unread

I promise we won't put your people at risk.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. And I don't want anything done to them without all the information, either.

Permalink Mark Unread

Done to the elves?

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. We still don't know why they stopped, or what they thought they were doing when they started. I don't think there's such a thing as a good enough reason to make what they did to us have been okay, but there might be a good enough reason that hurting them back isn't the right reaction to it.

Permalink Mark Unread

If they're not currently hurting people, or if there's a way to stop them without hurting them, we'll do that.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. Thanks.

Permalink Mark Unread

Of course.

Permalink Mark Unread

And off she goes.

The next day puts them in range of the village; the kobold's estimate of a couple hundred people was low, but not dramatically so, and there's also a variety of wild and tamed animals in residence, all of which are well taken care of but not all of which are particularly happy to be there. There's also some half-dozen mages, currently casting either light or telekinesis-ish spells.

Permalink Mark Unread

We should get the animals out.

Permalink Mark Unread

...uh. Letting them see me is an awful idea and I'd rather they not know the teleportation exists at all, it'll make a lot of things dangerous later if they do. Do you have any ideas that don't involve those?

Permalink Mark Unread

...I could walk in and offer to trade for them?

Permalink Mark Unread

I have no idea how they'd react to that. Probably not well - osanwë isn't the kind of thing this world's magic can do at all, for starters.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay, learn the language then do that.

Permalink Mark Unread

Still not sure they won't attack you, but you can try it if you want. I'll need to be closer to get the location so I can make a portal.

Permalink Mark Unread

Let's go in close enough for that.

Permalink Mark Unread

They do that. It turns out to be quicker just to get half a mile away from the village than to wait for her to find it with the mage-sense from further out.

All right, got it. Let's go home, I can get somebody else to come get spell forms with me.

Permalink Mark Unread

Why risk another trip if we can get them now?

Permalink Mark Unread

It's going to be at least a couple hours of waiting to get all the forms they have, probably more than that, are you sure you want to be here that long?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, definitely. 

Permalink Mark Unread

All right.

The mages continue to do magic; after an hour or so they switch from light and telekinesis spells to fire- and water-generating ones. The village continues to be a village full of people with no private thoughts; it's mostly uninteresting, though he may notice the group of people discussing what if anything they should be doing about the recent spate of baffling giant animal deaths, or the elf who starts working her way through the animal population, feeding all of them and spending extra time calming the unhappy ones.

Permalink Mark Unread

He does notice that. He's glad there is at least one elf who is not a waste of space. They have noticed the giant animals you're hunting.

Permalink Mark Unread

Good to know. Have they guessed it's magic?

Permalink Mark Unread

Considered it, but don't think it's likely - they're thinking it's more likely the tigerfolk -

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay, that shouldn't be too bad. Tigerfolk tribes come through all the time, it wouldn't be surprising for there to be a weird one, I don't think they'll do anything unless I keep it up.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, probably just be cautious.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. I can go hunt in the jungle, anyway.

The mages keep casting fire and water spells. That one elf finishes her trip through the pastures and makes her way to the stables, where most of the animals are pleased to see her; she gears up a big cat - her big cat, and the cat is very protective of her - for riding, and they head out away from the village.

Permalink Mark Unread

Your cats must be different than ours, too, can't ride ours.

Permalink Mark Unread

Huh. Elves ride all kinds of animals - she sends memories on elves on giant raccoons and bears and eagles. Kobolds don't, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

Some of those aren't tamable in Valinor and some just don't have the skeletal structure so you could ride them. Eagles we do.

Permalink Mark Unread

Huh, weird.

The mages discuss their plans for working in the gardens in the afternoon - they have some kind of plant-growth-affecting magic - and disperse for lunch.

Permalink Mark Unread

We should try and get that too, we could really use it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. I have the location here, we can go home and get me lunch and  come back?

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And lunch is acquired, and then the plant growth form, which turns out to be very useful indeed; while it's limited to what's physically possible for a plant to grow into and doesn't have immediate effects, it can make plants grow faster, larger, and differently shaped, produce more food, tolerate poorer growing conditions or take advantage of better ones, and even make plants produce different kinds of food - tastier, more nutritious, differently shaped or colored or flavored from the original - and breed true with the changes, if the mage takes the time to make the plant do those things, which are somewhat absurdly complicated.

Wow.

Permalink Mark Unread

This'll be huge, no one'll ever go hungry again.

Permalink Mark Unread

Absolutely. I don't think this is ever going to be fast to cast with, even for me, but once we've got it done? Yeah.

Permalink Mark Unread

Faster than what we were trying before.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm.

Anything else while we're here? I want to go try this out.

Permalink Mark Unread

Gotta learn the languages to do anything about the animals, I guess.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, probably. I don't think sneaking in and just letting them all loose would help.

Permalink Mark Unread

Tempting, but nah.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. I'll give you some portals to listen in on them. And back they go.

Permalink Mark Unread

And share and start trying to use the food magic!

Permalink Mark Unread

And she heads back to the Ñolofinwëan city and tells Findekáno about the day's accomplishments and news.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, that's good news, well done. I'm glad he didn't charge the place on the spot or something.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. I get the feeling they've sort of... I want to say grown up some, since the last time you saw them, but I doubt that makes sense.

Permalink Mark Unread

Not really. Watched lots of people die, I guess.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. And had more things they had to be responsible for, and stuff.

Permalink Mark Unread

I love my cousins. They also killed a lot of other people I love. It's messy.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. Lean.

Permalink Mark Unread

Squeeze. Sigh.

Permalink Mark Unread

The best thing about Findekáno being a mage is that she can lean comfortingly on him and also work on magic.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yep! They can do that. He wants to get a feel for the plant growth spell form.

Permalink Mark Unread

It is really, ridiculously complicated; it's going to take a lot of work to figure out how to use it to its fullest extent. For now it looks like they'll have the most luck if they stick to copying traits from one plant to another, for example making plants that usually don't start growing until later in the year handle the cold like ones that start growing now.

Permalink Mark Unread

How about making plants grow faster and healthier?

Permalink Mark Unread

Making plants use light and nutrients and more efficiently is pretty straightforward and seems like it'll work out to healthier and slightly faster growing plants, if not ones with any particular resistance to disease or pests or anything, and they can also be made to grow faster and larger beyond that by working out how big and fast-growing plants do it and copying those traits over.

Permalink Mark Unread

This'll be such a satisfying spell to figure out.

Permalink Mark Unread

It really will. She can spend the whole afternoon on it, if he doesn't want her to go make fuel-less fires or endless water sources or something instead.

Permalink Mark Unread

They've got all of those they need.

Permalink Mark Unread

Fancy plants it is, then. By the end of the day she has a potato plant that'll produce bigger, more nutritious tubers year round, and she's working on a grapevine that'll produce different tasting fruit.

Permalink Mark Unread

And he's working on grain that grows faster and is more resilient to rotting. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And the next morning she gets to see what the Fëanoreans have come up with.

Permalink Mark Unread

Things that can grow in the lake and clear up the water, poisoned by orcs back during the war. Things that can feed horses and grow in the rocky, foggy northern climate.

Permalink Mark Unread

Clever. She'll cast those for them, then, and presumably they also want their forges made fuel-less and such?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes, they very very much want that.

Permalink Mark Unread

Someone will have to show her what temperature or range of them they need, but she can totally do that.

Anything else? Water and fire creation are pretty straightforward and probably don't need much experimentation; the teekay-like thing is weirder and probably more useful once they figure out how...

Permalink Mark Unread

They will have to experiment. They are at least pretty good at that.

Permalink Mark Unread

They certainly are.

The teekay-like thing: applies a simple force to the enspelled thing or whatever's touching it. You could fly that way, in theory, though landing gently is tricky enough that it's really not wise to. It'd be useful for moving stuff around if they didn't already have teleportation for that. As is, the obvious use for it is weaponry, making arrows fly faster and swords strike harder.

Permalink Mark Unread

They could fly and land in the lake.

Permalink Mark Unread

They could! She's going to pass on swimming in poisoned water, but she'll give them the relevant spells if they want them anyway.

Permalink Mark Unread

He totally wants to fly. And does. It's lovely. Huan chases his shadow around on the ground chuffing with laughter at him.

Permalink Mark Unread

That really does look like fun. Maybe she can figure out a better way to land...

 

It turns out that if you're unmoving in the air, teleporting down to the ground is perfectly safe. She joins him. Flying is excellent.

Permalink Mark Unread

It really is. It's great for morale, even for people who're splashing down.

Permalink Mark Unread

Really really.

Eventually she has to get on with her day, though. She stops in to see Maitimo before lunch, as usual.

Permalink Mark Unread

I heard it went well!

Permalink Mark Unread

Yep! We got a better light form and four new ones. They must've told you about the plant one? We'll be able to do a lot with that, and we also got ones that make fire and water and one that sort of pushes things around, it seems like it'll be good for weapons and you can fly with it if you're careful enough about landing.

Permalink Mark Unread

That's fantastic. We should also be careful about being seen.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. Tyelkormo isn't going to be happy - I can find them someplace safer to go flying in, though, that should be okay.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, maybe a good idea.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. I'll look tomorrow, or tonight if I find the time.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay! It's not too urgent. Tyelcormo will live.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. But it shouldn't take too long, anyway.

Anything else?

Permalink Mark Unread

We should have gone for magic sooner, silly of us. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, getting settled in here was kind of important, too. But yeah, we should probably be working on that more - learning the elves' language should help with that, at least.

Permalink Mark Unread

And it'll be a good distraction for Curufinwë and Macalaurë.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thanks for stopping by.

Permalink Mark Unread

No problem. Sorry I skipped it yesterday.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

It's fine. I wasn't expecting you to have a rigid schedule; things come up.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. Consistency's nice, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

It is! If someone's gone too long I wonder if they're in Enemy hands.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ah. Well, it'd be really hard for that to happen to me, but I'll keep it in mind when I'm deciding how to use my time.

Permalink Mark Unread

I know it'd be hard. I'm worried it might not be impossible.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. I'll be careful.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thanks.

Permalink Mark Unread

No problem.

You doing okay otherwise?

Permalink Mark Unread

I might go out flying, it sounds fun!

Permalink Mark Unread

It really is! I'll make sure to let you know when I've found a place for it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thanks! Good skill!

Permalink Mark Unread

You too.

And she goes and has lunch and tells Findekáno about the flying.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ooooooh, he says enviously.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm sure you can slip away for a little while sometime.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm sure I can! Back in Valinor I'd have done nothing else.

Permalink Mark Unread

Want to help me look for a good place for it? Might alarm the neighbors, here, and it's a good idea to have a lake to land in until you're sure you can hover well enough to teleport down safely.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure!

Permalink Mark Unread

And thus there are portals.

After a little while: Huh. I don't think those are Eldar, they're too small and they don't move the right way. Have a look?

Permalink Mark Unread

He looks. Yeah, no, those aren't. New species, maybe. Weird.

Permalink Mark Unread

She reproduces the portal and peers through it. Should we go talk to them? They don't have any walls or anything, they might not know about the Enemy yet.

Permalink Mark Unread

They might be really far from him, and walls would in any event not really help at all. But yes, we probably should.

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods. Yeah. Sooner rather than later, I think. Are they in sight of Angband? And she gives him a portal suitable for checking, and makes one for herself to check for Maiar or magic.

Permalink Mark Unread

They are not in sight of Angband. There's no Maiar immediately apparent; there's a valley with unfamiliar magic.

Permalink Mark Unread

She reports this. No idea what it does.

Permalink Mark Unread

Huh. He takes a look. Maybe this species has some kind of innate magic?

Permalink Mark Unread

Possible, yeah. Which means we should definitely go talk to them sooner rather than later.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yep. I can find some people who are feeling adventurous.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. I'm not sure if I should be one of them - if they have dangerous magic or decide to attack us or anything, having me there is probably the best way to defend against it, but I'm not sure it's worth the risk.

Permalink Mark Unread

Probably not. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. I can give everybody defensive spells, anyway.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yep. 

So they assemble an exploratory team.

Permalink Mark Unread

And she loads them up with defensive spells and makes sure they all have magic-vision and gives them a temporary upgrade to that that'll let them see the new kind of magic in a little more detail, and teleports them over, and goes back to her portal to watch what happens.

Permalink Mark Unread

The humans are nervous, and scatter, and then slowly recover their nervousness and some approach. There's an osanwë conversation. The humans seem happy and well-fed. No one attacks anyone. The scout team comes home.

Permalink Mark Unread

How'd it go? Did you find out what the magic is?

Permalink Mark Unread

They don't have any idea. They were confused by the question. Some of them suggested it was monsters. They get attacked by monsters occasionally and figured out they can stave off the monsters by - wait for it - worshipping Melkor.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well. We should do something about that. Did they seem okay otherwise?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes. Healthy, happy, well-fed, figuring out how to build with stone and everything.

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods. All right. Thank you for your help.

Then she goes and relays this to Findekáno. I want to move them. Not necessarily here, but if the Enemy is messing with them I don't want to let that keep happening.

Permalink Mark Unread

I am not at all sure that's a good idea.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, it's kind of risky. But I can't help thinking - they're not being tortured yet, they aren't being used to torture other people yet. There's a risk no matter what we do.

It is probably a good idea to watch for a while, figure out more about what's going on there.

Permalink Mark Unread

Agreed. But right now they are, as you observed, not hurting anyone or being hurt. If we act we might change that. Unless you can teleport ten thousand people in one go?

Permalink Mark Unread

If we can talk them into it, yes. If we can't, also yes, but it'll take longer to set up.

Permalink Mark Unread

I expect we can't and that something bad happens if we try.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, there's nothing stopping me from going and covering everything with teleport traps all set to activate at the same time, so we can do it without talking to them at all if we want to.

Permalink Mark Unread

And then we've probably also teleported whichever ones are the ones working for the Enemy.

Permalink Mark Unread

So we don't bring them here; I think that's still better than leaving them.

Permalink Mark Unread

Where were you planning to take them?

Permalink Mark Unread

I can find someplace. We should be looking for someplace anyway, even if we're not planning on moving them now; if something does happen with them we might want to move them in a hurry.

Permalink Mark Unread

I agree that looking for a place is worthwhile.

Permalink Mark Unread

All right. Maybe by the time we've found one we'll've come up with a better idea.

 

I should probably tell the Fëanoreans something about this.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, definitely. A new species!

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. She grins.

Let's get back to looking at places, I still want to take you flying.

Permalink Mark Unread

I think this is more important right now. Can we keep the portals up so we can keep an eye on them, learn what's going on?

Permalink Mark Unread

Absolutely, and we can look for places to put them and places for flying at the same time, no reason not to.

Permalink Mark Unread

Wish we could get a sense of how far from the Enemy they are, so we can be sure we're not just putting them closer.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. Maybe the Fëanoreans can come up with something... maybe look at where places are relative to the sun's path? That's not perfectly consistent, but it might be close enough for something like this, especially if we can look at different places at the same time.

Permalink Mark Unread

That'll at least give us east-to-west, yeah.

Permalink Mark Unread

And north-to-south, if we can compare places, there's a trick with shadows. She shows him the trick with the shadows.

Permalink Mark Unread

Let's figure out where we are relative to Angband and where the new species is and then go from there.

Permalink Mark Unread

Relative to Angband's tricky when we don't want to do portals to it yet, but I'll see what I can do. She gets to work.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's visible from my cousins' camp, we can go from that.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm.

Portals, carefully calibrated sticks, shadow-observation...

Permalink Mark Unread

The humans are far north, almost level with Angband, and a ways east of it. The Nolofinweans are far south and somewhat east of Angband.

Permalink Mark Unread

She reports this. It's not going to be hard to improve on that at all.

Permalink Mark Unread

No. Unless interfering sets the Enemy off somehow.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. But we're not just trying to survive this war. We're going to do things that piss them off sooner or later.

Permalink Mark Unread

It really might be wiser not to let them know we have teleportation abilities until we're ready to have a try at Angband, lest they figure out how to protect against them.

Permalink Mark Unread

...I'd been assuming they had enough to at least guess at that, between Maitimo and your host. You think they might not've?

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't have much sense of how closely they were watching anything, but even if they saw both those, they saw you teleport in and grab Maitimo and they saw us walk through portals. Lots of people being teleported against their will would be new.

Permalink Mark Unread

...yeah, okay. Maitimo wasn't really awake when I found them, but I did have to touch them, hexes and things at a distance would still be new.

Permalink Mark Unread

It might be worth it, but it's a risk, and they're not currently in danger.

Permalink Mark Unread

I mean, whatever's going on there can't be good, it seems like it'd be very easy for the Enemy to be doing something subtle enough that they just haven't noticed yet. I agree that I shouldn't just go steal them, but waiting for something obviously bad to happen doesn't seem wise either.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm sure the Enemy's doing something subtle. But kidnapping is very unsubtle.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure. So let's come up with something to do besides that and nothing.

Permalink Mark Unread

Like what? 

Permalink Mark Unread

Talk them into it? 'We can bring you to a place with no monsters and better food' might do the job.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, let's set up a place with no monsters and better food, so we can offer that if we think it's a good idea.

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods, and starts looking for a place.

Permalink Mark Unread

They can determine which alternatives are far from the Enemy. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They can! And eventually she gets one that's nearly as far south as they are, with a nice river and terrain similar to what the humans are used to now.

Permalink Mark Unread

So maybe worth sending some people there to plant things for the humans.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. Well, and figure out who's there first, if it was empty we'd've found it when we were looking for places for ourselves.

Permalink Mark Unread

That too. I'll pick some scouts.

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods.

When the scouts are safely sent, she says, I think I want to go tell the Fëanoreans now, in case they have any good ideas.

Permalink Mark Unread

Alright. Send our regards.

Permalink Mark Unread

Will do. And she goes and waits for Maitimo to be free.

Permalink Mark Unread

And a while later - hey, what's up?

Permalink Mark Unread

We made an interesting and possibly upsetting discovery! There's a new species; they're doing okay at the moment as far as we can tell, but the Enemy found them before we did. She sends the memory of the scouts' first contact with them.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Why would Eru add a new species now -

Permalink Mark Unread

If your gods make sense at all I haven't noticed them doing it.

Permalink Mark Unread

He laughs. Point taken. Okay. I think we can expect trouble if we try to talk them into evacuating, but I don't know what kind of trouble.

Permalink Mark Unread

We just found them an hour or so ago, so we don't know much yet either; they were having a problem with monsters, but I don't know anything about what kind, or if we'd need to fight them if we were messing around there long enough to be noticed or anything. And talking them into evacuating probably won't work; they think the Enemy is protecting them from the monsters. We're going to try to tempt them out with a place with no monsters and better food if we don't come up with a better idea first. Or I can just teleport them out with traps, but the Enemy doesn't know we can do that yet, so we're not planning on doing that unless there's an emergency.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, we don't want him to know to prepare for us to try that on him.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. I do want them out, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

I understand. It's not worth risking the whole war over, but I do understand.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah.

 

Anyway, I'm hoping someone can come up with a better plan, and asking you and your siblings to think about it seemed like an obvious thing to do.

Permalink Mark Unread

Can you set up a portal so we can observe? Have you checked if there are other new species, or other populations of this one?

Permalink Mark Unread

I can make you a portal, sure. I haven't looked for other species or more of this one; I don't have a way to target it like that - I can look for places with a lot of people in them, that would have found them, but I'm not sure it'd work for any other species.

Permalink Mark Unread

Why not? Do you have to have the kind of people in mind?

Permalink Mark Unread

Headshake. I can't aim by species at all, it's just not something the magic can do. It's a little bit weird that I can aim based on how many people are around in the first place.

Permalink Mark Unread

So then you'll get Angband, and us, and Doriath and the Nolofinweans and the Dwarves...

Permalink Mark Unread

And any groups we don't know about, yeah. And Valinor, too, I think.

Permalink Mark Unread

It'd be important to know. Probably worth it. Especially if you can do it a way that won't make Angband risky.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hm.

There's probably a way to avoid making portals to Angband but I'd need to know more about it, I don't actually know much. Physical traits, if it's made of a kind of stone that's unusual in the rest of the world or all underground or something.

Permalink Mark Unread

He sends images, That help any? I don't know the kind of stone and it's not all underground but most of it is.

Permalink Mark Unread

Not really. If I only do aboveground places it's less risky, and I can close the portal again as soon as I notice, but I'm not sure that's enough.

Permalink Mark Unread

Might not be. Better to be careful.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah.

Permalink Mark Unread

But we need to know how many other vulnerable populations are out there -

Permalink Mark Unread

...yeah.

...I can do way, way up above? Does that seem like it'd be safer? And then once we've checked that I haven't found Angband, make another portal lower over the same spot?

Permalink Mark Unread

That should be safer, yeah.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. -do you want to help, I don't know if this is the kind of thing you'll feel better or worse doing yourself-

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, I need help with the portal part, don't I?

Permalink Mark Unread

Right, I do the portals, and then I need an Elda to look 'cause my eyes aren't that good. Don't know if you want that to be you or not.

Permalink Mark Unread

I can do it.

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods. Okay, back in a minute, and then she pops by the Ñolofinwëan camp to get the pile of cloth scraps she was using earlier and give Findekáno a quick update, and then she's back and starts in on the portals.

Permalink Mark Unread

And he lends Elven eyes.

 

Dwarven city.

 

City he identifies as one in Valinor.

 

Angband close it right away.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yup. He can just rip the cloth next time, it'll be faster.

Permalink Mark Unread

And they keep going. Forest. Another forest. Presumably there are people in these forests, but he can't see them.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, that's what the second round of checking is for, she can open another portal down where the people actually are and have a look around at those spots.

Permalink Mark Unread

They are both forests with Elves, not humans or anything else mysterious.

Permalink Mark Unread

Good. She'll keep going with new places, then.

Permalink Mark Unread

Valinor. Forest.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's going to take a while to be sure they haven't missed anything. She keeps going.

Permalink Mark Unread

There are some other humans. These ones don't have stone buildings and there's no sign of nearby magic. Scouts?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, we can send some. Hold on to that one, I'll need it to get the location again.

Permalink Mark Unread

He does. 

 

And another forest.

 

When they get in close this place is shining with magic.

Permalink Mark Unread

...wow. Any idea what that is?

Permalink Mark Unread

Doriath's said to have powerful magic but I don't know what kind of magic could possibly do that. Wow. It's pretty -

And their portal jumps to show them somewhere else.

Permalink Mark Unread

...what.

She breaks the spell, just to be safe. It wasn't supposed to do that.

Permalink Mark Unread

I gathered.

Permalink Mark Unread

That was probably Doriath. And I'm not sure if that was a miscast or something else, but if it was a miscast we really shouldn't do that again. She starts trembling as it sinks in that she could have just died.

Permalink Mark Unread

I thought miscasts only happened when you were new?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah? But that's the only thing I know of that'd make a spell do something other than what I made it to do.

Permalink Mark Unread

...might be what we were afraid would happen if we looked at Angband. Something powerful noticed.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah.

Permalink Mark Unread

Least it didn't happen with Angband.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. She curls up. I need a minute.

Permalink Mark Unread

Of course. Hug?

Permalink Mark Unread

 

She is so tired of pretending she believes his pretending. Pretty sure you don't actually want that.

Permalink Mark Unread

I have no idea what I want but I feel whole when I am able to get all the motions right and I think the person I was before all of this would have wanted to offer you a hug, and would have wanted me to do that.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mm.

Still feels like torture, or no?

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't think you want an honest answer to that, I think it'll hurt more than you're expecting.

Permalink Mark Unread

...yes, then. She does look pained. I'm not going to stop you from doing that to yourself, but I'm not going to contribute, either.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Sigh. Sorry. I wish I'd been stronger for you.

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't think being stronger helps with Angband. Just means more pieces to sharpen and turn inward.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm not sure what you mean.

Permalink Mark Unread

You weren't weak. I would have hurt you no matter what you were like and what you needed, because that is what the Enemy broke me and shaped me to do.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh.

 

 I don't care? I still wish I'd been strong enough to handle it and keep going. I don't care that it hurt.

Permalink Mark Unread

And I sometimes hug people even though it hurts. Sort of same reason, maybe.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Yeah, okay. And she goes to be hugged, letting him lead the actual interaction.

Permalink Mark Unread

And he hugs her. I don't pretend for all of you, I pretend for me. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. It's still hard to watch, sometimes, knowing. I want things to be better for you. But I think I'll feel better about it now.

Permalink Mark Unread

Things are good. I can help with the war.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. She rests her forehead very gently on his chest. If that's what you want.

Permalink Mark Unread

It is.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hugs.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, those. She relaxes into the hug and promptly starts trembling again.

Permalink Mark Unread

He hugs her and waits patiently.

Permalink Mark Unread

It takes a while, but eventually she calms down.

I think - what do you know, about Doriath, could we go ask about what happened? Not even to know if it's safe to do that again; to know for Angband.

Permalink Mark Unread

I know it's a hidden kingdom and doesn't let people in because they're afraid of the Enemy. That's about all I know so far.

Permalink Mark Unread

All right. If you can find out more, I'd like to see if they'll talk to us. Or if there's anything else that that might've been, if there's a way to find out about it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Absolutely.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod.

We can get those scouts sent, if you want.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, let's do that first and I can ask the locals for more about Doriath.

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods, and goes to sit in a different chair. Whenever they're ready.

Permalink Mark Unread

And a scouting team is selected and brought over!

Permalink Mark Unread

And she loads them up with spells and sends them off, and makes portals for herself and Maitimo to watch through.

Permalink Mark Unread

Same as last time: they walk up to the humans and there's an osanwë conversation, and they walk around and talk to different humans and after a while they come back.

They don't remember when they started existing, and they can't count, he reports.

Permalink Mark Unread

Huh. Let me figure out where they are...

Permalink Mark Unread

Far east, bit south.

Permalink Mark Unread

Further from Angband than the other ones, but I'm not sure how far away they'd need to be to be safe.

Permalink Mark Unread

Do we have any basis to assume anywhere is safe?

Permalink Mark Unread

We haven't seen any orcs at all near the Ñolofinwëan city, and it's way south of here. That might just be that they haven't found it yet or we haven't found them, but it's something.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm not sure we should move either but moving the ones who the Enemy doesn't seem to have found at all seems definitely excessive.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. We should keep an eye on them, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yep. Maybe send some people to help teach them agriculture and things...

Permalink Mark Unread

Sounds like a good idea. If they want that; I don't know what their culture is like or anything. If they even have one yet.

Permalink Mark Unread

I would rather teach people literacy and agriculture and metalworking and then let them decide not to use it if they like.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's not necessarily that simple, but okay.

Permalink Mark Unread

How so?

Permalink Mark Unread

They might not all agree with each other about it, and they might not have a good way to handle that. If it was kobolds the ones who agreed with each other would just shuffle around and end up in agreeable tribes, but Eldar don't seem to manage that kind of thing that gracefully and I have no idea what these people will do.

Permalink Mark Unread

Eldar did that too, back by Cuivienen and in Valinor. It seems like a good way of doing things.

Permalink Mark Unread

All right. We can help them out with that, too, if it's a problem.

Permalink Mark Unread

Seems harder to help people with how to structure your society than with literacy.

Permalink Mark Unread

I mean, I'd want to see them making almost all of the decisions. But we can give them more options if they don't like the ones they have.

Permalink Mark Unread

I hope so. And we can offer them citizenship here if they're similar enough to us that that'd work.

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods. Seems to be working out okay for me, but I could easily be unusual.

Permalink Mark Unread

And if there were a hundred of you it might make more sense to have you be a friendly neighbor tribe instead of being our people, since you need different things.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. Wouldn't that be nice.

Permalink Mark Unread

Maybe someday.

Permalink Mark Unread

Not likely. I'm okay here, that's good enough.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. And he starts planning which people to send through as helpers to the safe human tribe.

Permalink Mark Unread

I should go tell Findekáno what's going on, I wasn't planning on being away this long. I can come back before dinner and teleport whoever you're sending over?

Permalink Mark Unread

Sounds good!

Permalink Mark Unread

All right, see you then. And she goes.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hey. They have any useful ideas?

Permalink Mark Unread

A reassuring hug is in order here.

Not really - they agreed that there's not much we can do that isn't too risky, and then we got distracted; Maitimo wanted to see if there were any other new species, so we looked, and we found another group of the same one and then what I think was Doriath - very magical, and then it moved where my portal was looking, and I don't know if that made my spell a miscast or not so we stopped looking.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yikes. Okay. Is the other group of the same ones safe?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, it looks like the Enemy hasn't found them - they're farther away from Angband and didn't say anything about monsters. They didn't have stone buildings or anything, either; Maitimo wants to teach them agriculture and reading and things.

Permalink Mark Unread

They should probably have some consistent contact with the rest of us, yeah.

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods. Maitimo's getting some people together, I'm going to go back before dinner to teleport them. And they're going to see if we can find out more about Doriath; I'd like to know what happened with that if we can figure it out.

Permalink Mark Unread

Understandably. Did you get a sense of where it was?

Permalink Mark Unread

Not really. The place was very magical, no kind I've seen before, and then after we'd been looking at it for maybe ten seconds the portal changed, without any warning or anything.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, that probably means we can expect the same for Angband.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. Which means we're probably looking at a few decades before anyone's ready to try it.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

Yeah.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sigh.

Do you know what you would've done if I hadn't been here?

Permalink Mark Unread

How would we have ever learned they existed?

Permalink Mark Unread

I meant about the Enemy.

Permalink Mark Unread

We didn't have a plan. Keep people safe, and stop him when he tried things, and invent and invent until maybe we invented something that would do it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod, lean. So ten years is probably still better.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, definitely. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. Ten years is a long time, for kobolds.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's a long time for anyone to be in Angband. But getting this right is more important.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ten seconds before the portal redirected, hmm?

Permalink Mark Unread

About that, yeah. She sends the memory.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

After a decade we'll be that fast?

Permalink Mark Unread

Probably longer than that, but maybe, if you're practicing for speed with the one spell.

Permalink Mark Unread

How long is a more conservative estimate?

Permalink Mark Unread

She considers. Thirty, maybe forty - I don't know much about how quickly people get good at casting, I never paid that much attention to mages. I could cast it in less than half that time, if I practiced ahead of time with the spell and was expecting the place to be weird and distracting, so definitely no more than fifty years, but that's the only thing I can say for sure.

Permalink Mark Unread

You think you got fifty years' head start with your gift?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, that's how it usually works - someone with a gift that they hadn't practiced before is about as good, to start with, as someone who's been practicing steadily for fifty years. And then keeps getting better from there; I haven't improved much, but I'm a little faster and more accurate with the sense.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's probably worth waiting the fifty years but you might want to be ready to try it if the Enemy tries something.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. The next thing we need to do is see if we can find a better version of the magic detection form, one that'll let me find worlds without magic.

Permalink Mark Unread

Where do we go to look for that?

Permalink Mark Unread

Cities in my world. I'm not sure how to visit them safely, though - I shouldn't go and whoever does shouldn't mention knowing a kobold, but aside from that I don't know what you need to do or not do.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, we can make a portal and observe and see, right?

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. Now?

Permalink Mark Unread

If you're not tired out!!

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, it has been kind of a rough day. Tomorrow. She curls up next to him.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. And he starts singing.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ooh, singing. She sings along.

Eventually it gets close to dinnertime. I need to go send those people for Maitimo, she says, and I might stay for dinner, I want to see how it goes.

Permalink Mark Unread

How it goes?

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. With them talking to them. I'm used to dealing with people from very different cultures than mine, if something goes wrong with that I might be able to help.

Permalink Mark Unread

Did the first encounter go badly?

Permalink Mark Unread

No, but they didn't talk very long, there wasn't much chance for it to.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. Good skill.

Permalink Mark Unread

And she hugs him and goes.

Permalink Mark Unread

And they have people interested in spending the next couple decades getting a new species up to speed.

Permalink Mark Unread

And she loads them up with spells and makes sure they all know that she's available to talk to if they run into cultural problems and sends them off.

Permalink Mark Unread

And they meet the humans and start practicing their language and set up their tents and cook their food and talk with anyone who comes over.

Permalink Mark Unread

And she has dinner and watches. The Fëanoreans can watch with her, if they'd like.

Permalink Mark Unread

They're mostly busy but look in occasionally. The Elves try to teach the humans a firestarting song. Then everyone goes to sleep.

Permalink Mark Unread

And so does she. She checks on the humans before going about her morning chores, and then again before breakfast.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nothing obviously wrong.

Permalink Mark Unread

Good. And what do the Fëanoreans have her doing this morning?

Permalink Mark Unread

More with the new spell forms, since no one else can quite use them safely yet.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm.

Magical light: she can make lights bright enough to see by, now, that's pretty cool.

Magical fire: can get very hot; there is an upper limit but it's above what they can safely test.

Magical water: the spell won't pressurize water, but can make it very quickly if there's somewhere for the water to go when it's made, given a large enough surface to make it on.

Telekinesis-like thing: it's clumsy and spells are kind of stupid; getting something to go where you want it to without a person there guiding it along is hard and requires dangerous trial and error. There's a limit on how much force it can produce, but that limit is 'a lot'; things with a lot of energy in them being harder to control is the more relevant limitation.

Plant editor: very complicated. It's almost impossible to say that it can't do something, just that they haven't figured out how to do that thing yet.

Permalink Mark Unread

How are spell forms created when they're not a Gift?

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't think they are. It might be possible, but I have no idea how you'd do it.

Permalink Mark Unread

So all of these are gifts someone got and then passed along?

Permalink Mark Unread

Seems like, yeah. It's pretty common for a group to have magic that other groups don't, so it's not just kobolds not knowing how to copy things we see other people doing, nobody seems to know how to do that.

Permalink Mark Unread

Wow. If we're careful we can probably collect all of them, see if there are any patterns that can be learned...

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods. I want to be really careful about people going to my world, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

Why's that?

Permalink Mark Unread

Mostly not wanting to let the evil god go there, but also it seems like a lot of places have kind of fragile diplomatic situations, or sketchy things going on, or both - I don't want you getting distracted from the war, and I think it's going to be hard to fix those problems without doing more harm than good.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, I don't think we should do much there until after the war, definitely.

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods. So, people who're going to be okay with that, for this.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'll tell Maitimo.

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods and gets back to work, and eventually it's lunchtime; she checks on the humans again before she goes.

Permalink Mark Unread

Still nothing eventful.

Permalink Mark Unread

She'll check in at mealtimes for the next few days. For now, lunch, and then finding cities; it only takes her an hour or so to find three each of human, elven, and dwarven settlements, and then she brings the portals to Findekáno. The Fëanoreans are interested in getting more magic too, and I don't expect them to hide any forms from me, if you'd rather let them do it.

Permalink Mark Unread

I actually imagine they're more strained for people than we are.

Permalink Mark Unread

Probably, yeah. Okay.

Anyway, I don't know very much about any of these kinds of people; if we end up with questions that we can't answer just by watching them, I can ask the one Speaker who's a goblin, when I see them this summer, but they might not know either. Also someday soon we need to go get in touch with that other Speaker again, so I can set up that meeting.

Permalink Mark Unread

Definitely. I imagine you're looking forward to it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Some, yeah, she grins. Not sure how they're all going to react to everything - this is a very... me, sort of thing to have done.

Permalink Mark Unread

Adopted two tribes of Quendi and sort of two of humans and the war they're all fighting?

Permalink Mark Unread

She giggles. Yes. Most kobolds won't be around other kinds of people at all; Speakers are an exception but only a little bit of one. And they're going to want me to be safe, and I expect that to mean not in the world with the evil god. But they're used to this from me, if not quite on this scale.

Permalink Mark Unread

Suppose if we found you a safe place not in this world, any of them would come with you?

Permalink Mark Unread

No, they wouldn't; I can't even suggest it. I mean, I can with the Speakers, but they wouldn't go, and wouldn't be okay if they did, and I wouldn't either - not enough people for a functional tribe, even aside from the bit where that'd leave everyone else with no Speakers at all.

Permalink Mark Unread

And they couldn't suggest it to their tribe? If you did it gently, by setting up a portal so they could explore the new place without having to if they didn't want to?

Permalink Mark Unread

...might not be literally impossible, but I'd be risking peoples' lives to try it. And I am okay here.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She snuggles up against him. That's what exiled means, for kobolds, is that I can't have that back. The other Speakers will be taking a real risk just coming to see me - I'm sure not all of them even will, it wouldn't surprise me if it's just one or two. I know all that. It's okay.

Permalink Mark Unread

I know what exiled means, and it's very hard, and I wish things were different for you.

Permalink Mark Unread

I mean - I'm okay? I wasn't expecting to ever be okay again; I'm not going to complain that it's not perfect. And even if I could go back, that wouldn't be perfect either, I'd miss you guys.

Permalink Mark Unread

We'd miss you too.

Permalink Mark Unread

Aw. Hug!

Permalink Mark Unread

Hug. I can't possibly thank you enough for saving Maitimo.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod, snuggle. I couldn't've lived with myself if I hadn't. But you're welcome.

Permalink Mark Unread

Do you think he'd give an honest answer if I asked to see him now?

Permalink Mark Unread

...they'd agree and I'd back them on it if you wanted it vouched for, I think.

Permalink Mark Unread

You mean, you think it'd be the right thing to do?

Permalink Mark Unread

To let them make that decision, yeah. They aren't looking after themselves the way I want them to, but they are looking after themselves the way they want to, it's a choice they've made.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. Then it's worth asking.

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods. I'll see them tomorrow.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thanks.

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods, and snuggles for a little while, and then gets back to work.

Permalink Mark Unread

There is both more and less to do, with all the new magic.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yup. It won't take her too long to get all the most urgent stuff done, but for now, she works steadily, finds a couple friends to hang out with for dinner, works some more, and then heads to bed.

After breakfast, she looks for Maitimo.

Permalink Mark Unread

He remains easy to find!

Permalink Mark Unread

Good morning, she settles in a chair. I thought you'd want to know that the Ñolofinwëans are planning to send some people to my world, to get more spell forms from the city-building species there. They're working on learning the languages, right now, I'm not sure when they'll be ready to send anyone.

Permalink Mark Unread

Can't do it the way we did it with the elves?

Permalink Mark Unread

They might be able to get some that way, but I'm not sure they'll be able to hang around that close for that long without running into trouble. And they won't be able to get all of them in cities, and talking to people in cities is the best way I know of to find out where the others are.

Permalink Mark Unread

That makes sense. Oh, well, the languages should only take a month or so to pick up. And things are going well with this world's humans.

Permalink Mark Unread

Good. Anything interesting?

Permalink Mark Unread

Not to speak of. They're basically completely new, they don't know anything, but they're perfectly bright and able to learn.

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods. I might want to go meet them sometime when I'm less busy. Anyway, in the meantime I have one other piece of news - Findekáno would like to come see you.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

 

Okay.

Permalink Mark Unread

I can stay for it, there's plenty of work I can bring with me. When would you like them to come?

Permalink Mark Unread

I imagine he's busier than I. Whenever's convenient.

Permalink Mark Unread

All right. Probably within the next few days, then, I'll ask this afternoon and let you know.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thank you.

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods. No problem. Anything else?

Permalink Mark Unread

No. Tell him - tell him I'm so sorry and I am so glad - 

- actually I guess I can just tell him myself, can't I -

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. She grins. They might not be busy now, if you want me to check.

Permalink Mark Unread

I can wait. I was never expecting to see him again.

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods. I'll go check anyway, it won't take long. Unless you need the time.

Permalink Mark Unread

No. Not with Findekáno.

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods and disappears.

 

Hey, I asked, are you busy?

Permalink Mark Unread

No. Now?

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. And she offers her hand, and a moment later they're back in the conference room.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hi.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hi.

Permalink Mark Unread

I heard you'd forgotten some stuff so I thought I could send you all of my memories.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'd like that idea if I thought you were really Findekáno.

Permalink Mark Unread

In that case I will do it. 

 

And he leans back against the wall and remembers, as much as he can of Maitimo and of Maitimo's life, in all the detail he can manage -

Permalink Mark Unread

(The kobold finds herself a chair between the two, makes herself a portal, and begins enspelling the lamps waiting for her on the other side of it.)

Permalink Mark Unread

And after a while - anything else?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, there are - things I should say - I don't -

 

I'm so sorry -

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah.

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't know how to make it better.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah.

Permalink Mark Unread

If there is anything at all I can do to apologize -

Permalink Mark Unread

You could say 'you were right, Findekáno, you're always right, I should listen to you'.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm serious.

Permalink Mark Unread

Me too. What kind of apology would I want? You're already doing the right thing, as best you can.

Permalink Mark Unread

I can't tell if you - forgave or moved on -

Permalink Mark Unread

I am never ever going to move on.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh. Okay then. You can tell the kobold to go -

Permalink Mark Unread

Not interested right now. Once the war's done.

Permalink Mark Unread

Permalink Mark Unread

We have forever, I don't want to make things harder forever by rushing them now.

Permalink Mark Unread

I let the Enemy -

Permalink Mark Unread

 

The only thing I care about is whether you're okay.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm not going to be okay, I need to find a way to go forward anyway.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure. But I can decide how much of an instrument of that I'm comfortable being, and the answer is 'once the war's over'.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay.

Permalink Mark Unread

And he leans back and sings until it's time to go.

Permalink Mark Unread

Kobold's not going to interrupt them until lunchtime, when she asks Maitimo: I need to go eat, should I bring them with me? They probably have things to do too.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm.

 

We should head back, I'm getting hungry.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure.

Permalink Mark Unread

And off they go. She gets lunch; if Findekáno's still around when she's got it she'll sit with him, but she's pretty much expecting him to head off to do things.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yep! Without any breaks. She is getting to know him well.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yep!

She works in the city for a couple hours and then heads back to Mithrim for the rest of the afternoon, sneaks in another half-hour of flying with Tyelkormo before dinner, and checks back in with Maitimo before bed.

Permalink Mark Unread

It is a couple months before any problems arise with the humans but then a major problem arises with the humans: some of them are pregnant and the Elves are freaking out.

Permalink Mark Unread

...why are they freaking out about that?

Permalink Mark Unread

Because the humans weren't trying to have babies! And didn't even know that they could have babies and had no idea why their bellies were swollen with something moving inside them until the Elves told them!

Permalink Mark Unread

...trying...to... Eldar, man, they are ridiculous.

Well, okay. Sounds like humans are more like kobolds than like Eldar, with this, which means it's important that the pregnant ones get good nutrition - shouldn't be a problem, they've got a bunch of plants tweaked for that now - and stay away from poisons and most medicines, and if any of them don't want to be pregnant, well, she knows how to make that happen for kobolds but there's no guarantee at all that it'll work for a different species; might be dangerous. Do they seem to have a heat cycle - are the pregnant humans all similarly far along? If so, the stuff that works to disrupt that in kobolds might be worth a try; if not, there is a plant that blocks pregnancy without messing with that might be, but it's not used often and she's not very familiar with how it works; that's an extra risk on top of the cross-species one.

Permalink Mark Unread

They are not all equally far along. This is horrible. What do kobolds do if children are born who aren't wanted?

Permalink Mark Unread

Kobolds don't have that problem - they lay eggs; in the very rare case that there're more eggs in a given year than people who want to raise children the extra ones just aren't hatched. That is in fact really rare, though, maybe humans will be similarly open to the idea of adoption?

Permalink Mark Unread

Seems less likely when humans have never had to deal with small humans before and none of them know how and none of them wanted to raise children because they didn't even have the concept of children.

Permalink Mark Unread

True, but it might still be the best option they have, the obvious alternative being to have Eldar adopt them. Which is also a horrible idea, people should be raised by their own species, that's important.

Some people who've actually raised kids should probably go teach the humans how to do that, at least the 'how to keep babies alive' part.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, definitely, but also they should look for healing spells that prevent this and in the meantime get all the humans to stop having sex this is such a disaster.

Permalink Mark Unread

...that sounds pretty implausible as solutions go?

Permalink Mark Unread

Uh, wouldn't you stop having sex if it meant a person would start uncontrollably growing inside you.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

 

 

Anyway don't be surprised if that doesn't actually work.

Permalink Mark Unread

Then they'll have to come up with something different. No better ideas besides 'dangerous plants', right?

Permalink Mark Unread

...her world's humans appear to be the same species, if they really get stuck for solutions they can probably drop some babies off with them. But for stopping this from happening altogether, no.

Permalink Mark Unread

Do her world's humans have this horrible disastrous problem.

Permalink Mark Unread

Probably? She's never heard of people choosing to have kids before, it seems like that's probably an Eldar thing with all the other body-related stuff that she'd also never heard of before.

Permalink Mark Unread

But her people do choose to have kids! Choose to lay eggs, maybe not, but there won't be a baby unless someone decides they want to raise one!

Permalink Mark Unread

Well yes that, but kobolds still don't get to chose whether they're pregnant or not, they just have a bit more choice about what happens afterward. And eggs going unhatched is rare, they are more like humans in actual practice, it is possible to run a society that way.

Permalink Mark Unread

But kobolds who don't want to have these plants, right, and humans don't.

Permalink Mark Unread

The plants aren't actually used for that, most of the time, letting someone who wants an egg have one is generally considered the better option. Look, this is weird and different and scary, that happens when you're dealing with a different species, panicking almost never helps. Calm down, tell the humans what we've come up with, see what they think about it all.

Permalink Mark Unread

They calm down but they do not want to suggest to humans that it's normal to have unwanted people growing inside of them, it is wrong and an injustice and it's okay to feel upset, they are working hard on a solution.

Permalink Mark Unread

...

It is normal for humans, though. Having surprise people growing inside of them, not so much, and maybe this batch who didn't know the risk they were taking should be handled differently because of that - she should come by and see if there's anything she can do with her magic, surgical uses of it are hard but it won't be the first time she's been useful, maybe there's a point where the fetuses are big enough to teleport out and not big enough to have thoughts - but you do not lie to people about what they are, she's firm on this.

Permalink Mark Unread

'normal' here does not mean 'typical of the populations', it means 'a thing that ought to be considered okay', if all humans were born in horrible pain that would not be normal, it would be common, a wrong common state of the world, it is not right for people to bear children they don't want and it is evil and it is a common evil but it is still horrible and wrong.

Permalink Mark Unread

grrrrrr - right. okay.

Tyelkormo?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah?

Permalink Mark Unread

Turns out humans have accidental pregnancy, the Eldar who're with them are fucking up pretty badly about it, I don't know the language, come help me talk to them?

Permalink Mark Unread

They have what?

Permalink Mark Unread

So do kobolds; I think so do most species in my world. It doesn't have to be a big deal and they're making it one, which might be okay if we can come up with a really good solution, but if we can't the humans are going to have to live with that.

Permalink Mark Unread

I mean, that's objectively horrible. I guess we could play it off as no big deal but that's kind of dishonest.

Permalink Mark Unread

It gets more horrible if you think it is, though. It's the same kind of thing as how I can accidentally get sick, or how I'm easier to poison and don't heal as well - those're just true, for me, I don't think my life is horrible because of them, it's just life. If I thought they shouldn't happen I would be a lot more miserable than just what happens when they do - and they'd probably happen more often, 'cause I'd have a harder time taking care of myself in the right ways for them.

Permalink Mark Unread

I guess, but accidentally bringing a person into the world seems inherently way scarier than any of those things. And there's got to be some way to avoid it -

Permalink Mark Unread

Sigh. That happens with kobolds all the time, if you count eggs. It's really not a big deal if your society is set up for it. And we are looking for ways to let them avoid it, too, but in the meantime I don't want them panicking that we haven't got one yet or thinking there's something wrong with them just because their species traits are inconvenient.

Permalink Mark Unread

Not panicking's good, but they ought to feel like they deserve to not worry they'll suddenly be incubating a child.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes, but that's a different problem than this.

Permalink Mark Unread

How so?

Permalink Mark Unread

If we can give them things to let them choose, of course we should do that - kobolds have those, we just don't use them for that very often, because we have better ways to deal with the situation. But until we do, and if we can't, and if they decide they'd rather not use whatever we come up with - this is how their species works, and it's important that they at least have the option to feel okay about that. Like - it's okay if they're upset, but it needs to be okay if they're not upset, too, and I don't think they're being given that option, not really.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm not sure I want anyone to be okay with the thought of creating unwanted people. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They won't be unwanted if the humans' society is set up to handle this well. Which gets harder if they're thinking about it as something awful.

Permalink Mark Unread

I think you're too optimistic about being able to set up a society to handle this - maybe with a ton of magic - kids need a lot of individual attention and - how long does it take a human kid to reach adulthood -

Permalink Mark Unread

There haven't been any human kids, but it's twelve years for kobolds. And I know it's possible because kobolds do it. We have an advantage that we have eggs and that makes adoption really easy - it's practically the default, for us - but I don't think it'd be that much harder without.

Permalink Mark Unread

And not all the eggs have to hatch, right? And you live two hundred years, are kids for twelve, that's one-twentieth of your life span. If it's worse than that for humans everything is much uglier, and we don't know how long humans live if they're the kind of thing that wears out.

Permalink Mark Unread

Not all the eggs have to hatch, but really the only time that happens is if there's a famine or something and we wouldn't be able to keep babies alive anyway. Usually there's more people interested in kids than there are eggs to go around. And we live to a hundred fifty or so - closer to a tenth than a twentieth, and keep in mind that we're not really able to handle something as strenuous as raising kids for the last fifty or so years of that, too - and elders need care same as little kids do, and we don't reliably live that long. It's definitely something a society needs to take seriously, to make it work, but it can be done.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's really really good I'm not a kobold. Okay, all gears ahead on fixing it but in the meantime let them form their own opinions on how awful it is, reasonable enough. 

 

But it is awful. Pregnancy is awful and traumatic and unpleasant enough when you want the kid.

Permalink Mark Unread

...are Eldar just really bad at that? That seems really out of character, but, like - maybe what I need to be doing here is seeing if I can get in touch with a Speaker who knows more lore about it.

Permalink Mark Unread

It lasts a Year - ten of your years - and some people find it easier than others but all of them find it exhausting. In general egg-laying species have it much easier than live-young-bearing species.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ah, wow, yeah. It's like half a a year, for us, and another season for the eggs to hatch. No idea what it's like for humans, maybe we can figure it out if we go talk to them.

Permalink Mark Unread

If they're already showing and they started existing in the fall then it can't be a Year-long pregnancy.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. All right. Let's go talk to them?

Permalink Mark Unread

Why me?

Permalink Mark Unread

You seemed most likely to listen to me about it. The ones who've been dealing with the humans weren't, I was about ready to bite someone.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah but I hate people so I'm probably not going to be any better at dealing with them than you are.

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't mean talk to them, I mean talk to the humans. I should be fine talking to the humans, I just don't know the language.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, fine.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, all I really need is for you to not freak out about what I want to say to them. And she arranges to meet him somewhere, and off they can go.

Permalink Mark Unread

To the humans!

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes, that.

She should explain who she even is, first. She finds a reasonably comfy spot on the outskirts of their settlement to sit and wait for them to come investigate her.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's a really scattered settlement. But eventually a few people do come over.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hi! I'm the kobold, have the Eldar mentioned me?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes, they said in addition to them there are kobolds and various animalfolk and elves and Dwarves and other humans and you made the portals.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. I'm usually pretty busy, which is why I hadn't come by before, but I heard about the accidental pregnancies, and I thought it might be good for you to have someone from a species that's used to that to talk to about it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh. Did you want to talk to one of the people who's sick? I'm not, the Elves said if we didn't sleep together it wouldn't happen to us so we stopped -

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. I should talk to them, yes, but you all need to know what's going on.

Permalink Mark Unread

We do! Some peoples bellies swell up and then eventually they'll have a baby and no one has any idea how long it'll take or much idea what the babies will be like.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. We can make some guesses, though. Like, Eldar pregnancies take ten years, kobold ones take half a year, you're probably more like kobolds than like Eldar with that. And the babies will be little and grow fast and need a lot of food for the first while, and they won't be very good at doing things or understand what's safe and what's dangerous at first, so they'll need someone to look after them all the time - for kobolds they need someone to look after them really closely for the first two or three years and shouldn't be anywhere dangerous on their own for the next four or five, I'm not sure how long it takes Eldar kids to be able to handle that but I bet if you're more like kobolds with the other things you'll be more like us with that, too.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's awful. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Are they actually having problems, or are you just worried because the Eldar were upset?

Permalink Mark Unread

They're sick all the time and get dizzy and nothing tastes good but they're always hungry and they can't sleep well.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. That all sounds pretty normal but for kobolds it's usually not bad enough to be a problem, just unpleasant. It is important that pregnant people get enough food, and that they get the foods they want if there are specific ones, and it usually helps if they can get as much rest as they want, have you been doing that?

Permalink Mark Unread

...dunno.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay, well, that's the first thing to try. Is there someone who'd be in charge of making sure that happens?

Permalink Mark Unread

Dunno.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. I'd rather let you guys figure out how you want this to work than decide for you; maybe the next thing I should do is talk to the pregnant people and see if they have any ideas about it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Do you know where they are?

Permalink Mark Unread

Uh, I don't know any of them. I could tell people to mention that you want to meet them. Or the Eldar know. Also some people aren't sure.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay, I'll ask the Eldar. (Tyelkormo, can you do that please.) And I can probably figure it out for people who aren't sure, especially if you have some of the right kind of people who are sure they aren't and would let me look at them with my magic.

Permalink Mark Unread

And he asks for and receives a list of pregnant and maybe-pregnant people, several thousand people long.

Permalink Mark Unread

...yikes. Hopefully that's mostly maybe-pregnant people? I can check those in pretty big batches once I know what I'm looking for; you might be able to help, by now, too, if you want.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, sure. I think that's mostly maybies, but I'll ask -

he does -

about half and half. They're pretty sure the overwhelming majority of the women will have this happen to them within a year.

Permalink Mark Unread

Grief. Okay. Humans definitely get pregnant easier than kobolds. Triage, then.

I can do the maybes in big batches - couple hundred an hour if we're really organized about it, maybe. That's probably important for morale, but not for much else; we should encourage them to try to figure out how to tell on their own, that should be pretty easy if they're paying attention.

The ones who're having the hardest pregnancies should be asked if they want to try the plants I know about. This is risky and they need to know that, but they're already at risk and this might help, too.

We'll need healers. Kobolds do sometimes die from something going wrong in a pregnancy; I bet humans can too, and other than a few very basic things, I don't know what to do about that. If there aren't any Eldar who can handle it we can try going to my world and finding the Speaker who knows about that stuff - I'm not sure how much it'll help, but it has to be better than nothing. And for the babies, too - I bet human babies are going to be a lot more fragile than Eldar ones. Some of them will probably die, too, people're going to need to be ready to handle that and not freak out too badly.

They'll need to be taught about taking care of babies. I haven't actually personally done that; I should probably check over whatever they're going to be taught to make sure there isn't anything specific to Eldar in there, but I don't think I should be doing the actual teaching, it's not a good use of my time. And - I really don't feel like Eldar should be talking to them about sex at all, and I definitely don't want to, but they do need to know what does and doesn't run the risk, at very least.

This's going to be pretty labor-intensive, I should probably ask the Ñolofinwëans for help. Are the people here going to be able to be polite about that, or do we need to be careful to keep people away from each other?

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, all of that is utterly fucking awful. Do you want to tell them that some of them are going to die of the babies they don't even want and didn't know could possibly happen to them because I do not want to tell them that. What a fucking evil species design.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sigh. I literally can't, but we can find someone else to do it - we need to find healers for them anyway, they're probably the best bet for being prepared for that.

Permalink Mark Unread

We'll tell all our healers to be ready, but that doesn't happen with the Eldar either so they can't necessarily do too much.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. Worth trying for that Speaker; I'm not sure they'll talk to us, but we should at least go see.

Food and the sex talk are the very first things that need to happen - even a little bit of malnutrition makes pregnancies more dangerous and if we can avoid some of them that's important. I can go hunting for them soon, probably tomorrow, maybe this afternoon, and start going on a regular basis again, if that'll help.

Permalink Mark Unread

He checks. They are making sure all the pregnant people get the foods they want, that's not a problem. And they've already told them not to have sex.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, I'm not sure that's going to work. Wouldn't for kobolds.

Permalink Mark Unread

Even if it literally might kill you and will very likely result in bringing an unwanted person you're not prepared to care for into the world?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yup. Hopefully not having a heat cycle helps with that, but we don't actually need to take the risk, we can just give them more detailed information than 'no sex at all'.

Permalink Mark Unread

You mean tell them to all try being gay? Guess we should do that.

Permalink Mark Unread

The face she makes at this is probably tremendously entertaining.

Hopefully we won't have to be that explicit; I was thinking more 'only this specific act is risky like that, keep it to other stuff'.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, that I'm pretty sure they said, lemme check -

 - yep - 

- it's the same one that results in marriage for the Eldar, though you're not supposed to otherwise fool around lest you get carried away.

Permalink Mark Unread

I would be pretty surprised if that varied, yeah. Some people aren't interested enough in people who're the same type for that advice to do more than slow them down, but slowing them down might be all we need, here; worth a try. Also some people're more flexible romantically and can make it work that way, might be worth mentioning.

Permalink Mark Unread

I would be delighted to make an announcement.

 

Hey, so you know, he tells all the humans, it's a man and a woman that has this problem; if the men fuck men and the women fuck women you're all set. So you know.

Permalink Mark Unread

The kobold covers her nose with her hand and closes her eyes for a moment. You are delightfully straightforward, Tyelkormo, she says tonelessly.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Valar already told us we're evil, I don't see why not to be, at this point.

Permalink Mark Unread

She opens one eye to peer at him. Uh?

Permalink Mark Unread

Valar say it's evil to have sex like that, outside marriage. So, like, as far as I give a shit what they think which is not at all, that's a thing.

Permalink Mark Unread

...I might be missing some things, here? I only have a pretty vague idea of how things work for Eldar.

Permalink Mark Unread

Uh, okay, so a man and a woman, if they have sex, are married, everyone can see it. That's the only acceptable kind of intimate conduct, a nice wedding after a yearlong engagement. People occasionally screw around but you're at least supposed to pretend you don't. Two men together, or two women together, is super evil, say the Valar.

Permalink Mark Unread

Not sure I'm catching the actual significance of 'married'. It seems a little bit like partnerships but not entirely. Also did they say why? Because that seems pretty bizarre to me. Maybe less if you all know what each other are from the start - also super weird - but even then.

Permalink Mark Unread

I mean, I think morality is bullshit, but the argument is that Eru designed us and designed sex for a purpose and you're not supposed to do it recreationally.

Permalink Mark Unread

Not hurting people isn't bullshit, but that sure sounds like it is. Unless I'm missing something again, but it doesn't sound like it, 'recreational' sounds pretty harmless to me.

Permalink Mark Unread

Bit more complicated than that but only because people make it complicated.

Permalink Mark Unread

...sigh. I don't want to know but I probably should, if you're willing to talk about it.

Permalink Mark Unread

So, let's say there's something that's meaningless, right? Like, I don't know, putting a flower in someone's hair. But then everyone decides that putting a flower in someone's hair means you're claiming them as your property. Now, it's not that it's wrong to put flowers in peoples' hair, exactly, but lots of peoples' reasons for wanting to do it will be caught up in that, and that's how other people will interpret it even if that's not how they mean it.

 

And that's how the Eldar think about two men sleeping together.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ugh. Okay. Important to know, thanks. Do you know of anyone who could be trusted to keep an eye on the humans and make sure they're not picking that idea up somehow? Not that I have a good idea of what to do about it if they do.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nope, sorry.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. I'm keeping an eye on them anyway, I'll probably notice eventually if it happens.

In the meantime, the problem at hand. The Eldar who're here probably have the best idea about how important the other things are and how long they'll take to arrange... I can be back as early as this afternoon to check the possibly-pregnant people, if they can get enough of them together that quickly, but I don't expect them to - if they don't have anything else for me to do I can get those plants - probably won't have enough of anything for more than a few dozen people to start with, but I can magic 'em to regrow fast... I should probably just go talk to them but I don't especially want to.

Permalink Mark Unread

Why not?

Permalink Mark Unread

Touchy subject. Not so much the accidental pregnancy thing as how they were handling it; I was hurt really badly by people making that kind of mistake, once.

Permalink Mark Unread

Freaking out about something that's bad but not fixable?

Permalink Mark Unread

Telling someone they shouldn't be what they are.

Permalink Mark Unread

I really don't think saying 'yikes, you involuntarily grow people inside you and it might kill you' is saying you shouldn't be what you are. It's saying you should be what you are, minus the horrible thing that's happening to you and happening to another person...

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah but it's close. And people who're panicking aren't generally very good at that kind of nuance.

Permalink Mark Unread

Fair enough. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It's possible I'm not being very fair to them. Still don't want to talk to them, though. She nudges his hand to solicit petting.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure. 

I'm sure it's partially a cultural difference but also - I really do think bringing people into the world who no one wants is bad, and being forced to do it is really bad.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, but... I think you're not giving the cultural difference enough credit. The humans are having a rough time because this is a surprise, but the underlying situation is pretty similar for kobolds, and it's close to unheard-of for an egg to go unhatched just because nobody happens to want it, and really rare for anyone to feel forced.

Permalink Mark Unread

That's nice for kobolds that this thing which is incredibly dangerous and damaging under many circumstances mostly turns out not to be. But still. Getting to choose whether to make a child is way way better. And even if usually everyone wants an egg, they don't have to, that matters.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure, but they don't get that, not the way you do, and they still shouldn't feel like they're wrong for it.

 

 

Like - you remember most kobolds don't talk, right?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. That'd be fine if they didn't want to. The whole thing here is that you should have control over things in your life. If kobolds all wanted to talk and didn't, that'd be a tragedy. And if humans wanted these kids, that'd be fine.

Permalink Mark Unread

...you're missing the point and I don't think I can explain it without talking about things that'd really upset both of us.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. I'm coming at this from a place where horrible things were just taken for granted because look, nobody minds, that's just the way it is, just accept that it's normal.

Permalink Mark Unread

She puzzles over this for a few seconds.

...and where those things could be solved, if people didn't think about them that way. And I'm coming from a place where lots of problems can't be, or where it'd be genuinely too risky to try to, and people have to learn to go on with life and be happy anyway.

Permalink Mark Unread

But how can you tell if you're not even allowed to say out loud that the problems exist?

Permalink Mark Unread

She leans against him. I mean - kobolds, that doesn't really come up? And if someone wants to go try to solve a problem like that, that might not make them very popular, but nobody's going to stop them, I'd know, I did that. Repeatedly. But, like... you mentioned having choices? The choice to say, okay, this is enough, I'm going to be happy with my life the way it is - that one's important, too. And hard to do, if people around you are freaking out about how bad things are.

Permalink Mark Unread

The kids don't get a choice. 

Permalink Mark Unread

To be alive? They don't get that choice either way.

Permalink Mark Unread

To be brought into the world without anyone wanting them.

Permalink Mark Unread

I think we're going to see less of that than you're expecting, if we can manage to keep the humans un-panicked about it. Probably not none, but, kids're cute, once they see the first few I bet a lot of them will want one.

Permalink Mark Unread

I hope so.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's not a problem that panicking them will help, at very least. We'll do the best we can, that's all we really can do.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hugs.

Permalink Mark Unread

Indeed.

Permalink Mark Unread

And eventually she's calm enough to osanwë the other Eldar about logistics, and a little while after that she needs to go for lunch.

Permalink Mark Unread

At which point he will go exploring the new-humans area!

Permalink Mark Unread

Tyelkormo: such a Tyelkormo.

Lunch! And then she needs to break the news to Findekáno.

Hey. We learned something about the humans today, and everybody's been pretty upset about it so far, is now a good time?

Permalink Mark Unread

Just a bit. And a bit later, what's up?

Permalink Mark Unread

It turns out that humans - and also kobolds, so keep in mind that I'm coming at this from a different place than you do - can get pregnant without intending to.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Oh, no. 

 

Oh, no.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sigh, hug. Yeah. I think it won't be a problem once they're used to the idea and have more ways to handle it - kobolds do just fine - but they didn't know, like, at all. I have some logistics worked out with the Eldar who've been working with them, but there's a lot of things we don't have good solutions to yet.

Permalink Mark Unread

What do kobolds do if someone has a child they desperately don't want and won't parent well -

Permalink Mark Unread

Kobolds do adoptions, practically by default - we lay eggs, that makes it really easy, humans don't have that advantage but if someone really doesn't want a kid that shouldn't be a huge problem. I don't know that there'll be more humans wanting kids than there are kids, but I think it'll at least be close, if we can get things set up to make it easy for them.

Permalink Mark Unread

Let's do that. If it's - merely close - what about the remaining ones, should we take them in...

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't know. I don't like the idea of cross-species adoption, but the alternative to that is sending them to the humans in my world, and I don't know how that'd work out at all; I'm not even actually sure they're the same species and not just really similar.

Permalink Mark Unread

Have you seen humans in your world?

Permalink Mark Unread

Not much. They do look the same to me, but there might be some subtle difference that matters or something.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

And even if now when babies are new and exciting there are enough people who want them, if this keeps up -

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, they know, now. And, uh.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hmm?

Permalink Mark Unread

Tyelkormo came up with a temporary solution, I have no idea what you're going to think of Tyelkormo's temporary solution.

Permalink Mark Unread

Tyelcormo is reckless and defensive and proud but rarely unkind.

Permalink Mark Unread

They are that, she grins a little. And also in this case very Fëanorean, but I don't think they were wrong. And she sends the memory of Tyelkormo's announcement to the humans.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Well.

I don't know if that was wise. It was in fact very Tyelcormo. I suppose if it means people aren't having unwanted children, that's something.

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods. Kobolds don't have that taboo - we also don't have the associations with it - and we do fine. I think the Valar are just wrong, on that one.

Permalink Mark Unread

Could be different for Eldar and kobolds.

Permalink Mark Unread

Possible, I guess. I haven't seen anything to suggest that, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

I haven't seen any same-gender Eldar relationships to guess whether the people involved are hurting each other.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. Well, if you do, be gentle with 'em, okay? There's at least reason to doubt there's anything wrong with it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Definitely.

Permalink Mark Unread

Grin, nod.

 

So, humans. The other problem is that they seem to be a fragile species in general, like me; I know Eldar healers aren't used to that, but they're still probably the best thing we've got; pregnancies aren't very dangerous, at least for kobolds, but they are somewhat. There's also a Speaker who knows more about healing than I do who might be willing to talk to us; I'm thinking I should take a group of healers out to ask questions, if they are.

Permalink Mark Unread

You were going to go talk to a Speaker soon anyway, right?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, sometime in the next week or so. We can move that up, but the healers should probably go see the humans before I take them, so they have a better idea of what to ask.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. I'll tell our healers.

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods. And the other thing they're going to need is to be taught how to take care of babies and children, since they've never seen them before. Practical stuff, as generic as we can get it since we don't actually know what human babies are like either; I should probably help with that, but I can't contribute much directly since I've never actually raised kids.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nor have I, but I can ask some people who have.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thanks.

I'll be doing some hunting for them, too, and I'll need to take a few trips to collect the plants I know about that might be worth trying for them - shouldn't put me too far behind with things here, but I plan on making that my priority for a while.

Permalink Mark Unread

Makes perfect sense. What a horrible mess. I'm glad there's someone around who was at least familiar with the concept.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hug. Yeah, me too.

I think I want to go check on Maitimo, maybe take them flying or something for a little while if they need a break, and then I'll come back and get started on the stuff that shouldn't be let go while I'm busy. Sound okay?

Permalink Mark Unread

Sounds good. How's he doing?

Permalink Mark Unread

Still pretty well. I'm expecting this to hit them a little harder than most people, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh?

Permalink Mark Unread

Sort've thematically similar to some stuff.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. I'm pretty sure they'll be okay, just, maybe a good idea to see if I can get them out a little more often for the next while.

Permalink Mark Unread

Kind of you.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, they are my friend. She leans on him.

Permalink Mark Unread

He does tend to end up that way.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. She stays there for a couple minutes. Well, I ought to go.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thank you. Take care. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Hug. You too. I'll check back in at dinnertime if I can. And she goes to find Maitimo.

Permalink Mark Unread

Who is working! And has already heard the news.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh good, she was aiming for that. Eldar probably have a better idea of how to be, like, relevantly culturally tactful about it, at least better than she could pull off. Hey.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hi.

Permalink Mark Unread

I need a break. Bet you do, too. Come flying with me?

Permalink Mark Unread

Don't know how.

Permalink Mark Unread

'S not hard to learn. Or we could go swimming or something, swimming's nice. Just, get away from people for a while.

Permalink Mark Unread

Maybe tomorrow? Got to arrange for enough people to be free to go help the humans.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. I just got done talking to Findekáno about that, they're going to send some healers and stuff, you probably don't have to handle this at all. But, take the break, you'll be in better shape to take care of it when you get back.

Permalink Mark Unread

Might need a lot of healers.

Permalink Mark Unread

... all right. Let them know I'm going to try to arrange a trip out to talk to a Speaker who knows more about healing than I do - I'm not sure how long that's going to take, but probably a week or two, and they should go see the humans first and figure out what questions they want to ask.

Permalink Mark Unread

I will make sure they know that, thank you.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod.

Would it be more comfortable for you for me to stay, or go?

Permalink Mark Unread

EIther way is fine. Thank you for stopping by.

Permalink Mark Unread

No problem. And she settles in a chair and starts fiddling with a spell she's been working on to make a rock light up prettily when sung to.

Permalink Mark Unread

And he arranges for them to be able to spare enough healers.

Permalink Mark Unread

After half an hour, she switches over to something more productive; she stays until late in the afternoon.

 

The next week is a flurry of activity. The kobold identifies pregnant women while the healers identify the best candidates for trying various remedies and the ones who need the most careful observation. The kobold works out an approach to providing magical abortions; with no way to know if it's safe, she's not willing to try it on anyone who's not already in considerable danger. She takes Findekáno out to talk to the nearby Speaker again, and then invites Tyelkormo to give her a lift to the healer-Speaker. And in between everything, she keeps an eye on Maitimo.

Permalink Mark Unread

Who is functional. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, that's all she can ask, really.

She gathers plants. Most of them don't have seeds yet, but they start planting the ones that do. They start experimenting, carefully. Some work; some don't; some have unacceptable side effects. One or two turn out to harm the babies; this leads to her explaining that with fragile species sometimes people are born with impairments even when everything is done right. It's not a fun day.

The agreed-upon day to meet the Speaker comes. She settles the healers in a portal tent a few miles away, brings one of the least intimidating of her friends to serve as a relay and example of her species, and waits.

Remember, she tells her, don't make eye contact; pretend they aren't there until they're clearly acknowledging you.

Okay.

A little while later, another kobold emerges tentatively from the underbrush, this one a little taller with chestnut-brown fur just starting to go grey around the muzzle and ears. They stay there for a moment, looking wide-eyed from their friend to the Elda, and then they speak: "C'mere, you."

She goes, they hug. After a moment the new kobold breaks it off to check that the Elda hasn't moved.

"Elda friend, safe."

"Okay." They check again.

"...Elda talk, okay? Think talk."

"...Okay."

Say something to them, they're nervous of you.

Okay. A star shines on the hour of our meeting, kobold.

They look up, confused, at the morning sky.

Greetings, I mean.

Okay. The other kobold gently leads them to sit on the ground and leans comfortingly on them; this helps, somewhat.

Your friend has been very nice to us, we really appreciate them.

...

We're trying to take good care of them, they said you might be worried about that.

Yeah. Thank you. They wrap an arm protectively around her.

You're welcome.

You wanted to know about how to take care of pregnant people?

Mmhmm. They said we should have questions for you?

Yeah, what do you want to know?

And there are questions, most of which have answers. When they run out of them, the kobold sends her Elda friend home, spends the rest of the afternoon cuddling and catching up with her Speaker friend, and then looks for Findekáno to perhaps talk to over dinner.

Permalink Mark Unread

How'd it go?

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, mostly. She snuggles up; she's more relaxed than he's seen her in a long time, possibly ever. They had some interesting news about my old tribe that I'm not sure how I feel about.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh?

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. They suspect it's dissolving - part over me having been exiled, part over badly the chief handled themselves for the rest of the summer last year. Apparently a lot of people switched to different tribes at the end of the season, and they're kind of expecting even more to switch this year - enough that they won't be able to keep it going.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'd be upset to hear that about my people.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. I expect they're all okay, that helps a lot. Not sure how my old chief is going to handle it, though, if the tribe does dissolve.

Permalink Mark Unread

Will there be a tribe for them to join?

Permalink Mark Unread

She blinks. Of course.

Permalink Mark Unread

But they'll be sad not to be the chief anymore?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, but not for its own sake. They actually kind of hate being chief, they just hate change and having things forced on them even more than that.

Permalink Mark Unread

How did you end up with a chief who hates it?

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, they and I were the only of the previous chief's egg-children to survive the war with the elves, she snuggles a little closer, and then I went and disqualified myself by learning to talk, and nobody else had been trained for it. And they did a good enough job that people stuck around - I helped, that seems to have been more important than I realized. I thought a couple other people would step up to handle it when I was gone, and it sounds like they tried but it wasn't enough.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ah. We too have the rule that only the previous chief's children can be chief.

Sigh.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's not a rule, exactly, for us, but it is a tradition and my tribe tends to care about those. I think if the old chief hadn't been so close to retiring when I learned to talk they would've started training someone else, but there wasn't really time, it's not something you can just pick up in a couple years.

Permalink Mark Unread

No, it really isn't.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. So this is what we ended up with. Everybody'll be okay, the other tribes will take them all in no problem, but it's weird to think that my tribe probably won't exist any more in another few months. Or that I might've been that important to it - that's not supposed to happen.

Permalink Mark Unread

People aren't supposed to be important to their tribes functioning?

Permalink Mark Unread

People aren't supposed to be so important that they can't leave without the tribe falling apart. It's - sort of, peoples' individual safety and the tribe's safety, both at the same time? Being able to switch tribes is important; you can't treat people too badly, knowing that they'll just leave the following summer if you do, and at the same time there's, sort of, less pressure to let people get away with things if they can just switch tribes and find one that'll be okay with them doing what they want - that one's more complicated, though, if a tribe is driving people off like that they'll start having a really hard time getting people with good skills and talents to switch to them, and they might even have extra people move out because of it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ah, I see. That does make sense.

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods.

I guess it didn't really matter, but it's still a little alarming in retrospect.

Permalink Mark Unread

It didn't make them hesitate to exile you, anyway. Hug. How do you feel about that being an unpopular decision?

Permalink Mark Unread

I knew it was; I'm surprised that the people who disagreed with it took it that far, though. Nice of them, but... kind of excessive.

Permalink Mark Unread

To leave a tribe that they thought killed their friend needlessly?

Permalink Mark Unread

She snorts. Well, when you put it that way - I am too forgiving sometimes.

Permalink Mark Unread

Just maybe. Squeeze.

Permalink Mark Unread

Snuggle. I like it better than most of the alternatives, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

I used to wish I was less forgiving but right now I don't think I wish that.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hm?

Permalink Mark Unread

When my cousins abandoned us in Araman.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. Hug. I still don't have the whole picture, there. What I do know makes them sound pretty forgivable, but of course it does, I heard it from them.

Permalink Mark Unread

It was a very evil thing to do but it took the Enemy a long time and a lot of careful manipulation to get my uncle to the point of doing such evil things and I like to think if he'd lived he'd have - not regretted them, my cousins don't regret things, but preferred to think he hadn't done it and wouldn't do it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod, leaning. I think they do regret the Ice. Or - I know Maitimo does, that's very obvious, and I think Tyelkormo does too in their own way - they didn't want it to go how it did, they've said. I haven't talked to any of the others about it, we're not that close.

Permalink Mark Unread

Maitimo didn't do it. That matters kind of a lot.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. And Tyelkormo didn't think you would cross the ice, when they burned the boats. They thought you'd just stay where you were. That's one of the parts I don't know much about, though, I don't know what that would have meant to you, or if they should have known.

Permalink Mark Unread

A lot of people did. Just - not all of us. He shouldn't have expected I personally would but he might reasonably have expected the people who'd be in danger on the Ice would have.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. So that sounds pretty forgivable to me. Not - nice, not right, not something they should have done, but it wasn't an attempt to hurt you, it was a misguided attempt to keep you safe.

Permalink Mark Unread

It was an attempt to get rid of us. They wouldn't have done it if they'd known they'd been leaving us in dire danger, but it was an attempt to get rid of us; our safety was incidental.

Permalink Mark Unread

Maybe. But I've heard Tyelkormo wish you'd stayed where it was safe, and I haven't heard them just plain wish you hadn't come. I suppose it could be a rationalization.

Permalink Mark Unread

We're probably as safe here as we were in Valinor. Well, different kinds of dangers, but.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. And they haven't said that recently, they said it back when you were just off the ice.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

Anyway, I forgive them. I knew I would, but I used to wish it weren't true of me. Does that make any sense?

Permalink Mark Unread

Some, yeah. Being too forgiving makes it easy for people to hurt you. That's what friends are for, though - I like Tyelkormo, but if they start trouble with you that's not going to stop me from stopping them. Hug.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hug. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Snuggle.

 

Yawn.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sorry, you've been so busy lately. I should let you sleep.

Permalink Mark Unread

Not your fault. But yeah, I should go. Good night.

Permalink Mark Unread

The mages train. He can't justify talking with the Fëanorians more often than once a month but he is pointed about it when a month's passed. They continue building their city.

Permalink Mark Unread

Celegorm figures out the elves' language - doesn't ask for help, even though he probably should - and then asks her for a teleport out to go see them.

Permalink Mark Unread

She can arrange to have the following afternoon free; she wants to see how it goes. She also wants to hear what he's planning to do.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm gonna go tell them that some of their prisoners are unhappy, in case they don't know, and then ask why they're keeping them and what they want in exchange for cutting it the fuck out.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. And if they want to know who you are and where you're from?

Permalink Mark Unread

Can't think why I wouldn't tell them.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

That's probably safe enough if you claim that the teleportation magic is from this world, if it comes up, I guess. Probably.

Permalink Mark Unread

Wasn't gonna tell them about that, I thought you were worried that would freak them out?

Permalink Mark Unread

...I mean, if they ask where you're from and your answer is 'a different world', that kind of tells them.

Permalink Mark Unread

I was going to say 'Valinor'. They probably wouldn't even believe me about a different world.

Permalink Mark Unread

...Yeah, okay, that sounds fine. Tomorrow, then.

And the next afternoon, she finds a spare room she can set up portals in and sends him off.

Permalink Mark Unread

And he walks over to the Elf city, practicing the language in his head, and waves to show his empty hands as he gets near the gates though in a world with mages that can't be too reassuring.

Permalink Mark Unread

It can't, no, because of mages and spellbearers both; the guards, for example, are similarly unarmed. When they spot him, they confer for a few seconds - "What is that?" "I have no idea." "Titan?" "Probably not. Amizo, go get a mage and tell everyone to take shelter." - and then one of them heads into the village. The remaining three resume their positions and wait for him to approach.

Permalink Mark Unread

Which he will, smiling. "Hello," he says when he's close; they don't seem to have as good hearing as Quendi. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hello, traveler. What brings you to Bluespring?"

The guards aren't blocking the entryway per se, but their stances suggest that if he tries to go through, they're prepared to stop him.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Introducing myself. Tyelcormo. I'm a Quendi. We're from Valinor, which is so far from here the stars look very different."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That must be very far indeed, I'd never heard of the phenomenon. But Bluespring is just an outpost; surely you'd be better served by going to the city?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I will definitely do that but I ran across you first and I can talk to animals and noticed that a bunch of yours were prisoners and very distressed, so i wanted to fix that before I headed to the city. What're you keeping them for?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"...excuse me?" The elf is confused, also somewhat offended.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can talk to animals, some of the animals here are distressed and unhappy. I'm sure you aren't doing that on purpose and I figured you'd stop once you realized you were hurting them."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well. If you wait here someone will be along shortly to talk to you."

Behind the guards, the streets of the village are clearing out rapidly, which makes the mage who's appeared to look at Tyelkormo much more obvious. She peers at him, then approaches calmly.

 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hi." He hates people so so much why do they suck.

Permalink Mark Unread

If he's reading their minds even a little bit he'll notice that they're kind of expecting him to morph into something scary and attack them at any moment, they're actually being pretty nice considering.

"Hi! I'm Ilu, is everything okay here?"

"We need Fimere, actually. Or Mimale, if he's busy," says the guard.

Permalink Mark Unread

...okay, fair, he will pause on hating people. "Hi," he says, "I'm Tyelcormo, and everything's good, I'll wait here until you find whoever you're looking for."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you for your patience." And off she goes.

The guards aren't inclined to make small talk. After another couple minutes, another elf appears. "Hello?"

"Mimale, this is Tyelkormo; he's from very far away and claims to be able to talk to animals. Tyelkormo, Mimale is one of our animal caretakers, I'm sure she'll be able to help you."

"How exciting," says Mimale.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hi. I haven't been able to teach anyone else how to talk to animals but I can bounce to you - that is, send you how I'm experiencing the conversation. Can you take me to them?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Mimale shoots the guard a questioning look; he shrugs helplessly, and she returns her attention to the Quendi. "Sure, come on in. Would you like to start somewhere in particular?"

Permalink Mark Unread

He points in the direction of the animal that struck him as most upset.

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods thoughtfully at this choice. "Do you mind if we stop by the stables for a second, first? I have a friend who I bet would like to see this."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's fine."

Permalink Mark Unread

So they do that.

"This is Nidela, she doesn't talk much but she's very good with the animals. Nidela, Tyelkormo is from very far away and can talk to animals; he wants to go see that lynx you've been worried about. Want to come?"

Nidela nods, "hi."

They head off to see the lynx, and Mimale explains as they go: "He turned up over the winter - we think he got lost, one of the scouting teams spotted his tracks and brought him in. We don't get lynx around here, so we don't know the best way to take care of him, and we don't want to just turn him loose again; we're trying to find a way to send him back north where he belongs."

"Better den," Nidela adds.

"Yes, you're probably right, but we don't know what kind of den he needs."

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay, maybe these people don't suck. He relaxes considerably. "I'd be happy to talk with him."

Permalink Mark Unread

And so they go talk to him. He very dearly wants to go home, but a proper den made out of rocks rather than the too-large wicker thing they've given him and some tweaks to how he's fed - Nidela was doing it mostly right, but he needs a couple more changes and everyone to do it - would make things much more bearable in the meantime.

The elves aren't sure they'll be able to build the kind of den he needs; they aren't used to working with stone.

Permalink Mark Unread

"We can do that. We might be able to take him home, too, depending."

Permalink Mark Unread

"We?" Mimale looks significantly at the still-empty streets. "I'm not sure the council will agree to more of you visiting."

"Take him home," interjects Nidela, and then to Mimale, "-sorry."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can take him well away from here all by myself, no worries." Oh, good, he outright likes this one.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Well, I can't speak for the council, but that'll probably be okay."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Great." He says it sincerely. "Who should I talk to next?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Mimale defers to Nidela, who leads them to an injured capybara who's depressed at being alone; the conditions they're keeping her in are fine aside from that.

(This one's fine, thinks Mimale, capybara are always lazy like that. But at least we can stop arguing about it now.)

Permalink Mark Unread

So the one person is okay and the other one is terrible. Well. Whatever. 

 

He translates for the capybara.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nidela gives Mimale a look. It is a very 'I told you so' sort of look.

Then she tries to work out how to ask if it'd be better to let the capybara go or try to catch her some friends, and her thoughts are perfectly clear on it right up until she tries to put them into words, at which point the whole process starts looking remarkably like what happens when he tries to read.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, there's not really a non-awkward way to - "I think it'd be better to let her go. If they form social bonds like that the friends might have friends, and you can't accommodate dozens of them or something..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"All right," says Mimale. Nidela takes another second to clear her head, and then adds, "thanks."

She leads the way to the next animal. They have quite a variety; the ones with the worst problems have correspondingly tricky situations where it's not obvious what the best thing to do for them is without more information, but after three more of those, the next pasture Nidela leads them to contains a pair of giant rabbits that are being kept well and are mostly okay but still want to be free, and Mimale explains that they're being kept as breeding stock, with their offspring being returned to the wild to help stabilize the population there.

Permalink Mark Unread

He explains this to the rabbits, what do they think about that?

Permalink Mark Unread

Iiiit's better than they thought? They totally still want to go, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

Do they know any rabbits who might want to come live here under these conditions, for that reason?

Permalink Mark Unread

There are probably some but I don't know them, says the male.

I wonder if that big grey is still alive, she was always so lazy, she'd love this, says the female.

Permalink Mark Unread

And he tells them that he bets if he talks with giant rabbits he can find ones who want to be here, but these ones don't. Also ones who want to be here will probably breed more and be easier to take care of.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Okay," says Mimale, increasingly overwhelmed at the proceedings. Nidela just grins and leads them on.

Most of the rest of the animals are similar - breeding pairs who want to leave, being kept so that things can be done with their offspring; usually the offspring are to be released into the wild for various reasons, but a few of them are kept to provide food for the carnivorous animals - Mimale assures him that elves don't eat meat - and one of the pairs is kept to provide them with mounts. They vary quite a bit in how likely it seems that they can be replaced with animals who'd agree to be there. There are also a few personal pets who're dissatisfied with various mostly-minor things that their owners are doing, another few injured or otherwise not readily releasable animals with less pressing problems than the first few, and a couple cases where the animal in question is actually just fine and Nidela had misinterpreted something.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well. He'll do the best he can. (This is so fulfilling. Something that actually matters and that he's uniquely good at?) Why are they keeping carnivorous animals at all, why do they need to keep other animals to feed the carnivorous ones?

Permalink Mark Unread

Sometimes the animals they need to keep to do their job of keeping the forest running well are carnivorous; also carnivores tend to make the best mounts. They breed animals to feed their carnivores rather than hunting for them because it's less disruptive to the ecology that way.

Permalink Mark Unread

It is not true where he's from that carnivores make good mounts, or do well in captivity at all, but if these ones are happy then okay. Their job of keeping the forest running well?

Permalink Mark Unread

These ones are happy. Would he like to meet Nidela's mount Ila, who is a giant lynx? She's very happy. Nidela leads the way back to the stables.

Mimale explains, as they go, that elves exist to look after the wild places of the world, and this outpost in particular exists to do that here; city elves tend to be much less religious, though lots of them still make pilgrimages.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Religious?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Mmhmm, it's a spiritual duty for us."

Nidela has no comment. Nidela is not, in fact, religious; everybody thinks she's very very religious (ugh), because she's so good with animals and spends so much time in the woods, but in fact she's just here because the city was too crowded and noisy and overwhelming.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, he knows the feeling. "Huh. Well, okay. Sorry for stressing people out, but it sounds like a spiritual duty you'll be better at if you know what the animals want and stuff."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, we very much appreciate you stopping by."

And here they are at the stables. Ila is at the moment most concerned with her elf; here is a stranger and Nidela hates strangers and is Nidela stressed out about the stranger, does Ila need to lie on her for a while? Chase him off? No? Huh. Okay. Weird. What is the stranger like?

Nidela can't speak to Ila per se, but they have a pretty decent pidgin going on; Nidela assures Ila that Tyelkormo is nice and respectful and also useful, and encourages her to go meet him, so she does.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hey. I'm here because they were keeping some animals who didn't want to be kept. You okay?

Permalink Mark Unread

I am exactly where I want to be. If you try to take my Nidela away from me I'll bite you.

...she says that was rude. Still true, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nah, you do you. She's okay.

Permalink Mark Unread

She is. I got the best elf. Most everybody thinks their elf is the best elf but mine really is. And she pads back over to Nidela for scritches.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, she's fine."

Permalink Mark Unread

Nidela grins - there was never any doubt in her mind - and returns her attention to her furry friend.

"Is there anything else you'd like to do while you're here?" asks Mimale.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, I mean, I asked you guys to let a bunch of these go, I'll get you ones who want to be here, but d'you want anything else, too, for the inconvenience? We've got lots of gemstones and fabrics and so forth..."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's no inconvenience; we'd much rather have animals who're happy here."

Nidela thinks that this is only mostly true - they could be doing a better job of that if they took her more seriously, but she knows what she'd have to do to make them do that, she did it back with the kobold thing, and it is such a pain and really not something she can keep up for long, so. Compromises. (Ila pushes her over and flops across her chest.)

Permalink Mark Unread

Kobold thing. 

 

He does not comment but he listens more closely. "In that case, nice meeting you, I'll be on my way."

Permalink Mark Unread

Nidela isn't thinking about kobolds any more; she's letting Ila distract her from her frustration at the current situation.

Mimale walks him back to the gate. "It'll take us a few days to get that all taken care of, but we'll start right away. Thank you again for your help."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, sure."

And do they do that?

Permalink Mark Unread

They do! All the animals who just straightforwardly need to be released are gone within a day; the ones who need more complicated things take a little longer to accommodate but they make steady progress at it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, then, they suck a lot less than he expected and do not all need to be teleported off to an uninhabited planet.

Permalink Mark Unread

And does he return with the promised animals?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, of course. He doesn't explain that when his people give their word they mean it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Most of the elves hide indoors again when he visits, but the few that don't are awed at how he can get wild animals to just walk right into their pastures. What is going on. Maybe gods do exist?

Nidela is frequently away during these visits, but when she's not she comes out to say hello and meet the new animals. Once, though, after a few weeks, he catches her ruminating about the kobolds, trying to work out if she could have done something different and gotten the council to agree sooner to stop killing them, or not hex them, or something. But the problem is that the other elves think she doesn't know enough about what's going on in the village to comment meaningfully on what they should do, and they're right, the things she knows she's very sure of but trying to keep that much stuff in her head means having to give up on having enough detail on any of it, which is deeply counterintuitive for her and also, in her opinion, doesn't really solve the problem, if that is actually what the problem is. But she does know what she knows, and they could still pay attention to that and fill in the gaps themselves if they really wanted to, but, no, apparently not. She finds the whole topic pretty distressing; Ila is pulling out all the stops to keep her calm, but it seems like this kind of thing is a common enough occurrence that she's not freaked out by it.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Um. Will people overhear us if we talk -"

Permalink Mark Unread

It takes her a couple moments to parse that, and then she looks around and listens. "No?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I heard from somebody about elves killing whole tribes of kobolds and I would love to know why that happened and how to make sure it doesn't ever happen again."

Permalink Mark Unread

Nidela snuggles her cat and works at making words come together. "Kobolds steal," she offers eventually. "Stole tree blood" - maple syrup, she's thinking about maple syrup. "Ritual thing. Everybody mad." This is the worst reason ever to kill a bunch of people but she's pretty resigned to the fact.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Fuck's sake. Okay."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Fuck's sake, yes. Dunno how to make make sure it doesn't happen." Telling the kobolds not to do that might work, but even if it were somehow possible to get that close to them kobolds don't seem to understand them when they talk; she tried, back in the day.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Is it only kobolds who they'd randomly murder whole tribes if provoked - do other species need to fear the same thing -"

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"Tigerfolk? If kill trees." Tigerfolk aren't inclined to sneak into the village and steal things, so nothing else would come up. "No other people here." If there were there'd be similar problems, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's not really an acceptable situation."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes. Fuck's sake." What exactly does he think she can do about it? She couldn't even get the animals' problems all fixed, and they mostly believed her about that.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm trying to figure out what can do about it. If elves can't live with anyone else without committing genocide over ritual offenses then maybe elves need to go live somewhere with no other species."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

Shrug. "I help, if..." If he wants her to. If there's anything she even can do. She's not really feeling very confident of her ability to get things done, right now.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Why not?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Nidela is confused. Ila chimes in: You're asking her to do something overwhelming. She wants to, but it's still too hard, she shouldn't.

Permalink Mark Unread

I meant, why is she not feeling confident in her ability to get stuff done, she seems perfectly capable -

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh. She's upset, that happens when she's upset. Give her like a week, maybe. Lots of things are still too hard for her, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

Why's she upset?

Permalink Mark Unread

You reminded her that she can't do all of the things she wants to do.

There's probably more to it than that, but I don't need to know it to help her, and I don't really care.

Permalink Mark Unread

I might need to know it to help her.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ila swishes her tail in annoyance. Ask her, then.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Is there other stuff you've been wanting to do that I can help out with?"

Permalink Mark Unread

 

She shrugs. "Help kobolds?" They really did hurt them very badly, and they don't seem to have recovered yet, she hasn't been seeing nearly as many tracks and the thefts are still a fraction of what they were before.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'll see what I can do, yeah."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thanks."

Permalink Mark Unread

"For sure. Want to stay in touch? I can come by every once in a while."

Permalink Mark Unread

That gets a weak grin and a nod.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Great. See you around." And he's off. Finally caught someone thinking about the thing where they killed whole tribes, he tells the kobold once he's far from the elves' camp. Elves are in fact just terrible and will wipe out whole species over mild annoyances, apparently.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. Any luck getting more detail about why? Even if it doesn't actually make sense it might help us avoid setting them off, I can tell the Speakers when I see them this summer.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, a kobold stole their sacred maple syrup.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, I knew that - well, not the sacred part, but that that's what set them off. Nobody will do that again. Not sure there aren't other things we don't know about that'd also set them off, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

This one thought they might kill tigerfolk if they cut down trees? I can ask her for a list of everything that might do it, she wanted a way to help...

Permalink Mark Unread

Knew about the trees, they'd definitely come after us for that, we don't do it. Damaging them badly enough, too. A list would be great, though... wanted to help?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, kinda fell apart just at the reminder it happened...

Permalink Mark Unread

...

 

That's... really weird.

Are they okay?

Permalink Mark Unread

She has a super protective lynx. And no, it's not weird. It's what a decent fucking person would do, just decent people are really rare.

Permalink Mark Unread

I mean, yes, but I wasn't expecting there to be any decent people who were also elves, and I definitely wasn't expecting any decent people who were also elves to live there.

 

I almost want to meet them.

Permalink Mark Unread

I said I'd stop by occasionally. Decent people come in all types, and I don't know if these elves are actually shittier than the city type. She hates the city, which, excellent taste there.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mm.

Still don't tell them you know a kobold. Even if they really are okay themselves I don't want to trust them not to tell the others.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah of course. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Thanks.

 

I still don't... just... did you find out anything else? About the war, or anything?

Permalink Mark Unread

I can go back and ask any questions you have. She knew it was awful, just couldn't do anything about it. I guess.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm still trying to figure out how to think about this to even have questions.

Permalink Mark Unread

Squeeze. Sorry. I'm sure it sucks to be reminded, and to learn it was all for absolutely no reason...

Permalink Mark Unread

...not as much as you think? I barely remember the war, I hatched during it, most of what I've seen is what came after, which is - still bad, but less directly about them. But I grew up on the idea that elves are all monsters, it's hard to figure out how to deal with the idea of one that isn't.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nobody's all monsters.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, I know that, but it was safer to think of them that way. I'm not saying I like the result here, but it helped keep me alive to even see this result.

Permalink Mark Unread

What exactly would have gone wrong if most kobolds thought that elves were mostly shit with one or two decent ones?

Permalink Mark Unread

For most kobolds, not much. But I might well have gone and tried to figure out how to talk to them, and most likely gotten myself killed. That happened, in the first few years of the war - Speakers are prone to doing that kind of thing, it's part of why there are so few of us now compared to what there were.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm glad you're alive but if it's a chance you would have taken if you had accurate information...

Permalink Mark Unread

I would still have been dead? It isn't very likely that I'd've run into the exactly one elf who might not try to kill me on sight.

She sighs. I'm not being fair. I'll need a couple days before I can be, I think.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. Take 'em, I wasn't planning to be back here for a week or two.

Permalink Mark Unread

And she hugs him and brings them home, and when she makes her regular visit to check in with Maitimo a few hours later, she's a little distant, thinking about it.

Permalink Mark Unread

You all right? Tyelcormo thought it went okay.

Permalink Mark Unread

Will be, yeah. Tyelkormo made friends with one of the elves, it's a bit much to think about.

Permalink Mark Unread

I think I'd panic a lot internally if someone I knew had an orc as a friend even if the orc had somehow not sworn. Wouldn't be fair, but -

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, exactly. Tyelkormo says they're actually better than just neutral, opposed the war and want to help us recover, but it's hard to believe it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Did he tell them he could read their minds?

Permalink Mark Unread

...pretty sure not, that's a good point.

Permalink Mark Unread

It would be a bit surprising for all elves to be evil, really.

Permalink Mark Unread

I mean, I didn't think they were? I thought they were all dangerous and probably incomprehensible, but that's not the same thing.

Permalink Mark Unread

...they very well still might be, honestly.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. But it doesn't feel so straightforward to just assume that, now.

Permalink Mark Unread

What does that change?

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, I don't know. But if they aren't dangerous and do want to help... depends on what they can do, really. Tyelkormo's going to ask them for a list of things we can avoid doing to avoid provoking them, that'll be a big help by itself.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm glad. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah.

...but, also, aside from that, I do want to be fair to them? For Tyelkormo's sake, but also, like, I don't want to be the kind of person who isn't. Even if it's really tempting in this case to just not do that work.

Permalink Mark Unread

For Tyelcormo's sake?

Permalink Mark Unread

Having friends who don't like each other is kind of a pain.

Permalink Mark Unread

You should ask him, I bet he is very very used to it.

Permalink Mark Unread

She chuckles. If that was the only problem I bet they wouldn't want me to do it at all. But it's really not - I know I'm wrong and I don't want to be.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. Good skill with it. 

 

We should still probably do something about the elves.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. Not sure what, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

Similarly.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's not a pressing problem, anyway.

Permalink Mark Unread

They seem like they could start again on pretty short notice.

Permalink Mark Unread

I mean, they could, but the kobolds there are pretty good at not provoking them. The obvious benefit is them not having to limit themselves like that any more, more than that they'll be safer.

Permalink Mark Unread

Some other group could come by. Or there could be other Elf outposts.

Permalink Mark Unread

I know there are - not near us, but it's a big world and elves are pretty common. But that's an even bigger project.

Permalink Mark Unread

But possibly back to being an urgent one.

Permalink Mark Unread

We don't even have a way to find places where elves are being a problem.

Permalink Mark Unread

Can you target the teleport for that?

Permalink Mark Unread

Nope. I can find cities, we might be able to sometimes work it out from what's going on there, but not always, and that's the best I can do.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. The Enemy's more urgent, but maybe after the war. Or maybe there's something to be done through internal channels.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure.

Permalink Mark Unread

I could ask Tyelcormo if they have a central government, what sorts of rules the outposts do have to obey and who makes them...

Permalink Mark Unread

The Ñolofinwëans might know that, or be able to figure it out pretty easily. They've been watching those cities I gave them portals to for a while now.

Permalink Mark Unread

That'd be useful. Did they know about Tyelcormo's little mission here?

Permalink Mark Unread

I didn't mention it, I didn't expect it to turn up anything useful. I probably will now.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sounds good. I hope they come up with something.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. I'll let you know.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thanks for helping Tyelcormo pull that off.

Permalink Mark Unread

No problem.

Permalink Mark Unread

He's been really happy, I think it was good for him.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, I noticed. It seems like they don't get to help out directly like that very often.

Permalink Mark Unread

He's been a lot of help in the war. But before that, yeah, less so.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. I meant more the type of help - how they talk about your other siblings sometimes, it seems like they really notice the differences in what they're good at, and not really in a good way.

Permalink Mark Unread

Our culture values the things my other brothers are good at more.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. Thought so. And that didn't matter, this time.

Permalink Mark Unread

It did a lot for him. I'm glad it was able to work out.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm.

Maybe we can find more things like that.

Permalink Mark Unread

He's pretty badly needed here, too! After the war, though, probably.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. Okay.

Permalink Mark Unread

I hope it sits easier when you've had a bit of time to think.

Permalink Mark Unread

I hope so. I keep coming back to 'I want to meet them' except I really don't. And shouldn't, too, so it doesn't matter.

Permalink Mark Unread

And it doesn't sound like they want to? So an easy call, overall.

Permalink Mark Unread

Tyelkormo didn't say one way or the other; it sounds like I could pretty easily arrange it, if it was a good idea.

Permalink Mark Unread

What makes you think it's a bad one?

Permalink Mark Unread

Don't trust them not to tell the other elves about me, she says immediately.

Permalink Mark Unread

Why do you want to do it?

Permalink Mark Unread

If I meet them and they are okay, I'll probably be able to see it - I'll be able to tell how, and that'll let me believe it. Right now it's too strange of an idea; I keep trying to imagine how that meeting might go, and I can't do it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Can you just look through someone's eyes and tell?

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Maybe? It'd be harder, though. Part of how meeting them would let me see is letting me see how they react to me.

Permalink Mark Unread

Then I agree, it's not worth it. 

Permalink Mark Unread

That might be worth trying anyway, I don't think it'll make anything worse. But yeah.

Anyway, I'll let you get back to work.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thanks for telling me what you're up to. I appreciate hearing it.

Permalink Mark Unread

No problem. And off she goes to get lunch and bring Findekáno up to speed.

Permalink Mark Unread

So elves are a problem in general but maybe we can talk them around, if they're mostly murderous for convenience.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. I'm not very optimistic about that but I'm obviously not the most objective person on the subject, it might be possible. Worth trying, anyway, if you can do it safely enough.

Permalink Mark Unread

Doesn't seem like they seriously considered attacking Tyelcormo unless he started something.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, they really didn't seem to know what to make of them - I think they were thinking they were some kind of monster, at first, humanoid ones aren't common but it'd be a fair guess for a completely unfamiliar species.

Permalink Mark Unread

Are most species monstrous? What does 'monster' even mean, here...

Permalink Mark Unread

...let me think about how to even explain it, now that I think of it you don't seem to get them here at all...

There are species that are monstrous, but only a few - dragons, rocs, giants, that kind of thing. Most monsters are unique - some of them are similar to animals or people, some really aren't, some of them breathe fire or are venomous or make you sick if you get too close, it's hard to tell how dangerous one is just by looking. All of them have territories and usually just stay there; they're hostile if you do run into one, but if you're familiar with the area and there's not one around, you're pretty safe. But they do move around sometimes, so if you run into something unfamiliar it's important to be careful.

Permalink Mark Unread

After we solve our world's problem we will have to think about what we can do about things like that.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. I'd take them over the Enemy any day, but we'd still be better off without them.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Hug.

Anyway, Maitimo wants to start working on a plan for what to do if the elves start making trouble again, or if we find others who are, so anything the people watching the cities have been able to figure out would be useful.

Permalink Mark Unread

They've mostly got the language. I'll ask them about structure and organization and who to talk to and so on.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. Thanks. And hopefully we'll be ready to try for more magic forms soon, too.

 

Permalink Mark Unread

They expect that'll be safe, yes.

Permalink Mark Unread

Good.

...wonder if there's any point in talking about that, I do kind of have a plan now... Tyelkormo made friends with one of the elves.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh? Tyelcormo doesn't tend to make friends very easily, good time for it I guess.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm.

Having some trouble with the idea of being friends with an elf, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Cultural difference again?

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

...I told you they tried to wipe us out like thirty-forty years ago, right?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes, you did. But - you thought that meant that every single one of them was individually evil?

Permalink Mark Unread

Evil, no. Dangerous, though - maybe still not, but safer to assume it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Tyelcormo is the kind of person to have dangerous friends.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, I bet they are. But this elf doesn't sound like one - apparently they're really upset about the war and want to help us make sure nothing like that happens again, it's weird.

Permalink Mark Unread

I have to admit it doesn't seem very weird.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sigh. Never mind.

Permalink Mark Unread

I hope they can help make sure the war doesn't happen again.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah.

Oh well. Snuggles. Somewhat pensive ones.

Permalink Mark Unread

He asks for and gets a report on the elven cities.

Permalink Mark Unread

The three elven cities appear to be members of two different civilizations; two are members of the same one and the third is the capital of its. 'City' is a fairly loose translation; the elves live in gigantic - just utterly huge, obviously magically enhanced - live trees, with platforms built in the branches and rope bridges strung between them. They don't appear to have an industrial base practically all; almost everything they use is plant-based, and usually in a very natural state; the wooden items look suspiciously like they were grown in their shapes, rather than being carved. There are signs of trading, though; things made of metal and stone are uncommon, but present, generally where a wooden item wouldn't be suitable for the task at hand rather than as status symbols.

Each elven civilization has a queen - their names are Amayi and Cacame - who's in charge of laws and the military, and a druid - Necalo and Imòla - who's in charge of their nature-protection work. They haven't been able to figure out how druids are chosen, but the queen's successor - the title is lothena, in elven, and there's still debate over whether it's better translated as 'princess' or 'general' - is chosen by competing in a three-day-long test of skill, endurance, and woodsmanship, arranged and overseen by the druid and their acolytes; one of the civilizations is preparing to have such a competition this summer, to replace a lothena who died in battle over the winter, and the other is staging a lesser version of the same event as well.

Permalink Mark Unread

He relays this to the kobold. Wonder if they let outsiders compete; it'd be nice if we could just end up in charge of the elves and then make them be nicer.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, we can ask, at least. And she relays this to Tyelkormo.

Permalink Mark Unread

Huh, I will ask. That would make this easy. He sounds a bit defeated.

Permalink Mark Unread

Easier, anyway. You okay?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, of course.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sounded like you were hoping this would go a different way. She leans back against him and looks up at his face.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's just annoying how everything comes down to doing politics.

Permalink Mark Unread

What would you rather we do instead?

Permalink Mark Unread

Don't have better ideas. It just always turns out like that.

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods. Being around other people usually does, yeah.

Permalink Mark Unread

's why I don't like it much.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah.

What is it about politics that you don't like, or is it not like that?

Permalink Mark Unread

Literally everything about it, people being disingenuous, people trying to get an edge on each other, just being around people that much at all, having to pretend stupid stuff matters and stupid people have my respect...

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. A lot of that happens less when it's people who like each other and get along pretty well to start with - I wonder if you wouldn't be more okay with it if you were used to being around people who were more like you in other ways - but some of it is just unavoidable.

Permalink Mark Unread

I like my family and I still can't stand politics when it's them.

Permalink Mark Unread

...yeah, I could see that. Not that you don't like them, but you don't really have the right things in common to avoid the annoying kinds of it, you still have the problems it's meant to solve.

Permalink Mark Unread

Also it doesn't even. Solve problems, I mean. They just get worse.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mm? Got something in mind?

Permalink Mark Unread

Literally everything? The Enemy just manipulated everyone into being horrible to each other and now we're barely speaking and there's no King.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ah. She leans a little more heavily. I don't think I have the story back that far, yet. Kinda sounds like if they hadn't been able to do that they'd have just tried something else, but I'm sure that doesn't really help.

Permalink Mark Unread

Whatever he tried instead would have been less good for him, because otherwise he'd have done it instead.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yup, like I said, doesn't help.

 

What politics is for is deciding what to do - sometimes indirectly, a lot of the time it's about deciding who gets to decide, or deciding how to decide, but basically that. And I think no matter how you're doing that you're going to have problems if someone starts messing with the process.

Permalink Mark Unread

Also, like, I don't like deciding what to do or being told what to do, even if it's a good process.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. Sometimes that's not really avoidable, though. Like, kobolds do a pretty good job of it - outright telling someone to do something is rare enough that it's usually right to take it as a sign you've really fucked up - but, like, if a tribe is going to stay together they have to decide where to go somehow.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, sure, communities need to do it. That's why I'm never really part of one, if I can avoid it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. That pretty much just gets you killed, where I come from.

You'd really rather the hosts were talking to each other more?

Permalink Mark Unread

No, that's probably a terrible idea. I just wish everything wasn't all fucked.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. I do think it's moving in that direction, just, slowly, it's not anyone's first priority.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, Nolofinwë and Maitimo will make nice because it fits both their self-images. I don't think things in general will get better.

Permalink Mark Unread

I mean, people know where I am when I'm here. I've mentioned a couple times when your siblings have come up with a particularly good idea that it was them. It's not popular, I still have to be careful how often I do it, but I can, that's an improvement over how it was when they first showed up.

Permalink Mark Unread

Wait, what'd happen when they first showed up if you mentioned something was us?

Permalink Mark Unread

I didn't do that at all until they had a chance to calm down enough for it. At first if I mentioned you at all they'd tense up and go kind of wary - they really didn't like that I wasn't just straightforwardly joining their host and having nothing to do with you.

Permalink Mark Unread

Like I said politics is really fucking stupid and people are horrible.

Permalink Mark Unread

I mean, to be fair, kind of a lot of people died, I'm not surprised they're upset about it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Right but handling all that kind of stuff is just - I can't.

Permalink Mark Unread

She scoots around and hugs him. You don't have to. Most of what they want right now is just to be left alone anyway.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nothing would delight us more.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. Hug. Sitting-with.

Permalink Mark Unread

It was nice being able to help out, with the elves. I guess I can always find problems like that and then hand them off to the politicians.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. Plenty of us around, she grins. But what you've been doing here is important, too - it's hard to see how big of a deal support work is, sometimes, but that doesn't mean it's not.

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't really do support work, but thanks.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah you do? Your siblings do the stuff that it's easy to see is important, but without people keeping the place running - making sure they're warm and fed and safe - they can't do that, those things are important too.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm really not the one who keeps the place running. Everyone knows that's important, but it involves telling people what to do and I'm shit at that.

Permalink Mark Unread

I mean you actually do the stuff. Telling people what needs to be done is kind of useless without that part.

Permalink Mark Unread

I am also not great at being told what to do. I just - do stuff.

Permalink Mark Unread

...yeah? It's still the right stuff. It doesn't, like, stop being useful because you noticed it's useful on your own or something.

Permalink Mark Unread

I guess.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hug.

 

I'm really not just saying that. I was actually talking to Maitimo about it, after you got done with the elves, if we should be trying to find you more stuff like that to do since you enjoyed it so much, and I barely got to suggest it, they immediately said that no, they need you here too badly.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, then I should be more of a nuisance, I'd like to do more stuff like that. But he relaxes considerably.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, if I find anything I'll tell you. Maitimo can cope a little. And then she hovers, waits a beat for him to notice, and goes darting off through the trees, inviting him to chase her.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, okay, he'll do that.

Permalink Mark Unread

And a week or so later he visits the elf village again and Nidela is in the barn cleaning her squad's riding gear; she's in a much better mood.

 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hi! Just checking no one else is here and hurt, or anything."

Permalink Mark Unread

She sets the saddle she was working on aside and stands with a smile to accompany him.

Permalink Mark Unread

And they walk around the city.

Permalink Mark Unread

The new animals are all settling in nicely; a few of them have requests, and she brings him to Mimale to discuss them, and then leads him back to the barn. "Quiet here, now," she's not expecting anyone to come in for at least an hour.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Cool." So I can also talk to people the way I talk to animals; mind if I do that?

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Uh.

 

Uh.

 

"Okay?"

Permalink Mark Unread

I found out what the kobolds need. They want to know a list of all the things that might set elves off, so they can be very careful.

Permalink Mark Unread

It hasn't clicked yet that she could use osanwë rather than talking; surprises are hard and she's still processing this one. She has the list she wrote, though, she was expecting this - she manages to get herself together enough to fish it out of her belt pouch and hand it to him.

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't know your alphabet, can you read it to me? Or just read through it, and I can hear your thoughts...

Permalink Mark Unread

Reading, yeah, she can do that. Wow, she is definitely going out for a ride after this, just let Ila pick the route and enjoy it, that'll be nice... reading, right, reading.

The list isn't terribly long. It starts with 'ideally they'll just leave the village alone altogether, because there's always the risk of hitting someone in just the wrong mood, but that won't cause a huge problem, unless...' Messing with religious stuff is the main thing; she has an itemized list and a description of the building where it's stored. Messing with the meditation hall would be a problem, too, but kobolds aren't usually destructive, just mischievous, so she doesn't expect that to come up. Stealing animals would get... inconsistent... results, ranging all the way from 'nobody would notice' to 'yeah, they'd probably start a war over that'; better to avoid that altogether, since the most dangerous stuff also changes pretty often. Stealing magical things would get a pretty big response if they started making a habit of it. So would rescuing a tigerperson, if they happen to be around when there's a captured one. (Yes, this is awful. She does what she can about it; it's not much.) Outside the village, they seem to already know what to avoid - killing or damaging trees, clearing land, over-hunting, over-harvesting, leaving animals trapped for long periods; straightforward stuff, most of it - but she has a list of the types of trees the other elves will be especially upset at damage to, and a little map of the groves they consider particularly sacred in the area.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thanks. Should I come back later?

Permalink Mark Unread

She has pulled herself back together a little bit by now. Was there anything else you wanted to talk about? She wants him to stay, she doesn't get to be around people who're good about this kind of stuff often. Or, uh, ever.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, actually, if you don't mind. We've been learning about your people and how we could convince them to change, uh, the stuff they're doing that hurts people. Who's in charge in the cities? How do you get to be in charge?

Permalink Mark Unread

The druids are basically in charge, and they pick new ones - the druid here actually wants her for one, she's pretty baffled at that. They don't handle the secular side of things at all, but they choose who does. Here and in the city she's from that's handled by a council - a group of six or so (she's not sure how many the city had) elves, each basically in charge of a particular aspect of the place, magic or forestry or crafting or whatever - but there's also a queen in the capital who can make laws for the whole queendom, and a princess - chosen, again, by the druids, they use a game to do it but she's pretty sure it's semi-rigged in favor of who they want, there are upsets but they're rarer than they should be - who's in line to inherit the position if that ever comes up. Any given princess probably won't, though; it's a military position, when there's a war the princess is expected to go lead it.

She kind of thinks of the whole thing as distant trivia, except for the bit about the local druid and council, and she likes it that way; the world is complicated enough without having to worry about that stuff. Hopefully he'll find it useful, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's a good sign that the druid here wants you for one. Can I meet them?

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm not sure what he's doing, but we can go check. Why? She goes to let Ila out and starts putting her riding tack on.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, if we want to get all of the elf outposts to cut it out on the mass murder, we've probably got to convince the elven leadership to change their orders, right?

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't think I could do much as a druid, they wouldn't have me be in charge of anything or anything I don't think. Not because of that - I'd be in big trouble if they knew about that; because I have trouble doing stuff.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, I was thinking that if they wanted someone to be a druid and that person agreed that mass murder was bad, that suggested that maybe the druids think that and will be amenable to us changing things. No?

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh. No, that's very sacrilegious. I just hide it well enough, and they've decided that a bunch of the things I do mean I'm more spiritual or something.

Permalink Mark Unread

Can outsiders become druids? Or the princess, or the queen?

Permalink Mark Unread

An outsider could become a princess. It'd be really hard, though, and I don't know what'd happen if she refused to do the job once she had it. Druid - maybe? You'd have to make them think you agreed with them about things.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. Thank you. That's all the questions I had; do you have any?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes; she's very curious about him, and it takes a couple seconds for her to narrow that down to a specific question. What's it like, where you're from?

Permalink Mark Unread

It had some nice things about it. It was completely safe and no one ever suffered. So I guess that's a lot of nice things, compared to most places. But the gods lived with us and wanted a lot of things from us, and some of those things were impossible to be and hard to even pretend to be.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod.

And you got away?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Good.

Permalink Mark Unread

Lot of people don't understand that. But yeah.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah.

That's loosely how it was for her in the city - too many people, too complicated, not too much work but the wrong kind of work - go here, be there, remember who wants what, don't stay up all night, don't wander off alone you'll make trouble for the scouts - joke's on them, she's the scout now, and maybe the village isn't a perfect fit, either, but it's livable, being able to be mostly what she is.

Permalink Mark Unread

I hated Tirion. Same reasons - he sends it, stunningly pretty and shining and white and full of people and obligations and rules and stares and rumors -

Permalink Mark Unread

She shudders. It's only partly because that's overwhelming.

Permalink Mark Unread

I didn't spend much time there even before we left Valinor altogether.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah.

(So that's where gods live. She's going to have to think about that, there being gods.)

 

She goes to speak and can't quite remember how to do it, then remembers that osanwë is a thing. Better now?

Permalink Mark Unread

We traded one set of problems for another, but better in a lot of ways, yeah. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, that sounds like how the world is. What problems? She can help with things, sometimes.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm not allowed to say, sorry. Not a problem that'll affect the people here, and I'll let you know if I do think of a way you could help. But unless you have a very self-sacrificing and experienced mage who we can trust completely...

Permalink Mark Unread

Headshake. The mages here are mostly kind of jerks.

Permalink Mark Unread

Most people are kind of jerks, he agrees resignedly. It's okay.

Permalink Mark Unread

And here she was hoping people would be better if they didn't have a ridiculous religion to follow. Oh well.

I'll help, anyway. If I can. Within limits, she's not willing to seriously disrupt her life over it, but he can definitely ask favors.

Permalink Mark Unread

We mostly just want suggestions on how to get the elves to stop killing other people.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's a hard problem.

...literally gods, that's worth suggesting: If you can make them unaging, that might do it. Thinking it doesn't matter if other kinds of people die sooner because they're going to die anyway is pretty absurd in her opinion, but that's the general thought process.

Permalink Mark Unread

The gods could do that, yeah, but they were mad at us for leaving and we can't ask their help now. I'll ask our engineers to work on figuring it out faster - they'll definitely get it eventually -

 

 

 - you nearly drove the kobolds extinct. That wasn't going to happen anyway, that's different than just killing someone who's dying anyway....

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

Yeah, that's the logic she used to save them...

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Good job.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Thanks.

Permalink Mark Unread

We're going to make sure it doesn't happen again. And we don't die either, and we've met the gods, maybe they'll listen to us.

Permalink Mark Unread

Good.

Permalink Mark Unread

Not your fault, any of it.

Permalink Mark Unread

...yeah. (But if only she'd been faster... nope, nope, not a productive line of thought, she's going to believe him on this one, he could hardly be wrong... She takes a deep breath and buries her hands in Ila's fur.)

Permalink Mark Unread

The thing that finally got us to leave was an evil god doing horrible things. We tried to stop him. We did. He's mostly stopped now. But he's still got prisoners he's torturing and we're not going to do anything about it for fifty years, because being sure not of endangering anyone else is more important. It's hard to make calls like that and it's horrible but you only hurt yourself, not the evil people, if you blame yourself for not being good enough at stopping them.

Permalink Mark Unread

...an evil god who takes prisoners, well that's fucking terrifying.

She wasn't as slow as she was by choice, though. Or, not like that; she could have pushed herself harder and it would've been kind of awful - already was kind of awful, pushing herself as hard as she did - but she could have pushed herself harder and fewer kobolds would have died.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hug?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. Hug. (And instructions from Ila, once she realizes what's about to happen, on how to do it right; squeezy hugs, no petting, shift like this to warn her if you're going to move... It's not hard but people do it wrong a lot and Tyelkormo should not.)

She doesn't really feel better about the whole kobold thing, not really. But she does feel like she might, as a person, be okay anyway; like this might be a forgivable failure.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, he's not good at guilt and responsibility and stuff. 

 

 Hug. Exactly like Ila says, except with more care not to touch her hair.

Permalink Mark Unread

She stays like that for a while. She's increasingly tempted to just... leave, go with him, wherever it is he goes when he's not here. It's maybe not a very practical plan, but she doesn't really doubt she could do it, and there's no actual reason not to...

Permalink Mark Unread

If you want to come you can, but it's not very safe, the place we're staying, and it's a secret how to get there.

Permalink Mark Unread

How is it unsafe?

Permalink Mark Unread

The evil god I mentioned.

Permalink Mark Unread

Evil god who takes prisoners: continues to be terrifying. But he did say he's been mostly stopped...

 

Situations with scary things and good things are better for her than situations where nothing's very bad but nothing's actually good, either. Yeah. I want to go. She needs to get some things from her house, and she should leave a note, but she can be ready to go inside an hour probably.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. I'm going to let them know to expect you so they don't freak out. I'll be back in an hour or so.

 

 

And he runs out of sight and pops home. Kobold?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah?

Permalink Mark Unread

I have all the advice on how the kobolds can avoid trouble. He quickly summarizes it. The elf who gave it to me wants to come join us. You going to freak out if she does? I can make sure she doesn't see you.

Permalink Mark Unread

There's a long pause. Keep them away from me, yeah.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, got it. And she won't be back in communication with the other elves so even if she somehow guessed it couldn't hurt any kobolds. Do you have a teleport so I can take both her and her lynx?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, I'll make you a teleport pad, just bring it back when you're done.

Permalink Mark Unread

Of course. 

 

Hey, I can read her mind, she's fine.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, if I actually didn't believe that I wouldn't be letting them come at all. Still need to take this at my own pace - I still think I'll be okay once I meet them, but only if it's not a surprise or anything.

Permalink Mark Unread

For sure.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah.

She gets his location and pops by with a rolled up pad, enspelled to bring whoever stands on it to the Fëanorean camp. Good skill.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thanks.

 

And he tells the King what he's up to and asks for some people to be found to help her get acclimated and then goes back to the elves' outpost.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nidela's all packed and writing her letter. Ila pads over and requests scritches, I don't know what you told her, but, good job, whatever it was.

Permalink Mark Unread

Scritches. You guys are gonna come live with us. I hope you're happy there.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh. Well. We'll be okay if we're together, wherever we are.

Permalink Mark Unread

Have you already told everyone not to worry about you?

Permalink Mark Unread

They'll figure it out. We go out by ourselves a lot, they know we can take care of ourselves.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay, whatever. 

 

 

And they walk well out of range of the city, and he puts down the teleportation pad and says this is a teleportation spell form; it'll take you to just outside our city.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nidela hesitates, checking one last time if there's anything she wants to do before she goes, and then guides Ila onto the pad, and they disappear.

Permalink Mark Unread

And he grabs the pad and teleports to join them. That's the city, he says. We got you a place to stay and stuff.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's so pretty!

Ila will follow him in, Nidela doesn't need to think about that part; she can just drink everything in.

Permalink Mark Unread

And he shows them where they can stay. The King'll want to meet you but it can wait.

Permalink Mark Unread

Today's okay. It might be a couple of weeks before I want to deal with people again, if not.

Permalink Mark Unread

Alright. This way - and he leads her off to a central conference room that's full of books and very pretty. 

 

The King has fairly horrifying scars, is missing the external parts of both ears, and is the only Quendi she'll have seen with hair shorter than their shoulders.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ila follows, of course. She's not letting Nidela out of her sight any time soon.

Nidela pauses, face going blank, when she sees the King - what happened, what does that mean, is he okay - but Ila nudges her shoulder after a scant moment, and she remembers where she is and curtsies. "Hello, your" - words are hard, unfamiliar words moreso, but she manages not to stall out this time - "majesty."

Permalink Mark Unread

I regrettably have not had time to learn much of your language. Can we speak like this? Welcome to Lake Mithrim.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure. Thank you for letting me come.

Permalink Mark Unread

Our pleasure. Everyone who'd rather face danger than complacency is welcome here.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Yeah, okay, you could describe her that way. It's not really why she's here, but that doesn't mean she's not going to help out while she is or anything.

Permalink Mark Unread

What are you going to need to be comfortable here?

Permalink Mark Unread

Um. Privacy - a place that's mine and quiet that nobody goes in. Work that I can do in the afternoon or at night - I don't sleep at night, I've never been able to, I sleep in the morning. She feels kind of guilty about this, but she's long since resigned herself to it. Co-workers who aren't going to be mean about it when I have trouble with things. Food that's easy, by which she means both 'not spicy' and 'not requiring complicated utensil use'. Talking like this is easier, can all of you do that? Talking the regular way is a pain, she will definitely not mind never having to do that again. I don't know what kind of work you have for us to do; I'm mostly good with animals and Ila and I together are good at scouting and woodcraft stuff.

Permalink Mark Unread

We can all talk like this, yes. I can mostly put you on scouting - the only animals we have are horses - 

Permalink Mark Unread

I haven't spent much time with horses, but I should get along fine with them. She gets along fine with everything else, after all. (Really, though, no other animals? That's going to be weird.)

Permalink Mark Unread

For what purposes do elves keep a lot of animals around?

Permalink Mark Unread

It's kind of a religious thing? We take care of the forest, and that means taking care of the animals in it, and a lot of the time that means taking them into the village - breeding pairs to get more of them to release back out, or just as many as we can get to nurse them through a disease they're having a problem with, or whatever. Plus almost everybody has a pet or a mount or both. Like her Ila, or her one friend's pet giant turtle, or her squad leader's giant sloth bear mount.

Permalink Mark Unread

Animals on this continent don't come in that size, and we don't really have the resources to feed that many pets. Or to take particular care of the ecosystem, though it seems to do fine on its own.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's fine, I'm not religious. That's kind of the core of why she came, actually, having to pretend to care about the parts of that that she doesn't really sucked. It's just what I'm used to, and I have my Ila.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm glad. Welcome. We're going to want your help in figuring out how we can get the elves to stop hurting people, but not until after the war. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah.

Ila nudges her again. Thank you.

Permalink Mark Unread

My pleasure. You must have a lot of questions for us.

Permalink Mark Unread

Questions, not quite, but curiosity, definitely; she takes a moment to figure out what she wants to ask first. What's the story with the evil god?

Permalink Mark Unread

There are fifteen gods. The Valar. Most of them are - okay. Wrong about lots of things but well-meaning, and Valinor is a very nice place to live. One of them is evil. He tortures people for fun and he wants to take over the world and fill it with orcs, which are constantly suffering.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, she did ask. And your best plan so far is going to take fifty years? What is the plan, anyway?

Permalink Mark Unread

We have found a way to use the teleportation spell form to teleport between worlds. We are going to try to send him to one without any life so there's no one he can hurt.

Permalink Mark Unread

That sounds like an entirely sensible way to deal with an evil god and she wonders why they're waiting fifty years to do it.

And in the meantime?

Permalink Mark Unread

The teleportation spell form is new, he answers the not explicitly asked question, and we don't have anyone trained with it, and it'll take a long time before they even have a chance of casting it fast enough before he stops them.

Permalink Mark Unread

Why is she even bothering to arrange her thoughts into sentence-ish structures, that's work and it's obviously not needed, she'll just not do that. She still wants to know what's happening in the next few decades, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

We're going to live here and fight the orcs if they terrorize people anywhere - orcs are the Enemy's footsoldiers - and grow food to send to other places that need it, and work on backup plans for if that one fails.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. They should probably not expect her to fight - she might change her mind on that but it won't be soon - but that sounds all right.

What are the other people like?

Permalink Mark Unread

Quendi and orcs and humans and supposedly there are Dwarves somewhere, we haven't been able to set up a meeting yet. Different tribes of Quendi. 

Permalink Mark Unread

If any of those are near enough that she might run into them she should know more, and even if not she's curious; of those species she's only familiar with humans. It can wait, though. How about the city, what are things like here, is there anything she should know? (It's such a pretty city, she had no idea you could do that with stone, it's amazing.)

 

Permalink Mark Unread

The Quendi need our surroundings to be pretty or we get deeply unhappy, very fast. I'm glad you like it! The city is run on work teams, which work longer shifts than humans can manage, I don't know if elves are more like us or more like humans - and he goes into its layout and scheduling and authority structure and projects. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Elves are pretty much like humans, yeah, and she's pretty lousy at handling long hours even by that standard; when she gets too tired she has even more trouble thinking than usual. If they have mindless menial work that needs doing and someone can make sure her needs are met - Ila can do a lot of that but can't, say, cook, or walk her through tasks with lots of steps - that'd be possible but in no way ideal; it also takes her a long time to recover from doing a lot of that.

The city's administrative setup is fascinating, though. She doesn't really grasp it as a functional whole - too complicated - but she tucks away a bunch of trivia, anyway.

Permalink Mark Unread

If you can look after the horses a few hours a day, and go on occasional scouting trips, that would work well for us.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, she can definitely handle that.

 

Permalink Mark Unread

Perfect. Thank you. I'll have Tyelcormo check in with you occasionally to make sure you know where to find everything.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thanks. And off she goes. She's not at 'wobbly' yet but she's noticeably less graceful than she was coming into the room - she should go to wherever it is she'll be staying and lie down, maybe, but once she does she's not going to be getting up again for a while, so if there's anything else that she should do today, now's the time. (Not unpacking. Unpacking can wait.)

Permalink Mark Unread

No one asks her to do anything else.

Permalink Mark Unread

Then she will make her way back to her room. Before she goes in, she gives Tyelkormo a quick hug. Thank you.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, for sure. Take care. You can reach me by thinking at me if I'm in the city at all.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. Osanwë: pretty cool. And now she's going to go lie down and let her head catch up with itself.

Permalink Mark Unread

And he will head out scouting with Huan because recruitment success, sort of, and let the kobold know where the elf is so they can avoid her.

Permalink Mark Unread

The kobold is nowhere to be found, actually. She's gone back to the other host for the day, and is working steadily through the pile of things needing simple spells, as she usually does when she wants to take her mind off something.

Permalink Mark Unread

Everything okay?

Permalink Mark Unread

Sigh. Will be. She finishes a spell and starts another. Tyelkormo brought the elf they made friends with home with them.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm sorry, that was kind of thoughtless of him when you want to avoid all elves.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm not really surprised, Tyelkormo being who they are.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, true.

Permalink Mark Unread

I wonder if they realize they do that. Like, at all. I know they don't care; I'm wrong, they're not going to humor me. But I wonder if they noticed that this'd push me like this when they did it. She sounds more wryly amused than anything else.

Permalink Mark Unread

No idea. My sister might know; they used to be friends.

Permalink Mark Unread

...hm?

Permalink Mark Unread

My sister knows Tyelcormo well because they used to be best friends.

Permalink Mark Unread

And they're handling things well enough to be talked to about them?

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm sure she'd be happy to, yeah. She might say mean things, but she's just letting off steam.

Permalink Mark Unread

Might help.

Permalink Mark Unread

Irissë?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah?

Permalink Mark Unread

I think the kobold wants to talk to you?

Permalink Mark Unread

Gotcha.

 

And she comes over a minute later.

Permalink Mark Unread

And the kobold finishes up her spell and opens her eyes. Hi.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hi. Irissë. Nice to meet you.

Permalink Mark Unread

Same, I'm sure. I hear you used to be friends with Tyelkormo?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, back before he got really into abandoning people to die he was pretty okay.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. They've been pretty okay to me, too, up to now, and I'm not quite sure what to think about what happened today.

Permalink Mark Unread

What happened today?

Permalink Mark Unread

They brought an elf from my world to live in their city - it's complicated, kind of. The elves tried to wipe out the kobolds in the forest I'm from, about thirty years ago; I was too young to remember practically any of it, but it was pretty awful, and I did grow up with everybody around me being terrified of them. And Tyelkormo's talked to this one and says they're okay - they want to help make sure nothing like that happens again, they have helped with that - and even read their mind, nobody from my world has osanwë, so they don't have private thoughts yet. But they're still an elf, and I'm having trouble with it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sorry. Uh, why'd you want to talk to me?

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, I'm kind of trying to figure out how personally I should take it. Tyelkormo's been talking to this elf for a while, and they knew I was having trouble with that and working on getting over it, and then this happened. And Findekáno thought you might have a better idea of what they were thinking.

Permalink Mark Unread

Uh, probably 'this elf is living in a bad environment they want to live somewhere else'?

Permalink Mark Unread

Sigh. Yeah, probably.

Permalink Mark Unread

You can hang out here if he's gonna go befriend your mortal enemies, or whatever.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. I'm probably going to at least sleep here for a couple days, yeah.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sorry.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's not a problem. And I'm mostly frustrated at myself, anyway.

Permalink Mark Unread

Why?

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm really not being fair to them. If I actually thought this was dangerous I wouldn't've let the elf come at all; it's not that, I'm just scared.

Permalink Mark Unread

I mean, if I had to go somewhere snowy I'd flip the fuck out despite it being perfectly safe.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. But you're not hurting a person, with that.

Permalink Mark Unread

I mean, maybe there'd be a person in the snow who was the reason I'd have to go there?

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. And I'd be frustrated at myself in a situation like that, too.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sorry. 

Permalink Mark Unread

It's okay. I'll figure it out eventually.

Permalink Mark Unread

Or you can just never talk to Tyelcormo again, that is also an option.

Permalink Mark Unread

I suppose. I'd rather come up with something that doesn't hurt anyone, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, he'll be fine.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mm, probably. It'd still bother me, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, you do you.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. Thanks, anyway.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure thing.

Permalink Mark Unread

And a few days later she pings Tyelkormo. I'm ready to meet the elf, now.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, good, that was quick! She doesn't like dealing with people very often, but I'll let her know you - should I just let her know you exist, or that you exist and would like to meet her?

Permalink Mark Unread

Second thing.

Permalink Mark Unread

Alright.

 

 

And a while later he says to her, hey, we're acquainted with this kobold and they're interested in meeting you sometime.

Permalink Mark Unread

What?

Okay, that explains... stuff... do they know... of course they know, that must be how he knew...

...what must they think of her...

...they want to meet her, it can't be too bad, right? Right?

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't think they blame you. They're also not in a hurry, you can sit on it for a while if you'd rather.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sitting around worrying about it isn't going to make it better.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, some people like to get their head in order or whatever. I'll tell them to come on over, then?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah.

Permalink Mark Unread

She says now's a good time, he tells the kobold.

Permalink Mark Unread

And a few minutes later the kobold appears at the door.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nidela stays very still, her hand buried in Ila's ruff to keep her from going to investigate.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"Hello? Do you speak animalperson?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod.

Permalink Mark Unread

She takes a couple steps into the room, watching the elf and her cat carefully. "Are you okay?"

Permalink Mark Unread

She looks up, doesn't quite make eye contact, looks away again.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hey, it's okay, I'm not going to hurt you." Tyelkormo, what happened?

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't know stuff about people. I can do what people ask me to do, I'm not gonna secretly infer other stuff. She asked to see you.

Permalink Mark Unread

...okay.

She comes closer to the bed the elf is sitting on, still keeping an eye on the lynx - it's watching her, that's pretty disconcerting, but it doesn't seem inclined to move.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"I'm sorry we..." she trails off.

Permalink Mark Unread

The kobold winces. "Yeah."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I made them stop. I'm sorry it-"

Permalink Mark Unread

"What?" she interrupts.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

"I made them stop. I...they listen, sometimes, I made them listen and I told them to stop."

Permalink Mark Unread

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"I'm sorry it took so long."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's amazing that you could do it at all. I know how upset they must have been."

Permalink Mark Unread

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah." She grins, and most of the tension goes out of her shoulders. "You okay here?"

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods, and grins at Tyelkormo.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah," she grins too, "Tyelkormo's nice."

 

"If there's anything you need - like, from our world or anything - you can have them ask me, I'm here most days. Okay?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod.

Permalink Mark Unread

"All right."

 

"Thank you." And she goes.

Permalink Mark Unread

Need anything?

Permalink Mark Unread

That was a very nice kobold and also she could really use a hug right now.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay.

Permalink Mark Unread

Tyelkormo: excellent.

Permalink Mark Unread

And the kobold finishes her work with the Fëanoreans and swings by the human town for a bit and then heads home for dinner.

So I met the elf today, she tells Findekáno. It went really well.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, good!

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. Remember how we didn't know why they stopped trying to kill us? That was them, they talked them into it somehow. Snuggle.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, good. I'm glad they did. I'm glad you found out.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah.

I wonder if Tyelkormo knew. It seems like they should have, but they didn't tell me, even when I asked about them.

Permalink Mark Unread

Probably not, then.

Permalink Mark Unread

Shrug. Yeah, probably.

Permalink Mark Unread

Squeeze. I'm glad it went well.

Permalink Mark Unread

Grin, snuggle. Yeah.

Permalink Mark Unread

Some of the humans go into labor. No one's been counting how long they've been pregnant exactly but it's definitely much less than the year Elves are pregnant, and the babies are not ready. Some of them make it. 

There is a lot of singing. The Elves are stressed and unhappy.

 

The less-supervised group of humans has a better survival rate. The Elves can't figure out why.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ugh, this is much less unpleasant with eggs; they don't all hatch but the ones that don't just don't; it's sad, but not like this. She schedules extra time for cuddling her friends, and dedicates a morning to watching the other humans, looking for opportunities to mage-sense the pregnant ones and the new babies - maybe she can figure something out that way.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sometimes she can get a sense of something that's likely to be a problem - certain positionings of babies - but there's not too much anyone can do.

Permalink Mark Unread

She can do something about baby-positioning, actually. It's slightly fiddly to mess with that with movement spells, but not too bad; the problem there is that the babies tend to move back where they were within a couple days, but they can keep track of people with that problem and call her in when they start going into labor, that should work.

She doesn't find any major differences between the groups, though; if anything, the ones the Eldar have been helping are slightly better fed. The mystery continues to be mysterious.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nidela, meanwhile, has noticed the singing. Tyelkormo? Whats going on?

Permalink Mark Unread

Quendi - don't die at all, under good conditions. We've been trying to help these humans, and some of them had babies far too early - not many of them, most of them are fine, but some - and the babies weren't all okay...

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh.

Where are you? And she goes and finds him and hugs him.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thanks. I'm okay. Haven't been working with the humans much at all, don't really know them.

Permalink Mark Unread

That's good.

She wonders idly if they've worked out why, yet - occasional preemies are pretty normal, but this sounds like there were a bunch - maybe they got a bad batch of food or something, there's some plants that can do that...

Permalink Mark Unread

There were also just a lot of babies - there are two tribes of humans, about ten thousand humans in each, and they didn't even know babies were a thing that could happen...

Permalink Mark Unread

...how does that even happen?

Permalink Mark Unread

They're new. Do you remember how elves started? Quendi started about seven thousand years ago, around this lake way east of here. Humans started just now.

Permalink Mark Unread

She doesn't know how elves started in that kind of detail - there are myths - but, wow. Doesn't this place have gods? They're not doing their job well at all, this is definitely not best practice for introducing creatures to a new place!

Permalink Mark Unread

West of here's the place with the gods, Valinor. They don't like humans, much, I don't think, couldn't be bothered.

Permalink Mark Unread

...why do it at all if you're not going to do it right. Ugh.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah.

Permalink Mark Unread

At least they've got help.

She stays for a little while, and then goes to take care of the horses - 'a couple hours a day' is quickly turning into most of her time being spent there, with Ila perched out of sight downwind, napping or people-watching.

Permalink Mark Unread

As long as she likes it there, this suits everyone fine.

Permalink Mark Unread

Good!

Permalink Mark Unread

Quendi sing a lot even when no one has died, and they wear their hair very elaborately braided, and they are fighting an evil god, but other than that the city has a lot in common with elven ones.

Permalink Mark Unread

This is actually pretty much okay, this time. People can be around, that's mostly fine, and when she's too overwhelmed for it to be, she can just mount up and let Ila take her home. The singing is pretty. The braids are pretty too; she notices quickly that they expect her to braid her hair, and tries it, and finds that it's far beyond what she can manage; she has a couple hats among the things she brought with her and tries wearing those instead.

Permalink Mark Unread

This works fine - or, at least, no one comments and people smile at her.

Permalink Mark Unread

Problem solved, then.

People do sometimes try to talk to her. Hiding out in the barn most of the time and spending the rest at home or out in the woods mostly brings it down to a frequency she can handle, but having to brave the mealtime crowd for breakfast and dinner is stressful even if nobody does.

Permalink Mark Unread

If the King happened to see her he'd fix that but he mostly stays indoors and by necessity stays to the areas where the teleportation spell's been laid out.

Permalink Mark Unread

And she's not really sure how much it's okay to bother him with things. Instead, she starts considering the logistics of having Ila go through the meal line for her - it should probably work, at least when they have things that can stand being packed into a saddlebag, which they usually do.

Permalink Mark Unread

Once she starts doing that they'll just start bringing her meals.

Permalink Mark Unread

Or that, that works too. Uh, oops?

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, no, the person who brings it back says, don't apologize - we should apologize for not having thought of it sooner - this is better, right?

Permalink Mark Unread

Uh.

It is, thank you. You're sure it's not too much trouble?

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, not at all - can't do it for everyone but for people who mind as much as you do, certainly. There aren't many.

Permalink Mark Unread

...yeah. Okay.

Okay. Thank you.

Permalink Mark Unread

Everything okay? While I'm here?

Permalink Mark Unread

She knows the answer to that one. It's: I'm fine, thanks.

Permalink Mark Unread

...no? I mean, sometimes that's the answer, but not usually, not with a war on.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Right, uh.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ila winds her way between her Nidela and the Quendi.

Permalink Mark Unread

...yes, that's better.

I'm fine, really. Things aren't... like this, where I'm from.

And maybe they aren't really like this here, either, it might just be this straightforward but it might not, she might've just invited people checking on her every day or something similarly intolerable, but that's a different problem for a different moment, right now she needs to get this person to go away so she can eat.

Permalink Mark Unread

The person will do that.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh good. She flops on her bed for a little while and eventually eats.

 

She's going to have to deal with this again at breakfast, isn't she.

Permalink Mark Unread

No! Everyone can read her mind so the breakfast person knows to just drop off breakfast and leave.

Permalink Mark Unread

...okay that is pretty awesome. Though she does still kind of feel like she's waiting for the other shoe to drop.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nothing happens.

Permalink Mark Unread

It takes a couple weeks for her to completely relax, but she does.

She continues working in the stables. 'Can't handle long hours' turns out to be a lie, at least in that context; the horses are all well-cared-for - she specializes in important details that others tend to miss or not recognize the value of attending to - and in her spare time she organizes their supplies and looks after their gear, too.

Permalink Mark Unread

He notices. He appreciates it. He takes the horses out on his scouting trips; on rare occasions they come back injured.

Permalink Mark Unread

She's glad he appreciates it.

She has a pretty good grasp of basic-to-intermediate first aid, if not much specific to horses exactly. When she runs into something she's not sure how to take care of, she asks him who she should get to handle it.

Permalink Mark Unread

They don't have experts at that either; the gods used to do it. They were hoping maybe someone somewhere had a healing spell form.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh.

Not that I know of, but maybe someone does.

I'll do what I can for her, anyway.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thanks.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hug.

She does her best, and takes careful notes on what she tries and how it works.

Permalink Mark Unread

The horses are from Valinor and heal quickly for horses, which is still very slow compared to many animals she's used to.

Permalink Mark Unread

The projected timeline is still months. She keeps at it.

Permalink Mark Unread

More human babies are born. The ones not born early have a much better survival rate. It's not all of them. The Elves sing.

Permalink Mark Unread

Not all the mothers, either. The kobold's working on a plant that'll produce a milk substitute, but it's a hard problem and it's not ready yet; the plant that induces lactation in kobolds should be pretty safe to try, or they can pair the orphans with the bereaved.

Permalink Mark Unread

They do that. Things that work for a completely different species don't seem like a safe bet and humans are upsettingly easy to poison.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, fair.

Summer approaches, and the kobold starts clearing a couple of days in her schedule.

Permalink Mark Unread

He does not comment.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh good.

She takes her couple days - she's been assigned a little room in the Ñolofinwëan city, now, it was easier than having to keep finding her one when she needed a place to sleep - and returns to her usual schedule just fine, if a little distant, afterward.

Permalink Mark Unread

He still doesn't comment.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ila does, a couple days later: Tyelkormo, there's something wrong with your kobold. She smells funny.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, Huan noticed. King says not to bother her about it.

Permalink Mark Unread

All right. Someone should keep an eye on her, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

You wanna?

Permalink Mark Unread

 

I can, I guess. When she's here.

Permalink Mark Unread

We don't talk to the other camp, I can't make sure there's someone there looking out for her.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay.

Permalink Mark Unread

If people need stuff, they need to say so, okay? We're trying to win a war and we can't go around just guessing who needs attention and who'd be stressed by it if they're not going to say anything. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, no argument there.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thanks.

Permalink Mark Unread

No problem.

So she starts keeping an eye on the kobold while Nidela is busy in the stables. She's good enough at keeping herself hidden that the kobold doesn't notice her very often.

Permalink Mark Unread

And he comes by the stables occasionally - doesn't bug Nidela, all of this must be overwhelming on its own - and occasionally asks Ila what's up?

Permalink Mark Unread

(Nidela is doing well, actually! Animal care is her jam, so long as this is the only thing she has to deal with she's fine. Even the more willful horses - she's used to wild animals, this is nothing.)

She's sad, reports the lynx. I don't know why.

And then, a few days later, kobolds have their heat in the summer, and she isn't.

Permalink Mark Unread

And that's a bad thing?

Permalink Mark Unread

It's a thing? They usually smell like this, and in the summer they smell like this or this, and she smells like this instead and it's not changing.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm pretty sure it's none of our business.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay.

Permalink Mark Unread

And he goes about the things that are his business.

Permalink Mark Unread

And time flows on. The kobold continues to be a little withdrawn, and elusive when asked about it, but overall basically fine.

Permalink Mark Unread

And eventually he sits down with Nidela to ask everything they should know to approach the elf city.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, it depends on what they want to do there. She's not sure how they'd arrange to meet the queen or the princess - going to the home tree and asking might work, but that's just a guess. If they want to meet the druid, they should ask at the meditation gardens, and bring Tyelkormo or at least mention him and his ability to speak to animals - be prepared to have to go through at least a couple levels of bureaucracy anyway, though. If they just want to look around, having her with them will probably help - she can't actually guide them much - well, she can read the signs, that'll help - but people will assume she is, if she's there.

Permalink Mark Unread

You willing to do that?

Permalink Mark Unread

The idea is to get them to stop, right?

Permalink Mark Unread

Of course.

Permalink Mark Unread

Then yeah. I've put up with worse.

Permalink Mark Unread

So they get a teleport out to the city.

Permalink Mark Unread

Part of her advice was 'don't teleport directly to the city'. They're about a day's journey out at an elf's slowish walking pace; perhaps half that for their group.

When they've been walking for about half an hour, a patrol spots them through the trees - does a double-take at the Quendi and sends one of their members to report in - and comes over to greet them.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hi," the person designated to lead the group says. "We are Quendi. We met Nidela in the elven outpost north of here. We believe in the same gods as you and some of our people can speak with animals." He gestures at Tyelcormo. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"All right. We'll escort you in." Outrageous claims are Not Their Problem, they're just there to make sure nobody gets attacked by kobolds or goblins or werebeasts or anything.

Permalink Mark Unread

They are appreciative of their escort in.

Permalink Mark Unread

Their escort passes them off to a different squad around midday, and a few hours after that, they reach the city. Their first view of it is dominated by the tall hedge laden with poofy yellow and white flowers that surrounds the city, and the wooden archway - enspelled to detect magic, they'll notice if they take the risk of checking - where the hedge meets the road they're on. Beyond the archway, the tree trunks are gargantuan, and the undergrowth changes - it still looks messy, like the plants grew there naturally, but the plants are healthier, and more of them look interesting, like they might have been designed.

The city itself is high in the tree branches; the lowest sections are still easily sixty feet up, made of tree branches magically flattened and widened to form platforms, connected by rope bridges made of thick, gently-glowing vines and wooden slats. The nearest tree has a platform on a pulley system hung from its lowest branches, currently bringing a group of elves to the ground.

Their escort points out where the stables are - they can bring Huan and Ila with them if they want, but if not that's where they should stay - and also the marketplace, if they'd like to exchange any trade goods they may've brought for coins, and then they return to their patrol.

Some of the animals in the stables are bored, or miss their elves, or are nervous to be in an unfamilar place, but none of them have any complaints worse than that. There's also what appears to be a veterinary facility a couple miles deeper into the city with the expected variety of complaints present among the animals there, and a zoo, whose animals have a similar collection of issues to the ones in the village, except most of them aren't native to this forest.

Permalink Mark Unread

They're here to stop the habitual genocides; he is only here because he has-locally-regarded-as-religious abilities.

 

He grinds his teeth.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nidela thinks reassuring thoughts - the captial's zoo is a more complicated problem than their village's was, she's sure, but they won't be any less cooperative about fixing it - and leads them to the marketplace to find the right section to trade in their metal jewelry and tools.

Permalink Mark Unread

They will trade metal tools and jewelry for the local coins, which can later be exchanged for other things. A clever system.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yup. And if they tell the merchants how long they intend to stay, their things will be held for them until then, and they can trade the remaining coins back for some of them, or for things that other travelers left behind if they'd prefer that. Or keep the coins as souvenirs; these coins are metal, so they might be accepted elsewhere, but they shouldn't assume that they will, or that they'll have the same value.

That done, Nidela leads the way to the lift, and shortly thereafter they're in the city proper. There's a map; where would they like to go first?

Permalink Mark Unread

The plan is to try to speak to someone with the authority to call off the genocides.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, that's going to be either the home tree, if they want to try to see the queen, or the meditation gardens, if they want to try the druid first. Up to them; the skill she's contributing here is 'can read the local language', not 'good at planning'.

Permalink Mark Unread

Druid first.

Permalink Mark Unread

She works out a route and sets off.

The trade district, nearest the city entrance, is bustling with people, but she leads them clear of it pretty quickly. The commercial area surrounding it is nearly as crowded, but even quicker to pass through; a small elevator that wasn't shown on the map brings them up to the farming level, where there's more sunbeams and fewer elves, though these are are rather more inclined to stare.

She presses on, occasionally looking down to the lower levels to check their progress against the bridges marked on the map, and eventually finds them another elevator to descend on, letting out in a sleepy little residential district. Another few minutes, during which they pass by a class of little elves being taught about plant identification, and they reach the gardens, a particularly lushly planted collection of platforms with plenty of benches and cushions to sit on and meditate.

She leads them up half-a-story to a large platform where a group of elves is being led through a guided meditation on what it's like to be a hawk; it's not laughably wrong. We can talk to the acolyte when they're done, she tells her companions.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thank you.

 

And they listen attentively and wait for them to be done.

Permalink Mark Unread

The meditation continues for another ten minutes, and then the acolyte leading it announces the meditation schedule for the rest of the day and dismisses the group. A few of the elves hang around to chat and surreptitiously watch the newcomers; the rest go about their business, and when they're gone the acolyte comes over to talk to them.

"Hello, visitors, welcome to the gardens of Queen's Grove. Can I help you with anything?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"We would like to learn more about the teachings of your people. We are travellers from Valinor, far in the west, where the gods live, and were overjoyed to learn their light and teachings were known so far away."

Permalink Mark Unread

...okay.

"Well, you're welcome to enjoy the gardens and come to any of the meditation sessions you'd like - there's one every hour until sunset -  and I can recommend a few classes if you'd like to sit in on those - " the ones open to the general public, of course.

Permalink Mark Unread

"We want to talk to all the animals first, make sure there's nothing about their needs that has been missed because you can't talk to animals. We'll consider classes once that's fixed."

Permalink Mark Unread

...wait, what?

"That can probably be arranged." He doesn't know what's going on but if that's true he definitely doesn't want to argue with them. "I'll need to discuss it with my superiors," and probably half a dozen other people, there's his day taken over. "Do you have a place to stay in the city?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Not yet."

Permalink Mark Unread

He nods. "We have some space set aside for visiting acolytes; I'll show you to it."

He leads them to a group of seven platforms: four bedrooms with two beds and two large cushions suitable for most animal companions in each, a small kitchen (the appliances are magical, but Nidela knows how to use them), a meditation space, and a large common room. Each of the platforms has a canopy in green silk, and the bedrooms have matching curtains embroidered with vines and flowers that can be drawn for privacy. "I'll have dinner brought to you here; do you have any requests?"

Permalink Mark Unread

They do not. They compliment the rooms.

Permalink Mark Unread

He accepts the compliment gracefully and leaves.

Nidela picks a room and a bed and flops on it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Everything okay?

Permalink Mark Unread

Cities. Ugh.

I'll be fine.

Permalink Mark Unread

Agreed, he says.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm going to chill for a while.

I do want to check the library while we're here, most of the stuff about unicorn care is probably the same for horses, I might be able to find out if there's anything better to do for the injured ones. Not now, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

Good idea. At some point, yeah.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah.

You guys can go walk around if you want, I don't think they're going to be ready for us anytime soon. I'm about done for the day, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

So they walk around. It's a pretty city.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's a very pretty city. The elves stare at them, but mostly don't approach them, though once or twice a small child comes up and asks them a few questions before being called away by a parent. Many elves have animal companions with them, and some of those are similarly curious, but most of them are well trained to stay with their owners, and the owners of the remaining ones all keep a close enough eye on them to stop them from going too far.

After a little while, they find themselves in another shopping district, less impressive than the one near the city gates; there are instruments and pet supplies and food and clothing and hand tools and a tiny little shop with writing supplies and decorative plants and some not-very-impressive art and jewelry in wood and ceramic and glass.

Permalink Mark Unread

They won't buy things unless they're legitimately pretty, but they can at least muster effusive compliments. And sing. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The singing is met with awed silence.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, good, awing people will probably only help with their goals here. They'll sing more.

Permalink Mark Unread

They start to draw a crowd.

After a little while, the a couple of acolytes have stopped to listen. It seems that word has spread about them; the acolytes are curious about what this means.

Permalink Mark Unread

They can start projecting images and memories of Valinor and the Valar to go with the songs?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes, yes they can. A susurrus goes through the crowd; several of the elves fall to their knees. One of the acolytes disappears - the druid needs to know about this.

Permalink Mark Unread

Good? They're a little out of their depths here but 'make a splash, announce that the Valar disapprove of killing any people, even short-lived ones' was the general plan.

Permalink Mark Unread

If they want to make their announcement before the druid gets here it should probably be soon.

Permalink Mark Unread

No, seems better to have important people present for the announcement.

Permalink Mark Unread

The crowd continues to grow. After half a hour - they must have been in a tearing hurry - a group of giant falcons bearing Imòla the druid, Nidela, and a few high-ranking acolytes soars in and perches overhead.

What are you doing?, sends Nidela.

Permalink Mark Unread

We've just been singing about Valinor. They liked it and paid attention. 

Permalink Mark Unread

If you want to work with the druid you can't make things complicated for him like this.

Permalink Mark Unread

How is this making things complicated?

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

 We have gods, we believe in them - we don't interact with them, not even indirectly, and now he has to explain this.

Permalink Mark Unread

Right, but we do interact with them, wouldn't people want to know that?

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

...and they're going to want to know what it means, how it fits...

Permalink Mark Unread

That makes sense. But - it's true. So we couldn't help keep it a secret.

Permalink Mark Unread

Could've waited. She buries her face in the falcon's feathers.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes, they could have done that. They keep singing.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nidela clings to her hawk and waits for them to finish.

Imòla and the acolytes watch and listen carefully, trying to figure out how what they're seeing makes sense given gods that made them and set them to their task thousands of years ago and haven't been heard from since.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, the gods went west to Valinor. This is Valinor.

Permalink Mark Unread

They'd expect to have at least heard of it. Also gods don't usually cooperate well enough that all of them would have gone to the same place - they could see the three elven gods doing that, but some of these are obviously not those.

Some people in the crowd are starting to wonder about the lack of glorious battle songs. There'd usually be at least one glorious battle song - really, several - by now if this was a normal concert.

Permalink Mark Unread

...they can oblige, there. This was the Dagor Nuin Giliath.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yup, that's a glorious battle song all right. It's a little weird that the orcs are so aggressive, especially given how soundly they lost, and very weird that there's several balrogs and that they don't attack the orcs or each other, but the elves enjoy it anyway.

Permalink Mark Unread

There must be some differences of expectations. Anyway. That is the concert.

Permalink Mark Unread

The crowd remains silent for several seconds, and then the elves begin talking to each other. A few of the nearer ones consider approaching them, but they're too intimidated. The crowd starts to thin out at the edges, but most of the elves stay, curious about what they're going to do next.

Imòla directs his hawk to glide down to them and dismounts, followed by two other elves who stay on their hawks. "Hello, friends - Quendi, do I have that right? That was an amazing performance. May I ask you some questions about it?" By which he means 'grill them about how it's meant to fit with the existing lore, which he's an expert in'.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, certainly!"

Permalink Mark Unread

One of the nearby restaurants has a private room, which he leads them to after motioning for the remaining hawk-riders to join them.

He frowns when Nidela comes in. "Are you unwell?"

She is not, in fact, holding up well at all - she's unsteady on her feet and her thoughts are small, fractured things; speaking would be a herculean effort; she's having enough trouble just understanding when she's spoken to. She looks to Tyelkormo: Help?

Permalink Mark Unread

"We're gonna step out for a bit, actually. Fresh air."

Permalink Mark Unread

Imòla nods and turns his attention to the remaining Quendi with questions about the unfamiliar gods presented in their songs.

Nidela follows Tyelkormo out. It's still crowded outside the restaurant and the elves' attention is drawn back to them immediately; this definitely doesn't help.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, he will walk through them. What's wrong, what do you need?

Permalink Mark Unread

Walking through the crowd is painful, but she's already following him and can't think of what else to do, can't even notice that she might want to figure that out. There are no thoughts; there's only the sight and sound of the crowd, and her decreasingly effective attempts to make any sense of them, and the lifeline thread of there's-Tyelkormo-don't-lose-track-of-him.

Permalink Mark Unread

And some place without people?

Permalink Mark Unread

She doesn't recover immediately, but she does begin to recover. After a few minutes, she has thoughts again, in some minimalist sense - wow that was unpleasant, she doesn't want to do it again - and eventually she pulls herself together enough to osanwë a little. Thanks. Sorry. I'll be okay.

Permalink Mark Unread

Good.

 

And he sits and waits.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's slow going. With effort, she can temporarily arrange part of her mind into a more functional configuration - she wants to know what happened; she wants to remember where she is and why she's there; she wants to reassure herself that this is happening for good reasons - but this leaves her worse off afterward; it's not in any sense a solution. The only thing to do seems to be to wait and let her mind put itself back together at its own slow pace.

I should sleep, she comes up with after another little while. She won't be completely recovered when she wakes up, but it'll speed the process up a little.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. Back to our rooms?

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

Yeah.

She's going to have to move, it's going to suck...

Permalink Mark Unread

He could pick her up. People will stare but apparently she's completely collapsed and won't notice.

Permalink Mark Unread

She hasn't thought of this option and therefore has no opinion on it. She's really not looking forward to standing up, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure, he'll do that.

Permalink Mark Unread

She's confused, and then she can't figure out what to do with her arms, but she's amenable to being arranged and clings securely once she is. Thank you.

The elves they pass find this startling; a few wonder if he's kidnapping her, but none of them try to stop him.

When they reach the gardens they find Ila pacing at the entrance, deeply annoyed. Give her to me. It's a demand, not a request.

Permalink Mark Unread

He does. Remember that conversation where I said there's a war on and if people need things they need to communicate that?

Permalink Mark Unread

Nidela relaxes considerably and begins recovering noticeably - though still not substantially - faster when faced with the familiar sensations of riding Ila rather than the unfamiliar ones of being carried.

I'm sure she told you she was done for the day. The cat heads off to their rooms, not waiting to see if Tyelkormo is going to follow.

Permalink Mark Unread

No, she damn well fucking didn't. 

There is nothing he loathes as much as people who try to make it his fault that he was not sufficiently good at saving them from problems they never told him about. It probably comes through in his voice, but he manages to say "Fuck you, I have watched thousands of people I care about die, I have watched many of them die in my arms and if you can't handle something it is your own fucking responsibility to communicate that clearly, in advance, with an explanation of what you'll need. Don't you dare act like it's my fault I'm not Maitimo, Maitjmo's dead." in Quenya instead of anything anyone around here speaks.

 

 

He leaves.

 

Why the fuck does he even bother with people. 

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Ila puts Nidela to bed and flops across her, watching the doorway.

Permalink Mark Unread

He is in a slightly more relaxed mood by the time he rejoins the party. Yes, if that had happened during an orc attack, it would have been a disaster that endangered a lot of people, but it didn't, and it's possible she didn't know to expect it, and if he gets his hackles up every time someone's companion animal acts like he's a disappointment -

 

- slightly more relaxed mood, at least.

 

He sits down without comment.

Permalink Mark Unread

Imòla is still going strong with the questions; his companions fill him in on what they've told him - they'd be in trouble if they couldn't read his mind, but as it is, the trickiest part for most questions is keeping track of how often they can use his first guess and still seem plausible. There is the occasional one where he doesn't even have a guess of how they'll answer, but they've managed to navigate those well enough so far.

Also, appetizers have been brought out, and dinner has been ordered - the restaurant's signature offering is several variants on a kind of flatbread sandwich with a spicy lentil filling; they got one of each.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. 

 

Have we mentioned the 'the gods feel really strongly about killing people' thing yet?

Permalink Mark Unread

He's not that convinced we're legitimate, yet. Close, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. 

 

He doesn't talk.

Permalink Mark Unread

They weren't especially expecting him to. Imòla notices his mood, too, and leaves him alone.

 

"And in that last song," he asks a few minutes later, "what were those creatures?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Those, the elves are told, are orcs and Balrogs, servants of an evil god who the Quendi are warring with. It is categorically an evil against the gods and against creation to kill people, even lesser people who live short lives, but orcs and Balrogs are all slaves of the Enemy, and until he is dead there is no other solution. Still, of course, they show mercy wherever they possibly can. After all, it is the will of the gods that all creatures live their full spans; they would not have given short-lived races a hundred years if they meant for them to see only twenty. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, of course." They only go to war when it's unavoidable, but reacting when trees are harmed or the ecosystem is damaged isn't avoidable, obviously. "And what aid have the gods provided you for this war?" because obviously they'd do that, if the Quendi are on such good terms with them.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes, they have magic weapons for the war, but they cannot give them out, and the gods gave them also wisdom and knowledge. They can teach the elves some of the things they have learned for the war, but the gods intend that it be deployed only in direst need, such as against an enemy who is trying to kill you. Nature is resilient, the gods made it that way, and they do not want all tree-harmers or ecosystem-disrupters killed; that compounds one loss with another and it is avoidable and it would be blasphemy to use the weapons of the gods in such wars.

Permalink Mark Unread

Imòla's companions are bewildered and alarmed, but he gestures for them to calm themselves. "You have to know that that directly contradicts our covenant. Why exactly do you believe they want that of us?" Gods have been known to change their minds, though it'd be pretty unprecedented for them to do it about something so basic. It's much more likely that they simply expect different things of Quendi and elves.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yavanna, the god who made trees, has over the ages come to be a great friend to Aulë, the god who made Dwarves, which cut down trees. Over the Ages they have come to understand that they are balanced parts of a whole. They can tell lots of stories about the friendship between these two gods and how it moderated their perspectives.

Permalink Mark Unread

Imòla is skeptical, but listens, and slowly comes around - it is, as these things go, reasonably plausible. "And what would they have us do now, then?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Continue their work to preserve the ecosystem, but do not engage in destruction to avenge it. To shorten another creature's gods-given span is a wrong unless done in self-defense, and the enlightened races should be considering how they can defend themselves without destruction as well.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, that's going to be neither trivial or popular - a lot of their society is set up to prepare or provide for wars, he thinks but does not say, and dismantling or repurposing it is going to be very hard - but he'll make it happen.

He spends the rest of the meal quizzing them further about Valinor and the gods.

Permalink Mark Unread

Which, since they're mostly telling the truth, they can talk about and send over osanwë in great detail.

Permalink Mark Unread

And eventually he draws the discussion to a close - he does have a lot of work to do tomorrow, after all.

Is there anything else they want to do while they're in the city? (What's this about talking to the animals, he does not ask?) Would they like him to arrange for a guide, as theirs seems to be indisposed?

Permalink Mark Unread

Talk to the animals! Oromë gifted Tyelcormo with the ability and he will use it to determine if any of their animals need anything, if that's all right with them. And they would love to walk around and see beautiful places.

Permalink Mark Unread

It is more than all right; they would very much appreciate it. He'll have someone sent to them first thing in the morning; for now, he assigns one of his escort to see them back to the gardens, and takes his leave.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well. That is pretty much the result they'd hoped for. 

 

They go home to sleep.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nidela is asleep; Ila is not, and growls softly if anyone enters the room.

Around midnight, Nidela wakes up and makes her way to the kitchen for a snack, still leaning fairly heavily on her lynx.

Permalink Mark Unread

He is not sleeping, just hanging around in his room twiddling his thumbs. Mission success, yay.

Permalink Mark Unread

Most of the food requires preparation that's beyond her right now, but there's a little basket of rolls; she sits on the floor and leans against Ila and eats.

After a little while she notices that the light is on in one of the rooms, and makes a guess of whose. Hey. All well? She still sounds pretty exhausted.

Permalink Mark Unread

I think we convinced them. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Good.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah.

 

Uh, the thing that happened - if that had happened when we were ambushed by orcs, or if there's another big battle, or if the Enemy tries some stuff to scare us, we need to know what's going on with you so you and other people don't get hurt.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Yeah, okay.

Maybe not right now, unless you have questions?

Ila knows how to take care of me when it happens, and it's usually not this bad.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sorry if I scared you.

Permalink Mark Unread

Not scared so much as - I like knowing what people need from me, I don't like being in a position where I have no idea how to not make things worse...

Permalink Mark Unread

You didn't make things worse. I'm still fuzzy on some of it but as far as I remember you did everything right.

Permalink Mark Unread

He relaxes considerably. Oh. Okay. Sorry for getting upset then.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's okay.

 

Usually, I'm either someplace safe or with Ila, or both. So even if that happens I'm not stuck. But when they came and said you were singing and I had to go with them, I was too tired to remember how to say no - that doesn't happen very often anymore.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Hope you feel better soon.

Permalink Mark Unread

Couple days, probably.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay.

Permalink Mark Unread

And she finishes eating and makes her way back to bed. She's still asleep - and Ila's still growling, if less emphatically, at anyone who gets too close to her - when their guides arrive with breakfast.

Permalink Mark Unread

Breakfast sounds nice.

Permalink Mark Unread

They introduce themselves as Defiyi and Kenozì and set out the food - tea and peach juice and fruit-filled pastries and acorn bread with sweet potato hummus and boiled eggs - and one of them brings a covered basket up to Nidela's room - don't you dare wake her up, I have claws and I know how to... oh, food, yes, you can leave that right there - and they join the Quendi for breakfast.

"Would you like to visit the zoo first, or see some of the other things the city has to offer?" asks Kenozì.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Zoo first."

Permalink Mark Unread

"All right." And they take turns telling them about other things they might do in the city afterward - museums and themed gardens and art galleries and theaters and sporting events for elves and their animal companions and maybe not everything they could've found to do in Tirion, but a pretty good variety of options nonetheless.

And then breakfast is done, and they clean up and put the leftovers away in the kitchen for Nidela and lead the way to the zoo.

Permalink Mark Unread

Where he talks with the animals.

Permalink Mark Unread

Most of them are at least passably content. Some want to be released. Some have other complaints or requests - different food, different neighbors, more cover in their enclosures, more time with their keepers, to be bothered by the keepers less often, and so on; a few of them complain of medical issues that haven't been noticed, and a few more take the opportunity to give more details about medical issues that the keepers have been treating. Aside from being kept against their will, none of the animals seem to be being mistreated; as before, it's fairly obvious that the elves are at least trying to do right by them.

Permalink Mark Unread

Which is good, because he has orders not to pick a fight, not if they're getting anywhere on convincing the elves to stop starting wars. He translates. He doesn't make anything the animals say more diplomatic but he doesn't make it less so either.

Permalink Mark Unread

Defiyi takes notes; after each section they go to meet with the elf responsible for it to hand them off and answer any clarifying questions.

The zookeepers thank him, and say they can't promise anything without discussing it with each other and their supervisors but that if he'll be in the city that long they should have more information in a few days. They think, however, that almost all of the requests can be accommodated - except that they're not willing to let most of the animals that want to be released go, given the difficulty of finding replacements.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I might be able to find you replacements for the animals that want to leave, if that'd help or anything. I'll try."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It would, yes." And the zookeeper describes where the relevant animals can be found, and Defiyi takes notes.

Permalink Mark Unread

Probably the best they're going to get.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yup, probably.

It's a big zoo; even going through it at an efficient non-sightseeing pace they've only gotten to about two-thirds of it by midday, when the elves suggest they break for lunch.

Permalink Mark Unread

They don't need to eat this often, but they go along with the suggestion.

Permalink Mark Unread

They wind up at a cute little café that offers a dozen kinds of soup and baked potatoes with a variety of toppings. The elves make small talk, and work their way around to asking what being able to talk to animals is like.

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's a little hard to describe. You know how we can send thoughts and ideas, like we did with the songs? Well, around animals, I can receive them as well as send then - just from the animals, of course. But since animals don't think like Quendi, we have to spend a while sharing thoughts and ideas to sort of establish enough common reference points to talk."

Permalink Mark Unread

"So you get to really know what being them is like. That's amazing." Elves: jealous. It's a religion thing.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'd be happy to try sending it to you. I know it's not quite the same, but it might be interesting."

Permalink Mark Unread

Their eyes go wide and they clasp each others' hands and nod.

Permalink Mark Unread

So he sends! What it's like to be everything he's talked to today, one at a time, as clearly as he can remember it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ooooooo.

"Thank you so much!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Any time!!"

Permalink Mark Unread

That is so cool. They'll have to tell the other acolytes; maybe they can set up some kind of group demonstration before he goes.

For now they finish their lunch and head back to the zoo.

Permalink Mark Unread

Where he's delighted to help out with everything, because they appreciate him and it's great!

Permalink Mark Unread

They do! It is!

It's midafternoon when they finish visiting all the animals and relaying all the messages. They make a quick stop to see the head zookeeper, who gets a overview from Defiyi and then thanks Tyelkormo for his help and assures him that she'll make the necessary changes.

"What would you like to do next?" asks Kenozì.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Quendi would love to go somewhere pretty.

Permalink Mark Unread

There are lots of places like that. Defiyi suggests the water garden; Kenozì agrees that it's a good choice, but if they'd prefer something else she can suggest things.

Permalink Mark Unread

They have no objections to the water garden.

Permalink Mark Unread

The water garden is, as the name suggests, focused heavily on water plants, in arrangements ranging from natural-looking ponds stocked strictly with unmodified plants to one-of-a-kind custom creations heavily integrated with spell-based fountains and waterfalls. Some of the displays are even interactive, for example the water lily pond with pads big enough to walk on.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Quendi are delighted and sing while they explore.

Permalink Mark Unread

The garden is less crowded than the shopping center they were in yesterday, but they still have an audience in short order. Defiyi and Kenozì keep anyone from getting too close, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Noldor don't really mind being crowded and admired, but they're happy to have the audience kept at bay, too.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, they're letting people close enough to admire them, but standard protocol - they're trained for this, that's why they were assigned to them - is not to allow crowding, so that's what they're going to do unless told otherwise. Plus, this way the Quendi can keep exploring the garden if they'd rather do that than stop and give another concert.

Permalink Mark Unread

They will sing and explore!

Permalink Mark Unread

The garden continues to be pretty, and the crowd continues to accumulate. After a while, two more pairs of elves arrive on hawks to help manage it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Elves are very organized! They mostly ignore all of this.

Permalink Mark Unread

Good, the idea is to allow them to do that.

Eventually, it becomes dinnertime.

Permalink Mark Unread

They will stop singing to eat.

Permalink Mark Unread

The crowd disperses as they head out of the garden; the extra pairs of elves call down their hawks and leave as well. Kenozì suggests a restaurant, and once they've settled in, asks, "Did you have anything else in mind to do while you're here?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"That was all we wanted to achieve with this trip, really."

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods. "Well, you're more than welcome to stay as long as you like - I imagine you'll want to wait for your companion to recover before you leave." What's the deal with that, anyway?

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, definitely. And it's beautiful here. We will probably stay a few weeks, but hopefully won't be so much of a distraction all the time."

Permalink Mark Unread

Both elves grin. "It's no problem, really."

"If you're going to be here that long, maybe we can arrange for you to give a real concert," suggests Defiyi. "If you'd like to."

Permalink Mark Unread

They would like that!

Permalink Mark Unread

The elves don't know how to arrange that themselves, but Defiyi knows who to talk to about it; he asks them some basic questions about the logistics and says he expects to hear back about it in a few days. Then Kenozì starts asking about what kinds of things they might want to see - there's plenty of gardens if they want to stick to those, but also plenty of other things; she can work out a schedule for them, if they want one, once she has a better idea of what it should include, or at least give them a list of suggestions better than what she can come up with off the top of her head.

Permalink Mark Unread

Gardens and monuments and pretty peaceful things sound very relaxing.

Permalink Mark Unread

She can do 'relaxing'. She'll have a partial list of suggestions ready for them in the morning.

Permalink Mark Unread

They thank her and head back to their guest house.

Permalink Mark Unread

Where Nidela is curled up on the couch with Ila at her feet, looking mostly recovered. How'd it go?

Permalink Mark Unread

It went well. They tell her about it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh good.

Sounds like you really made a difference here, Tyelkormo.

Permalink Mark Unread

Huh? Nah, it was the lying to them about what their gods want.

Permalink Mark Unread

I meant at the zoo, that counts. And it helps with the other thing, too. Imòla sounds like a good guy, but he can't do everything by himself.

Permalink Mark Unread

I hope it helped.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm sure it will. It looks like proof you're real. And it's the kind of thing everyone will see that way.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, if it works. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Sounds like it will. And if it doesn't, that's not your fault.

 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah but it'd mean we'd have to do something else.

Permalink Mark Unread

...yeah, so then we do something else. I really don't think it'll make anything worse, to have done this. And, ow, checking that was kind of painful, maybe she should be doing less of that kind of thing.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hmm?

Permalink Mark Unread

It's - Imòla needs to convince everybody to do what you said. That's going to be hard. It sounds like he's going to try, but he might not be able to do it with what he has now - I don't know, I don't know the people here. But you proving that you can talk to animals is a thing he has, though, and it's ... simply useful? It'd be hard for someone who disagreed with him to argue with it. It might not be enough, we might need to give him more things, but that was still definitely a good thing to give him.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, I got that, what I didn't get is what was painful.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh. Thinking, about anything complicated.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. Later?

Permalink Mark Unread

She shrugs. I'm mostly okay. I'm not going to be awake much longer, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah but there's nothing that can't wait.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. She snuggles back into the couch.

Permalink Mark Unread

And he leaves. Can always come back tomorrow.

Permalink Mark Unread

And Nidela naps on the couch, and raids the kitchen for leftovers, and makes her way to bed.

When Kenozì and Defiyi arrive with breakfast, she makes her way to the main room, Ila padding alertly alongside.

"Oh, hello, are you feeling better? I'm Kenozì, that's Defiyi, we're your guides. Muffin?"

Nidela tightens her fingers in her cat's fur and takes a moment to regret getting out of bed. "Some. Thank you." She takes the pastry and lets Ila guide her to a chair.

Permalink Mark Unread

And the Quendi come down for breakfast and join them.

Permalink Mark Unread

And there's sliced fruit and savory muffins and spicy fried potatoes with cream sauce; it's all very tasty.

 

As the meal wraps up, Kenozì turns to Nidela again. "Will you be joining us today?"

Ila's head snaps up and her ears go back and she growls. Don't you dare...

Nidela rests her hand restrainingly on Ila's shoulder. Kenozì blinks; what a rude cat. "You really should have her trained better than that if you're going to bring her places."

Nidela tenses. This doesn't help with the growling.

Permalink Mark Unread

"She's distressed because her companion's sick," he says irritably. People. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's really no excuse," Kenozì opines - no animal who would threaten an elf should be allowed in the city.

"She's looking after me." Talking hurts, but that's rote enough to not hurt much, at least. "Going would be," ow, "dangerous," ow. "She knows." Nidela would very much like to be done with the talking now, please. Her thoughts are starting to fracture again.

Kenozì looks assessingly from elf to lynx and back - did she train her to do that? That would be super sketchy, even more than keeping a (rare, even among wild-caught ones!) elf-aggressive animal in the first place. Maybe not worth risking a diplomatic incident over, though; they still haven't worked out why she in particular is traveling with the Quendi. "All right. You should probably leave her in your room, though, if she's going to get that upset."

...and there's Ila growling again.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Quendi suggest that the Quendi get going now.

Permalink Mark Unread

Kenozì takes the cue; Nidela takes the opportunity to go back to her room.

Sorry, she sends as they're leaving. Kenozì apologizes, too, almost simultaneously: "Sorry about that. We don't usually allow aggressive animals in the city at all; I suppose that kind of thing isn't so dangerous for you."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Valinor had dinosaurs," he says, and sends them.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, wow. And they're particularly aggressive? Most animals won't attack elves, even the giant ones."

Permalink Mark Unread

"If you bother them or get in their space, yes. They won't attack Oromë, but that does not extend to us."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Huh." That's a surprising design choice, give all the other goodies their species has. Gods, though, who knows.

She's quickly distracted by the need to work out their plans for the day; as promised, she has a list of attractions for them to consider.

Permalink Mark Unread

And they are appreciative and eager and pick out some that sound nice (really, the ones that sound prettiest.)

Permalink Mark Unread

Elves don't quite have the Quendis' standards for prettiness, but with plants and nature as a common theme they can make up at least some of the difference with variety and innovation.

After lunch, they stop by the zoo again; the head zookeeper meets briefly with them: the straightforward changes are being taken care of immediately; most of the rest will be rolled out over the next few months, with a few of the more complicated or effort-requiring ones still under discussion. They're also willing to release any animal the Quendi can acquire a replacement for, and some of them even if they can't; arranging to return them to their native habitats is complicated, but they're working on it.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Quendi are appreciative and would be delighted to go find replacements and will hand out the magic trinkets they brought along wherever they might be appreciated, as a token of the new cooperation between elves and Quendi.

Permalink Mark Unread

The elves are more impressed with the workmanship of the trinkets than the magic - glowing things are pretty common here; the quality of the light is a little unusual but not remarkable to casual inspection - but they're very impressed with the workmanship.

They visit another garden - this one arranged along a path through the trees, designed to attract songbirds and butterflies - and go to a restaurant for dinner and then head back to the guest house. Nidela is sitting in the living room, but retreats back to her room when she sees them approaching.

Permalink Mark Unread

They thank their guides and retire as well. Did you eat today? Tyelcormo asks her.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, they have someone bringing me meals while you're out.

Could you talk to Ila? She's still upset and she's not really listening to me - she's afraid I'm going to leave without her again, I'm pretty sure.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, sure, but not at range. Want me to come in?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, thanks.

Nidela's sitting cross-legged on the bed when he comes in, with Ila taking up the rest of the space on it. She looks considerably better - she's moving more easily, sitting up under her own power rather than relying on the furniture to keep her upright. Ila, on the other hand, is tense, obviously stressed.

I wasn't awake when they brought lunch, so I don't know if anything happened, but we were down in the common room when the guy brought dinner, and - I don't know if he surprised her or she's just that upset right now, but he didn't even do anything and she growled at him. We're going to get in trouble if she keeps doing that, these elves don't know her like the ones she's used to do.

Permalink Mark Unread

What's up? he asks Ila.

Permalink Mark Unread

We need to go home, before they take her away again, and I don't know how.

Permalink Mark Unread

No one's taking her away. She's with us and they don't want to offend us. And I can probably just give you guys a teleport back - I haven't had a spell break in months, but I still wouldn't do it on you, I'll just do a mat or something...

Permalink Mark Unread

We need to go home. She relaxes slightly.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, okay. Do you want a spell?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah.

Permalink Mark Unread

So he concentrates and makes them a teleport pad to return to the pastures by Lake Mithrim. Rip it up afterwards, I'm not totally sure of my casting yet. And aloud, "this'll take you home if you want."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

...I'd have to take it out of the city to make it look like I'd left instead of mysteriously disappearing, and I don't think I can do that yet, even if you're sure you'll be okay without me. And I did still want to go to the library.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. Your call. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods. I'll do it if she needs me to, just - I knew this was a risk when I agreed to come, I'm going to be fine - I pretty much am, actually, it's just that it'll be easier for that to happen again for the next few days - and if I can be useful here, I want to. Like, I don't want to stress her out, but, if I've gone through this anyway I feel like should make the most of the opportunities I have because of it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Makes sense.

 

And, after a pause, cities suck.

Permalink Mark Unread

Very much so.

 

I can tell you about what happened, if you want, by the way. Questions would still help but I can, like, describe it or whatever.

Are we going home? Ila chimes in.

Permalink Mark Unread

She doesn't want to go home yet, he tells Ila.

 

I guess what I want to know is what you need me to do.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ila rests her head grumpily in Nidela's lap and Nidela apologizes to her and kisses the top of her head.

The most important thing is to get me someplace away from people and quiet - Ila knows to do that if she's with me. If it's not too bad I just need to be left alone for a couple hours and maybe have a nap and I'll be fine; if it is too bad - and this is the worst one I've had in at least a couple decades - then I definitely need to be left alone to sleep, and I need to eat a little more than usual - it's sort of like recovering from an injury, that way.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. And do you want someone managing - before it gets like that -

Permalink Mark Unread

That might help? I'm usually pretty okay at it, but noticing I'm having trouble gets harder when I start having trouble; it does sneak up on me sometimes. That wasn't the problem this time, though, I knew going out was a bad idea and I was just too far gone to stop it from happening anyway.

Permalink Mark Unread

That sounds ...unpleasant. I'm sorry. I can try to drag you out of the way if I notice your thoughts getting scattered -

Permalink Mark Unread

When it's happening it's usually just confusing, at first - I forget I can do things, and I sort of remember that there are things I should be able to do but not what they are. If there's enough left that I can do what I'm trying to do, I'd usually rather be left to do it, but if there's not, or if I'm losing stuff too fast, yeah, go ahead. Or if I'm in a lot of pain, that's a bad sign even if I am still functional and usually by then I'm not making very good decisions.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Thanks. And - it's okay? This is hard but I'm used to it.

Permalink Mark Unread

That's good to know, thanks.

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods.

You all right?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. I - get stressed when I feel like people're judging me for not having done something right, but they didn't say what they wanted. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh. "Kitty, let me up -" She shifts to the other bed and hugs him. Usually people don't want to help at all. So I really don't - expect better than that? It's not a surprise, I know you expect yourself to be better, but I'm not... used to the idea that asking for things works, yet, I guess. And that's definitely not your fault.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Oh. Okay. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Hug. You're really good and I'm not sure why you think you're not.

Permalink Mark Unread

You just have really low standards. Not that I blame you.

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't think it's just that. Ila likes you, too, and I'm pretty sure she has higher standards than I do.

Permalink Mark Unread

She seemed pretty mad at me.

Permalink Mark Unread

She didn't growl at you when you came in, did she? She's been upset - not surprising, really - but she's not mad at you.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, okay. 

 

Well, let me know. If you do want the teleport, or whatever.

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods and unhugs. I think I'll be okay. But thank you.

Permalink Mark Unread

Any time. Glad you're okay.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. Thanks.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure. 

 

And he leaves.

Permalink Mark Unread

She putters around for a bit and takes Ila out for a walk, returning without incident an hour later; she goes to bed at dawn, and half an hour later Defiyi arrives with breakfast.

Permalink Mark Unread

Eating this often is weird but they thank him and everything.

Permalink Mark Unread

He doesn't seem to think it's weird. Breakfast is quiet - Defiyi is much less of a conversationalist than Kenozì - but otherwise unremarkable, and then they head down to the gardens, where the missing elf is waiting for them, subdued.

"I'm sorry for upsetting your companion," she says simply, and waits for their response, making no move to join the group; the apology isn't entirely spontaneous - her supervisor had a talk with her last night, apparently - but it is sincere, not so much in the sense that she approves of Ila, but in the sense that she agrees that she was out of line in how she handled the situation.

Permalink Mark Unread

They assure her that it is fine, some of them a bit confusedly, and admire the gardens.

Permalink Mark Unread

The gardens continue to be pretty and interesting. Defiyi has heard back about using the concert hall and brings it up over lunch; there are three days available in the next week and a half, and he reserved the last of them for them, but it's no problem to switch to one of the other two if they'd rather.

Permalink Mark Unread

No, that works.

Permalink Mark Unread

Excellent.

And after lunch there are more things to see - they've managed to get reservations for a tour of the new experimental orchards if the Quendi are interested in that, or there's a very nice path garden that goes up to the top of the highest tree in the city, or they could visit some of the city's monuments and freestanding artwork, or - they still have their list; there's plenty of options.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Quendi should really get back home where people are pulling triple shifts to make life workable in a war zone, but while it's still a good idea to be here making sure the 'no genocides' thing takes root they will enjoy all of these amenities.

Permalink Mark Unread

The elves are oblivious to this concern, of course.

When they return to their suite after dinner, Nidela is curled up on the couch with a book; two more are stacked on the nearby table. She returns the book to the stack when they come in. Hi!

Permalink Mark Unread

Hi! Looks like we're here another week and a half, giving a concert then. Do you think by then we'll have done enough that the druid can work with it?

Permalink Mark Unread

Probably. I might be able to go talk to him and figure out if there's anything that'd be more useful than just wandering around being seen - talking to peoples' companions for them comes to mind, if you'd be up for it, Tyelkormo.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, sure.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. I'll try to do that tomorrow, then.

Permalink Mark Unread

And the next day there are more attractions.

Permalink Mark Unread

And when they get home in the evening Nidela is taking notes on the books. Hi guys! Turns out it's a good thing I stayed, I was close but not quite right taking care of Nehton's leg - she'll be fine, I think, but I'll need to change some stuff around when I get back.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, good to know. We should probably be asking to read some of their books too, come to think of it...

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure, I don't think they'll mind. Did you ever figure out the alphabet?

Permalink Mark Unread

I can't read even in my own language, but some people did.

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods. Well, reading's not tiring, if you want me to read anything for you.

Permalink Mark Unread

Stuff about magic forms here, maybe. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods again. I already have one that has a section on the plant changing form, I thought we might want to bring some seeds back and I wanted to check what kinds of things we can get that'll breed true.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, that sounds like the sort of thing we want.

Permalink Mark Unread

Want me to read it for you? I think you have to be a mage for it to really make sense.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, that'd be great.

Permalink Mark Unread

So she does. The book isn't really focused on the magic per se, but in trying to explain what is and isn't possible to enspell on a mature plant vs. a seed or an individual plant vs. a line and why, it does give some useful advice on techniques for isolating and applying traits in general.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, all of that is going to be pretty useful. Any chance we can get any books to take home?

Permalink Mark Unread

Books're pretty expensive, but yeah, they should have spares of most of them.

Permalink Mark Unread

What should we trade?

Permalink Mark Unread

You still have those coins from when we came in, right?

Permalink Mark Unread

Some of them; will that be enough?

Permalink Mark Unread

Probably for a few, I'd have to check. But if someone goes and gets some more jewelry to trade down there, that won't look too strange, just don't go to the same merchant if it's more than we could have had with us from the beginning.

Permalink Mark Unread

Makes sense. No one'll notice if we vanish from our rooms, right?

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. If you're still gone in the morning we'll need something to tell them and I'm not sure you'd be able to leave the area the usual way without someone noticing, but if you're back by dawn it should be fine.

Permalink Mark Unread

Can't imagine it'd take long. 

 

And he goes home to get more stuff to trade for books. Everyone is very much in favor of this trade.

Permalink Mark Unread

And she goes over the procedure for trading things for coins again and gives him an estimate of what he should expect to get for them. You'll have to wait until daytime, though - most elves aren't nocturnal.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, we noticed. It's fine.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. Are there any other things you want to get while we're here? I was kind of hoping to get a couple more hats, and those seeds...

Permalink Mark Unread

Works for me.

Permalink Mark Unread

All right. Put some money aside for that, and you should still be able to get maybe twenty or twenty-five books if you don't care about the scribing quality, which I don't think you're going to if we're going to be translating them anyway.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm sure it'll bother us, but we'll live, yeah.

Permalink Mark Unread

Even the nice ones probably wouldn't be pretty enough for you. And nobody but me needs to look inside them.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, fair. I'll go get them in the morning.

Permalink Mark Unread

If you want me to go with you I can probably handle it, if you don't mind waiting until after lunch. She'll have to be careful, and she should come right back afterward, but it should be okay so long as nothing goes catastrophically wrong.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sounds good, if you'd like to.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. I'm curious what they have, actually, the village didn't get many books. Kind of the one thing I like about cities.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure.

 

 

So they go together.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's the biggest library in the kingdom, with several thousand books. A clear majority are fairly straightforward collections of information on various topics, though adventurers' memoirs are also well represented and there's a selection of short story and poetry collections. Nidela first takes a quick look around to familiarize herself with their organizational system, and then starts looking through the section on magic.

Did you want to focus on anything specific? They've got some good stuff here but I don't know if you're looking for more introductory stuff or advanced stuff or things about other species' magic or what.

Permalink Mark Unread

Maybe a mix? Some introductory stuff, for sure, unless it's all going to be so simple that if you can safely cast you're past it...

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't know enough about how magic works to know, she points out, and starts looking through one of the introductory magic books - it is indeed all stuff he's either figured out or at least noticed he might want to ask the kobold about.

Permalink Mark Unread

Then advanced stuff, I guess.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay.

Scanning the table of contents and reading a couple sample paragraphs is generally enough to get a good idea how good a book is, and they've soon found four that they definitely want - two on plant modification, one about advanced tricks with all the elves' spell forms, and one about complicated spell triggers - and another six that look interesting. The ones on other species' magic are mostly speculative, but there is one, arguably a misfiled adventurer's memoir, that's an attempt to catalogue every single spell form.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, worth grabbing just in case.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yup.

Animal care section, next: since the only animals they have are horses and Ila, they can focus pretty well - Nidela does briefly consider suggesting they get some chickens or rabbits or something for the city, the kind of livestock you can basically just give space and food and not worry about too much, but she decides against it. She finds a couple books on equids - one solidly intermediate, one advanced and comprehensive - and a similar pair on big cats. I don't need the intermediate one myself, but if something happens to me it'll help you take care of Ila - up to you whether it's worth getting just for that.

Permalink Mark Unread

More useful than just asking Ila?

Permalink Mark Unread

For some stuff, yeah. She can tell you if she's sick or hurt but I don't think she'd know what to do about it, especially if it's something new, and this covers that.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay, then yeah.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. ...actually we should probably get something on medical care for elves, too...

The section on elf care is much less comprehensive than the section on animal care; Nidela is frustrated.

Permalink Mark Unread

Why is that, religion?

Permalink Mark Unread

Mm, sort of? That explains why the section on animals is good more than why the section on elves is bad, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

Why's the section on elves bad?

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't know. Compared to the animal section, it's probably that looking after animals is part of our job and looking after ourselves isn't, but I was still expecting it to be better than this.

Permalink Mark Unread

Stupid outlook, if that's the reason for it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah.

Elves start wars for dumb reasons, I guess you can't care too much about people if you're going to do that.

Permalink Mark Unread

But even if all you care about is animals, you have to take care of yourself to take care of them.

 

Do people wonder what it's like to be a kobold? Or does that not count?

Permalink Mark Unread

...sometimes? But that's... I'm not sure what you think that'd mean but it's not a good thing, usually, it means they think they're not people.

Permalink Mark Unread

It seems like it'd be harder to randomly murder people if you understood what it was like to be them, or were really trying to.

Permalink Mark Unread

Which is probably why they don't. The religion says we're supposed to start those wars, lots of things are set up for that.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well. Now it'll change.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. And back to the books; she finds three that could be at least somewhat useful and sets them with the other possible ones.

Anything else?

Permalink Mark Unread

Stuff on humans.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hmm. What kind of stuff?

Permalink Mark Unread

Anything, honestly? Medical's important, but...social and political stuff too, if they have that.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hmmmm. Let me see what I can come up with.

Medical stuff is even sparser for humans than for elves; the only book that seems useful at all is a short work comparing elven and human responses to various drugs. (She adds it to the 'definitely' pile.) The other sections are more fruitful: there are books chronicling the histories of two nearby human cities - it looks like there's one commissioned every fifty years for each of them, going back a little over a thousand years - and a scattering of other works on various aspects of local human society.

Nidela goes through the history collection and finds the ones that cover how the humans handled various events - a plague, a famine, a sudden jump in the availability of metal tools after they learned new smithing techniques from the dwarves, a period of general poor rulership and civil unrest - and suggests that they also get one or both of the most recent volumes to get a better look at how they usually live.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, that sounds good. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. I think that's it... she takes one last look around. Do we want anything about the religion? I know the basics, but if we're going to do this again it might help to know more than that.

Permalink Mark Unread

I suppose it might, yeah. We have money for more?

Permalink Mark Unread

She counts the piles. Yeah. One or two if we get everything we're even considering.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. Maybe some stuff about science, unless they're hopelessly behind us.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure, let me see.

They're behind, but not hopelessly so; they've got better saddles and other animal-related things, and food storage, and ceramics, and astronomy, and some very advanced stuff on ecosystems and wild forest husbandry - but I think I know enough about that to help with anything you'll actually want to do, just keeping things from going extinct can be hard but it's usually not that complicated. And I think we're a little better than you at using things efficiently, too, but I don't think there'll be a book on that exactly.

Permalink Mark Unread

Probably not. Food storage sounds important. Astronomy - I think our world just works differently on that one -

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. It might be a good idea to see if we can figure out how it does work sometime, it seems like they can do some really clever things with it here, but that sounds like way too much work to be worth it right now.

She picks out two books detailing different food storage techniques, organizes the collection by importance, and prepares to bring them up to the desk. I might need you to take over talking to them, I'm still a little shaky with that.

Permalink Mark Unread

So he goes up to the front to request the cheapest copies of each of these books.

Permalink Mark Unread

The librarian boggles a bit; Nidela manages to speak up and reassure him that they have the money for it.

"Okay. Um. Thank you. I'll have to see which of these we have more copies of; I can have that for you by tomorrow afternoon if that's all right?" Their backup book storage is on the other side of the city; he's not sure he shouldn't get one of his coworkers to cover the desk and go now.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yes, that's fine."

Permalink Mark Unread

"All right. Thank you. Is there anything else I can help you with?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"That's it, thanks."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you."

 

Nidela collects Ila and starts leading them back; along the way, they pass a hat shop. Hey, she points it out. Doesn't look too crowded, want to have a look?

Permalink Mark Unread

Uh, okay, why?

Permalink Mark Unread

I can't wear a bunch of my clothes since I don't have hats that look okay with them, it'd be nice to fix that.

Permalink Mark Unread

Uh, sure. Do we have money for it?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, it should be fine, the kinds of hats I wear aren't expensive and I only need a couple.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. So he waits while she shops for hats.

Permalink Mark Unread

She looks at the hats; there's a pretty good selection of the kind of wide-brimmed floppy ones she likes.

You know, I never did get around to asking what's up with the braids.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hair is considered intimate among the Eldar. 

Permalink Mark Unread

...oh. Uh, okay then. Good thing hats are good enough, then.

Permalink Mark Unread

What's the problem otherwise?

Permalink Mark Unread

I, uh. Have trouble doing fiddly little stuff with my hands? Like, I can learn eventually but it takes a long time. And braids, uh, are that. And the next step if hats hadn't worked to stop people from looking at her funny would have been asking for help, probably - might've tried cutting it, but she likes her hair long - and she feels a little sick just thinking about that, now.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ah, yeah. People back home start young so that's not a problem, I guess. Hats work.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah.

Hats: she picks some out.

How much of a problem is it going to be to get hats if we don't have a convenient trip to this world to buy them on?

Permalink Mark Unread

I mean, can't you just make them?

Permalink Mark Unread

I guess I can pick up sewing, but it'll take me a while to get any good at it.

Permalink Mark Unread

We're not really producing luxury stuff right now, because of the war. Guess people might have some already.

Permalink Mark Unread

This seems like kind of a different thing than that.

 

Okay.

Permalink Mark Unread

No one'll say anything if you just tie it back, and Nelyo'll talk to them if they stare. It's not more important than food or walls or armor.

Permalink Mark Unread

That really doesn't seem sufficient - the problem is her being uncomfortable with people thinking of her that way at least as much as them possibly being rude about it - but maybe she'll come up with something better by the time it comes up.

Permalink Mark Unread

I mean, they definitely aren't. If that helps.

Permalink Mark Unread

Some, yeah. Not as much as it would if she understood why, but that'd involve thinking about this more.

Permalink Mark Unread

You're a different species and also Quendi - don't. In wartime. Ever.

Permalink Mark Unread

Huh. Okay. That does help, and it's very different from how elves do things - not so much the species part, that's not taboo or anything but is uncommon, but they're encouraged to have kids when there's a war on.

Permalink Mark Unread

If that comes up there's gonna be a fistfight or something, that'd be considered really evil back home.

Permalink Mark Unread

Huh. Well, it'll be pretty easy for it not to, I'm not going to have kids anyway.

Permalink Mark Unread

I mean, if the elves here mentioned it to some Quendi, not with you personally.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh. It probably won't? Unless you're planning on having a bunch of personal conversations with people or something, and even then I don't think it'd be very obvious if it did. They'll probably think the send-your-kids-to-be-acolytes program is sketchy, too - because it kind of is - but it's not actually clear that that's what it's for without more details than would generally come up.

(The shopkeeper is starting to stare; she buys her hats and continues on her way.)

Permalink Mark Unread

I'll give everyone a heads-up just in case.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay.

Permalink Mark Unread

So when they get back he does that.

Permalink Mark Unread

Everyone is in fact horrified at the idea of having children in wartime. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She isn't really sure what the big deal is, but she's certainly not going to defend the practice; she tries to stay out of it.

Permalink Mark Unread

They are debating whether to tell the elves the gods disapprove of that too.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

She can't really think while they're doing that. She goes to her room.

Permalink Mark Unread

They end up deciding to wait until the current revelations are taken into account.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nidela reemerges from her room a while later. All done?

Permalink Mark Unread

They are still talking, but they tell her the conclusion to that particular discussion.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay.

I'll be surprised if you can get them to stop altogether, but if you can get them to stop starting wars it'll be much less, anyway, even if you don't do anything else.

Permalink Mark Unread

They aren't happy about this, but there are more important priorities.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yup.

Permalink Mark Unread

The next day he goes to sell all their goods so he has enough money to pick up their absurdly expensive order of books.

Permalink Mark Unread

The traders' district is crowded and noisy and hard to navigate if you don't read the language.

Permalink Mark Unread

Then this will be a pleasant day.

Permalink Mark Unread

He's making his way through a group of stalls buying things to be enspelled by the city's mages when there's a commotion a few aisles away; people are yelling something about a kobold and trying, not very effectually, to run away.

Permalink Mark Unread

He pauses and looks.

Permalink Mark Unread

There's too much in the way to have a hope of seeing the kobold if there is one, but from how the crowd is moving there's certainly something small and quick scaring them.

Also, a dozen elves with swords are converging on the area.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, the kobold he knows mentioned it was suicide to go to the city. Hopefully this is a suicidal kobold.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure is fleeing a lot for 'suicidal'.

The alarmed shouts come closer as the kobold ducks through a stall and onto a closer pathway.

Permalink Mark Unread

Maybe it was suicidal and changed its mind? Maybe it's just really really really stupid. As are the Elves, to be fair. People suck. 

 

He can't think of a way to do anything about this situation.

Permalink Mark Unread

The kobold continues avoiding the guards and trying to make their way back out of the city. They're having more luck with the former than the latter, so far.

The crowd thins out, slowly at first but progressively faster as it gets easier to move.

Permalink Mark Unread

He could, do something distracting? No, likelier to distract the crowd than the guards and that doesn't help.

Permalink Mark Unread

The crowd continues to thin, and he gets a look at the kobold - they're a dusty brown color, panicky, unarmed, and carrying a small leather bag.

The thinning crowd is more helpful to the guards than their target; they start to close in.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, drawing the crowds off wouldn't have helped. Can he target something moving that fast for a teleport? No, no he can't. 

Permalink Mark Unread

The kobold tries ducking under another stall, but one of the guards is too close when they come out. They block her sword slash with their arm, roll between her legs, and dart into another stall, bleeding heavily.

Permalink Mark Unread

Now can he target a teleport? - no, he shouldn't, the elves will reportedly freak if they think kobolds have teleportation.

Permalink Mark Unread

The kobold doesn't reappear right away; one of the guards checks the stall and then the ones around it; the others fan out a little to watch the area.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Do you want me to talk to the kobold for you?"

Permalink Mark Unread

The nearest guard turns to look at him, confused and annoyed. 'Kobolds don't talk."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can talk to animals. I don't know if I can talk to kobolds because they're people who don't talk, not animals, but I could try it. More civilized than swords."

Permalink Mark Unread

He's skeptical. "Sure. Tell it to come out."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Why would it do that? You'll kill it. I was thinking of telling it that if it gave the thing it stole back it could leave the city in peace."

Permalink Mark Unread

"And then it comes back tomorrow with friends. Nah, we'll take care of it."

Permalink Mark Unread

Sigh. If he sees the kobold he can try teleporting it even if that fucks up everything.

Permalink Mark Unread

After another couple minutes, the guards go to check the stall the kobold is hiding in, and the kobold makes a break for it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Literally everything about this situation is infuriating him and there is nothing at all he can fucking do -

Permalink Mark Unread

The kobold is fast, but still bleeding badly, and visibly flagging. And the guards are fast, too, and coordinate well; soon they have them boxed in.

In a last, desperate bid for freedom, the kobold lunges for one of the guards, trying to bite him; the attack lands with the sound of crunching bone and a scream. Two of the guards immediately converge on them and grab the kobold by the scruff of the neck.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, look, a still target. Teleport.

Permalink Mark Unread

The guards are alarmed and then confused, trying to figure out why the kobold didn't just teleport away when they were first spotted. One of them starts helping his injured coworker go get his arm taken care of; the remaining ones debate for a few more seconds and then start searching the area in hopes of finding the kobold mage they're guessing is nearby.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Kobolds don't have a teleportation spell," he says. "But Quendi do and our gods command us not to stand aside for the killing of prisoners."

Permalink Mark Unread

The guards are not pleased about this. "Well, that's not how we do things here." Fucking worthless kobolds; fucking worthless kobold sympathizers.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, I'd noticed. If it were how you did things here there'd have been no call to intervene. He's thousands of miles away, he won't encourage any of his friends to try it."

Permalink Mark Unread

The leader of the guards is finally starting to calm down enough to put together that a) this is one of those Quendi he was told in no uncertain terms not to bother, and b) if he can in fact teleport, they're very, very outmatched. Being an undeclared mage and aiding a kobold may be a bridge too far on the first point, but even if that were his call to make, the second one still stands.

"With an injury like that it's probably dead anyway. C'mon, team, let's go report it."

Permalink Mark Unread

He goes home.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nidela's still asleep; Ila notices him come in and pads out to say hi.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hi."

Permalink Mark Unread

She headbutts him affectionately. You seem stressed.

Permalink Mark Unread

Just people being worthless idiots, nothing new.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah.

It'd probably be okay to wake Nidela if you want someone to talk to.

Permalink Mark Unread

I am pretty used to people being terrible, it's okay.

Permalink Mark Unread

All right. She curls up carefully on the couch.

Permalink Mark Unread

He goes upstairs and flops and scowls.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ila checks in on him briefly after half an hour, but otherwise leaves him alone until Nidela wakes up, at which point she herds the elf up to his room. Hey, something happen?

Permalink Mark Unread

People were being stupid. So, same thing as every fucking day.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ah. She sits on the edge of the bed. Somebody in particular?

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, firstly the stupid fucking kobold who thought sneaking into the city to steal things was a great idea - also injured one of the guards pretty badly, but I doubt they intended their robbery to also include grievous injury - and then the stupid fucking guards who refused to listen to any conclusions other than 'kill it'.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh no.

Permalink Mark Unread

A note about bad things: freaking out about them doesn't help. But yep. Worthless idiots.

Permalink Mark Unread

Not much does help, she sighs.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, I teleported the kobold back to Lake Mithrim. Dunno if that helps but it isn't like I was gonna not do it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Of course you did. I bet it does help.

Permalink Mark Unread

He was injured but people can fetch him out, sing some healing songs. Yell at him for being such an idiot.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah.

Permalink Mark Unread

Flop. Sigh.

Permalink Mark Unread

...backrub. Tentatively at first, then firmer if he doesn't object. Do you want to go home for a bit after lunch, make sure they're okay?

Permalink Mark Unread

I might sneak out, yeah.

Permalink Mark Unread

Good.

She's pretty good at backrubs; she keeps going.

 Did you get the stuff traded, or should I go tell the library we'll be an extra day?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, got it, this was on my way out.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. I can go get the books if you just want to hang out here today.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nah, I don't mind.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay.

Backrub continues. Eventually, someone arrives with salads for lunch.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yay. He sits up to eat.

Permalink Mark Unread

They're pretty tasty salads. The delivery elf asks if they need anything else and then goes about his day.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Gonna go get the books now. You coming with?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure, let me get Ila's saddlebags. And off they go.

Permalink Mark Unread

Book-buying.

Permalink Mark Unread

Book-buying. They have copies of all of them except the advanced spell tricks book, the human/elven drug comparison, and one of the two recent history books; they also don't have any lower-quality copies of the intermediate cat care book, and Nidela checks again whether Tyelkormo thinks they should get it - they can afford it, with the three missing ones out of the budget, but that's really a lot of money to spend on something they might not ever use.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, it's not like they're doing anything else with the money. Honestly he doesn't fully get the concept of money. They presumably cannot instead use it to pay off the guards to let kobolds go or anything?

Permalink Mark Unread

...bribing people to do things is something money is used for, yes, though she's not sure how and bribing them to let kobolds go seems pretty implausible, especially all the kobolds.

The other thing she was planning on using money for was buying seeds; they can buy the book without touching the money she was planning on using for that, but if they don't, they can buy a lot more seeds, or fancier ones, or small plants instead for some of them.

Permalink Mark Unread

...seed'll probably save a lot of lives, yeah.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yup. She completes the transaction and loads up the saddlebags.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Now that they know I can teleport I can just take these all home now."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Okay."

Permalink Mark Unread

So he does that. Is the not-idiot kobold around?

Permalink Mark Unread

Both kobolds are holed up in the original's room; the new one appears to be unconscious.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, he probably shouldn't interrupt if they're working on healing and stuff. He tries to remember if any of the books have anything useful. Couple might. Hey, he says to the first kobold - kobolds really need names if there are gonna be several - kid gonna be okay?

Permalink Mark Unread

Maybe. Their arm's a mess and I'm not sure what falling in the lake is going to do to it, but I think if they make it through the next couple days they'll be okay eventually. Theft gone wrong, or did you have an adventure?

Permalink Mark Unread

They stole something, yeah. I don't suppose it survived the lake and I can give it back to its owner? 

Permalink Mark Unread

Nope, they must've dropped it or something.

Permalink Mark Unread

I've got books on healing if you want me to go fetch someone who can read them.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

That's probably not urgent, but it's a good idea.

Permalink Mark Unread

So when he pops on back he says to Nidela they might want those healing books to help the idiot kobold.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure, I can get started on those as soon as there's someone to work with me on it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Bet I can find a healer who's free and needs to learn anyway.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sounds good.

Permalink Mark Unread

He does find this. He introduces them.

Permalink Mark Unread

And they get to work; after consulting with the kobold they start with the one on infections and how to treat them.

Permalink Mark Unread

He's not much use here so he leaves.

Permalink Mark Unread

The suite is still empty. Someone brings dinner at the usual time; he's been warned that Tyelkormo is a mage of unknown capability, but isn't too worried about that.

The other Quendi return a little while later, led by Imòla rather than the usual guides; the elf is outwardly composed, but anxious, worried that the events of the morning are going to compromise his ability to do what the gods have asked, and that trying to find a solution to that problem are going to put him in conflict with his guests.

"Tyelkormo, good, I'm glad you're still here." He sits carefully on one of the chairs. "Would you mind telling me about what happened this morning? I've heard the guards' side of it, but I'd like to hear yours, too." Perhaps the Elda already has an idea of how it might best be handled?

Permalink Mark Unread

"My gods do not allow us to kill prisoners, or stand witness to the killing of prisoners. Therefore when a prisoner was about to be killed I sent him instead to the land of the gods, where they will judge him as they see fit. I did not mean to make your life here more difficult. Sorry."

Permalink Mark Unread

He nods - that one is going to be an extremely hard sell if they ask it of them, but he'll handle that if and when it comes up, hopefully when there isn't someone in the hospital possibly about to lose an arm to a kobold bite. "And the way you sent the kobold - is that magic of the type we're used to, or something different?" Talking to animals isn't something magic can do; he asked the mages about that shortly after hearing that Tyelkormo could do it. But teleportation is, at least in theory, and that's the rumor that's going around, and if it's true, that's a problem.

Permalink Mark Unread

"I can't say. In Valinor there was no distinction between magic and gifts of the gods."

Permalink Mark Unread

He frowns thoughtfully. "Are there limitations to it?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"All I can do is teleport a willing person to the gardens of the gods."

Permalink Mark Unread

Imòla relaxes considerably. "That is very different from the magic we're used to, thank you. I'll let everyone know they have nothing to worry about."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I'm glad I could help! And sorry for scaring you."

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's fine. Has the rest of your stay been enjoyable? Is your companion recovering well?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's been lovely. I think she meant to ask you whether there were things we could do while here to help you carry out the will of the gods better."

Permalink Mark Unread

"There are some people it'd be useful for you to meet, yes, if you're interested in doing that; I've been working on a list." It wouldn't do to forget someone, after all. "Perhaps we should have a dinner party?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Ugh. 

 

"My pleasure."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Of course, if you need the time to prepare for your concert, that's more important." He doesn't think that's the case, but it's a valid excuse, and he's confident he can bring them around just fine on his own, it'll just take a little longer. And they'll all have front-row seats to the concert, and it'll be quite impressive itself.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Nah, it's just - I rode with Oromë, I didn't do meet-and-greets."

Permalink Mark Unread

Imòla nods. "I'll make sure they know." His gifts lie elsewhere, nobody is going to judge him for that.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thanks."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Is there anything else I can do for you?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"You're already doing a lot. I appreciate it."

 

There, Nelyo, that was the most responsible fucking conversation with an authority figure I have ever had, if you still existed you'd be so proud...

Permalink Mark Unread

"All right. Thank you again; don't hesitate to ask for me if anything comes up." And off he goes.

Permalink Mark Unread

Flop.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nidela returns a few hours later, checks on him, commences backrubs.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's all okay on the using magic. Lied, said it was a different kind. If anyone demands to be sent to Valinor I will now have to send them but I'm sorta okay with that.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm.

The kobold's doing okay. The new one, I mean.

Permalink Mark Unread

Good. Awake?

Permalink Mark Unread

They were for a little while, yeah. Panicked, but the other one got them to calm down.

Permalink Mark Unread

I bet they were panicked. Poor kid.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. Better than leaving them here, though. Backrub backrub.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, yeah.

Permalink Mark Unread

I should talk to the kobold, maybe, see if there's a way to get them to stop doing that. I don't think elves are going to stop trying to defend their stuff.

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't blame them. I have stuff that's really important to me, if someone were taking it away I'd be furious. I was only mad at them for being ready to kill him after they'd stopped him.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah.

 

I'm not really sure what else they should do, though? Keeping them prisoner doesn't seem very much better.

Permalink Mark Unread

Maybe there's a way to keep them out of the city with magic? We can send them very far away, but I don't know if elves can do that.

Permalink Mark Unread

Magic doesn't work on kobolds unless you cast right on them. They actually checked that, back during the war, but it was pretty obvious even before.

Permalink Mark Unread

If they touch a teleport pad, will they not move? Maybe they have the same protection spell their kobold gave them, on all the time... maybe they could be convinced to stop doing that, since it makes it impossible to handle them non-lethally?

Permalink Mark Unread

Nope. Unless there's something weird about teleportation, I guess, but none of the other kinds of magic worked.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ugh. The kobold thought it'd be nearly impossible to get kobolds to stop stealing.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, it seems like they know it's dangerous, and they're not stealing because they need to, they don't go after food or anything. If they were going to stop I think they would have already. But maybe there's something we haven't thought of.

Permalink Mark Unread

We can't just put them all somewhere no one minds, apparently they'd panic.

Permalink Mark Unread

I bet; so would I.

Permalink Mark Unread

Quendi must be unusually resilient or something. Ugh.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, maybe. If you can talk to them, that might help - I've actually been wanting to ask, do they really not talk? Since ours obviously does.

Permalink Mark Unread

Very few of them can talk. It's rare and a big deal.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ah. So talking to them might work.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. They know that stealing from elves gets them killed, I don't know if they realize that stealing harms people.

Permalink Mark Unread

Usually it doesn't, exactly? How they do it, I mean. They don't take food or supplies or anything we really need, most of the time; they look for jewelry and shiny stuff like that. Which is upsetting, sure, but nobody's going to go cold or hungry over it.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Enemy took some jewelry. Stealing harms people.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Okay.

Permalink Mark Unread

Jewelry can be - something your grandmother who died before you were born asked your father to give to you, so you'd remember her, jewelry can be the first craft you ever pulled off by yourself, jewelry can be magic, it can do things, it can protect people, it can be something that someone worked a lifetime to get. Stealing. Harms. People.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mm. One more firm knead, and then she scoots over and pats the bed to suggest that he sit up.

Permalink Mark Unread

He is thinking about Formenos. He does not sit up.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

She curls up next to him.

I'm sorry. I didn't know.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's fine. Neither do they, probably.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah.

 

Do you want to talk about it?

Permalink Mark Unread

Not really. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. She rests her arm carefully across his back and stays there, not thinking about anything in particular.

Permalink Mark Unread

And after a while he gets up. Gonna go for a walk. See you later.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay.

Permalink Mark Unread

He does. He tries not to glare at people.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's much less crowded in the city at night, and easy to avoid the places the elves are still congregating; if he wants to be left alone, that's not hard to accomplish.

Permalink Mark Unread

Good. He walks for most of the night.

Permalink Mark Unread

The city is beautiful in the dark, with all the walkways and platforms bordered with soft, variously-colored lights.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, lovely. 

Permalink Mark Unread

And when he gets back, Nidela is curled up on the couch with one of the books.

Permalink Mark Unread

The guide elves'll probably be by any minute with plans for the day.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, she doesn't seem inclined to move, regardless.

 

Kenozì and Defiyi do arrive in short order, with breakfast and suggestions for the day. "I'd like to... go... seed shopping, this afternoon," Nidela brings up. "Someplace quiet."

"I know a place," Defiyi offers. "Will the rest of you be coming too?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Some of them will! Some will check out some of the other attractions.

Permalink Mark Unread

And they finalize their plans, and Nidela goes to bed while the rest of the group heads out into the city.

The morning proceeds mostly as usual - they're not going to run out of gardens to tour - except that some of the elves are avoiding the group, now, hesitating to get close to them or leaving when they notice them coming; it seems that the rumor about Tyelkormo being a mage hasn't been completely neutralized.

When they return to the suite after lunch, it's obvious that Nidela has just woken up, but she's ready to go after a few minutes.

Permalink Mark Unread

And several Quendi are eager to go seed-buying with her.

Permalink Mark Unread

Defiyi leads the group to an out-of-the-way seed market that is, as promised, quiet this time of day. Nidela starts with the medicinal plants, getting some of everything, and then moves on to food - focusing on high-yield, nutritious, easy-to-care-for staples, but with a few treats added in - and utility - plants specialized for producing cloth, paper, ink, dyes, bug repellent, rubber, and so on; there's quite a variety, and most of them are strictly better than what the Quendi already have, if they have sources of them at all.

As the coin collection dwindles, she checks with the Quendi to make sure there's nothing else they should be buying on this trip.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nope, that sounds about everything they might need.

Permalink Mark Unread

Good. She finishes up the shopping, packs up the seeds, and arranges for the live plants to be delivered to the suite at the end of the day. There's just a little bit of money left over - they could pick out a few decorative plants or save it for something else.

Permalink Mark Unread

Save it, definitely.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure.

She'll head back, then; the Quendi shouldn't have much trouble catching up with the other group if they want to, but she needs a nap.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Quendi catch up with the other group.

Permalink Mark Unread

The plants are waiting for them when they get back from dinner; Nidela is curled up on the couch with a book again, taking notes.

Permalink Mark Unread

There are no further repercussions from Tyelcormo's unusual display. They stay in the city a little longer for the meet-and-greets. Then they go home.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nidela takes the afternoon to translate the care instructions for the seeds and plants, and then informs the stable manager that she's going to need a day or two to unwind and lets Ila herd her home.

The kobolds are still holed up in the original's room, with a sign on the door warning that it shouldn't be knocked on or opened.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Quendi are delighted to have the seeds, and plant them at once.

Permalink Mark Unread

And after a day or so it gets back to the kobold that the group has returned. Hey, Tyelkormo?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah?

Permalink Mark Unread

Pretty sure I know the answer, but did you enspell the other kobold directly, or did you manage to get them to use a spell somehow?

Permalink Mark Unread

How would I have done that, I take it this isn't a talking one.

Permalink Mark Unread

Osanwë might've worked, or something. Probably not, though, if you didn't try it.

Permalink Mark Unread

I also didn't have time.

Permalink Mark Unread

I know; I didn't think it was very likely.

Permalink Mark Unread

And I might have kind of told the elves he wouldn't go home and encourage all his friends to try it. Stealing is fucked up. In a society like the elf one, it probably does mean that people are gonna go hungry or not be able to take time off work when they're sick or not be able to travel or marry, and it means people can never ever feel safe, and things can be magic or sentimentally valuable.

Permalink Mark Unread

I know; I'm not saying they're right. I don't steal, I know what a big deal it can be. But I'm not sure we're going to be able to keep them alive, here - kobolds need companionship like Quendi need beauty and they're terrified of you.

Permalink Mark Unread

Because we look vaguely like elves?

Permalink Mark Unread

That can't be helping, but most kobolds are like this about anybody who isn't a kobold. Even I'd've had some trouble if I hadn't had time to get used to the idea before I came here.

Permalink Mark Unread

Are there any kobolds really far away from elves?

Permalink Mark Unread

Somewhere, I bet, but I have no way to find them.

Permalink Mark Unread

Can't do it the way we found humans in our world?

Permalink Mark Unread

Mm-mm. I can look for places where there aren't many people, but I can't check that none of the people are elves.

Permalink Mark Unread

Stupid idiot.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sigh.

Permalink Mark Unread

Do you need anything from me?

Permalink Mark Unread

Might want you to come in and sit with us, see if they remember you and that helps. Later, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. 

 

And he gets back to his neglected work.

Permalink Mark Unread

And she gets in touch with Maitimo. Hey.

Permalink Mark Unread

What do you need?

Permalink Mark Unread

Nothing right now; I just talked to Tyelkormo, though, and they told the elves we're not going to send Tirinquo home.

Permalink Mark Unread

We still can. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah.

 

They are enspelled.

Permalink Mark Unread

So their tribe won't take them? They can tell if a spell has ever been cast on someone? No way to hide it?

Permalink Mark Unread

Their tribe might take them anyway, they're from far enough away that they might have different customs about that. But it won't help, and they can't hide it - I can go with them and talk to their speaker about it if their tribe lets me get that close; that might be enough, but I won't know until we're there.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, they're welcome back here if it does not work out.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thank you.

How much does it matter if Tyelkormo finds out we broke their promise?

Permalink Mark Unread

I really don't think he'll care. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Mm - I think I'll play it safe anyway, they were in kind of a mood. We'll go in a couple days, the story is I'm taking the time to find a different tribe to send them to.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. I think he's just upset at the idea of people stealing from us some things we need to win the war.

Permalink Mark Unread

Something like that, probably, but they're grumpy at Tirinquo about it, better to avoid the conflict if we can. I think they'll hold out okay for another couple days.

Permalink Mark Unread

No, he's grumpy at Tirinquo for risking his life stealing things for thrills and also about the elf guard who lost an arm. 

Permalink Mark Unread

...hadn't heard about the guard. Okay, we'll go now, then. I'm not sure how long I'll be gone - at least a few days, maybe a week or so, their meetup won't be close to the city.

Permalink Mark Unread

Good skill.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thanks.

And a few minutes later, they're gone.

 

They return five days later, appearing huddled together on the bed, the new kobold shaking violently while the original tries to calm them. Back, she tells Maitimo after a minute. Couldn't get close enough to talk to anybody.

Permalink Mark Unread

I am sorry.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Yeah.

 

Sorry, distracted...

 

Tell me when you're not busy?

Permalink Mark Unread

Certainly.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thanks.

 

Tirinquo is sobbing, now, curled up on the bed in a little ball of misery. She curls up behind them, rests her snout on their shoulder, hugs them close, and waits for them to calm down, even a little.

It's going to be a while.

Permalink Mark Unread

And a while later - I am not busy.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hey. She sounds tired. I've been thinking about what we can do for Tirinquo, and there's really not a good solution, but there is one that seems best out of the things we can do, probably. You might find it upsetting to think about, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

Go ahead.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. So one of the plants I have is a drug that makes it harder to think of things as dangerous or scary - if the person who takes it knows that something's dangerous, they still feel that, but if they just think it might be, they don't. It's useful when things are stressful but there's someplace a person can be for a while that they know is safe, to let them relax for a while. I'm hoping that if I offer it to them again they'll take it this time and it'll let them be around Quendi without panicking, but it means we'll have to be really careful about keeping them away from anything risky.

Permalink Mark Unread

Is that what they want?

Permalink Mark Unread

They know what the plant is; if they don't want it they won't eat it. But if I offer it at all I'm telling them I think it's safe enough for it here.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, keeping them within the boundaries of the camp shouldn't be too hard.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. I might put a pinning hex on them, just to be safe, kobolds can be sneaky when we want to be. I'm more worried about dangerous things in the city, though, that they won't recognize. Like, what if they get into the forges, that kind of thing.

Permalink Mark Unread

That strong an effect, huh?

Permalink Mark Unread

It varies some from person to person, but if they saw someone working there without getting hurt they'd assume they could too, yeah.

Permalink Mark Unread

Then I guess you could make it a tighter pinning hex.

Permalink Mark Unread

If we're sure we'll think of all the dangerous stuff, yeah. Not sure how they'll react to that, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

Osanwë doesn't work to talk to kobolds who can't talk normally?

Permalink Mark Unread

They panicked too badly when we tried it to tell; I expect it will if they take the plant, at least somewhat, but we can't ask them anything that way before then.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. I'm not going to force them into anything if I can avoid it, but we might end up in a situation where they don't have any choices that're good enough - I will make sure that if they want to kill themselves they have a way to do that.

 

The other problem is... not so much that they might steal stuff exactly, if this works at all they're going to start thinking of the people here as their tribe and that's just not done, but they're going to have some trouble adjusting to the idea of personal property. I'm not sure what that might look like with them so I'm not sure what if anything we'll want to do about it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Do kobolds have the idea of places where it ought to be possible to find things? Like, everyone needs to be able to be sure that this item is in this location -

Permalink Mark Unread

Yep, we keep communal stores of things. I don't think it's very likely that they'll decide you're just messy or confused or something and try to put everything back where they think it belongs, but it's possible. More likely they'll decide you're being antisocial, though, and that's harder to predict what they'll do with it.

Permalink Mark Unread

No, I mean, can we explain that the current location of everything is where people need to be able to find it.

Permalink Mark Unread

...might be able to convince them of that, if osanwë works. They still won't see any reason not to walk off with peoples' things, but they'll at least put them back when they're done with them.

Permalink Mark Unread

Which should help a lot. Are they likely to damage them?

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't expect so. They'll know that that's antisocial to do on purpose, at very least.

Permalink Mark Unread

Then let's try that and see what problems arise.

Permalink Mark Unread

All right.

I'm going to wait until tomorrow to offer the plant, is there someone with nice calm body language who can help me see if it works?

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure. And he suggests someone.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sounds good, thanks. Around midday seems like a good time, if that works, if not we can be flexible, I'll just need like an hour, hour and a half's warning.

Permalink Mark Unread

That works. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Thanks. I'll let you know how it goes. And she cuddles her companion.

In the morning they're a little better: still prone to crying jags and still jumping at every sound that might be the door opening, but when she teleports their breakfast in, they manage to calm down enough to eat.

Late in the morning, she gets the medical supplies out of the dresser where they're stored, and changes Tirinquo's bandage; their arm is healing well. Then she gets out the stress-plant - a coil of vine with distinctive yellow veined leaves - and plucks a trio of leaves from it to offer to them.

The brown kobold looks from the leaves to her face, and then to the door, and back to the leaves, wringing their hands.

She sits back down on the bed, leaves still held where the other kobold can easily take them, and looks pointedly at the door and hums, quietly but reassuringly.

This gets her a skeptical look, but after a minute Tirinquo takes the leaves and just looks at them, holding them loosely in their hands, and after another minute, they sigh and look at the door and start nibbling at them.

Permalink Mark Unread

And when they're ready a nonthreatening Quendi will come in to say hello.

Permalink Mark Unread

They don't panic when their host approaches the door.

They don't panic when she opens it.

They don't panic when she beckons to someone in the hallway.

They don't panic, but their eyes go wide, when the Quendi comes into view.

They don't panic at the osanwë, but they don't really get the idea, either.

Permalink Mark Unread

What kind of thoughts are they having, are they readable?

Permalink Mark Unread

They are readable, if not organized into anything even approximating words.

They miss their tribe, they want to go home, they can't - it hurts, it hurts, a deep bruising ache, not just something wrong but everything wrong, nothing ever going to be right again; they're going to die, they know that; they aren't scared of it right now but that's only one way it's awful and all the rest are still there, untouched, a barely-ignorable ball of misery in the pit of their stomach making them want to curl up in a ball and never move again.

They're not going to curl up in a ball and ever move again, though. They want to live. But the temptation...

The other kobold is a mystery and a touchstone: it's possible to live, here; they're doing it. They don't know how, or if they'll be able to do the same - speaker and mage and healer, really? how, why... - but - there's hope there, and comfort; they want them to be okay, and that's not the same as having their tribe (their tribe, their tribe), but it's something.

And now a new person. The other kobold invited them, and this one trusts them - well, they'd have trouble not doing that, right now, but, trusted them when they ate the plant, trusted them when they came back - this might kill them (just an observation, not scary to think about right now) but they at least trust that it'll be better than what would have happened otherwise, so, here they are. They had an impulse to greet them, and that's weird, why does that keep happening, they hope it stops - but it passed, and now they're not doing much of anything - waiting to see if they're going to panic, probably, but they're not; this is by any reasonable standard terribly dangerous, but they don't feel it, they can wait calmly and see what happens.

Permalink Mark Unread

Shouldn't use osanwë, they experience it as impulses to do the thing we are sending. I think.

 

She sits down on the floor.

Permalink Mark Unread

That'd explain the panic. Okay.

Tirinquo looks from the Quendi to the other kobold, unsure what's expected of them. She pats their hand reassuringly and slips off the bed to sit at the Quendi's feet - you can pet me, it'll probably help.

Tirinquo is conflicted, but stays put for now.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Quendi pets her. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She leans into it and closes her eyes. After a couple minutes, though, she opens them to check on Tirinquo and gives a questioning chirp.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

Tirinquo starts singing, quietly, a simple tune.

Permalink Mark Unread

They're asking if you're... friendly, more or less. Joining in tells them you are.

Permalink Mark Unread

So the Quendi sings.

Permalink Mark Unread

That sure is some singing.

 

Tirinquo joins them on the floor; the other kobold scoots over to make room.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Quendi keeps singing.

Permalink Mark Unread

Tirinquo does too.

They're briefly tempted to try to get the Quendi to pet them; after a moment's indecision, they snuggle up to the other kobold again instead.

Permalink Mark Unread

That's fine.

Permalink Mark Unread

I think this is about as much progress as we're going to make today, the kobold reports after a little while. Thanks for your help.

Permalink Mark Unread

No problem. She leaves.

Permalink Mark Unread

They go cuddle on the bed for a little while, and then the original does some spellcasting work - the Quendi have been bringing things to a nearby storage room for her to enspell when she has time, and there's quite a backlog.

And then the stress-plant starts to wear off, a few hours later, and it's pretty obvious; Tirinquo moans and curls up again and trembles, and she stops working and goes to hold them.

Fifteen minutes later, they've calmed down enough that they're just clinging quietly to her, and she osanwës Maitimo. Busy?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. It's not urgent.

Permalink Mark Unread

And a while later - what do you need?

Permalink Mark Unread

Nothing at the moment; I wanted to let you know how it went.

Permalink Mark Unread

How did it go?

Permalink Mark Unread

About as well as it could've. They took the plant; it helped a lot - they were still nervous about some things but calm enough that they could handle it. They still wanted me around for reassurance, but I'd've been kind of worried if they didn't, really. The one thing that didn't go so well was the osanwë, it seems like they can't tell osanwë'd thoughts from their own; we might be able to figure out how to explain it, but I haven't figured out how yet.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. I'm glad to hear it. How are you doing?

Permalink Mark Unread

Holding up okay. I miss my friends in the other camp, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

Understandably. I hope you can meet with them again come summer.

Permalink Mark Unread

That too, but I meant the Ñolofinwëans.

Permalink Mark Unread

He won't be okay even for a few hours?

Permalink Mark Unread

If I had to, but not for this - I can't tell them when I'd be back or even that I plan to come back, remember.

Permalink Mark Unread

Are you planning to spend all your time with him for the next while?

Permalink Mark Unread

Another couple days at least, yeah. Ideally I'd stay until there's at least one Quendi they feel comfortable being left with, but I don't think I can wait that long - I should stay at least until they're not so upset about just being here, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

That makes sense. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah.

I do think they'll be okay eventually - they seemed open to the idea of Quendi as tribemates, and that's the most important thing - but I'm not sure if 'eventually' is going to be more like weeks or more like years.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well. As long as it doesn't come up often, we're okay.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah.

 

The next day, she offers stress-plant leaves with breakfast and lunch, and after lunch, at Tirinquo's prompting, they leave the room to go for a short walk.

Permalink Mark Unread

The encampment is very pretty and full of Quendi.

Permalink Mark Unread

That's a lot of Quendi. Tirinquo is quickly overwhelmed, but resists when their companion tries to bring them back to the room, so she finds a bench for them to sit on and watch the crowd.

Permalink Mark Unread

Most of them are working or passing through in a hurry.

Permalink Mark Unread

The kobolds sit for a while, and then Tirinquo notices someone bringing in supplies for dinner and decides to follow them.

Permalink Mark Unread

The person goes to a warehouse and starts dividing supplies for delivery by household.

Permalink Mark Unread

Tirinquo watches for a few minutes, then approaches, hesitantly, and starts helping, mimicking what the Quendi is doing as well as they can without straining their injured arm.

- don't osanwë them, the other kobold sends. They won't understand it and it'll upset them if you try.

Permalink Mark Unread

...okay.

 

They can be helpful. Each household gets a bag like so.

Permalink Mark Unread

They can do bags like so, no problem. The other kobold joins in after a few minutes; the work goes much quicker with all three of them doing it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Then the bags can be delivered!

Permalink Mark Unread

The kobolds will come along, if that's okay?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yep!

Permalink Mark Unread

Off they go, then.

Permalink Mark Unread

They leave a food satchel at the door of every house.

Permalink Mark Unread

The full bags are too heavy for Tirinquo to carry one-handed, so they pretty much stay in the wagon. They like the wagon, though, it makes a good vantage point for watching people come and go.

Permalink Mark Unread

They will not be begrudged a spot in the wagon.

Permalink Mark Unread

And eventually all the bags are distributed.

Do you do this every day? asks the kobold as they head back to the warehouse.

Permalink Mark Unread

Twice a week. Want to help every time?

Permalink Mark Unread

They might, yeah. I'm not sure what else there is that they could do, though, they might end up doing something else instead.

Permalink Mark Unread

All right. I'm not sure - they could help with the planting and harvest? Do they have magic like you?

Permalink Mark Unread

They don't, no. They can definitely help with harvesting; I'm not sure about planting, but we can give it a try.

Permalink Mark Unread

All right! Stars guide you!

Permalink Mark Unread

You too!

And they head home.

 

Tirinquo did really well today, she tells Maitimo, later.

Permalink Mark Unread

I am glad to hear it.

Permalink Mark Unread

She explains how they spent their afternoon. I'm not sure they're going to be able to figure out a twice-a-week schedule, though. What'd really work best would be if there were a few different things that they could do any day they wanted to, that'd be the closest to what they're used to doing - someone can come get them to do things sometimes, but if that happens every day or they're pushy about it they'll get upset, they don't know there's a war.

Permalink Mark Unread

We were not expecting them to be able to help, don't worry about it. I will ask someone to recommend you some things that they can do without advance planning.

Permalink Mark Unread

Great, thanks.

How's everything else doing?

Permalink Mark Unread

Everything is going well. Thank you.

Permalink Mark Unread

All right.

 

I miss you, too, you know.

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't have emotions about people anymore. I'm sorry. I know I'm supposed to.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sigh. I know that, that's not what I meant.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's good that it's going to work out for him to be here.

Permalink Mark Unread

That's not what I meant either. I miss you.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm sorry. 

Permalink Mark Unread

 

...I don't want you to be sorry? There's nothing to be sorry about. I just want you to know that I care about you like that.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thank you. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She sends a little burst of affection. Better. Good night.

Permalink Mark Unread

Someone comes by to suggest a list of things to do. Watering plants. Delivering rations. Fishing, once the water is all cleared up. Repairing simple broken things.

Permalink Mark Unread

Over the next few days she takes Tirinquo around to try those things. They find the fields and greenhouses confusing, but they're fine with delivering things, and the visit to the repair shop reveals that they're reasonably skilled at carving and interested in doing that, so she finds an appropriate workshop and asks if they'd be of any use there.

Permalink Mark Unread

They are happy to have them sit and carve things.

Permalink Mark Unread

Excellent. Over the next couple days she gives them pointers on communicating with nonspeaking kobolds and makes sure that they understand the osanwë issue and the stress-plant issue, and when Tirinquo seems solidly settled in, she makes herself a listening necklace and teleports back to the Ñolofinwëan camp.

Findekáno?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes?

Permalink Mark Unread

I can't stay long, but things've settled down enough that I could check in at least. Everything okay?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes. No problems.

Permalink Mark Unread

Good. She has a reasonable guess of where he'll be this time of day; she heads in that direction. The new kobold is healing up okay, but their tribe wouldn't take them back when I tried to bring them home. They're settling in really well considering, but it's probably still going to be a while before I can leave them alone for long.

Permalink Mark Unread

Don't worry about it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. I miss you guys, though, even if everything else is okay.

Permalink Mark Unread

I can imagine. The new kobold can't come here?

Permalink Mark Unread

I can probably bring them, yeah. I wanted to check with you first, though, if I bring them and they get away from me there could be problems: we can't communicate with them yet - they don't understand that osanwë is people talking to them - and they're on a drug that makes them not realize that things might be dangerous and they don't understand the idea of personal property. None of those have been problems yet, but it's still a risk.

Here she is at the place. Is Findekáno also here?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes.

 

That does sound like a problem. People would probably treat them like a very small child, and be stressed to have a child around in wartime. That might be unpleasant all around.

Permalink Mark Unread

Findekáno: hugged. That is definitely a thing that's happening now.

...yeah, I suppose that's fair. I'm hoping we'll have the osanwë problem worked out in another couple of days - I'm waiting until there's someone they know a bit to work with them on it - and once that's done we can try with the personal property thing, but not knowing things are dangerous is probably going to be a problem for a while, without the drug that's doing that they panic around Quendi.

Permalink Mark Unread

That sounds like a powerful drug, that makes you unable to know you are in danger.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. It's not quite as bad as I'm making it sound, but it's definitely something you have to be careful with.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. Good skill on the osanwë problem.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thanks.

She snuggles for another minute, and then: I should get back. I should be able to check in again soon, but don't worry if I can't.

Permalink Mark Unread

Kobolds track time on the scale of days much more than Quendi do. It did not seem long to us, don't worry.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. Hug. See you when I can, then.

 

Back at the workshop, Tirinquo has been waiting worriedly for her to return, and goes to get a hug and mutter unhappily at her when she comes back in, but doesn't seem otherwise the worse for wear.

A couple days later, she approaches the Quendi they seem closest to. I'd like to try osanwë with Tirinquo again, would you like to help?

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure. What do you need me to do?

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, the problem, I think, is that they're not used to anything being in their head that's not them - they don't talk and they're not used to being talked to, so that's how things have always been for them. So when someone osanwës them, they think it's their own thought and get upset that they're having thoughts that don't make sense. So what you need to do - if I'm right - is to explain what osanwë is, just as facts, not as a conversation or anything.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay, I can definitely do that.

Permalink Mark Unread

Good, thanks. And she goes and gets Tirinquo's attention.

Permalink Mark Unread

And the person sends this is a Quendi mind. These are Quendi thoughts. The Quendi is sharing thoughts.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Uh?

Okay, uh.

If that's true it's deeply weird and they don't like it. Though they do like it more than the alternative, they guess.

Is it true?

The other kobold did indicate that something was about to happen... so, probably... Speakers can practically read minds if they know you well enough, but Tirinquo doesn't think this one knows them that well yet, and knowing that that would happen before it did is something else again... okay, probably true. Still weird.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Quendi can stop thought-sharing if Tirinquo does not like it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah.

Permalink Mark Unread

Understands it, prefers we not do it, she reports.

Permalink Mark Unread

Great. Tell them we might need to tell them things with osanwë sometimes anyway, if they're important?

Permalink Mark Unread

That'd be doing it again, and they just asked me not to.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. Thanks for your help.

Permalink Mark Unread

Of course.

Permalink Mark Unread

Back to work?

Permalink Mark Unread

No, actually. Tirinquo wants to go for a walk, clear their mind a little.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay.

She goes with them, of course.

Permalink Mark Unread

...no, a walk alone.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

...all right.

Tyelkormo, are you around?

Permalink Mark Unread

Speaking loosely enough. What's up?

Permalink Mark Unread

Not sure if you've been told, but Tirinquo's on a drug that makes them not think of things as dangerous, so they shouldn't be alone, but they want some time away from me. By which I mean they just walked off. Can you come keep an eye on them?

Permalink Mark Unread

Sigh. Sure.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thanks. We were working on explaining osanwë to them and I guess even going slow it was a little much. She sends the location.

Permalink Mark Unread

And he follows the idiot kid around.

Permalink Mark Unread

Tirinquo would object to this description if they were in any way aware of it, probably.

They walk, and occasionally stop to peek in a window or watch someone work for a little while before continuing on.

Permalink Mark Unread

As long as nothing gets stolen and no one gets hurt, all okay.

Permalink Mark Unread

Neither of those things happen.

Tirinquo does get lost, but that's not particularly obvious to casual observation.

Permalink Mark Unread

He'd notice it from their thoughts, though. Then he can walk in front of them and back to where they're staying.

Permalink Mark Unread

Of course that only works if the kobold realizes there's a reason to follow him, which they don't.

Permalink Mark Unread

Idiot kid. He can try one more time, trying to get their attention before doing the same?

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, it gets them to stop and look confused at him, at least. Why is this stranger trying to interact with them?

Permalink Mark Unread

He walks towards the kid's house. If the kid does not follow, that's his own problem.

Permalink Mark Unread

They follow. They still want to know what he wants.

Permalink Mark Unread

He opens the door to their house.

Permalink Mark Unread

This gets Tyelkormo a extremely dubious look: Tirinquo is not sure she's being propositioned, but that's certainly one interpretation of this situation.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sigh. He finds a discolored brick on the house and starts fixing it, singing.

Permalink Mark Unread

...okay.

The kobold heads back toward the wood shop.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well presumably now the kobold is not lost. He ignores them.

Permalink Mark Unread

And a few minutes later: Thank you.

Permalink Mark Unread

No problem. They okay?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, why?

Permalink Mark Unread

Means the afternoon wasn't wasted. Take care.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ah. You too.

Permalink Mark Unread

And he heads back out.

Permalink Mark Unread

The next few days go well enough; the kobolds spend them at the wood shop or walk around the city to take care of whatever casting needs to be done. They go to the magic workshop once, and while it's not a disaster, keeping a close enough eye on Tirinquo to make sure they don't interfere with anything delicate is hard enough that they don't go again.

She keeps Maitimo updated - Tirinquo is doing well, and getting steadily more comfortable with not knowing where she is; they should still have someone keeping an eye on them but soon it won't need to be her. He also suggests that she take a name as well; at his recommendation she starts going by Rána, wanderer.

One day, they head to the library; Rána has been asked to add some light spells there. When she comes out of her casting trance, Tirinquo is standing in front of her with a book, and chirps curiously at her; she explains by pretending to read it aloud, gently tapping each word with her finger as she speaks, and Tirinquo's eyes light up.

"Well, you'd have to learn the language first," she muses, "but I suppose there's no reason not to try." She starts going through a modified version of the exercise used to check prospective Speakers: if she claims that a particular written word is spoken like so, and asks them to repeat it back when the word is pointed at a few seconds later, can they do that?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes, yes they can!

Permalink Mark Unread

Excellent. And that night she tells Maitimo about it. I don't know if they'll actually be able to learn to speak or write, or if they'll want to. But they might be able to learn to read without doing either of those.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, wonderful!

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. Do you have anyone with time to teach them? Or I can ask the other host, they'd probably be willing.

Permalink Mark Unread

I am sure I can find someone who has the time.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thanks.

Permalink Mark Unread

He recommends her someone.

Permalink Mark Unread

And the next day the kobolds go see them.

Permalink Mark Unread

And this person is working very long hours because of the war but can take a break to teach reading.

Permalink Mark Unread

Rána has better penmanship, but Tirinquo is the more enthusiastic learner; they learn most of the alphabet.

Permalink Mark Unread

Good! They can keep practicing.

Permalink Mark Unread

They do that; the bit where neither of them knows spoken Quenya (yes Rána is a Speaker but she's been busy, okay) isn't a significant hurdle yet. Rána writes some Animalperson words; Tirinquo tries, mostly unsuccessfully, to read the books at the library. They're back in a few days for the rest of the alphabet.

Permalink Mark Unread

Which he will happily teach!

Permalink Mark Unread

Excellent.

Now the hard part: actually learning Quenya. For this they really should go to the Ñolofinwëan camp; they're also busy, but not as busy, finding off-duty Quendi to sit and watch and listen to will be much easier there. Rána drops Tirinquo off at the wood shop and goes to ask about it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure, there are some people over there who can do it.

Permalink Mark Unread

This is going to take a while; even kobolds who're good with language aren't very good.

Permalink Mark Unread

That's okay. It will be a change of pace for people.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. Hug. I'll go see if they want to come now.

They don't, as it turns out, but the following day they're willing. One of Rána's friends is among the off-duty elves; she snuggles up next to them, with Tirinquo on her other side.

Permalink Mark Unread

And her friend tries simple sentences in Quenya.

Permalink Mark Unread

Rána picks up the language steadily - easily by kobold standards, not quite so impressive by Quendi ones. Tirinquo... it's hard to tell, without reading their mind; they repeat the words back readily enough, but don't try making new sentences or asking questions.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Quendi think not being able to talk is horrible, but they refrain from saying so.

Permalink Mark Unread

Rána notices anyway, and bristles slightly, but doesn't say anything either.

After most of an hour, Tirinquo sighs and snuggles up closer to her and stops repeating words.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, they can do more some other time.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yup. They take a break to walk around and do some casting, and then Rána leads them back to the group, but Tirinquo is still uninterested in repeating words.

Maybe we'll just sit for a while - I'm not sure how they learn best, listening might help too.

Permalink Mark Unread

So for their benefit everyone speaks aloud.

Permalink Mark Unread

And the kobolds listen, and Tirinquo remains silent and cuddlesome.

When they go home that night, Rána writes out some of the words they heard over the course of the day, and those Tirinquo will say. Next she tries a question: Tirinquo okay?

Tirinquo reads that, too, and then looks confused.

"Tirinquo okay?" repeats Rána. "Yes, no?"

"...yes," says Tirinquo, and then writes down the words. "Yes okay."

Permalink Mark Unread

Excellent.

She takes another fifteen minutes or so to write out more of the day's vocabulary, and then reports in with Maitimo. They're not going to be able to learn to talk - a few words, maybe, but probably not even that - but it looks like they're going to be able to read and understand people talking to them.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, good.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah.

Are you going to want to meet them, once they have enough vocabulary to talk to?

Permalink Mark Unread

If they would like.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. I'm expecting that to take months, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

That's not a problem at all.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay, good.

Any other news? Doriath, the humans?

Permalink Mark Unread

Now that you're picking up Quenya you can read our reports!

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm not picking it up that quickly. But if you really want to get rid of me I suppose I can wait until I can.

Permalink Mark Unread

I am rather desperately scrambling to make sure everyone in this city has everything they need, and it has me all delighted about ways of getting things out to everyone at once. The humans are doing fine, do you want to visit them again sometime? The babies still die sometimes for no apparent reason and it's awful.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, I've been wanting to check in there - next time Tirinquo seems bored, maybe. I'm glad they're doing well.

Permalink Mark Unread

Me too. Thank you for finding them.

Permalink Mark Unread

You're welcome.

Permalink Mark Unread

Need anything?

Permalink Mark Unread

Nah. Oh, Tirinquo's probably going to share my room permanently - kobolds don't usually sleep alone - so if you'd been worrying about where to put them, you don't need to.

Permalink Mark Unread

I am glad that works for you both.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. Okay, I'll let you get back to work.

Permalink Mark Unread

Likewise. Take care.

Permalink Mark Unread

You too.

The kobolds keep working on learning Quenya; Rána brings hides and ink when they visit the Ñolofinwëans so they can take notes, and because Tirinquo continues to be much more comfortable with written language than spoken - not that they're very forthcoming in either, but they seem to like transcribing what they hear, and they're willing to answer written questions sometimes, if the possible answers are written down for them too.

Permalink Mark Unread

That is useful; it is nice to have some means of communicating.

Permalink Mark Unread

...yup. Though kobolds generally do fine without it.

Permalink Mark Unread

It is good that kobolds are happy with their lives.

Permalink Mark Unread

She should probably explain why this topic bothers her so much, if it's going to keep coming up. So, uh: before she came here, she spent like half her life working to get people who thought kobolds weren't people because they didn't speak to stop doing that. Because they'd hurt her tribe very badly because of it.

Permalink Mark Unread

That sounds like good and important work. 

 

Since people would quite reasonably assume kobolds weren't people, speech being the only thing that makes Quendi different from animals.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

Really.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, definitely.

Permalink Mark Unread

She would've thought it was something more like 'ability to make thoughtful decisions', but maybe she's wrong about that one. C'mon, Tirinquo, let's go for a walk.

Permalink Mark Unread

Have a nice walk!

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, walk. She gets out of sight of them and sits and just breathes for a bit.

Permalink Mark Unread

And Tirinquo will cuddle her.

"They wrong," they put together, after a little while."Kobold person. They wrong."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah." She hugs them tight, tucks her face against their shoulder. "They're wrong. We're okay."

Permalink Mark Unread

Cuddles. And after a little while Tirinquo hauls Rána to her feet and leads her to one of the places they often go to eat lunch, where there are comfy chairs to curl up in by the fire.

Permalink Mark Unread

There is a lot to do for the war. Everyone is still putting in very, very long hours.

Permalink Mark Unread

That's fine. She doesn't really want to talk to Quendi right now anyway.

They're still there come dinnertime; Tirinquo is going over their vocabulary notes and Rána is watching the fire, listlessly.

Permalink Mark Unread

They have found a way to use teleportation to distribute food more efficiently. At dinnertime it appears wherever people usually eat.

Permalink Mark Unread

This is among those places; Tirinquo fetches it for them.

 

Rána isn't hungry. Tirinquo cuddles up next to her, worried.

"I'm okay."

Tirinquo doesn't believe her.

Permalink Mark Unread

(The efficient food teleportation is letting them feed the Falathrim, too. They have been careful about displaying their capabilities but the Enemy is unlikely to find out about food appearing in distant cities. The shift after dinner is called sunset, though it stretches seven hours, and most people spend it practicing magic or weaving cloth or writing up and transferring information.)

Permalink Mark Unread

Eventually it's bedtime, and she brings them home.

Permalink Mark Unread

The shift after sunset is starlight; it is everyone's favorite. Most manual labor happens during starlight, and most forge-work, and there are extra guards on the walls.

Permalink Mark Unread

The kobolds sleep through it, as usual.

In the morning, Rána is still withdrawn; Tirinquo gets them breakfast, and then sits with her for a little while and, when that doesn't seem to be helping, goes through their notes and composes a message and brings her and it to the workshop.

'Who Rána friend?' the message reads, 'Show where?'

Permalink Mark Unread

It takes a while but someone eventually figures out that this probably means 'find Tyelcormo' and a minute later a grumbling Tyelcormo is summoned back from several hundred miles away again and tries to hide how much he hates this. What?

Permalink Mark Unread

Rána blinks at him, then at Tirinquo. Uh.

Permalink Mark Unread

Permalink Mark Unread

...sorry?

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm not mad at you. I like being out, and don't like being in the city, so whenever I get called when I'm out and thinking I can be out a couple more days and they're like 'come back to the city' it puts me out of sorts.

Permalink Mark Unread

She relaxes a little. Yeah. So, sorry.

Permalink Mark Unread

Tirinquo takes this cue to take her hand, put it in Tyelkormo's, and shoo the both of them back outside.

Permalink Mark Unread

What's up?

Permalink Mark Unread

People're awful? You knew that already, but.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, it's why I don't like coming back to the city.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. Wasn't thinking I could leave Tirinquo alone yet, or I would've gone out, too... not so sure I would've come back, either. Sigh. Go for a fly?

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure.

Permalink Mark Unread

That helps. Slowly, but it helps.

 

Thank you for saving them, by the way. We've probably all been too busy to say that.

Permalink Mark Unread

Almost made everything worse. It probably wasn't a good thing to do. I'm not sorry, obviously.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. She flips over to glide on her back. - thank you for thinking we're worth it, is I guess what I want to say.

Permalink Mark Unread

Any time. That's why we all went down to that fucking city in the first place.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Yeah.

Permalink Mark Unread

Maybe it even worked.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Even if it doesn't it matters a lot that you tried.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm glad it helps you feel safe or whatever, but no, not really. Trying isn't good enough, not on real problems.

Permalink Mark Unread

...it's not good enough, but it still matters. Most people don't even try, most of the time. It matters that you do. It matters that you think we're worth that. Not everybody would. Or does.

Permalink Mark Unread

Right, because most people suck. Doesn't mean you have to lower your standards.

Permalink Mark Unread

She chuckles. Sure. Find me a hundred more like you and we'll go start our own tribe.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'd probably still want to wander most of the time.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, I know. She grins, then goes more serious. I meant, kobolds are social, we can't function without people around. So I can't just decide I'll only ever be around people who're good enough, not without something really unlikely happening.

Permalink Mark Unread

That must be really hard.

Permalink Mark Unread

Deep sigh. Yeah, sometimes. It's harder here, kobolds have better ways of dealing with it.

Permalink Mark Unread

I bet they do. Also I'd like most people a lot better if they didn't talk.

Permalink Mark Unread

She laughs. Yeah.

Permalink Mark Unread

Flying is nice.

Permalink Mark Unread

Tyelkormo is nice.

Permalink Mark Unread

Tyelcormo is flying. It follows from the above equivalence relations.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure.

 

Eventually: I should go eat. ...I still don't especially want to.

Permalink Mark Unread

Wanna talk about it?

Permalink Mark Unread

Sigh. People've been being kind of jerks about Tirinquo not talking - not jerks to them, but, jerks. And when I pointed that out they just got worse, and, like, these're supposed to be my tribemates? - I'm not sure I can explain it without explaining why that in particular is a big deal for me, but it really is, and I don't do well with feeling tribeless these days either.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sorry.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah,

It's - when people start saying that the only difference between people and animals is people talk, what I hear is that they think it'd be totally okay to hunt us. For food. Because that's happened. I really can't.

Permalink Mark Unread

Do you mind it if they know that? That that's what you hear?

Permalink Mark Unread

I kind of don't want to deal with them being shocked or upset? It was a complicated situation and I have complicated feelings about it, I can't always deal with other people with that. But I don't mind them knowing, no.

Permalink Mark Unread

I can arrange for them to find out when you are not around and they will have to get over their shock and regret on their own.

Permalink Mark Unread

Not sure how you're going to manage that, it was the other host. Though the chance of the same thing happening here is part of the problem, this is totally something I'd switch tribes over.

Permalink Mark Unread

I think it'd happen most places. You know what the word 'Quendi' means, right?

Permalink Mark Unread

Enough to guess, yeah.

Permalink Mark Unread

I can still tell people to be less stupid, but they'll need telling.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah.

 

Thank you.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sorry.

Permalink Mark Unread

Not your fault.

I knew this was going to be hard. It's still looking better than the alternative.

Permalink Mark Unread

Anyone would've done what I did in the city. Well, maybe not Nelyo, because he'd have worried he was endangering all the kobolds for the sake of one, but that's a different kind of not doing it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mm.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hmm?

Permalink Mark Unread

If I was in better shape I'd have an easier time believing that.

Permalink Mark Unread

We didn't try to rescue him. I promise it wasn't because we didn't think he was a person, it was because some things are more important than one life.

Permalink Mark Unread

No, I know that, that's not what this is about. There's a difference between thinking many lives are more important than one life and not thinking someone's life is important at all. First thing's fine - I keep ending up on the wrong side of that and it still doesn't bother me - but the second one... second one's scary.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, I know. That's why it was important to me to say that with Nelyo it'd be the first one.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. I don't doubt that, and I don't think they do. ...if you've noticed them being distant around you, there's another reason for it, but I'm not sure they'd be okay with me saying more than that.

Permalink Mark Unread

I mean, he doesn't get distant when he's mad at me, that'd be counterproductive. He yelled at me and I said 'yep, sure, I'm not a good person' and then we hugged and that was it. Him being out of sorts is, I think - 

- at home he could always have time for everybody, he could invest himself fully in all their needs, he could be generous with his attention, and now there's a war on so he can't. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. That's fine, that's not really what I was worried about.

Permalink Mark Unread

What're you worried about?

Permalink Mark Unread

Sigh. Like I said, I'm not sure it's okay for me to talk about - I know some stuff about what happened to them in Angband that I'm pretty sure they haven't told you, and it's - if they want it private that's completely reasonable, but it might've still been affecting how they were acting around you, and if it was that might've caused problems. It sounds like it isn't, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't need Nelyo to be okay. I care about him so I want him to be okay, but I don't need it, like, for me.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Right, but if you didn't know that was why they were off, it'd be easy to think it was about you instead of about that.

Permalink Mark Unread

With Nelyo? Nah.

 

Thanks for mentioning it anyway, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

No problem.

Flying, yes.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yep!

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

Still need to figure out what to do with the other host. With kobolds it'd be very obvious that I was leaving the tribe, and most of the time there'd naturally be some warning, time to make it right - making myself stay when I could just leave sounds pretty unpleasant, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

Can't help you there.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, I'm mostly just thinking aloud.

Permalink Mark Unread

Do they know they hurt you?

Permalink Mark Unread

...maybe? Quendi don't pay as much attention as kobolds, that's kind of part of the problem here.

Permalink Mark Unread

I think they pay attention to different stuff. Kobolds would probably have as much trouble with one Quendi around.

Permalink Mark Unread

Maybe.

Permalink Mark Unread

It makes sense that completely different species would have completely different cues.

Permalink Mark Unread

I mean, we also have people whose job it is to keep an eye on everybody and make sure they're doing okay; that was my job back before I got exiled. On top of everybody in the tribe paying more attention in general than people do here. I don't know that we would've been perfect at it, but I think we'd've done okay.

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't actually think you're being fair. Tens of thousands of people died very recently, we are fighting a war, and there are a thousand times as many of us to start with and we don't have people to spare to spend all their time making sure everyone loves each other. It's not a Quendi versus kobolds thing, it's a priorities thing and a preferred-size-of-societies thing.

Permalink Mark Unread

She sighs and drops a few dozen feet of altitude. Sure.

Permalink Mark Unread

You're definitely not gonna get along with them if you decide the problem is what they are. Not saying you should get along with them, but if you want to at all, that just isn't gonna work.

Permalink Mark Unread

...oh.

I didn't mean it's unchangeable. Quendi culture things are still Quendi things.

Permalink Mark Unread

They're not paying attention to the stuff you need people to pay attention to. That's a problem regardless of whether it's because they're at war or because they're paying attention to different stuff or because they're generally inattentive.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes, exactly. And telling them that feels like going out of my way for them when I really don't want to, if they really cared they'd be paying enough attention to notice.

You get an exception to all of this, by the way. I know you care.

Permalink Mark Unread

That's nice, but I am not a big fan of 'if someone really cared about this they would just notice it' because I definitely don't ever ever do that.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well - remember how kobolds are social? That's a lot of what that means, is that we look out for each other; not having that, or feeling like I don't, is pretty awful for me - very vulnerable. But it's something I need in general, not from any one person, and I like you; if I'm going to be friends with you I'm going to have to put a little more work into letting you know what I need, but that's fine, it's worth the effort. Having to do extra work every time I need it is different, though - I need that safety to just be there, and if I have to work for it all the time, it's not.

Permalink Mark Unread

That makes sense. Is the other kobold okay?

Permalink Mark Unread

They'd be a mess if they weren't on the stress plant, but that covers for a lot of stuff. I can't take it, it's too risky with all the magic I have.

Permalink Mark Unread

And does having them around help?

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm.

Permalink Mark Unread

That's good.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah.

Permalink Mark Unread

I would suggest I hang around rescuing more kobolds so there can be a little kobold community here, but considering how hard it is on all of them to be rescued like that...

Permalink Mark Unread

She snorts. Yeah, no. We got really lucky with this one.

Permalink Mark Unread

What should I do, if it happens again?

Permalink Mark Unread

It depends on what your options are. If you can get them free without casting on them, definitely that, but if you can't - bringing them here and letting us sort it out isn't always going to end well, but it gives them the most choices.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay.

Permalink Mark Unread

You did the right thing, as far as there was a right thing. It's a hard situation.

Permalink Mark Unread

Just glad it didn't mess up everything with the elves.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. That one's kind of a separate question; I don't know why they were there exactly, but I'm sure they knew the risk they were taking, I don't think it would've been wrong exactly to stay out of it. Or give them a quick death if you thought the elves were going to be especially awful to them; I couldn't, but. Sigh.

Permalink Mark Unread

I could, yeah.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. Teleportation's good for that, if you find yourself needing to.

Permalink Mark Unread

No way for them to explain what they were up to?

Permalink Mark Unread

Not yet. They're learning Quenya, but they don't have the vocabulary for it, once we can ask you can read their thoughts about it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. Maybe we can stop future ones from even trying it.

Permalink Mark Unread

I really doubt it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Because there's no way to communicate?

Permalink Mark Unread

And because of how much of the culture it touches.

Permalink Mark Unread

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't think they're right. I just don't think they're going to change.

Permalink Mark Unread

You said they don't do it to tribemates because they know it's wrong.

Permalink Mark Unread

...kobolds don't do personal property, everything belongs to the tribe. And hiding things so tribemates can show off by getting them back is totally something that happens, it's just not theft when it does.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ah, okay.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. There are some differences, when there's other kinds of people involved, but mostly it's the same kinds of things they do to each other, just... more, basically. It's about showing off, showing that you have valuable skills - it really bugged a lot of people in my old tribe that I wouldn't, even, I don't think it's very likely that Tirinquo was in a situation like that and gave in to the pressure but it's at least possible.

Permalink Mark Unread

They'd pressure each other to go the Elf city?

Permalink Mark Unread

Not often? For most people it's a way of getting higher regard in the tribe; in my case I already was a Speaker, it just bugged people to have someone in that kind of position who hadn't proven themselves. If I hadn't learned to talk - well, if I hadn't learned to talk I'd've ended up leading the tribe, but someone who was just content to be a crafter or gatherer or something wouldn't run into that much if at all, if they went it'd be by choice almost for sure.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay.

Permalink Mark Unread

If it was less of a challenge there'd be less reason to do it, but that has some very obvious problems. Other than that, or making it so hard it's obviously just impossible, I really don't see a way to solve the problem, and I've been thinking about it for a couple decades now.

Permalink Mark Unread

I trust you.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thanks.

...I really should go eat, I skipped dinner and most of breakfast.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. Go eat.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. Thanks for coming to talk to me. She starts the careful maneuvering that'll let her teleport safely from midair.

Permalink Mark Unread

Take care.

Permalink Mark Unread

You too.

 

She picks up some breakfast leftovers and then heads to the wood shop, where Tirinquo is watching one of the Quendi use an unfamiliar carving technique. They look up when she comes in, questioning, and she gives them a slightly sheepish grin and a hug.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Quendi mostly carry on, not oblivious but not trying to make inferences.

Permalink Mark Unread

The kobolds settle into their usual work habits after a moment anyway.

After lunch they head to the Ñolofinwëan city to look for Findekáno.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hey. Hug?

Permalink Mark Unread

 

...hug.

Snuggle, too.

Hey.

Permalink Mark Unread

What's up?

Permalink Mark Unread

...I told you about the thing with the tigerfolk, right? When I was a young adult?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes. Squeeze.

Permalink Mark Unread

And that was, they thought we weren't people, because we don't talk.

People've been being rude about Tirinquo.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm sorry.  Saying things to them, or -

Permalink Mark Unread

I could tell they were thinking it and then when I tried to explain why that wasn't okay, they got worse.

Permalink Mark Unread

...I can ask people not to be rude or say things, but I can't ask them not to think things...

Permalink Mark Unread

Permalink Mark Unread

It is not considered okay where we're from to make demands about what people think. Just how they act.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

 

Yeah, I know.

Permalink Mark Unread

If there's something you want me to tell them, I can do that.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

I don't mind if people know what happened, if that'd - make the point, or whatever.

Permalink Mark Unread

I expect it would.

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't want to stress everybody out but this really isn't something I can put up with. Not and feel safe here.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'll let them know. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Hug. Clingy hug.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hug. Sigh.

Permalink Mark Unread

She goes stiff for just a second.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hmm?

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

If it's really too much trouble I can just - I don't know -

There's an undercurrent of barely-contained panic to her words.

Permalink Mark Unread

What? No, it's no trouble at all -

Permalink Mark Unread

That helps. Not enough that she stops clinging, but some.

(Tirinquo looks alarmed, but doesn't interfere.)

Permalink Mark Unread

I was sighing because people can't seem to be good to each other no matter how important it is.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hug.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, that.

Permalink Mark Unread

He is very careful not to sigh.

Permalink Mark Unread

If she's calming down, it's very slow.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay.

Permalink Mark Unread

I the end she doesn't calm down so much as run out of steam.

Thank you.

Permalink Mark Unread

What do you need right now?

Permalink Mark Unread

To go lie down for a while. And not to have to deal with this again, as close as we can get to that.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hug.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hug.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah she's going to go lie down now.

Permalink Mark Unread

Tirinquo hangs back for a second, regarding Findekáno thoughtfully, then gives him a hug too and goes to catch up to their friend.

Permalink Mark Unread

And he tells everyone to under no circumstances discuss with the kobolds or hint at near the kobolds their opinions about kobolds not being able to talk.

Permalink Mark Unread

The next day the kobolds go to visit the humans; Rána needs a break from the Quendi.

Permalink Mark Unread

The humans are okay. Stressed, but okay. 

Permalink Mark Unread

There are babies. Tirinquo thinks the babies are great.

Permalink Mark Unread

There are babies! The humans have mixed feelings about them. They'd be great if you only got one if you wanted it.

Permalink Mark Unread

This is hard to communicate, of course, and Tirinquo is confused at the humans' mixed feelings.

Would one of the unhappy humans like them to hold their baby for them while they're here?

Permalink Mark Unread

They try asking them if they understands how to support babies' necks and if they'll promise not to shake or bite and if they'll be sufficiently careful. They are confused when this does not get answers.

Permalink Mark Unread

They haven't gone too far from the Quendi; Rána asks them to tell the humans that Tirinquo is familiar with babies and should be trustworthy, but if they'd rather not let them hold any babies today that's fine too.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Quendi convey this. One or two exhausted-looking parents are okay with it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Tirinquo is very gentle with the babies.

Permalink Mark Unread

Do the humans need any magic, while the kobolds are here?

Permalink Mark Unread

Easier plants would be good, but the Elves've brought seeds for those. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She can also make them grow faster, depending on which ones they have... yeah, she can make those grow faster.

Permalink Mark Unread

No one has any objections there.

Permalink Mark Unread

She'll spend the morning kudzu-ing their plants, then.

Permalink Mark Unread

Tirinquo wanders off to watch the humans, keeping an eye on the one whose baby they have so they can return them when they wake up.

Permalink Mark Unread

The baby gets hungry and becomes inconsolable.

Permalink Mark Unread

That would also be a cue to return the baby to their parent.

Permalink Mark Unread

The mother smiles at them wearily.

Permalink Mark Unread

They grin and pat her arm sympathetically.

They'll hang out here, if that seems to be okay; they can watch the other humans just fine.

Permalink Mark Unread

She doesn't especially mind. She will nurse the kid and then try to get them to sleep.

Permalink Mark Unread

Tirinquo knows some things about getting babies to go to sleep, and gently gives her some pointers.

Permalink Mark Unread

Human babies are different than kobold babies and also different from each other so she is not especially appreciative but she doesn't tell them to cut it out either.

Permalink Mark Unread

As soon as it becomes clear that this isn't appreciated, they stop.

They sit there for a little while longer and then wander off to see some more humans.

Permalink Mark Unread

Humans are swimming! Humans are doing laundry! Humans are hanging out on the grass talking with each other and weaving.

Permalink Mark Unread

...stress plant or no, Tirinquo's not going swimming any time soon. They'll go hang out with the weaving humans and see if they can figure out any of the language.

Permalink Mark Unread

They can probably pick up names, maybe a bit more than that.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm.

They're not as good at weaving as they are at carving, but they can put together an okay hat, while they're there.

Permalink Mark Unread

And eventually it's lunchtime and Rána comes to find them, looking much improved.

Permalink Mark Unread

The humans are happy to share lunch!

Permalink Mark Unread

The kobolds are appreciative, and after lunch they head back to the Ñolofinwëan camp.

Permalink Mark Unread

Which is as always very busy.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yup.

 

Rána wanders around for a little while looking for spellcasting that needs to be done, to get a feel for the mood of the host.

Permalink Mark Unread

They're okay. Exhausted and stressed, sometimes, but mostly okay.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay.

She makes her way back toward where the conversation group meets, keeping an eye on Tirinquo to see how they react to that.

Permalink Mark Unread

Tirinquo's basically fine - worried about Rána, but not otherwise nervous about going back.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Elves on break greet her and continue talking.

Permalink Mark Unread

Rána's too nervous to pay very much attention to the conversation.

Permalink Mark Unread

Tirinquo cuddles her, though, and that seems to help.

Permalink Mark Unread

They're worried about ex-prisoners of the Enemy and whether there's a way to help them and whether Mandos can do it. They're worried about the other group of Men, who the Enemy appears to be trying to manipulate, towards what purpose remains unclear. They are impatient to get to Doriath, hopefully that can be worked out very soon. They are wondering how long it'll take the elven city to cease causing wars over trees and debating theology off a tangent from that.

Permalink Mark Unread

Rána relaxes enough to follow some of that, and join in the conversation a little. She's hoping for more information about Doriath too; something bad happened with it with her magic and she wants to know why. The elves are probably going to be a problem for a long time, there are lots of elves and they don't talk to each other much, but if the cities stop starting wars that'll probably help a lot anyway.

Permalink Mark Unread

Should the same expedition happen to other cities? Should elves be given a means of keeping in closer touch?

Permalink Mark Unread

There should definitely be expeditions to other cities. (She stops for a minute to calm Tirinquo, who's following this well enough to find the idea alarming: no, no, we're not going, the Quendi are going, they'll be okay.) Making it easier for them to talk to each other might help, but only if they're really sure that the peaceful elves are going to convince the warlike ones rather than the other way around, which seems like a hard thing to figure out.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes, it really does. Shame they can't give the elves a way to talk to the Valar.

Permalink Mark Unread

...that's probably not impossible, do they really think it'd be a good idea? It sounded like the first expedition had to lie kind of a lot.

Permalink Mark Unread

If they weren't Doomed it'd be a really good idea, the Valar are legitimately against murder and war and are very obviously gods. What with the Doom it might be challenging.

Permalink Mark Unread

...uh?

Permalink Mark Unread

...oh, is it supposed to be secret? Fëanor did a lot of horrible things in departing Valinor and the Valar were really angry with him.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nobody's really talked to her about Fëanor much, like, she sort of knows who they were and that's about it. What does that have to do with them?

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, because of the horrible things he did, the Valar doomed him and everyone who followed him.

Permalink Mark Unread

...okay.

She'd kind of like more details there but this doesn't really seem like the time or the place. What's the problem with having the elves talk to the Valar?

Permalink Mark Unread

The Valar sealed off Valinor in their anger; they might not approve of people being sent to them.

Permalink Mark Unread

...ah.

She did make a portal to Valinor once and nothing happened, but she wants to find out what the deal was with Doriath before she tries that again, poking gods with magic may be hazardous to her health.

Permalink Mark Unread

When did she make a portal to Valinor? Where to?

Permalink Mark Unread

One of the cities, she doesn't remember the name; this was months ago, before she actually came to this world - she was trying to figure out if she had the right one.

Permalink Mark Unread

It would be nice if it were safe to look in on Valinor and check on lost loved ones.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, poking gods with magic might be hazardous to her health, but she'll head out to Doriath to ask about that as soon as she can.

Permalink Mark Unread

The conversation turns to speculation about Doriath and what it's like.

Permalink Mark Unread

She obviously can't contribute much to this part; she can pick up a lot of good vocabulary by listening, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

And after a little while their break is over and they get back to work.

Permalink Mark Unread

And Rána takes Tirinquo to find Findekáno.

Permalink Mark Unread

He does not generally take breaks. But he does hug her.

Permalink Mark Unread

That's what she's here for. Better, thank you.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes, much better.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm glad.

Permalink Mark Unread

And that's enough being a distraction for right now; back to the Fëanorean camp to write up vocabulary notes for the day.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Feanorian camp is if anything even busier.

Permalink Mark Unread

As usual.

After dinner Rána checks in with Maitimo, also as usual.

Permalink Mark Unread

All okay?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. Wasn't yesterday, but we're all right. ...has Tyelkormo been back?

Permalink Mark Unread

He's supposed to be out east all week.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. What happened was, some people from the other host were being kind of jerks about Tirinquo not talking, and I wasn't handling it well, and they got the people in the wood shop to call Tyelkormo to come talk to me about it. Which helped, I really like Tyelkormo. But they offered to make sure everyone here knows why they shouldnt do that, and I'm not sure you actually want them doing that, so. She chuckles.

Permalink Mark Unread

If that's what you two think should happen.

Permalink Mark Unread

I mean, if you can come up with a way of getting the point across that'll upset people less, that would be good. But if there isn't one - I was seriously considering just leaving, like, altogether, I really can't deal with that kind of thing.

Permalink Mark Unread

I doubt it will upset people compared to even what little they know of what's going on in Angband.

Permalink Mark Unread

That's not a reason not to minimize it. But if you think they'll be okay, sure.

Permalink Mark Unread

I am certain everyone will be fine.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay.

Any news about Doriath?

Permalink Mark Unread

Not yet! I will let you know when there is.

Permalink Mark Unread

All right.

I should keep working on the language, but aside from that I can start getting back to my usual schedule now, I think - Tirinquo's still going to want to spend time with me, probably a lot of it, but I think they'll be all right so long as someone's keeping an eye on them.

Permalink Mark Unread

That is very good news. Congratulations on handling a difficult situation so well.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thanks.

Permalink Mark Unread

Let me know if you need anything.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. You too.

And over the next few days she does that.

Permalink Mark Unread

They continue to make progress at building a camp Quendi can live in.

Permalink Mark Unread

And on learning to read and/or speak Quenya; Tirinquo still isn't interested in talking, and mostly doesn't write, but Rána starts getting reports on how the camp is doing (I can't read them well enough yet, but it'll be good practice), and they read them too before they're passed along to the next person on the list.

When Tyelkormo gets back from his trip, she asks if he'd like to join her on her visit to her old meetup group's Speakers.

Permalink Mark Unread

Lemme check if they need me for anything. How long would it be?

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm not sure, but probably not more than a couple days. They'll be sneaking away, if they want to all come at once they won't be able to be gone more than a couple hours.

Permalink Mark Unread

When're you leaving?

Permalink Mark Unread

Pretty much whenever, I'm flexible.

Permalink Mark Unread

He checks. If he clears up everything for the next week he can leave for a couple days.

Permalink Mark Unread

Cool.

 

(She's going home, she's going home, she's going home...

Get it together, kobold, no you're not, not really...

Yeah, but, home.)

 

The chosen day comes quickly, and they teleport to the designated meeting place, where they're greeted by a yelp and a flash of fur as the kobold who was waiting there for them dives into the underbrush.

Permalink Mark Unread

Uh, oops? Should I go?

Permalink Mark Unread

No, you're fine. Sit, maybe, that'll help.

"Hey, it's me, it's okay."

I wasn't expecting them to be waiting for me, she explains while she waits for the other kobold to reappear.

Permalink Mark Unread

He sits.

Permalink Mark Unread

And after a couple minutes, the kobold slowly emerges from behind the bush.

"It's okay. They're a friend; they're from one of the Quendi tribes I've been working with. They can hear thoughts, if you think to them they'll hear you."

...hello. They're still hanging back by the bush, more shyly than nervously.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hello.

Permalink Mark Unread

They smile and step into the clearing to give Rána a hug. "Are they taking good care of you? Are you okay?"

"Yeah, I'm okay. How have things been here?"

"...let me go get everybody and we can tell you."

Rána blinks. "Is everybody okay?"

"More or less? Nobody's in danger."

"All right." And the kobold steps away and taps the ring they're wearing and disappears.

They're getting the other Speakers, they'll be gone for a while. And something's up, they wanted to wait until everybody's here to tell me what though.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, caught that. He stretches out and looks at the sky.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Speakers arrive a little over an hour later - she spends the intervening time building a simple fire pit and collecting fallen branches to burn -  and immediately drag Rána into a cuddle pile. A few of them, as they're getting settled, address Tyelkormo with various invitations to join them if he'd like.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure, okay.

Permalink Mark Unread

Kobolds are very cuddlesome. One of the Speakers is some other kind of person - a little taller, furless, with greenish skin and smaller upright ears and a flatter Quendi-style face - and a little less cuddlesome (and a little more curious of him) but still pretty much that.

The first thing they want to do is reassure themselves that Rána is really okay, and hear what happened - they thought she was dead, they thought the tigerfolk had finally gotten her, they thought she'd decided to do something even crazier than that, what happened? Something about magic, she's a mage now? How did that happen? And where'd the Quendi come from?

She's very patient about letting them ask all their questions and then settles in to tell them the story, petting two of them while she talks.

Permalink Mark Unread

He can mostly follow the conversation by mindreading.

Permalink Mark Unread

When she gets to the part about being exiled, there's a chorus of dismayed sounds and cuddling. She mostly glosses over the six months after that; she explains the teleportation to Angband as 'exploring', but several of the kobolds guess that it was a suicide attempt, on the basis that being exiled is awful and they'd totally expect that to happen. (The rest also think that being exiled is awful, but doing something that risky - and particularly taking that type of risk - seems in character enough for her that they don't especially question it.) Maitimo she gives a brief overview of: badly traumatized, dead-and-reborn and struggling with it, sort of hard to get a handle on as a person, obviously, but if you just accept the surface stuff he's nice enough; also he's the chief of one of the Quendi tribes, Tyelkormo is his egg-sibling and another egg-sibling of theirs was running the tribe but now Maitimo's doing it again. The kobolds think this is very strange - the new chief gave the tribe back? The old chief wanted that? So soon after that kind of trauma? And everybody's just okay with that? - and she explains that it's their tradition to do it that way, she's not certain he wanted it back but he was definitely expecting it back and chose to claim it, and Quendi don't seem to do tribe-switching (this gets both her and Tyelkormo some worried looks) but everybody seems to be okay with it, yeah.

Permalink Mark Unread

Quendi do tribe-switching. Just, during a war you'd need a really good reason and everyone is hundreds of years old and has good reasons for liking their current tribe.

Permalink Mark Unread

There's a war? The kobolds aren't happy about that.

Yeah, there's a war. Quendi're a little more prone to that than kobolds - still not very, but more - and they're trying to kill the evil god who's responsible for what happened to Maitimo, since he's also doing the same stuff to a bunch of other people.

The kobolds are alarmed! And worried for her! And want her to come home now! There is some debate about who could most easily get their tribe to take her in.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sigh.

Permalink Mark Unread

Don't worry, they won't force me.

Permalink Mark Unread

I wasn't worried.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay.

She interrupts them to explain that she's fine, that it's been a very quiet war so far - everyone's busy, which isn't great, but there's been very little fighting since she's been there, and if there is she can stay well away from it. And she wants the god dead, too.

They aren't happy about this, but they subside, cuddling up closer to her, and she continues, telling them about the Ñolofinwëans and how she helped them out and joined their tribe, and how the Quendi got magic from the kobolds and the elves and how she's been using that, and the humans - the kobolds are confused about them not wanting babies; she explains that they don't have eggs, but that doesn't really help - and the trip to the elf city, which gets very mixed reactions - confused, alarmed, excited - and a new round of debate.

Permalink Mark Unread

He doesn't comment unless anyone wants insight on why people might prefer not to grow an extremely inflated painful stomach, vomit all the time, go through a protracted and very painful labor, possibly die, and then end up with a child they did not want.

Permalink Mark Unread

They aren't unaware of how pregnancy works, just confused about the resulting kids being unwanted, so, probably not.

Rána answers their questions about the elf city trip. They continue to be nervous - they agree that that trip seems to have been a good idea, but that it's still a risky thing to be doing - and she reassures them that they won't be trying it here without giving them plenty of warning, and that seems to be enough to get them to relax about it.

Permalink Mark Unread

He sits and listens.

Permalink Mark Unread

Not too long after that she runs out of things to tell them, and asks again how everyone is doing here.

The kobolds look at each other, trying to decide who's going to tell her. The ones cuddling her snuggle closer, and eventually one of them talks: Her old tribe is ending. Individually, nearly everyone is fine, but a solid quarter of them left for other tribes last year - they give her a rundown of who went where, to distressed noises and questions about how this one or that one is getting this or that need met - and practically all of the rest of them are courting new tribes this year. The chief hasn't quite admitted it, but if even half of the people who're intending to leave the tribe do, it won't be big enough to make it through the winter.

Permalink Mark Unread

He doesn't feel like he should comment on that.

Permalink Mark Unread

Rána's pretty upset. She gives lots of advice - who'd do well in which tribe, who needs to stay together, who should probably be separated, who'll need extra attention and what kind, who has tricky quirks that their new Speaker will need to watch out for - and eventually runs out of things to say and just clings while the rest of them assure her that her ex-tribemates will be looked after.

Permalink Mark Unread

Makes sense.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sorry, she says. Wasn't expecting this to get quite so heavy. You don't have to stick around if you don't want to.

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't care.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. She grins, just a little, tiredly.

The kobolds cuddle quietly for a while, and then one of them asks him, so, what are Quendi like?

Permalink Mark Unread

They vary. The way Quendi are works a lot better for me than the way kobolds are but neither one works great.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh?

Permalink Mark Unread

Like, imagine that a friend of mine sees a very special kind of tree that makes wood for a really good bow. And they know that I practice archery all the time and can tell the differences from the grain in the wood and for me it would be a treasured present and most people could not tell the difference. And they carve it for me and give it to me. And because bows are delicate, if anyone uses it they might break it, and also I like to leave for trips a lot and will want to take it with me. With Quendi it would be understood that people would hurt me by taking it.

Permalink Mark Unread

That's a pretty weird hypothetical.

Permalink Mark Unread

No, it's real. I have a bow like that, made by a friend. I have a tapestry like that, made by my dead grandmother. Quendi design delicate one-of-a-kind things to give to someone who will really like them, all the time. 

Permalink Mark Unread

That's only part of the weirdness, but okay.

Little One'll be all right, I guess. They've always been really tolerant of that kind of thing, and I guess if they can make it alone for half a year (shudder) they'll be able to get whatever they need for themselves even if they don't have a proper tribe. I couldn't do it, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yup, and I'd be out as soon as I could walk if I'd been raised in a kobold tribe. Different stuff for different people.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, I suppose so. I hope they're really okay, though. I'm having trouble even imagining it, even for them.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, if they wanna go back with one of you they can.

Permalink Mark Unread

Snort. Either they've chilled out a lot or you don't know them very well yet - they've always been stubborn, when they decide they want to do something. Just because they aren't coming back doesn't mean they shouldn't.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, that's another one of the differences. Among my people, you respect people by taking them at their word about what they need, and you show respect for others by communicating what you need. It is very deeply disrespectful and antisocial to second-guess people about what they decide to do, or to do what's not right for you and count on other people to save you from yourself. 

Permalink Mark Unread

All the more reason they should come back, then. They make a habit of that last thing.

Permalink Mark Unread

So how do we convince them, then?

Permalink Mark Unread

...I wish their one parent was still alive, they were the only one who could ever really talk sense into them. Come up with a better way for them to get what they want? Trying to convince them that it's impossible won't work, they'll just try anyway in case it isn't.

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't even know what they want. A tribe, obviously, but if you're offering one -

Permalink Mark Unread

They need a tribe, but apparently they have one, they wouldn't be doing this well if they didn't - I'm surprised they made it six months without one, I think that was a very near thing. It sounds like what they want is your god dealt with and your egg-sibling okay.

Permalink Mark Unread

That'd be nice.

Permalink Mark Unread

...cuddles.

Permalink Mark Unread

Permalink Mark Unread

The kobold sighs and gets Rána's attention.

Hey, you all right?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah.

Permalink Mark Unread

She peers questioningly at the kobold he was talking to, who tells her that they mentioned the war. "Ah. Yeah, it's pretty much okay now, but it was bad before. And they weren't used to it, their history is kind of weird."

"Oh." Sorry.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's fine.

Permalink Mark Unread

If you say so.

Do you want them to leave? If you ignore what'd be best for them.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nah, of course not. But that's the thing, I can't ignore what'd be best for someone if they also are going to be ignoring what's best for them.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. I don't really expect they'd settle down if they came back, either, though. For a while, maybe, they've been through a lot this year, but I'm sure in a year or two they'd be back out talking to tigerfolk again. The question is less how to stop them from doing ridiculous things, and more whether they have enough support to be okay anyway.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ah, okay. I know that type of person.

Permalink Mark Unread

That'll help. And it shouldn't be too hard to figure out what they need.

Permalink Mark Unread

Advice?

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't know them well enough to give really good advice, but... don't wait for them to tell you what they need, is the most obvious thing. That just doesn't work for us, if people're paying that little attention you might as well not have a tribe at all. Asking is probably okay, and guessing is fine even if you get it wrong, as long as they can tell what you're trying to do.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's not about not paying attention, it's about trusting people. Guessing what they need is what you do for animals and children.

Permalink Mark Unread

Shrug. Well, it's different for kobolds. What do you mean about trust?

Permalink Mark Unread

Treating someone as an equal, trusting them, respecting them, means believing that they know themself better than you do. Deciding things for someone, acting on what you think they should want instead of what they've asked for or communicated, means believing that you're better than them and they're not trustworthy and they don't deserve to control their own life.

Permalink Mark Unread

...ah. Yeah, that's... weird, that you're thinking of it like that, that's not what I meant at all. It's... not deciding things for anyone, but making sure the options they have available include good ones? And making sure they can see the effects of their choices, because for a lot of us it is actually easier to see how our tribemates are doing than to notice how we're doing ourselves.

Permalink Mark Unread

Huh. Well, obviously we'll try. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Thanks. And you can come talk to us if you need advice - they ask if it'll be a problem for anybody if he shows up to talk to them; some of the Speakers don't want to give away where their tribes will be, but the rest are okay with it as long as he stays far enough away to avoid spooking anyone. If you come back at the end of the season we can tell you where we'll be spending the winter, the chiefs haven't decided yet.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. I'll try.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thanks. Snuggle.

Permalink Mark Unread

D'you want to tell me what to do? While you're here?

Permalink Mark Unread

What do you mean?

Permalink Mark Unread

For things I should be doing for Rána.

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't think I know enough about what things are like there to really answer that - it doesn't help that they've never been in my tribe, either, we're friends but I've never had the chance to get to know them that way. They consider. Have you noticed any specific problems?

Permalink Mark Unread

They get sad if they feel like people aren't paying close enough attention. Everyone's working nearly all the time on the war and I think they're used to people having more free time. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Ah. That's going to be a tricky one, especially with them having been exiled - it'd be a while before they felt safe again even if everything were perfect. Reminding them that they're valued will help, especially if you can do it in ways that aren't about the war and what they're doing for that.

Permalink Mark Unread

Kay.

Permalink Mark Unread

Them finding out what happened with their tribe should help, too. Not that it's good, but knowing that people did care that much, even if it wasn't enough to save them... they sigh.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, I think I'd be glad of knowing that.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah.

I'm glad they found you. This whole thing has been pretty awful for everybody; I'm glad they managed to do okay.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah.

Anything else you wanted to ask about?

Permalink Mark Unread

Same deal with the other one?

Permalink Mark Unread

Other one?

Permalink Mark Unread

Sorry, I figured they'd mentioned that. This kobold tried to steal someone's bag from them in the middle of the elven city market, so I teleported them out, but their tribe wouldn't take them back.

Permalink Mark Unread

Of course they wouldn't, hexed like that. And they're still around?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, they're living with us.

Permalink Mark Unread

Wow. How do you have that set up? I assume they're not a Speaker...

Permalink Mark Unread

Nah, and they were really stressed at first, but I think they're - not miserable, now. They might be happier if one of your tribes would take them in, dunno. 

Permalink Mark Unread

 

I really don't think that's possible; a stranger with nobody to vouch for them would generally be turned away even without strange magic on them - if Little One was coming back, maybe. But if they're coping with that at all, something strange is going on, I don't know what to tell you.

Permalink Mark Unread

Little One's pretty good at helping them out.

Permalink Mark Unread

If you say so.

Permalink Mark Unread

I mean, if you have any ideas, I'm listening.

Permalink Mark Unread

I can't know what you could be doing better if I don't know what you're doing now - let me ask. They shoo one of the others away from Rána and whisper in her ear; she makes a face and whispers back, and receives a worried look and a hug.

Drugged, that'd do it, the kobold reports. Must be a pretty high dose, too. I can guess at stuff if you have questions, but it's a really unusual situation.

Permalink Mark Unread

Are the drugs going to be needed forever?

Permalink Mark Unread

I'd guess not? Taking them off of them is going to be hard, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

Can you gradually lower the dose or something?

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. Even with that. Kobolds who aren't Speakers almost never get over thinking of other kinds of people as dangerous to be around.

Permalink Mark Unread

But they usually don't spend years around other kinds of people in the first place, right?

Permalink Mark Unread

Right, which is why there's a chance. It's still going to be hard.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. What do they need in the meantime?

Permalink Mark Unread

That drug makes it hard to notice danger, so they really need to be kept safe, and that'll also help when you try to taper them off of it - they'll still remember what happened, and if they let you take a risk with them that they usually wouldn't, they'll remember that later and might not take it well. If they're familiar with the drug from before, that'll help - a lot of us are, but I don't know what their tribe was like - but only so much. Having them make friends might help, or it might be the kind of thing they freak out over later because they wouldn't usually have taken the risk... without knowing them, I can't really guess which, but it's probably worth trying; if they're going to freak out over that they're probably not going to be able to come off the drug anyway. Um... oh, if you can get them to keep a steady schedule, that'll help, and if you can get the people around them to keep one that'll help even more, knowing what's going to happen and not having to deal with anything unexpected will help when they start trying to taper off.

Permalink Mark Unread

Makes sense.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. And Little One's probably managing it pretty well, too.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah.

Permalink Mark Unread

Tough situation. I don't think there's anything better you could have done.

Permalink Mark Unread

I tried talking the elves out of killing him but it didn't work. Could've teleported the guards, I guess.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's pretty shocking that talking to the elves worked for anything at all, really.

Permalink Mark Unread

I mean, we read their minds a lot to figure out how to convince them.

Permalink Mark Unread

Even with that I'm surprised. Glad you tried it, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. They scoot back over and snuggle up again.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hopefully all the war's'll stop, but still, keep being careful.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, definitely.

Permalink Mark Unread

How're your tribes doing?

Permalink Mark Unread

Pretty good - it's been kind of a sparse year for food, so we're mostly focused on that and getting all the new people settled in, but we're doing okay, no major problems.

Permalink Mark Unread

We're doing okay on food if you need anything. And there's a spellform for it.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm not sure there's a way to take you up on that without worrying people - the mages won't want us gathering from enspelled plants, I'm sure. Little One'll have a better idea, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

Rána? Can we help them with food any?

Permalink Mark Unread

...yeah, probably. Logistics'll be tricky... hm. If I make some of those baskets that let you carry heavier loads, and then we put those somewhere with food in them for the Speakers to sneak in? It's a little risky, but they wouldn't have to do it often, if we find good spots to leave the baskets they can pick them up whenever it's safe.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sounds good to me.

Permalink Mark Unread

We might have to shift things around a little so we can give them things that won't look suspicious, but I'm sure that won't be a problem.

She tells the other kobolds about it. They're pleased; one of the ones who didn't want Tyelkormo knowing where their tribes would be changes their mind about that.

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't need to know, you can be the one to drop off the baskets.

Permalink Mark Unread

I still have to get there to learn the location, unless we can spare me for a week's hike for each tribe - flying isn't safe here, there're flying predators.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay, fair.

Permalink Mark Unread

We're still helping them, anyway, the other Speakers will get their chiefs to let them have the best spots for gathering.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'll trust you've got a system.

Permalink Mark Unread

More or less, yeah. And then one of the kobolds goes "...wait, I thought Quendi were... um..." they look worriedly at Tyelkormo.

"They do ownership, yeah," Rána explains patiently. "That doesn't mean they never share anything."

Permalink Mark Unread

We share lots of things. We can share because we can expect things to be where we need them.

Permalink Mark Unread

This gets him a round of confused looks from the kobolds, and good luck from their green-skinned friend.

Permalink Mark Unread

It might be a problem that only crops up in tribes bigger than yours.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Maybe," says one.

"But tigerfolk do ownership, too," says another.

"Yeah," says the first.

Tigerfolk tribes are smaller than kobold ones, explains Rána.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, it has some uses even in small communities but it's really necessary in big ones.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Seems like you should be able to come up with a friendlier solution than that if you really wanted to, though."

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm not the one to explain why you're wrong but every attempted friendlier solution ends up being far, far worse. 

Permalink Mark Unread

"...okay."

Permalink Mark Unread

Like, tons of people pointlessly starving worse. 

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"...how? That sounds like the kind of problem that that'd make worse, not better."

Permalink Mark Unread

So, once you have enough people - you hit this by three hundred, maybe sooner, you can't just figure out what everyone's going to need tomorrow by asking them, there's too many people to ask, and if you just try to guess and then oblige to do the amount of work that'll produce that amount of stuff, your guesses will be wrong in a way in a way that makes people starve, and you will either have to force people to work - by threatening them with death, effectively, if you have a rule like 'people who don't do their best for the tribe get exiled', or else just by hoping they'll want to work really hard for food they'll never see, and when tribes are big enough that your work hardly makes a difference, people can't function like that.

 

So there ends up being a lot less food than needed.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

"Okay, but how does ownership fix that? Everybody hoarding stuff would just make you run out of things faster."

Permalink Mark Unread

No, the exact opposite. Why do people hoard? Because they're expecting a shortage. If you believe that how much food you'll have is in your control, you don't need to hoard it. When people can take the food they need and count on it not being stolen, they just keep enough food on hand for if something happens and they can't work for a couple weeks, and they will independently want to work until they have enough to feel comfortable, and if they don't feel comfortable they know exactly what to do about that - they just go out and get some more.


If you're storing as a community and someone's scared they won't have enough, they have to do three hundred times as much work to increase their share by one. So instead they usually just get scared.

Permalink Mark Unread

"But what about people who can't work?"

"Or people who do different kinds of work?"

"They do share then," Rána chimes in. "I haven't had to gather at all since I've been there, and I've only hunted because I'm so much faster at it with the magic, when they needed a lot of meat. And I was sick over the winter, and they looked after me. They do ownership; they don't follow it off a cliff."

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, we definitely share. We just don't try to do it on the scale of the whole tribe.

Permalink Mark Unread

They consider this.

"That sounds very lonely," one of them concludes, and the others nod.

"There's other ways of being close to people, though," interjects the goblin. "And other kinds of people don't usually need that as much."

Permalink Mark Unread

There are a hundred thousand of us. I think it's just kind of impossible to extend ideas that work for a hundred people. And dunno, it definitely wouldn't make me feel close to people to put all my work in a pile and have no idea who benefits from it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yeah, it's kind of ridiculous. They do okay, though."

"But..."

"...you'd be around strangers all the time!"

"Yeah. I mostly don't need to do anything with them, though. Ignoring people all the time is weird, but it's polite there, kind of."

"But -" distressed.

"And I'm a mage, nobody's going to bother me."

 

"...yeah, okay."

Permalink Mark Unread

Are they taking issue with how many people there are or how we do things differently?

Permalink Mark Unread

Mostly the first thing - they're worried about me.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sigh.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hm?

Permalink Mark Unread

They don't seem to think very highly of you. 

Permalink Mark Unread

She blinks, confused, and then after a moment says this isn't the first time I've gone off to live with another kind of people, and the other time really didn't go well; they're not worried over nothing.

Permalink Mark Unread

I guess if it doesn't bother you it's not a problem.

Permalink Mark Unread

It really doesn't. It's nice that they want to make sure I'm okay.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. Please don't ever do that to me.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Okay.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thanks.

Permalink Mark Unread

No problem.

Cuddling has resumed, and after another few minutes the people at the edge of the pile go to get the baskets they brought lunch in and pass the food out: lunch is mashed sweet potatoes with berries and bits of venison mixed in, served in hollowed out squash with acorn bread on the side. "Ooh, I missed this," says Rána. "I should cook sometime. Quendi food is nice too, but it's different."

Permalink Mark Unread

It's very tasty.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, kobolds are pretty good at that.

"Were you planning to stick around for a while?" Rána asks when lunch starts to wind down.

"We can," one of them says.

"We've been spending a lot of time away this year anyway, they won't think it's strange."

"We know you're busy, though."

"We are, kind of," she acknowledges. "Tyelkormo?"

Permalink Mark Unread

I think we should stay a while.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Fine with me."

Cuddling resumes; they swap stories about things that've happened over the last year; Rána shows off how she can fly, and then some of the other magic. Eventually there's a lull, and Rána snuggles up to Tyelkormo and starts singing.

Permalink Mark Unread

He joins in.

Permalink Mark Unread

Pretty.

After a bit of hesitation, one of the kobolds tentatively joins them. When Rána's grin widens, the others do too, one by one.

They like you, she explains. Singing's more of a social thing for kobolds, we don't often sing with people who aren't tribemates or friends.

Permalink Mark Unread

Awww.

 

He sings.

Permalink Mark Unread

They sing. Rána brings the song to an end, and one of the others starts a new one.

Permalink Mark Unread

He'll happily sing all day.

Permalink Mark Unread

The kobolds don't have anything like that attention span; the singing trails off after most of an hour.

"If we're staying here for dinner somebody's going to have to go get it," one of them points out a little later.

Permalink Mark Unread

Make it, too, or is it made and just needing to be fetched?

Permalink Mark Unread

"There'll be something made, but it'll take a while to get it, they can't teleport too close to the group."

"Mmhmm."

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay.

Permalink Mark Unread

They debate who's going to go, and then work out what they'll be getting - each tribe has a few different dishes being prepared, plus various leftovers from lunch. Rána cares less about what she gets than about who's making it - she wants whatever her old tribe's head cook is preparing. (They're one of the ones who switched tribes, and aren't head cook in their new one, but that's still achievable enough.) She recommends a vegetable soup, for Tyelkormo: that tribe's cook does the most amazing things with spices, I'm sure you'll like it.

Permalink Mark Unread

It is a very tasty soup.

Permalink Mark Unread

It is, and after dinner there's more singing.

After a while Rána stretches and says "okay, we should head back," and the other kobolds blink at her, surprised. "Maybe next year," she adds.

"...okay," one of them says, while a few of the others look at each other, worriedly.

"It's fine, guys," she addresses the worriers. "I've been too busy for it to bother me, anyway."

"All right." But they don't really seem to think it's all right, whatever it is.

Permalink Mark Unread

So, like, with Quendi, you trust people will bring things up if they prefer to talk about them, and it's very rude to demand to be let in on things if someone isn't expressing a desire to share. But apparently kobolds think it's appallingly rude not to be aggressively intrusive at people, so - what's going on?

Permalink Mark Unread

Kobold stuff, I'm not sure you'd want to know.

Permalink Mark Unread

Not really, but I want you to feel like I'm being appropriately attentive.

Permalink Mark Unread

She makes a face that's about equal parts amused and grossed out. Thanks, but, skip it for this one.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay.

Permalink Mark Unread

She chuckles and hugs him and the others relax.

"Anything else before we go?"

One of the kobolds asks if there's a way for them to get in touch with her, and she sets that up, and that seems to be it.

Permalink Mark Unread

So, home they go.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm.

Hug. That was really good. Thank you for coming with me.

Permalink Mark Unread

Any time.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm glad you got along okay with them.

Permalink Mark Unread

They seem nice.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. There's definitely some cultural differences, but they really are.

Permalink Mark Unread

It wouldn't make sense for the same things to work for all kinds of people.

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods. A lot of people have trouble understanding that.

Permalink Mark Unread

People're stupid.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, more often than not. She chuckles.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Noldor send food to the tribes. The summer passes uneventfully.

Permalink Mark Unread

And then one day in early fall, Rána goes to dig out some more ore for the Ñolofinwëans.

Permalink Mark Unread

And removes a section of rock and finds herself looking at some other people who were removing that section of rock.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, 'looking'. She's not bothering to light up the cave when she's mostly using her mage-sense anyway.

They look weird, to the mage-sense; she can sense some things about their bodies, but not nearly as much as she'd usually be able to, and nothing whatsoever about their minds, not even that they have them. They're humanoid and carrying tools, though, so she makes the obvious inference, and drops the trance and jerks to a stop - she's hovering in midair - and then makes a querying sound, trying osanwë at the same time: hello?

Permalink Mark Unread

They respond in a language she doesn't recognize.

Permalink Mark Unread

...okay. Her Quenya's still a little shaky, but worth trying: "Hello? Do you understand me?"

Permalink Mark Unread

Nope, they don't recognize that language either.

Permalink Mark Unread

...well.

She lowers herself to the ground, sits, and activates a light spell, just a dim one - enough to let her see them, hopefully not enough to be uncomfortable for them.

Permalink Mark Unread

They don't seem bothered. They try a few more languages. They try some hand signs. They are very curious about the light.

Permalink Mark Unread

She repeats their words back, but doesn't actually understand what they're saying. She's glowing, for the light, and she's not going to let them get too close - she clucks at them and scoots back if they do - but in between language attempts she trances for a moment to grab a piece of rock from the wall and make it glow for them to look at.

Permalink Mark Unread

They can't figure it out. They are fascinated.

Permalink Mark Unread

She stays put and watches.

Permalink Mark Unread

After a while they point to themselves and offer names.

Permalink Mark Unread

She repeats those back, too, and adds "Rána. Kobold."

Permalink Mark Unread

Gesture. "Khazad."

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. "Khazad. Kobold." She opens a small portal in the cave wall to show the wood shop: "Tirinquo, kobold. Quendi."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

They are completely astonished by the portal.

Permalink Mark Unread

She gives them time to examine it, but warns them off if they go to touch it.

Permalink Mark Unread

They return to trying to learn some vocabulary for conversation.

Permalink Mark Unread

She picks up the basics quickly. (She also closes the portal again when they seem to be done with it, and breaks the spell for good measure.)

Permalink Mark Unread

They would like to know how the portals and lights are done.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Magic," she says, though they really don't have enough shared language for that to be anything but a circular definition. "I do it by thinking." Sort of. Closer, anyway.

Permalink Mark Unread

Can they have some? They also want to offer her things, would she like to come see their kingdom and see if they have things she'd like?

Permalink Mark Unread

Probably? She wants to talk to her Quendi about it before she gives them anything big, but she can make some more things glow if they want, and she can see their kingdom, sure.

Permalink Mark Unread

Their kingdom is this way. They start walking. They prize the glowy things.

Permalink Mark Unread

She follows. She's a little slower than they are if she walks, so she floats again.

Permalink Mark Unread

That fascinates them too. They show her to the city. It is very very big, bigger than any Elven city she's seen, and very intricate.

Permalink Mark Unread

Wow.

Permalink Mark Unread

Does she want any things? They present her with things. Tools, weapons, armor, metals....

Permalink Mark Unread

Not especially? Her Quendi might want some things, but she doesn't know what.

Permalink Mark Unread

They will wait. They thank her.

Permalink Mark Unread

...okay? She can come back soon if this is an okay place to teleport to - she demonstrates teleporting - may she bring a few Quendi with her when she does?

Permalink Mark Unread

They are not sure what a Quendi is but yes.

Permalink Mark Unread

Portal: those guys. Those are Quendi.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh. They do know some of those. They haven't been impressed by the ones they've known. They are a bit wary.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, she doesn't have to bring them, but the ones she knows are pretty okay. She can probably find some who aren't mages if that'd make them feel better about it?

Permalink Mark Unread

Mages are people who can do her magic?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yup. And the Quendi who'd have the best idea of what they might want is one; she's sure he won't hurt them, but it's entirely understandable if they don't want more people with strange magic around.

Permalink Mark Unread

The problem is the Quendi, not the magic. They are - unimpressed with Quendi. They'll try to be open-minded.

Permalink Mark Unread

...okay. She'll be back in a little while, then.

She goes to find Findekáno.

Permalink Mark Unread

He is findable. What's going on?

Permalink Mark Unread

I found some more people. Dwarves, maybe? They call themselves khazâd and they don't speak Quenya, anyway. She sends him a memory of what they look like.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes, those would be Dwarves. Cool! How did you meet them?

Permalink Mark Unread

We were digging out the same vein of iron from different sides, met in the middle. They took it well, she grins, and they were really interested in my magic and want to give us some stuff, they seemed to think that was important? But they wanted to know what we wanted, so I came back to find out. They're nervous about Quendi, though - they said you could come talk to them, they just weren't too enthusiastic about it.

Permalink Mark Unread

General nervousness, or specific to us?

Permalink Mark Unread

Specific to Quendi, they recognized your species when I showed them through a portal.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hmm. Okay. I think it's better to go and try reassuring them, given that we're invited, what do you think?

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. She trances for a moment and offers her hand.

Permalink Mark Unread

He takes it.

Permalink Mark Unread

And here they are back in the dwarf city. (She resumes glowing.)

Permalink Mark Unread

Hello? he tries, and gets no reaction. 

 

Then he tries Quenya, and they try a different language, and everybody sets to learning each others'.

Permalink Mark Unread

Rána follows along reasonably well with the language lessons, and picks up a little more vocabulary.

Permalink Mark Unread

And soon he has enough vocabulary to realize that the Dwarves are offering to trade weapons and armor for the portal and light magic. He tells Rána this.

Permalink Mark Unread

She's vaguely confused, but: I don't think we should teach them without knowing more about them, unless you know a lot more than I do. I wouldn't mind casting some spells for them, though - only safe stuff, same reason.

Permalink Mark Unread

I agree. Casting some things for them should be sufficient, they haven't even asked how to do it yet.

Permalink Mark Unread

They asked me, and they know I'm not the only one who can, it might come up.

"What do you want me to put magic on?"

Permalink Mark Unread

They want to know what all her magic can do.

Permalink Mark Unread

Light, portals, teleporting - flying they saw but she probably can't cast that on them, but she can do something similar to make containers that make what you put in them lighter - and making water, and changing how plants grow. And she has a good amount of control over when the effects are active, if they want things that can be turned on and off or turn on or off automatically or need a password to work or whatever she can do that, too, and that lets her do some fancy things like make armor that teleports arrows away when they hit it.

Permalink Mark Unread

They are very very excited about this and quickly start talking about various applications.

Permalink Mark Unread

Her grasp of the language isn't good enough to follow that very closely. She does explain after a few minutes that all spells have to be cast on something, they can only affect that thing and in some cases things that touch it, and if the thing breaks the spell does too.

Permalink Mark Unread

That is useful information that is rapidly incorporated into the discussion of applications.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, she's patient. She leans on Findekáno. Seems to be going well.

Permalink Mark Unread

They seem like the kind of people who find magic more exciting than Quendi are annoying, at least.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, I wasn't quite expecting this.

I can come get you when they're done, if you want to go back.

Permalink Mark Unread

No, this is fascinating, maybe they'll think of something we didn't test, and I wouldn't want to give them the impression I find them or their concerns boring.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay.

She sits and listens.

Permalink Mark Unread

So does he! The Dwarves get back to the question of what they can offer in exchange for these things.

Permalink Mark Unread

She catches the concept this time. She doesn't say anything but does kind of make a face.

Permalink Mark Unread

They definitely don't notice that. They have a list of all the things done in their kingdom.

Permalink Mark Unread

Good, she prefers that they don't.

This is exactly the question she brought Findekáno to answer; she leaves him to it.

Permalink Mark Unread

He is definitely equipped to impromptu navigate trade agreements! They are tremendously pleased by and reassured by this, and warm to him considerably.

Permalink Mark Unread

That's good, at least.

Permalink Mark Unread

Navigating it will take most of the day.

Permalink Mark Unread

She hangs out until lunchtime. Do you expect to need me for anything here?

Permalink Mark Unread

The magic, probably, but if you had other things you needed to do today that's fine.

Permalink Mark Unread

Other host's expecting me, yeah.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. They'll probably be excited about this too.

Permalink Mark Unread

Wan grin. I'll tell Maitimo about it first thing.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thanks!

Permalink Mark Unread

Poof.

She goes and finds Maitimo, first.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hey. What's going on?

Permalink Mark Unread

I found the Dwarves today. Findekáno's all excited, they're talking to them right now.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, excellent! What are they like?

Permalink Mark Unread

She sends some memories - what they look like, how they move, what their language sounds like. They're very excited about the magic... they, uh, want to trade for it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Cool! What are they offering, or is that what Findekáno's working out?

Permalink Mark Unread

That's what they're working out. They had a list, but I don't remember all of it, it was long - she repeats the bits she does remember.

Permalink Mark Unread

Don't worry about it, I'll ask him later. How exciting!

Permalink Mark Unread

...mmhmm. Enthusiasm: uh, no.

Permalink Mark Unread

You don't like them?

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't dislike them? But this kind of... thing, is just not done, among kobolds. The trading.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes, you've said. Many times. Not doing something and believing no one should do it and writing off an entire species because the first members you met do it are all very different things. If one of my people reacted that way to another species just because they did something differently - not in a way that hurt people, just differently - I would be very deeply disappointed in them.

Permalink Mark Unread

...sure. She floats up out of her chair and heads for the door. I should go eat.

Permalink Mark Unread

See you. He writes an announcement that they've made contact with Dwarves! Everyone is very excited to be meeting a new species! There is delighted singing in the streets.

Permalink Mark Unread

Good for them.

Rána holes up in her room for a couple hours. Are they still singing when she pokes her head out again?

Permalink Mark Unread

These are Elves, they'll sing for the rest of the day at minimum.

Permalink Mark Unread

How nice.

She gets back to work. At least when she's casting she doesn't have to listen.

Permalink Mark Unread

That evening the Feanorians and Nolofinweans talk for about six hours about Dwarves.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, that's good news except for the part where it's kind of horrible news. At least she's probably not going to have to deal with figuring out who gets all the stuff the Dwarves are going to presumably insist on giving her, that would have been awful.

Permalink Mark Unread

Word has gotten out not to talk to her about Dwarf things, yeah. Everyone makes a point of telling her things they are doing that are totally unrelated to Dwarves.

Permalink Mark Unread

That's helpful. She relaxes again, slowly.

Permalink Mark Unread

Lots of what is going on continues to be about Dwarves, about as much as is about humans, but they do make an effort to minimize it around her.

Permalink Mark Unread

The occasional Dwarf thing that isn't about plans to trade magic for things gets a much calmer reaction from her.

Permalink Mark Unread

In that case everybody can calibrate to be way more careful to avoid discussing trading things while being happy to mention how Dwarves don't have genders and Dwarves have plural marriages and Dwarves don't have chiefs or people in charge at all...

Permalink Mark Unread

That all sounds pretty cool, actually.

After a week and a half, she asks Findekáno, okay, so, what's the plan with the Dwarves?

Permalink Mark Unread

So, if we want to provide magic things for free - I did ask - they will just have their people who are not busy in line to receive and then resell the free things. If we want to provide them for credit to use later, we can do that. We can also directly trade for lots of things, and we're talking about how to do that. I haven't promised anything only you can do, my cousin said that you are really upset that they work the way they do.

Permalink Mark Unread

She blinks at him, relaxes noticeably, and hugs him. Okay. Good. I didn't follow all of that, but, good.

Permalink Mark Unread

We don't have to understand each other to accommodate each other. Hug. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Hug: yes.

 

The problem is that I really don't want to own things, and it looked like I might have to, at least sort of, to make that work.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ah. I don't think so, not even if you did things for them. It's entirely fine to have the things they want to trade go to a trust or to someone else. They're really very willing to be flexible.

Permalink Mark Unread

And there's her the rest of the way relaxed. Good. Snuggle.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm glad you're okay.

Permalink Mark Unread

Aww. I do bounce back okay from most things. I would've been okay if I had to deal with it, too, it just would've been harder.

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't understand, but I guess I don't need to.

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't mind talking about it.  Part of it is how owning things is taboo among kobolds, but it's more than that - because I was spending time with tigerfolk, and because of some of the things that happened after I spent that summer with them, they never quite trusted that I wouldn't pick it up, so I got into the habit of being really careful about not even giving the appearance of it. And when I was around the tigerfolk - well, kobolds have a reputation for theft, I had to be really careful there, too. And learning that in the first place was... unpleasant. So it's always been something that's been dangerous for people to even think I was doing, in whichever context. I'm kind of getting over it - the way things are organized here it's just easier if the things I need are in my room, even if it does look like that, and nobody else cares - but I'm not to the point where I can easily give up the - deniability, I guess - yet.

Permalink Mark Unread

And so it wasn't that it bothered you that Dwarves like trading, you just thought people were going to demand you participate?

Permalink Mark Unread

Exactly. There's a war on; if you tell me to do that I will. But it'd be hard.

Permalink Mark Unread

We don't need you to do things that are that upsetting to you. 

Permalink Mark Unread

So far it's worked out that way, yeah. If it doesn't, though - I dunno, there might be something I wouldn't be willing to do to make Angband stop existing, but if there is I haven't thought of it yet.

Permalink Mark Unread

Squeeze. I know that feeling very well.

Permalink Mark Unread

Snuggle. Yeah.

Permalink Mark Unread

The other mages aren't as fast as you but we're getting good enough to do some things.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. I'm not going to assume it can't come up, though. This isn't the first trouble I've been through, not being ready to handle things doesn't help anybody.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, but getting really unhappy in anticipation doesn't help too much either. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm, and I'm not doing that? I know this could kill me; I know it could hurt me very badly. But that doesn't scare me, and hasn't for a long time; working with the tigerfolk was just the same.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Okay. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Sigh. Snuggle.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sigh. Squeeze.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mm.

Can I ask you something?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, of course.

Permalink Mark Unread

The thing where Quendi don't have kids in war time - why is that?

Permalink Mark Unread

Because the kids will have happier and better lives if we wait until we're somewhere safe. And the Enemy can't get them.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. Snuggle.

Permalink Mark Unread

Why do you ask?

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, I hatched during a war, and I've been thinking about that recently. It's not as much of a taboo for kobolds, obviously, but it's still uncommon. But they needed me. Or - not me, so much, but a kid from my egg-parent, and I'm who they happened to get; it didn't work out how they were expecting. But, even from then, the question of what I'm for has always been something with a really obvious answer - I was for being the next chief, and then I was for being a Speaker, and then I was for working with the tigerfolk, and now I'm for this. I'm not sure I like that, but... I think losing that hurt me almost as much as being alone, when I lost my tribe. Like it or not it's part of what I am, that I'm for something.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ah. That - does sound hard. I think I'd feel something of that if I - had to leave -

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. Yeah. But it's not - usually a problem, for me? When it is it's a bad one, but most of the time it's just life, even when doing the thing I'm for means doing something I'm not very comfortable with. Snuggle.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'll keep that in mind.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hug.

 

A few days later, she's getting ready to go see the Dwarves. Did you end up telling them about the fire form?

Permalink Mark Unread

Haven't, no, but since they haven't pushed us to get magic I'm not too worried about offering things that could be easily weaponized if they were mages. Also, they're easily creative enough to weaponize all the other forms.

Permalink Mark Unread

She hesitates, then nods. Okay. What do you think I should do if they ask for weapons?

Permalink Mark Unread

Say we're not selling them.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. What's that in their language?

Permalink Mark Unread

He offers a translation. Not their language, technically, just Sindarin, the local Quendi language. Their own they keep secret.

Permalink Mark Unread

She repeats it back. Okay. Anything else I should know?

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm not sure. Are they going to discomfit you if they talk about accounts and trade?

Permalink Mark Unread

Maybe, depends on how they do it. I'll cope, anyway.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. Good skill.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hug. See you later. And she goes to see the Dwarves.

Permalink Mark Unread

Who are delighted to see her and trade with her!

Permalink Mark Unread

...right. Well. She's here to enspell things, what things would they like enspelled?

Permalink Mark Unread

They would like portals to the sky so they can grow crops, and heat for the forges, and portals to move goods while mining and tools for mining and portals to trade with other cities -

Permalink Mark Unread

She can do most of those things! Did they have something in mind for the mining tools, do they have a way to get her to the other cities?

Permalink Mark Unread

They don't, not faster than 'walk there' but if she can make paired portals they can take one to the other city next time a trade caravan comes.

Permalink Mark Unread

Not paired, but there's a trick they could pull off with a big enough one and a wagon or something, she'll set that up.

Permalink Mark Unread

They are very grateful!

Permalink Mark Unread

Cool.

(She can also fly pretty fast, if they need something set up more urgently, but they don't seem to, so it's probably not the best use of her time.)

She enspells the forges and tells them about the various spells she has for growing plants - light spells and light portals and multi-portal setups for plants that need more light than the sun will give them during the winter or at all and automatic watering spells and spells for the plants themselves - and sets those up for them and makes them portals and lightening carts and...

Permalink Mark Unread

And they are absolutely thrilled and the Quendi said just to set up an account in the bank and settle on prices for everything with the Quendi and add it to the account, don't discuss it, so they do that.

Permalink Mark Unread

Excellent. Rána will have a busy few weeks, then.

Permalink Mark Unread

And be much appreciated!

(They ask Elves what to do with the money in the account. The Elves suggest arming to protect themselves against the evil god?)

Permalink Mark Unread

Rána is perfectly happy not knowing what the money is being used for. Or that it exists, for that matter.

Eventually the subject of casting on people comes up: She can, that's how she can fly and glow and things, but the usual way of doing it is to set the spell up to react to the spellbearer's thoughts, and for some reason her magic can't see their thoughts. Which doesn't mean she can't cast on them, just that they won't be able to control spells that way, which is usually considered a bad thing to do to someone.

Permalink Mark Unread

...yeah, seems like they shouldn't have spells that work like that. Her magic can't see their minds because Dwarves are immune to mind-affecting magic.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. She can still cast on them if they want her to, they'll just have to come up with a safe enough way of controlling the spell - hand signs, maybe, if there's some they're sure enough that they won't do by accident.

That explains why they can't hear osanwë, too, probably?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yep, can't hear osanwë and can't be tampered with by the Enemy and aren't affected by mood songs and so on. They think it's a very useful way to be.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sounds it, yeah. She likes osanwë, but not having to worry about the rest would be nice. (..she can probably do a spell that'll teleport someone away if they're affected by a mood song, she files that idea away to mention to the Quendi.)

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, having osanwë would have helped with stopping the Doriath Quendi from hunting them for sport.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

 

Fucksake. Sport?

Permalink Mark Unread

As in, not to eat, just for fun? Yeah. They assume. Quendi are kind of incomprehensible, really.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

Okay. She... she needs to sit down for a minute.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm they'll tell everyone to keep on with the requests when she's back from break.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Right.

 

Breathing. Right. Breathing. Not having a flashback, nope. Breathing.

...she needs to not be alone right now, that is the worst thing. She pops back to the Ñolofinwëan city. Findekáno?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah?

Permalink Mark Unread

Found out why the Dwarves are nervous of Quendi. You busy? I'm really not okay.

Permalink Mark Unread

...yeah, but it's okay. What's going on?

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

Doriath Quendi hunted them.

Permalink Mark Unread

What?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, I'm - didn't ask questions, but, the osanwë, didn't think they were people.

Permalink Mark Unread

In that case it's very charitable of them to decide we're probably okay.

Permalink Mark Unread

There is a very long pause.

Mmhmm.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sigh.

Permalink Mark Unread

She is just barely holding onto the ability to do communication at all, here, if he doesn't talk she's not going to be able to answer.

She sends her location.

Permalink Mark Unread

He goes and finds her.

Permalink Mark Unread

She's in one of the spots set aside for teleporting, sitting on the ground, staring at nothing in particular; she doesn't seem to notice him.

Permalink Mark Unread

He sits next to her.

Permalink Mark Unread

There's no response for a couple seconds, but then she leans over onto him and shudders. Thanks.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hug. Of course.

Permalink Mark Unread

She just kind of sits there, for a little while. Her breathing is mostly pretty steady, but occasionally hitches, or speeds up for a few seconds before she gets it under control again. She shudders, once or twice, but aside from that she's very still, very quiet.

 

I... saw, you know. When it was us.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm sorry. 

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Yeah.

 

So when I remember, it's... bad.

Permalink Mark Unread

I've heard of that happening to people, yeah.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Yeah.

Long time since this, but.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hug.

Permalink Mark Unread

She shudders, but relaxes just a hair.

 

If you talk to me, it'll help.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. I didn't know that. The Dwarves said they really didn't like the Thindar but not why - I don't think they were hiding it, I think they were trying to be polite?

Permalink Mark Unread

Problem is it's very vivid, it's hard to remember I'm here and not there.

They did seem... very calm, about the whole thing? Think about them a little like how kobolds think about elves, but only a little.

Permalink Mark Unread

I wonder if there's a polite way to bring it up at all. They probably have people affected like you were -

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah.

I could - her breath hitches again and it's a few seconds before she can continue - I could give anyone who wants one because of that a spell to teleport them home. And arrowproofing, if -

Permalink Mark Unread

I thought your magic doesn't work like that on them? Also I am very sure it's not still ongoing, they would have reacted differently if it were.

Permalink Mark Unread

Knowing it can't happen again might help anyway. Magic should work, just can't trigger with their thoughts.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, you can definitely offer.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah.

 

When you find Doriath, don't-  She freezes again, staring off into the middle distance.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hmm?

Permalink Mark Unread

It takes most of a minute for her to come back out of it. ...sorry. What was I saying?

Permalink Mark Unread

When you find Doriath, don't -

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh.

They were the ones who -

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. So don't what?

Permalink Mark Unread

Don't ask me to talk to them. Or be there.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sigh.

Permalink Mark Unread

Lean.

 

Maybe eventually? But. It wasn't even - they didn't - She shudders and curls up. The tigerfolk had an excuse.

Permalink Mark Unread

I think I'll want to talk to them to understand what happened and why. It seems like a bad idea to assume they're monsters before we've met them.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mm.

 

Someone should but not me.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, that's fine.

Permalink Mark Unread

Good.

Permalink Mark Unread

He wants to talk about that, but this is probably not the time. He just hugs her instead.

Permalink Mark Unread

She drifts off again, a little bit, but not so far as to be unresponsive.

 

I still shouldn't be alone, she says after a while, but I'm doing a little better. I could go back if someone went with me but I'd be pushing myself.

Permalink Mark Unread

You don't need to, it's fine.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. I'm gonna go get Tirinquo and lie down, then.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. 

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Hug. Thank you.

Permalink Mark Unread

You're welcome.

Permalink Mark Unread

And she goes.

Permalink Mark Unread

...and he assigns people who are able to help the Dwarves instead and assures them that she didn't decide to snub them out of anger at them. Luckily by now there are enough other mages.

Permalink Mark Unread

She usually checks in every day. It stresses him out tremendously,  because he doesn't get to interact with anyone else more often than once a week, there's far too much going on, but he has never asked her to scale it back because she seems to need a lot of support. When she doesn't show up he sends someone to check on her.

Permalink Mark Unread

Tirinquo answers the door and makes a dubious face at the stranger. Rána is curled up in bed behind them, and uncurls when they chirp questioningly at her; she doesn't seem to have been sleeping. Yeah?

Permalink Mark Unread

The King wanted to check if you're okay.

Permalink Mark Unread

No, but I will be. Couple days, I might be able to do things before that but not easily.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. Need anything?

Permalink Mark Unread

 

We'll be okay, thanks.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

I found out why the Dwarves are nervous of you. I don't want to talk about it yet, but, that. She curls up again.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes, the other host told us. We'll learn what happened.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay.

Permalink Mark Unread

Take care. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm.

 

Two days later she's up and about again, noticeably more grim than usual and prone to startling, but overall managing okay. Tirinquo insists on following her around, which she doesn't object to; they head to the Ñolofinwëan city after breakfast to check in with Findekáno.

Permalink Mark Unread

He raises his eyebrows slightly to see two of them. Hi. How are you doing?

Permalink Mark Unread

Better, pretty much. Everything okay here?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yep. We've got people giving the Dwarves things so they didn't feel abandoned.

Permalink Mark Unread

...yeah, good idea. Sorry about that.

Permalink Mark Unread

It sounds like you did everything you were able to and shouldn't feel sorry about anything.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. Anyway, I think I'm ready to go back now.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. I'm sure they'll be happy to see you.

Permalink Mark Unread

That gets a grin, if not a very enthusiastic one. I hope I didn't worry them too much.

Permalink Mark Unread

I found other people who could do most of the things they wanted and I promised you weren't offended with them or anything.

Permalink Mark Unread

Her grin is more genuine this time. Thank you.

Permalink Mark Unread

You are welcome.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hug. Anything else I need to know before I go?

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't think so. Nothing else like that has come up, at least.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. Good. And off the kobolds go.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Dwarves are the same as they were a few days ago, full of cheerful magic requests.

Permalink Mark Unread

That's a little bit weird? But not in a bad way.

Tirinquo isn't quite sure what to make of the Dwarves. Rána keeps an eye on them, but for the most part they're content just to watch everything, and don't slow her down much.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Dwarves are no more startled by two kobolds than one. Some people do address Tirinquo but when they don't get answers they just assume a language barrier.

Permalink Mark Unread

And they're dealing with all different Dwarves, not just the same few, so there's not much point in explaining unless someone asks.

Rána doesn't push herself, but still gets a good amount done before lunch, which she decides to eat in the city.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Dwarves are happy to provide!

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

Uh.

She was going to portal in something from the Quendi city, but okay?

Permalink Mark Unread

...she can do that too if she'd rather, they won't be offended.

Permalink Mark Unread

...at some point if she's going to be here a lot she really should figure out a better way to deal with that part of their culture than 'be alarmed at anything even resembling it'. But maybe not today. Portal: lunch.

Permalink Mark Unread

And then more magic requests!

Permalink Mark Unread

Tirinquo is increasingly grumpy about being told not to touch stuff; eventually Rána sends them home, and the magic requests are fulfilled without further distraction.

Permalink Mark Unread

They are appreciative and thank her.

Permalink Mark Unread

No problem, really.

...also she has a question, sort of? If there's anyone who was affected by the trouble with the Doriath Quendi and would feel better with defensive spells or a way to teleport home or something, she'd like to make sure that's available to them, what's a good way to do that?

Permalink Mark Unread

This city of Dwarves wasn't affected, it was mostly a different tribe. They could ask when they next see them, but it isn't very often.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. Somebody's getting portals set up anyway, she can wait.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's nice of her to think of that.

Permalink Mark Unread

Something similar happened to her tribe when she was younger, it's kind of a big deal to her.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's kind of objectively a big deal. They hope her tribe's okay now.

Permalink Mark Unread

That too, yeah. Her tribe made it through okay, it was bad but it was brief and they were able to get away from it.

Permalink Mark Unread

They're very glad. If her tribe needs weapons they can have as many as they need.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's nice of them to offer. Not going to happen, for several reasons, but still nice of them.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay.

Permalink Mark Unread

If they have any questions about kobolds in general or her in particular she wouldn't mind answering them.

Permalink Mark Unread

They do! Where do kobolds live, what do they do, how did they learn the magic, what do they eat, are others interested in meeting them....

Permalink Mark Unread

So she tells them about kobolds, starting with the fact that she's from another world entirely that can only be reached by teleportation. She skips the bit about theft as a cultural feature but does explain that they don't do ownership, gives an overview of how Gifts work and explains that teleportation is hers, explains that they mostly don't talk and are very insular, and gives plenty of details about day-to-day life.

Permalink Mark Unread

Their opinion of not doing ownership is profound concern and disappointment. "The Doriath Quendi don't either, it's a big part of why they're so terrible," someone explains casually. 

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"Kobolds don't always make good neighbors, but I think we have very different sorts of problems than they do."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Bad neighbors mean wars, eventually, and no ownership means starvation and disease and very slow or no inventing new things and losing old inventions and everybody suffering."

Permalink Mark Unread

"We live in small enough groups that we only have a couple of those problems, and we don't really care about inventing much. War, though, yeah, that happens - we aren't warlike, we don't start them, but they happen anyway."

Permalink Mark Unread

They have a hard time relating to not caring about inventing things, but express sympathy over the wars happening even though the kobolds don't start them. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. Her Quendi are mostly busy with the war here, but they're trying to help with that.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Enemy is pretty terrible and it's good to help with that.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. Her world doesn't have gods at all, so the Enemy was a nasty surprise.

Permalink Mark Unread

Really? That's pretty sensible of her world. Gods are - well, it's good that they made Dwarves in the first place, but nothing else they've done seems especially commendable.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, it's possible there are some somewhere and she's just never heard of them doing anything, but that seems just as good for her purposes. She hasn't heard much good about the local gods either.

Permalink Mark Unread

Maybe they have a reason for paroling Melkor, but it's hard to think of one.

Permalink Mark Unread

...she hadn't heard about that bit yet, she thought they just weren't helping. Wow.

Permalink Mark Unread

They only heard it recently, from the Quendi.

Permalink Mark Unread

Maybe each of the Quendi tribes assumed the other one had told her, that seems possible.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Quendi seem kind of embarrassed by everything relating to how they left Valinor.

Permalink Mark Unread

That too, yeah. She doesn't have the whole story, but part of it is that they'd never really taken a meaningful risk before? Which is the Valar's fault, not theirs, but, like, literally only one person had ever died, where they were before; they had no idea what they were getting into, and they made some really bad decisions because of it.

Permalink Mark Unread

That does seem like a recipe for making bad decisions. Quendi. They shake their heads despairingly.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. Well, they're learning, anyway.

Permalink Mark Unread

Good? Is that good?

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, she thinks so. She doesn't know anything about the Doriath Quendi, but hers came to try to kill the Enemy; getting more sensible about that and better at avoiding mistakes that hurt each other or other people is a good thing.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes, but if their flaw in the first place was never having seen anyone die, then 'now they're better about that' sort of suggests a painful learning process.

Permalink Mark Unread

...ah. Yeah. Her tribe - the one they've been talking to - got here by walking across the ice, which took them a few decades; the other one got here first and had to fight a lot of orcs.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Doriath ones had to fight a lot of orcs too.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, that only fixes some kinds of problems.

Permalink Mark Unread

Better than nothing, but yeah.

Permalink Mark Unread

The thing where the Dwarves aren't the first species they've met that aren't gods or orcs probably helps, too. Not that they've had much contact with kobolds, but having some still helped, she thinks, and then also there are the Men.

Permalink Mark Unread

And the elves, right? The Quendi mentioned elves.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeeeah that happened too but she doubts it was useful the same way, elves are actually sort of awful.

Permalink Mark Unread

Practice at dealing with people you think are awful is probably character-building.

Permalink Mark Unread

True, but her Quendi don't think the Dwarves are awful, so it might help with some things, but it doesn't help with this.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Dwarves tentatively don't think the Noldor are awful either. A bit silly and impractical, but they can't help that, they're Quendi.

Permalink Mark Unread

Some of that's probably cultural? She's curious what things they're thinking of.

Permalink Mark Unread

They have genders, isn't that weird? It's like some sort of guild thing and you dress to signal which one you're in and they use different words for people in different ones, it's completely baffling. Also they're very convinced that there's only one kind of sex-relationship and they have silly tastes and they sing all. the. time.

Permalink Mark Unread

Pfft.

Genders are a biological thing, not a guild thing. They're weird, it's weird that they don't keep it private and that they think it matters, but, that's what that's about, the other species she's familiar with from home do the same thing.

Permalink Mark Unread

...Dwarves don't keep it private, exactly, but wearing coded clothes for it is a bit much. If lots of species do it then lots of species are weird.

Permalink Mark Unread

Agreed, definitely, but it does apparently work okay for lots of people.

The relationship thing she mostly can't speak to - the Valar apparently gave them some rules about that and that doesn't seem to have done them any good at all, but she's not sure how much of it is that - and their tastes are about as far from Dwarves' as the species she's familiar with's are from each other, and she kind of likes the singing - kobolds don't sing as often and when they do it's for different reasons but it's still nice.

Permalink Mark Unread

That's a fair enough analysis.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. Pretty standard different-species stuff, really. If they'd noticed them causing problems or making mistakes, that'd be more worrisome.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, they don't use a very effective economic system, that's a pretty serious mistake, but the Dwarves are used to everybody making it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Huh?

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, Quendi don't use sensible principles for distribution of goods at all, and varied between 'fascinated' and 'politely indifferent' when the Dwarves tried to explain them, and are running their society really badly as a result but no one except Dwarves has ever gotten that right.

Permalink Mark Unread

...possibly they were talking to the wrong Quendi. Did they try Findekáno?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, they did! ...there's a lot to it beyond 'use money for things'. Having Kings, for example, is a bad idea, and having Kings assign people work is a terrible one.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hmh.

The head of the other tribe of Quendi might be more interested, but it also might be a really bad idea to suggest it at all, she'd have to know more to know.

Permalink Mark Unread

People should do what they want to do, instead of have someone telling them, but of course if people don't have any way to coordinate their activities then you get problems like 'Austri would prefer to get potatoes if they're going to be scarce, but prefer to work in the forge if lots of people are getting potatoes.' So what prices are is a form of information about what other people are doing, and as long as everything has a price everyone knows what everyone else is doing no matter how people there are, and they can make informed choices about what they want to be doing, and this works out much better than telling them.

Permalink Mark Unread

That's actually kind of like how kobolds do things, except kobolds live in groups small enough that they can figure out what needs to be done by just watching. It doesn't work so well when there's a war or emergency, though, at least the regular way the kobolds do it - you can't just look at the supplies and who's doing what and figure out what it'd be most useful for you to do if there's something weird changing what the tribe needs.

Permalink Mark Unread

Prices catch up pretty fast to changes in what the tribe needs, and actually warn of it in advance if there's any way to predict it. Unpredictable things can still cause temporary changes, but even then it's not good to manage them by telling people what to do.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hm.

Well, she's still not sure it'd be a good idea to suggest, but she can probably figure that out.

There's also the thing where she'd have a really hard time with being expected to do ownership like that, but if it's not her tribe picking it up she can probably still avoid it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, the Quendi said not to tell her about payments for her magic.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. She appreciates that they're being so nice about that.

Permalink Mark Unread

The payments are really important because otherwise people won't be able to make their own coordinated decisions, but if she doesn't want to know how much is in her account, or if she wants it transferred to the Quendi or to other people, that's not a problem at all.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's good that that's not a problem. If she had to deal more directly with owning things she'd still just be passing everything off to her tribe, but she'd be a lot more stressed about it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Seems strange to them but strange is okay. Not everyone can be a Dwarf.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yup. She'll probably get over it if one of the Quendi tribes picks it up, just, not quickly.

Permalink Mark Unread

They are very confused about the aversion to owning things thing but the Quendi said not to ask her questions about it.

Permalink Mark Unread

She doesn't mind talking about it, but she's not sure how much sense it'll make to them. Part of it is that kobolds consider ownership to be antisocial, and her tribe tended to suspect her of it because she spent time around other species that did it, so she had to be careful not to seem to want to. The other part is - kobolds don't do ownership, and they don't think other species should either, so they don't respect that - she does, she knows better, but it's a pretty entrenched cultural thing - so kobolds have a reputation for theft. Which means that whenever she was with another species she had to be very careful not to give the impression of having any interest in their stuff at all, or they'd stop being willing to have her there and maybe get violent - the Dwarves might've noticed that she doesn't touch their things unless she absolutely has to or go anywhere she hasn't been specifically invited unless it's obviously public? That's why, it's habits she picked up from working with the other species in her world. So between the two of those, ownership's always been something she's needed to avoid so thoroughly that nobody even thinks she might be doing it, and that's not the case any more, but it's going to be a hard habit to break when it's always mattered so much.

Permalink Mark Unread

They are profoundly sympathetic and then set to debating how to accommodate kobolds who can't understand the concept of ownership - can they be deterred from stealing from people? How? Can it be explained to them how harmful stealing is, or do they not care? Are they willing to pay for insurance to recompense people they rob?

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, the only two kobolds in the world are her and Tirinquo, and that's going to change slowly if at all, so they don't really need a general solution - Tirinquo would probably try it if they got here by themselves somehow, but that's very unlikely, and if it happened anyway she could almost certainly get back anything they took; the whole point would be to show off that they'd managed it, they wouldn't even mind her bringing it back afterward.

Permalink Mark Unread

They would like to have a general solution, though, in case other kobolds came through. Insurance is probably the way to manage it. They start debating specifics.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, hm. If that's going to work at all they'll pretty much have to do it on a whole-tribe level rather than an individual one; most kobolds don't talk and are terrified of nonkobolds, on top of not personally owning anything. If a tribe moves to this world somehow, they'll almost certainly have one or two Speakers who can negotiate for the tribe; they may or may not be willing to, especially if they present it as being about their ownership of the stolen things, but if it's going to happen at all, that'd be how.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, they can just keep kobolds out if kobolds are unwilling to stop hurting people and unwilling to discuss restitution, they can't think much else to do at that point beyond keep kobolds out.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, that's pretty much what ends up happening in her world, too. With varying degrees of success, but it seems like they'd manage it pretty well.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's disappointing they can't think of a better solution. They are inclined to try. But okay.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, if she's around to help, there's a decent chance they can work something out - it might not exactly look like insurance, that seems like too complicated of an idea to explain to someone who doesn't have the concept of ownership in the first place, but... there's a pretty good chance that the kobolds themselves would be willing to provide things for them to steal back, actually? Like she mentioned earlier, it's not actually so much about having the things as it is about proving themselves and showing off to each other.

Permalink Mark Unread

The idea of the insurance would just be that kobolds create enough value that Dwarves prefer having them as neighbors even after making sure that people who are hurt by the stealing are provided for. But getting the things back would definitely reduce the amount of harm.

Permalink Mark Unread

...yeah, that mostly comes down to details about the specific tribe, and the most likely scenarios for a whole tribe ending up here aren't very optimistic on that count. Good thing it's not very likely.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes! ...someone feels the need to clarify 'kobolds being happy' is a form of value kobolds create that would be worth working towards, it's not like the kobolds have to have things for the Dwarves.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh.

In that case they can probably come up with something? She's not sure why the kobolds' Speaker arranging for the tribe to give the Dwarves things for its members to steal back doesn't work for them, but if they can find a way around that...

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, they thought she meant that when kobolds stole things the Speaker would arrange to get the things back, which was better than the things being gone forever but still could hurt people depending what went missing when. That solution probably works perfectly.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ah. That too, but, cool! And in the longish run that probably ends up making the tribe be friendly to them in other ways, too; that's a game the kobolds play within their tribes as well, and they'll definitely notice if the Dwarves are participating in a friendly way rather than an unfriendly one.

Permalink Mark Unread

Then covering the cost of problems should be easy and well worth it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Awesome.

Permalink Mark Unread

They still spend a while debating how the insurance could work. They seem to find it interesting as a question.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure. Dwarves. She heads home for dinner after a bit.

Permalink Mark Unread

The camps are full of activity.

Permalink Mark Unread

Also full of food, isn't magic great. She gets Tirinquo and dinner and then goes to check in with Maitimo.

Permalink Mark Unread

You okay?

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. Found out why the Dwarves are nervous about Quendi; the Doriath ones used to hunt them.

Permalink Mark Unread

Findekáno told me.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. Not the kind of thing I do very well to be surprised with. I'm okay now, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

I would have told you if we'd learned it sooner.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. Well, we know now. Dunno what's going to happen when we find Doriath, but at least it won't be a surprise then.

Permalink Mark Unread

What do you mean 'what will happen'?

Permalink Mark Unread

...I'm probably not going to be able to handle talking to them? They hunted them for sport, that's not... I don't think I'm going to be able to handle being there, not at all, unless I'm missing something really important about what happened.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay, so you needn't go meet them.

Permalink Mark Unread

...nod. Ñolofinwëans have been pretty enthusiastic about the idea, though. Not that I've really been around since we found out. She shrugs. I'll find out when it happens, I guess.

Permalink Mark Unread

We also killed a lot of people, you know.

Permalink Mark Unread

She sighs and hugs her knees to her chest. Yeah, and I don't like that, but I'm pretty sure you had reasons I'd consider good enough - it's not how many, it's why.

Permalink Mark Unread

I am not trying to persuade you to interact with anyone in Doriath, though I very much doubt they were every one responsible. But we are going to seek to understand if they can be our allies against the Enemy.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm.

 

If you need me to - if I have to wonder if someone... would, or has, or would under other circumstances not see me as a person, I'm going to have a hard time handling that.

Permalink Mark Unread

I do not expect we will need you to.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod.

I spent some time talking to the Dwarves today. I'm really starting to like them. She grins. Told them some things about how kobolds work, and the first thing they wanted to do was figure out how to make having a tribe for neighbors work out okay for everybody.

Permalink Mark Unread

Good for them! Can it be done?

Permalink Mark Unread

We think so - it'd depend on the tribe and their situation, if the Speakers wouldn't interact with the Dwarves at all it'd be hard, but probably. The trick would be showing the Dwarves how to set things up to look like good things to steal, and then talking the Speakers into giving the Dwarves some things to set up like that and giving the things back afterward, so they're never actually taking the Dwarves' things.

Permalink Mark Unread

That does sound like a solution.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. Hopefully it'll never come up, but it's nice that there's a way to make it work if it does.

Permalink Mark Unread

I can't really imagine it coming up, you prefer very different living conditions.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. Same thing would probably work for Quendi, too, though. Or humans.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, we don't have trouble not stealing things and I don't think humans do. But yes.

Permalink Mark Unread

I mean if we end up needing to move a kobold tribe here. There's no way a whole tribe would be willing to stay in one of the cities, even if that wasn't a pretty horrible idea, but there's no place without anybody living nearby at all, so we'd need to find a way to keep them from getting into trouble with whoever they were near.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ah. Yes, that makes sense. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. Like I said, hopefully it won't ever come up, but.

Anyway, how've you been?

Permalink Mark Unread

Well! It's exciting to meet a new species, we have a lot to teach each other.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. It's neat seeing what they've come up with to use magic for, I'll be bringing a few of their ideas back here once things slow down a little there.

Permalink Mark Unread

Great!

Permalink Mark Unread

If you'd like to go meet them sometime I can bring you. Or invite them here, if you'd rather, but their city is really worth seeing.

Permalink Mark Unread

I would be delighted to see it!

Permalink Mark Unread

Let me know when you have the time, then, it seems like I'll be out there pretty often for the next while.

Permalink Mark Unread

I certainly will!

Permalink Mark Unread

Good.

Well, I should get to bed, have a good night.

Permalink Mark Unread

You as well.

Permalink Mark Unread

And off she goes.

The next day, she makes a guess at when Findekáno might not be too busy, and stops by.

Permalink Mark Unread

He is not too busy!

Permalink Mark Unread

Hey. Snuggle?

Permalink Mark Unread

Snuggle! You look better.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, I do bounce back pretty well from stuff. How've things been here?

Permalink Mark Unread

Good! Everyone's really happy to have made contact with Dwarves, and now that the city's set we can settle in a little.

Permalink Mark Unread

Good.

I took some time to chat with the Dwarves, yesterday, it turns out I really like them.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, good.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. Lean. I told them some things about kobolds and the first thing they wanted to do was figure out how to make it work if they ever find themselves with a tribe of us for neighbors. Turns out it'd be a little tricky to set up but it'd probably work fine after that, if that happens somehow.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, good. That seems like it might end badly.

Permalink Mark Unread

The thing nobody realizes is that kobolds stealing things usually isn't about the things, it's about showing off their sneaking-around skills. So if the tribe - or we, if the tribe couldn't do it - gave them a bunch of things to be stolen, and showed them how to set those up so they looked like a better challenge than anything else, pretty much nothing they cared about would get stolen - maybe not never, but I bet we could get it down to not even once a year - and everybody would be happy.

And, just, I really like that they want to do that, if it comes up.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, I can see why.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm.

Maitimo's probably going to go visit them soon.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, good. I expect they'll get along.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. And I wonder if they'll be interested in that thing they were talking about - a way of organizing things so you don't need a leader, even with big groups in wartime? I didn't understand it, but they seemed really enthusiastic about it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, they gave us that talk too. It works if you're Dwarves.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. Comfortable leaning.

Permalink Mark Unread

I bet an Elf society that really wanted to could eventually make it work, but we don't dislike our current system enough to throw it out and start from scratch like that.

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods. You seem to be doing pretty well as is, yeah. Awfully busy, but it might not fix as much of that as they think.

Permalink Mark Unread

I think we're just busy because there's a lot that needs to happen.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. So it sounds like it won't be a big deal if they want to talk to Maitimo about that, then, it'll be obvious enough that it wouldn't help.

Permalink Mark Unread

Were you worried?

Permalink Mark Unread

Not exactly? But it seemed like a good idea to check, especially since I didn't really understand what they were talking about.

Permalink Mark Unread

Makes sense. I think Nelyo's resilient to people suggesting alternative models of governance.

Permalink Mark Unread

Good. Hug.

Permalink Mark Unread

I appreciate you looking out for him.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod, snuggle. I could hardly not, you know?

Permalink Mark Unread

I do.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod.

She hangs out for a little while longer and then heads off to do some more magic for the Dwarves.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Dwarves are appreciative.

Permalink Mark Unread

And she leaves a bit of time at the end for more chatting. Are they up to anything interesting today?

Permalink Mark Unread

They tell her all about various engineering projects.

Permalink Mark Unread

She listens curiously, and when there's a lull she mentions that the head of the other group of Quendi is interested in visiting soon.

Permalink Mark Unread

Any Quendi who want to come visit can.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. It might be a good idea for people to know what's going on, though, since he was held captive by the Enemy and looks it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Quendi look weird anyway, honestly. No beards, too tall.

Permalink Mark Unread

Heh. All right, if it's not going to bug anybody.

Permalink Mark Unread

Weird-looking people don't harm anyone.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, she wouldn't go so far as 'harm', but being startled isn't fun.

Permalink Mark Unread

They won't be startled, though it's thoughtful of her.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. So what was that thing with the bridge that they mentioned?

After a while, she goes home. The next little while is pretty uneventful - she takes a day to catch up on things around the Quendi cities, and spends an afternoon with Tirinquo and the humans, but mostly keeps on working with the Dwarves.

Permalink Mark Unread

He goes to visit the Dwarves.

Permalink Mark Unread

She goes with him, of course. She's been keeping track of particularly pretty places and interesting people, she can play tour guide reasonably well.

Permalink Mark Unread

And he will happily sit himself down and talk trade policy minutia for about eight hours, even if he is disguising some exhaustion.

Permalink Mark Unread

She hangs out nearby; the Dwarves can bring her things to enspell, but she mostly keeps an eye on everything, and when she notices he's flagging a little she asks if he'd like to go home.

Permalink Mark Unread

He takes it as a cue to perk up and be less visibly tired and keep going.

Permalink Mark Unread

I promise they won't mind, she sends, fondly amused, but okay.

Permalink Mark Unread

Eventually he will go home.

Permalink Mark Unread

She's kind of running out of steam herself, by then, but she hangs out for a little bit. Seems like that was a nice change of pace.

Permalink Mark Unread

Meeting people is always nice.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. Well, if you'd like to go out again, just let me know.

Permalink Mark Unread

I will!

Permalink Mark Unread

Have a good night.

Permalink Mark Unread

A few days later, Nidela reports that the translation of the book on her world's spell forms is done.

Permalink Mark Unread

People are grateful and eager to read it!

Permalink Mark Unread

It serves as a pretty good overview of the world, in addition to talking about the magic forms and where to find them, albeit from the author's distinctly elven viewpoint: dwarves and humans cut down trees and are therefore awful, goblins take slaves but use mushrooms for their woodlike-material needs and are therefore less awful, animalfolk aren't really people but are generally pretty inoffensive (though they sometimes also cut down trees, why is everyone who's not an elf so horrible). Rána's type of kobold is barely mentioned, but there are also desert kobolds, who are nearly as elusive but use magical traps, so they get a section; the author also speculates that they have a form that lets them detect things at a distance, which, if it's true, is unique among known spell forms.

All in all there are a couple dozen spell forms mentioned; the most interesting one, which the author was more or less able to confirm the existence of but only able to give vague detail about where to find, is the animal-and-person version of the elves' plant modification spell.

Permalink Mark Unread

That is interesting. Possibly very unethical but still interesting. Quendi wouldn't be using it, obviously, that involves having children, but it does sound of interest. No one anywhere has healing?

Permalink Mark Unread

If that's really the animal-and-person equivalent of the plant manipulation form, it does healing. And will work just fine on people who already exist - they'd have to actually get it and look at it to figure out the scope of what it can do in adults, but the plant one can do most of the things it does to seeds to grown plants.

It's still possibly very unethical. Hexes with that form: yowch.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, you can do unethical things with anything at all that's remotely useful. Where can that spell be found?

Permalink Mark Unread

The book has maps! It's kind of out in the middle of nowhere; it's definitely in this one forest that has a bunch of really weird animals, but there aren't any cities or anything nearby, just a couple of little human towns.

Permalink Mark Unread

Rána can work with that, though. The description isn't good enough for her to target it directly, but an afternoon's work with the help of someone with better eyes gets the job done anyway.

Permalink Mark Unread

Then they will go through and osanwë-listen for mages.

Permalink Mark Unread

Those sure are some weird animals. An unusual proportion of them are variations on the theme of 'large and aggressive'.

Permalink Mark Unread

...okay, they'll make sure to send people who have teleport-deflection of threats.

Permalink Mark Unread

Some of the creatures look like they might not be all that inconvenienced by finding themselves suddenly falling down a cliff, but they can all be teleported.

It's a big forest. As they get closer to the middle of it, the creatures get bigger and meaner and tougher, and are more often camouflaged or venomous or similarly dangerous above and beyond just being big and mean.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, they only need to get within ten miles of the center, how big is this forest?

Permalink Mark Unread

Pretty big. And there aren't any paths bigger than a game trail, that's not helping anything.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay, what about just teleporting directly within ten miles of the center.

Permalink Mark Unread

Teleportation spell targeting doesn't work that way.

Permalink Mark Unread

It seems like it ought to be possible to make it work that way, given that it can target the forest at all. 

 

They keep heading inwards, anyway.

Permalink Mark Unread

...it can't target the forest, that's why Rána had to spend several hours trying random forest locations to get it.

After a while the animals stop getting more dangerous; they're still very varied, and very bitey.

Gosh this is a big forest. It's almost like the mage they're looking for doesn't want to be found.

Permalink Mark Unread

It can target 'forest' but not 'dangerous forest'?

 

And the size is very much to their advantage; it means they probably won't need to interact with the mages to get the spellform.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yup, it has to do with how having that many trees in one place changes their surroundings, it's like how it's possible to target different kinds of rock.

 

Eventually they catch a glimpse of some stone buildings through the trees. They're still pretty far off; even with Quendi sight they probably would have missed them if they weren't paying such careful attention.

Permalink Mark Unread

Can they hear thoughts?

Permalink Mark Unread

Nope. Too far away.

Permalink Mark Unread

They keep heading in that direction.

Permalink Mark Unread

And after a little while they're close enough to hear thoughts. There are a couple dozen people living here, of a variety of species, mostly human. No-one is actively casting, but a couple of them are playing around with the spell form, trying to figure out how to accomplish this or that, which is enough to learn it from.

The form is very intricate; not quite as complex, or as pretty, as Rána's teleportation form, but closer to it than any of the other forms they've picked up.

Permalink Mark Unread

Excellent.

 

They head home before being caught.

Permalink Mark Unread

Rána shows up presently to get the form. Ooooh, she reports, after a few moments' trance. I'm going to have to take some time to figure out all the stuff this can do, but it's very promising. I can definitely do healing - better than Quendi; it'd be hard to give someone that much control, but I think I can do all the things I've seen you do and then some...

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, good.

 

And indeed they are in a great mood.

Permalink Mark Unread

Justified. She pops over to the other host to let them know, and then spends the rest of the day with the humans - safe, reversible sterility is a bit beyond what she can do at the moment, but she can do plenty for them with more straightforward things - simple healing, fixing old damage, patching congenital problems, setting the occasional missing part to regrow - and having the form to refer to lets her diagnose a wider variety of things with the mage-sense, as well.

After dinner, she stops in to see Maitimo.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hey! Heard the good news - how long until the people experimenting with the form get good with it, do you expect?

Permalink Mark Unread

Depends on what you mean by 'good'; I expect we'll still be figuring things out about this form in a couple decades, it's very complex. But we'll probably have all the common stuff we want to do worked out in a few months, and there's plenty of useful stuff that's basic enough that we can do it right away.

Permalink Mark Unread

Excellent.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah.

Fixing scars is one of the straightforward things, if you want.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

All right.

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods. It's not instantaneous, it's more like a better version of your intentional healing ability, they'll go back to normal over a few days. And I'm not sure what it's going to feel like if you're used to having control of the process - I can make it so you can turn the spell off and on, by section if you'd like, if that might bother you.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

That does sound easier.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. Is there anything else that might make it easier?

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't think so.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. She casts; she starts the spells inactive, and sets it up so he can activate the regrowth spells separately from the de-scarring ones. She refrains from even mentioning that it's possible to do a fast hair growth spell.

Okay, all done.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thank you very much.

Permalink Mark Unread

No problem. She grins.

Anything else while I'm here?

Permalink Mark Unread

Can it do more than scarring?

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. Old wounds are a little trickier than newer ones, though, I'm going to need to figure out the best way to handle that for you so I don't hurt you while I'm doing it. I can probably start in a couple days.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay.

Permalink Mark Unread

If there's anything you'd like me to work on getting taken care of first, I can - I do have some idea of what's most painful, though, if you'd rather I just focus on that.

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't have particular priorities.

Permalink Mark Unread

All right.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thank you.

Permalink Mark Unread

You're welcome.

The next day she goes to see the Dwarves and tell them the news; she brings a list of what she can do so far - there's also a fair bit of simple cosmetic stuff - and lets them know that while she's focusing on more complex healing and birth control for the humans right now, she'll be able to take requests of things that aren't on the list eventually.

Permalink Mark Unread

They are very interested in learning to do it themselves.

Permalink Mark Unread

She suspects that that's impossible - there's no way of teaching it that doesn't involve telepathy. She's willing to give it a try with one of the simple cosmetic things, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

They try it. Nothing happens if they touch her while she's casting.

Permalink Mark Unread

And osanwë definitely wouldn't work. Sorry, guys.

Permalink Mark Unread

Disappointing! But they can trade for it so that's okay.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure.

After a while she takes a break from casting to go talk to Findekáno.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hey.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hey. Hug.

Permalink Mark Unread

What's up?

Permalink Mark Unread

Taking a break, mostly, but I wanted to check if you had the new magic yet.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yep! Very exciting. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. I'm going to be pretty busy for the next while, I'm sure - everybody'll be happy if I can get birth control for the humans, that and better healing than the basic kind are my first priorities.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes, that'll be really good.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm.

Taking care of peoples' frostbite injuries will help me figure out better healing in general, if you want to arrange for it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Good idea. I'll set that up.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thanks. And the scar removal thing is too simple to really teach me anything, but if anyone wants that while I'm casting on them anyway, it won't slow me down much, or any of the other simple cosmetic things.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. People mostly don't have scars, but that's still good to know.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod.

Snuggle. Maitimo took a scar removal spell, by the way.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, good.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. They might not leave it active all the time, though; they seemed a little bit uncomfortable with the whole thing.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, he won't need it active once they're gone, right?

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. But I'm not sure how long they're going to take to get to that point.

Permalink Mark Unread

Any way to guess in advance?

Permalink Mark Unread

A few days wouldn't surprise me, I'm kind of expecting them to push themselves. But I suspect this kind of healing will feel weird to people who're used to having control over it, and I'm not sure how big of a deal that's going to be.

Permalink Mark Unread

Why's that?

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Uh, because of Angband. Sigh. I'm mostly just guessing, but it could be that it'll feel like that kind of... having something done to them. Hopefully not, but it's possible.

Permalink Mark Unread

What does it feel like, exactly?

Permalink Mark Unread

Nothing in particular, to me, but I'm pretty sure I don't feel as much of what's going on with my body as Quendi do of yours - regular healing doesn't feel like anything either, usually.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hopefully it just feels like eating or something.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hopefully. Or knowing they can make it stop might be enough to make it okay. We'll have to see.

Permalink Mark Unread

I bet he'll be fine.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. Lean. Sigh.

Permalink Mark Unread

If you want I could test out what it feels like, to be more sure, but I bet it's fine.

Permalink Mark Unread

If you're curious, sure. I'm more frustrated that this kind of situation keeps coming up.

Permalink Mark Unread

Hmm?

Permalink Mark Unread

Where pretending they're okay means pushing themself to do something hard or uncomfortable.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, that's just Maitimo. Even before he got hurt he was like that. Fëanorians.

Permalink Mark Unread

Heh. All right. I still don't like it, but I'll try not to worry.

Permalink Mark Unread

I appreciate your concern for him.

Permalink Mark Unread

If only it were more useful. Oh well.

Did you want to try the healing?

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure.

Permalink Mark Unread

It's reasonably straightforward; a shallow cut is enough to test with, and it heals back up over the course of ten minutes or so.

Permalink Mark Unread

"This doesn't interfere too much with the way Elves interact with our bodies. There are lots of processes that we usually permit to go on rather than consciously monitoring them; feels like that, unless you get it into your head to stop yourself healing, and there's no reason to do that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Okay." Hug. "Thanks."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Of course."

Permalink Mark Unread

"All right. I should get back to the Dwarves. I'll stop by before dinner, though, to see what you come up with for the healing plan."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thank you."

Permalink Mark Unread

And back she goes.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Dwarves are inexhaustible in applications of magic. The Nolofinweans are happy to get frostbite patched. Everyone experiments contentedly with the new spell for several days.

Permalink Mark Unread

Rána makes some progress on the birth control, but focuses mostly on the healing, and shows up promptly when she has a few things she's confident can be safely done. I think it'll be best to start with your back; I won't be able to do it all today, but what I can do will help with the pain and it'll help me figure out what else I should be prioritizing. Okay?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yes.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. Sitting just like that is fine; I might want you to lie down for some things but this doesn't need it. I'm going to start with your spine - she sets the bones and the tissues that support them to healing, and stays in the trance to examine the muscles that attach to them.

Permalink Mark Unread

He sits stiffly.

Permalink Mark Unread

She waits a few seconds after the healing is done. Relax a little?

Permalink Mark Unread

It takes a minute but he does.

Permalink Mark Unread

He can have as much time as he needs, she's patient. Okay, thanks. Do you want me to show you what I'm seeing and what I can do about it, or just go ahead and do it?

Permalink Mark Unread

Just go ahead.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay.

She heals the scarring and remaining damage, and then carefully adds bulk to a few of them to make it easier to keep a more natural posture. How's that?

Permalink Mark Unread

What am I assessing it for, exactly?

Permalink Mark Unread

Do you feel off-balance, did it make anything feel different in a way you're going to have trouble putting up with for the next while, is there anything I seem to have missed that'd make it better - I expect that's much better than what you were dealing with an hour ago, but it's not completely fixed and this might not be the very best way to leave it.

Permalink Mark Unread

This seems a good way to leave it.

Permalink Mark Unread

All right. Just another minute while I look at a few things, then.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

He holds still, very stiffly.

Permalink Mark Unread

There's a lot of work to be done; getting things into better alignment definitely helped, but it'd still almost be easier to list what couldn't use healing. She is definitely going to murder a god, but for now she does a quick survey to get an idea of what's in the worst functional shape and what's having the most impact on the things around it.

Okay, she sends, opening her eyes, done for today.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Thank you. Even more stiffly than before.

Permalink Mark Unread

Erm.

Permalink Mark Unread

He forces a smile.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sigh.

 

If the problem is that you don't want to risk telling the Enemy things about how you work - maybe have me do several things, and don't let me know which one is the one that actually helps?

Permalink Mark Unread

No, that's not the problem. It helped. I just - accepting the premise this is real - dislike anyone having that much detail on what happened -

Permalink Mark Unread

Ah. Yeah. I don't know how much this helps, but I'm not going to tell anyone, and I don't think worse of you for any of it.

Permalink Mark Unread

I know. Thank you.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. If you'd like me to leave you alone, aside from when I'm here working, I can.

Permalink Mark Unread

Of course not.

Permalink Mark Unread

All right.

I'm sorry. Sigh.

Permalink Mark Unread

You have nothing to apologize for.

Permalink Mark Unread

I know. I'm just frustrated.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm very happy about the situation.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

All right.

We can do the next bit in a couple days - let me know if anything starts hurting in the meantime, though, please.

Permalink Mark Unread

I will.

Permalink Mark Unread

And off she goes. She keeps their meetings short for the next few days; she's busy enough that that's not particularly strange.

Permalink Mark Unread

He has notably less scarring.

Permalink Mark Unread

That's good. And she can do the next round of healing, now.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yep.

Permalink Mark Unread

I've been practicing, and I think I can get it almost all done today, if you don't mind taking a couple hours for it. Or I can break it up into shorter sessions, if you'd rather.

Permalink Mark Unread

All done sounds good.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, I figured. Okay. And she gets to work.

Permalink Mark Unread

He sits very still.

Permalink Mark Unread

She works at a steady pace, reporting only the occasional this is probably going to feel weird or this's going to hurt for a second, and, eventually, all right, that's it for today.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

Thank you.

Permalink Mark Unread

Grin. You're welcome. Next round will be short, there's just a couple things that need to wait until everything else is settled.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah she's just going to go now. See you tomorrow, then.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thank you.

Permalink Mark Unread

'Welcome.

She's a little more snuggly than usual for the next couple days, but too busy - figuring out birth control for the humans involves lots of time spent observing them - for it to be very obvious.

Permalink Mark Unread

Human health improves everyone's lives, but especially the Elves sent to look out for them.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yup. She makes some progress on the language, too, so she doesn't have to ask them to translate for her all the time.

And a couple weeks later she shows up to finish up Maitimo's healing.

Permalink Mark Unread

He is predictably still and anxious and thankful.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, this is quick, and it's the last of it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thank you.

Permalink Mark Unread

No problem. And off she goes.

Permalink Mark Unread

And he, healed, goes about his duties.

Permalink Mark Unread

She continues to mostly avoid him.

A few weeks later she announces that she has a usable birth control spell for the humans; she'll need to check anyone who has it for side effects every so often, for now, but she's confident that it'll work and not cause any problems she can't solve and that it's completely reversible.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Quendi throw a festival.

Permalink Mark Unread

That's new. Not as surprising as it could be, though. Quendi.

After the third day of festivities she gets back to work - well, half days, anyway. She wants to get the humans enspelled before she starts working on immortality.

Permalink Mark Unread

Everyone else takes the full three weeks off.

Permalink Mark Unread

That's enough to get a good fraction of the humans enspelled. (Tirinquo comes with her and hangs out while she works.)

Permalink Mark Unread

Some of the other mages are starting to get to the point where they can help.

Permalink Mark Unread

Excellent. It's not a hard spell, exactly; the complicated bit was more in figuring out what to do than in doing it. She sets up a few demonstrations to get them started, and is snuggly and pleased when she stops in to see Findekáno that afternoon.

Permalink Mark Unread

Got all the humans safe?

Permalink Mark Unread

About half, the other mages can take care of the rest. I'm starting work on immortality next.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oooh.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. I expect it'll be at least months, maybe a couple years, it's the same kind of complicated that the birth control is and more so, but I'm pretty sure I can do it.

Permalink Mark Unread

That'll be good. You have lots of time, at least, even if these humans are like the ones in your world they'll live many more years -

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. And I think Tirinquo's older than I am, but only by a few years, none of us are in urgent need. But it changes things, if I can be pretty sure I'll be around after the war.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'd been assuming they were a lot younger for some reason. Huh. Okay.

Permalink Mark Unread

...Huh. No, they're at least close to my age, and pretty normal for it apart from what the stressplant is doing. They aren't working on the same kind of scale I do, but most of us don't.

Permalink Mark Unread

For some reason I thought the stealing thing was mostly an adolescent game.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ah. Yeah, no, most people only give it up when they start feeling like they can't sneak around well enough any more; it's uncommon for someone to still be going out at a hundred, but not that unusual.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ah. 

Permalink Mark Unread

They seem to have gotten the idea that that's not how things are done here, at least.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm glad.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod. If they ever want to stop using the stressplant it might be a problem, but they seem to be okay with it.

Permalink Mark Unread

And there haven't been other problems, right?

Permalink Mark Unread

No bad ones. They're kind of forward about approaching people, which Quendi don't seem to mind but humans do sometimes, and every once in a while someone'll need to warn them about something they've forgotten is dangerous, but they're doing okay in general, they aren't wandering off and getting into trouble or anything.

Permalink Mark Unread

I'm glad it worked okay.

Permalink Mark Unread

Mmhmm. Hug. If it wasn't for the Enemy it'd be so nice here.

Permalink Mark Unread

It really would. So much more relaxed.

Permalink Mark Unread

We'll get there. The mages are coming along really well.

Permalink Mark Unread

I just hope the Enemy can be killed this way at all.

Permalink Mark Unread

If they can't, we can look for magic in other worlds, too. There's got to be something.

Permalink Mark Unread

I didn't think of that. I should have. Yes.

Permalink Mark Unread

She hugs him and nods. It's risky, we don't know what kinds of dangerous things there are in other worlds, and if they have their own teleportation they might be able to come find us. But, yes.

Permalink Mark Unread

There are ways we can be more careful, to be sure.

Permalink Mark Unread

But if we have to - worth the risk, I think.

Permalink Mark Unread

Definitely. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Hug. Thoughtful hug.

Permalink Mark Unread

You okay?

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. Just thinking about Angband.

Permalink Mark Unread

It'll end.

Permalink Mark Unread

We'll end it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yep.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sigh. Snuggle.

Permalink Mark Unread

It might be safe to scout for worlds even if it's not safe to travel to them.

Permalink Mark Unread

I don't think there's a point without a way of checking whether they have magic or not. I need to read that book the elf translated, see if it lets us guess where to try for a better version of the magic detection form.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sounds good.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nod.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Enemy remains quiet. The King seems relaxed and happier, even if it takes him a while. Lots of people want to learn healing. There's a good harvest with the magic-aided crops.

Permalink Mark Unread

Rána makes time to give healing lessons, after double checking that they really do want the magic distributed to whoever wants it; Nidela considers learning it, but ultimately demurs when one of the other stable workers picks it up. Tirinquo is introduced to Maitimo; Rána waits long enough after he's done healing his scars that it's at least plausible she wasn't waiting on that. And as the season turns to winter, she reports that she's found what she was looking for in the book: a tribe of birdfolk are briefly mentioned as having especially complex magic detection spells, which she believes can't have been cast with the normal version of the form.

Permalink Mark Unread

Then they're off on another hiking expedition, once she can find the place.

Permalink Mark Unread

Cliffs are much easier to target than forests; the tricky part this time is going to be finding enough cover that they aren't spotted.

 

...and by 'tricky' she apparently means 'not obviously possible'; the area isn't completely treeless, but it's more like badlands than plains, much less a forest.

 

Permalink Mark Unread

They consider it and decide to take their chances on being spotted.

Permalink Mark Unread

She gives them a portal to the base of a rock formation a few miles away from where the birdfolk live. It doesn't help; they're spotted immediately by the ones flying overhead, and some of them swoop down for a closer look.

Permalink Mark Unread

Anyone in range casting?

Permalink Mark Unread

Not that. Someone is using a better version of the water creation form, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

They catch it. They stay around and do not acknowledge the bird people.

Permalink Mark Unread

The birdfolk - cockatiel-like and roughly kobold sized, and loud - land on a nearby pillar and call down questions: Who are they, what are they, how did they get here? Do they have new magic? That looked like some new magic, can they have it?

Permalink Mark Unread

They don't speak the language, obviously. They make this clear by answering in Quenya.

Permalink Mark Unread

They're very excited at this, and swoop down and start trying to get the Quendi to tell them words in the new language.

Permalink Mark Unread

Awww. The Quendi are charmed, and happy to do that.

Permalink Mark Unread

They don't seem have the longest of attention spans; some of them take to the air again almost immediately - but a couple minutes after that, most of the rest of the fliers join the group on the ground. A dozen or so of them at a time ask for words, switching out every few minutes, while the rest - a few hundred - chatter excitedly to each other in a combination of their own language and Quenya.

Permalink Mark Unread

 

That's adorable. The Quendi like them immediately and start soliciting words in their language, whatever it is.

Permalink Mark Unread

There's a brief argument over which language they should teach them; the conclusion is 'both', and they start sharing words as well.

Soon enough, the birdfolk who cycle in to ask for words start asking other questions, too - what species are they, how did they get here, where are they from?

Permalink Mark Unread

They're Quendi! They teleported in, they're from Valinor, they wanted to meet other people!

Permalink Mark Unread

Coooool. What is Valinor like? What do Quendi do?

Permalink Mark Unread

Valinor is pretty and safe but very far! Quendi like singing and learning. What do bird people do?

Permalink Mark Unread

They fly! And like exploring! And they warn everybody else when there are goblins around!

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh good! Do they have a magic detection form? The Quendi were looking for one.

Permalink Mark Unread

They do! Do the Quendi want to trade for it? They'd love to have that teleportation form.

Permalink Mark Unread

They are nervous about sharing that one but eager to trade healing!

Permalink Mark Unread

Oooooh. They've never heard of a healing form before. How does it work?

Permalink Mark Unread

It's complicated, they don't quite have the vocabulary yet, but - here's the plant spell, they'll get some of the idea from that -

Permalink Mark Unread

One of the birdfolk glides to the front of the crowd to get the spell form - it's much slower, transferring it without osanwë - and then flies back up to one of the pillars to examine it. The rest of the flock goes back to asking questions - what other kinds of magic do they have? what do they use it for? Would they be willing to make some of the birdfolk spellbearers, with the teleportation?

As they're asking, piece of paper appears in midair between the Quendi and the birdfolk, startling a few of them into flight. It's a note, obviously from Rána - nobody else's handwriting is that messy, no matter how much of a rush they're in - and it says 'the healing form is more dangerous than the teleportation'.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Elves can't answer that without going back, but the obvious difference is that you can't get into the other dimension with the healing spell and can't attract Melkor's attention.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well. Without two-way communication Rána's options are pretty limited, too.

The birdfolk want to know what the note is about!

Permalink Mark Unread

Their leaders are worried! They want to know that birdfolk aren't the sort of mages who hex people.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nope! Nope! Not at all, they're good neighbors.

...do goblins count?

Goblins totally shouldn't count. When was the last time they even caught a goblin? That was like... five years ago or something, last time one got into the hatchery? And he was in the hatchery, that totally shouldn't count.

Permalink Mark Unread

Why would you need to hex goblins instead of just killing them?

Permalink Mark Unread

Goblins are bigger and stronger and have better weapons, it's dangerous to get close to them.

Permalink Mark Unread

So they hex goblins to quickly and painlessly kill them on the spot, sometimes?

Permalink Mark Unread

...no, they don't have magic that can do that. But they don't do anything worse than warning the other people in the area that they're around, to goblins who aren't trying to kidnap their hatchlings.

Permalink Mark Unread

But if the goblins are trying to do that, killing that goblin is entirely warranted, hexing them to kill goblin children right back is a sign of a pattern of behavior that, if given powerful enough weapons, leaves everybody dead. 

Permalink Mark Unread

 

 

 

...........what?

Permalink Mark Unread

Do they not do that? Because some species do that.

Permalink Mark Unread

No, they don't do that. That's really fucked up.

Permalink Mark Unread

That's why they have to be careful who they give magic! 

Permalink Mark Unread

Understandably! But they don't do it. (There's some debate in the back, quiet compared to their usual ruckus, about what they should do if someone starts doing that kind of thing here.)

The mage, who'd returned to the ground while they were discussing that, approaches again. "We'd be very interested in trading our magic detection for the healing form. And I promise it won't be used for that sort of... atrocity." It's hard to read the expression on her beaked face, but her crest is pulled in tight to her head, in comparison to the raised crests they've mostly seen from excited birdfolk.

Permalink Mark Unread

If someone started doing that sort of thing the Quendi would probably send them to Valinor where they couldn't hurt anyone. That sort of thing is very very bad. But they'll trade with trustworthy mages who'd never ever consider that, even towards goblins.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well. Here is the magic detection.

Permalink Mark Unread

Here's the healing! 

Permalink Mark Unread

Wow, that's complex. And it's getting to the hot part of the day; would they like to come to the cliffs so they can be out of the sun while they share it?

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure!

Permalink Mark Unread

The flock takes to the air and leads the way. A few of them fly ahead, and when the Quendi get to the cliffs a group of them is setting up a pulley system to lower them to the cave mouth.

Permalink Mark Unread

Thoughtful of them!

Permalink Mark Unread

They are very excited about their new friends. Someone goes and gets a few pitchers of juice for the flock to pass around - it's quickly obvious that they're magical and never run out - and in another fifteen minutes or so the pulleys are ready and everyone heads inside.

The caves are pretty - not up to Quendi standards, but they have a kind of simple beauty, with subtle decorative curlicues here and there - and much cooler than outside. The rooms are mostly furnished with birdfolk-friendly perches, but the mage - she introduces herself as Sun - shows them to a room further in that has a set of chairs as well. "Is there anything else we can get for you while you're here?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"I don't think so! Thank you! It's been so lovely meeting you!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"It's been lovely for us, too! Hopefully you'll be staying a while?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Of course! As long as you'd like us!"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Great, we'll be glad to have you."

They settle in to transmitting the healing form; at this rate it'll take a few days for her to get all of it. A few of the other birdfolk are still hanging around and ask if the rest of the Quendi would like to see the rest of their village or anything.

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure!

Permalink Mark Unread

And so there's a tour of the village! It's mostly surprisingly comfortable for the Elves to get around in; the birdfolk may be small, but they like high ceilings so they can hop up and glide, and large rooms and wide corridors so they can work and move as a flock. The same collaborative approach to things that they saw when they were learning the language is present here, too: in one of the rooms, a group of birdfolk is weaving baskets, each doing a few minutes of work before passing the basket off to an idle flockmate to continue.

It's not a huge village - the birdfolk mention that they're a relatively small flock, the area can't support too many of them - but they have some nice things anyway: an indoor garden lit using a system of mirrors, an art gallery, and a gymnasium where a complicated game involving three balls and lots of aerobatics is in progress.

Permalink Mark Unread

They are awed! It's adorable and they are happy to shower everything in compliments.

Permalink Mark Unread

The birdfolk are so pleased!

When they're done with the tour, they head to a large room full of perches - some of them go to find something for their guests to sit on - and settle in for storytelling.

Permalink Mark Unread

...that sounds lovely too.

Permalink Mark Unread

The birdfolk who've learned some Quenya attempt - fairly successfully - to include the words they know in their stories. This of course leads to language lessons in the background for the birdfolk who don't yet know it. The stories themselves, if they can follow them through the overlapping conversations, are about local events, especially interactions with the goblins and ibexfolk and ravenfolk who live in the area.

Permalink Mark Unread

They haven't met any of those species yet! They are eager to hear stories as best as they can follow them.

Permalink Mark Unread

According to the stories, ibexfolk are nomadic but consistently friendly, and often have trouble with goblins or predatory animals; the cockatielfolk warn them about these threats and occasionally help them fight them off in exchange for news from other parts of their range, and also trade with them. Ravenfolk are friendly competitors: unlike the mostly grass-eating ibexfolk, ravenfolk eat the same diet of fruit and nuts and small animals that the cockatielfolk do, and they often find each other trying to gather the same resources, leading to conflicts that are usually resolved via pranking or tests of skill; there are also a few stories of ravenfolk being injured or threatened and cockatielfolk coming to their rescue or vice versa. And the cockatielfolk seem to think of goblins simply as villains; they show up in the stories only as threats to be neutralized, never named or talked to.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, it's not like the Quendi do much better with orcs, and they promised not to hex them.

Permalink Mark Unread

And 'neutralize' does mostly mean 'chase off'. Ibexfolk just have a harder time defending their kids, without any permanent or often even temporary settlements, and if it's a choice of attacking a goblin or letting them kidnap someone, well, it's not a very hard choice.

The storytelling and language lessons continue through the afternoon, with plenty of opportunities for the Quendi to contribute stories if they're so inclined; birdfolk come and go, someone brings in more juice pitchers to pass around, and eventually the crowd starts to thin. "Did someone show you where the dining hall is?" asks a nearby birdman.

Permalink Mark Unread

They didn't, but if food's scarce the Quendi'd really hesitate to take any.

Permalink Mark Unread

...nobody's going to go hungry over it, if that's what they mean.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay. 

 

 

They'll eat very little, but okay.

Permalink Mark Unread

They get a few concerned looks, but nobody pushes the issue; the birdfolk near them are too distracted asking them questions about themselves and Valinor and Quenya to eat much either.

Permalink Mark Unread

Good! They might be able to import stuff, come to think of it.

Permalink Mark Unread

Ooooh? Stuff like what? What would they want in exchange?

Permalink Mark Unread

Just out of friendliness, though if the birds would pass them stories and tell them about new neighbors that'd be good.

Permalink Mark Unread

They can definitely do that!

Permalink Mark Unread

Cool! How far do the birdfolk fly? What's the surrounding area like?

Permalink Mark Unread

Pretty far? Not, like, months away, usually, but a group that decides to go exploring will usually be gone for weeks. There's a big riverbed that gets water in the wet season out to the east, and desert to the east and south, and if you go far enough north there's forest but you have to go really far, and the mountains where the goblins live are to the west, and west but not that far west and a little north is the ravenfolks' village.

Permalink Mark Unread

Cool! They try drawing a map.

Permalink Mark Unread

The birdfolk offer corrections as enthusiastically as they do everything else, and it comes together quickly.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Noldor really like birdfolk. They can make a copy of the map for them to keep, if they'd like.

Permalink Mark Unread

They would be really pleased with that! They have some maps already but the Noldor's is really pretty!

Permalink Mark Unread

Quendi care a lot about prettiness! Here's a copy of the map.

Permalink Mark Unread

Awesome! They pass it around a bit and then somebody takes it down to the library.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oooh, can they see the library?

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure!

The library is tucked away behind the art gallery, and it's not very big at all, just a couple hundred books. Most of them are descriptions of the surrounding environment, or accounts of historical events, or instructions for crafting or aerobatics or gardening or other things. One wall is devoted to storing scrolls, mostly various sorts of records - of agreements with the ravenfolk, of agreements between flock members, of various events that they might want record of but that aren't interesting enough to have an entire book written about them, and so on. There's also a section of the scroll wall devoted to maps; their map goes there, though the birdfolk seem to think that someone will make a frame for it sooner or later.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Noldor are fascinated by their alphabet!

Permalink Mark Unread

It's the way it is so they can write in it! They don't have as much rage of motion in their wrists because of how that joint has to also support the last section of their wings, so they have trouble making some of the loopy shapes that other alphabets use.

Here's the sounds the letters make! All the really simple books are up by the hatchery but someone could fetch a few down if they want something to practice with?

Permalink Mark Unread

Oh, that'd be lovely!

Permalink Mark Unread

Somebody goes to do that! Somebody else digs up a book in the alphabet most animalfolk use - it's also in the trade language rather than the one they usually use between themselves - and they show them how that goes.

Permalink Mark Unread

They have an enthralled audience.

Permalink Mark Unread

They only have a few books in the trade language, but they're happy to find them for the Quendi to look at!

Permalink Mark Unread

Sure! The Quendi take notes, extensively.

Permalink Mark Unread

Tengwar are also very pretty, too bad they're full of loopy bits. The birdfolk are still interested in learning to read them, though, of course, and keep interrupting themselves and each other to ask questions about them.

Permalink Mark Unread

They can attempt a modification with fewer loopy bits, that must be a very frustrating constraint -

Permalink Mark Unread

Oooooo.

Here's how the range of motion limitation works, here's what they can do easily, here's what they can do with difficulty, here's what they can't do at all, here's feedback about their ideas...

Permalink Mark Unread

Oooh! They can totally figure something out to let them write in something recognizably tengwar.

Permalink Mark Unread

Oooooooo.

They set about practicing the proposed letters, in between everything else.

Permalink Mark Unread

...eventually they should probably get home.

Permalink Mark Unread

Okay! They'll be back tomorrow, right?

Permalink Mark Unread

Some of them can probably come back tomorrow, sure!

Permalink Mark Unread

Cool!

They bring them back to where their companion was working with the mage, and then ask if they need to go back where they were or anything to teleport home.

Permalink Mark Unread

They don't! They'll just head out as soon as they've said their goodbyes.

Permalink Mark Unread

Much of the flock does come to see them off. They're welcome back anytime.

Permalink Mark Unread

They appreciate it. They teleport home.

Permalink Mark Unread

Rána is there to meet them, looking stressed.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Hey! They're so nice!"

Permalink Mark Unread

She doesn't relax but she does grin. "Good. Did you get the form?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Yep!" They send it.

Permalink Mark Unread

"Thanks." She trances for a moment. "Yeah, that should do it, thank you."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Oh, excellent! They're so friendly, too."

Permalink Mark Unread

 

"I'm glad you enjoyed yourselves."

Permalink Mark Unread

"And the language!" They continue talking about exciting things about bird-people until someone says "..what's wrong?"

Permalink Mark Unread

 

...sigh.

"I don't like taking risks with my world like that."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Risks with your world?"

Permalink Mark Unread

She nods. "I know you like them, but - there's plenty of harm they could cause without hexing people, if they want to, or if they feel pushed into it, or just by accident. They might not, but it's not the kind of thing we can know for sure, especially this quickly."

 

"It's worth it anyway, but I don't like it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"We can keep an eye out for problems. They're expecting us to visit all the time."

Permalink Mark Unread

"That'll help. ...If you're going to invite them here you need to warn me, they probably won't take it well if they find out you have a kobold friend."

Permalink Mark Unread

"What makes you think that?"

Permalink Mark Unread

"Most people in that world won't, kobolds have a pretty bad reputation."

Permalink Mark Unread

"They seemed pretty open-minded."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Sure. But I don't want to trust my - or more realistically Tirinquo's - life to that. Just warn me, it's not a big deal."

Permalink Mark Unread

"Okay. Bet it won't be a problem, though."

Permalink Mark Unread

Permalink Mark Unread

"...I said I'd tell you. I don't have to assume horrible things about my friends to agree to tell you."

Permalink Mark Unread

"All right. Well, I'm going to go see what I can do with this, thanks for getting it."

Permalink Mark Unread

"I hope it works!"

Permalink Mark Unread

And off she goes.

It does work, kind of. She can't use it with the teleportation form directly, but if she combines it with, for example, the light form, she can make something that points at the nearest magical thing of whatever sort. It doesn't have a range limit, though, so it'll do fine for what they want it for.

Permalink Mark Unread

They're delighted and relieved to hear it.

Permalink Mark Unread

And she gets to work. Worlds without people are rare; among those, worlds without magic - or at least without magic she can detect this way - are common. Worlds with people seem to be split about 50/50 on having magic or not. She keeps portal-enspelled notes on all of them.

Permalink Mark Unread

So they should send some scouts to no-people-no-magic worlds, then, probably.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yep. She comes up with a spell that'll notify them if there suddenly starts being magic - she wishes she had the form for spells that make noise, but she doesn't and they'd have to go to a human town for it and after the birdfolk she's not even going to mention it- and sets them up with defensive spells - there still might be hostile animals or whatever - and sends them off.

Permalink Mark Unread

They have to come back near-instantly; can't breathe the air.

Permalink Mark Unread

That's weird. Well, she can specifically aim for breathable air, she just thought 'presence of plants' was enough that she didn't need to; she redoes her world-survey with more attention to that sort of detail and gives them another place to try.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, seems like not all kinds of plants mean you've got the concentrations of air Quendi can handle. It's okay, they noticed and made it back in time.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah. (Sorry about that.) She has specifically checked for that and a bunch of other things this time, though.

Permalink Mark Unread

Cool! They go off scouting again.

Permalink Mark Unread

The part of the world they find themselves in is warm and slightly swampy, with short, thick-trunked trees, occasional bushes bearing tiny flowers, and lots of ferns and mosses. There don't seem to be any birds or animals, but some of the bugs are quite large and elaborate. The plants smell nice, but don't taste very good - bland with an undertone of bitterness.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well, they're planning to send Melkor here, not make it a tourist destination. They poke around for any surprises that wouldn't have been observable by portal.

Permalink Mark Unread

Nothing obvious, at first. After a while, though, someone tries a magical song, and its effect is much stronger than they were expecting, and the magic detector keeps pointing at the spot where it was sung even after they stop.

Permalink Mark Unread

...well. That. Probably isn't good. ...or, it could be good, but it's not good for sending Melkor here. 

Permalink Mark Unread

Not so much, no. Well, Rána did have more places available for them to check.

Permalink Mark Unread

They first want to check what happens if they try to use mage spells here, and what happens if you try enchanting a magic artifact.

Permalink Mark Unread

Enspelled objects seem to work as expected, but if they try to cast a spell they'll discover that the process is both easier and harder; everything is more reactive, and it's easy to overshoot when they're trying to move things into the needed arrangements, but they'd also be able to set more sensitive trigger conditions more easily here. Enchanting is similarly affected; it's faster - not dramatically, but noticeably, even in a quick test - but easier to make mistakes if you're not used to the difference.

Permalink Mark Unread

That is potentially useful. Okay, now they can head home and try for a better Melkor-prison candidate world.

Permalink Mark Unread

The next world is mostly ocean, with chains of islands teeming with birds, bats, lizards, and other wildlife; a few hours into their visit they even encounter a pygmy elephant, barely the size of Huan. When they test it, their magic seems to all work normally.

Permalink Mark Unread

That could work but what they really want is a world where their magic doesn't work at all. Any way to screen for those?

Permalink Mark Unread

Uh. No, and if they do find one of those they might not be able to get back from it...

Permalink Mark Unread

Ideally Arda magic doesn't work and they can't cast but they can activate a teleport. But that'd be a price worth paying, if.

Permalink Mark Unread

Yeah, hence 'might'. Also if they find something like that they can go back to where they first appeared and she can try to get them out with a portal; that should work. Anyway, here's more places to try.

 

None of the worlds are completely magic-proof. Some of them aren't even magicless, they just have infrequent brief magical effects that the detection spell only picks up when they're active. But eventually they find one where magic songs very nearly don't work - the effects reach only a few feet from the singer, and end immediately when they stop singing - and osanwë is limited to about a third its usual range, but magery seems to work as usual.

Permalink Mark Unread

That sounds about as good as could be hoped for. They return and consult excitedly.

Permalink Mark Unread

That does sound promising. She works with the more sciency types to put together some test spells, and sends them back out with those: it seems like this world impedes all magic that has effects over a distance. Magery is affected too; the magic detection spell can't detect things more than a few yards away, and a mage trying to extend their sense out will find that their impressions of things much farther away than that become more vague, and then after a few more yards they can't sense things at all.

Permalink Mark Unread

Well. 

 

They should keep checking things, just in case - they should send Huan through to check if it does anything to Maiar -

 

 

Permalink Mark Unread

His sense of the world's music is significantly dampened.

Permalink Mark Unread

Huh. He dislikes this and returns back. He thinks it's probably a good place to put Melkor.

Permalink Mark Unread

Awesome.

Permalink Mark Unread

How long until they can cast fast enough?

Permalink Mark Unread

Hard to say. Practice at casting while distracted only started a few months ago, and everybody's still finding it pretty hard, but she expects they'll speed up as they get used to it.

Permalink Mark Unread

And they probably only get one shot at this so it's not worth rushing.

Permalink Mark Unread

That's the thought, yup.

Permalink Mark Unread

The humans build more sophisticated houses, and rejoice in their abundance of magically-altered crops. The two camps exchange information and magic, albeit tersely.

Permalink Mark Unread

Slow progress is still progress. The same can be said for Rána's immortality spell, and only partly because she's too busy to ever devote more than a couple hours to it at once.

The kobolds are grateful for the food, and Rána estimates that they saved a few dozen lives with it, mostly the very old or very young. The birdfolk are grateful, too, though it's more of a convenience for them; it does allow them to spend more time scouting, and they take the opportunity to follow the stream bed downstream and find and clear out the rock slide that's been making it tend to flood for the last few years. A tribe of ibexwomen pass through, too, with kids, but the birdfolk don't think it'd be a very good idea for the Quendi to visit them; they're too touchy about strangers, here in goblin territory.

Nidela keeps working on the book translations, focusing on the magic ones now that the medical ones are superfluous, and when she's done with those she starts on the history books. Tirinquo tries out pottery, but goes back to woodworking and following Rána around after a month.

The Dwarves finish transporting their portals to their other cities, and Rána completes the intercity network for them. They're thrilled; she's rich; she has no idea what to do with this information and finds it disconcerting.

Spring arrives, just as expected.

Permalink Mark Unread

Quendi could get behind seasons; they add some lovely variety. They're much happier than Rána about being rich, and commission all sorts of Arda-magic and technical projects from them.

Permalink Mark Unread

That seems like a reasonable use of it, not that she's going to suggest that her opinion particularly matters.

 

The rainy season starts in the birdfolks' desert; the whole area turns lush and green and there's a constant drizzle. They spend a few hours every day out gathering, and the rest of the time indoors; they're quickly bored.

Permalink Mark Unread

The Quendi don't actually notice this; they can't really afford to visit that often, and their visits are hardly boring.